[a / b / c / d / e / f / g / gif / h / hr / k / m / o / p / r / s / t / u / v / vg / w / wg] [i / ic] [r9k] [cm / hm / y] [3 / adv / an / cgl / ck / co / diy / fa / fit / hc / int / jp / lit / mlp / mu / n / po / pol / sci / soc / sp / tg / toy / trv / tv / vp / x] [rs] [status / ? / @] [Settings] [Home]
Board:  
Settings   Home
4chan
/qst/ - Quests


File: 4lneea.gif (2.22 MB, 398x500)
2.22 MB
2.22 MB GIF
> NEW PLAYERS ALWAYS WELCOME

3QM-NRP is a Semi-Freeform game where you roleplay as a fantasy nation. The point of the game is not to win, but to create stories and a living breathing world

> Rushing, Meta-gaming, & other faggotry will be punished
> You can start one diplo with an NPC per turn (you can continue it over multiple turns though)
> Diplomacy is free and not tied to turn order

Updates will be Monday-Sunday (6 turns per week, 2 actions per turn, Thursday no update). Players can post until 20:00 UTC, update usually at 22:00 UTC.
https://www.timeanddate.com/worldclock/timezone/utc

You can take any actions you want as long as they are reasonable, here is a more detailed ‘system’ description with the nation submission template: https://docs.google.com/document/d/14HNy14bXFeStBhhfgMOh6pppbZGHuIS-nH32POHvB1U/edit?usp=sharing

> Discord Link (yes, you have to join)
F2Patcf

Starting location is chosen by QM, but you can choose a prefered biome.

Players inactive without a prior mention for 4+ turns are considered to have left the game and their nation might be deleted/reduced to ruin or changed into an NPC. In case a player misses a turn he gets 1 make up-action next turn. If you know you will be gone for a day or two you can queue up actions.

Submitted player nations so far:
https://docs.google.com/document/d/1dR86OyihTIneDWyAWludaFiiUBgpk4BJj1yUlFv3Mes/edit?usp=sharing
>>
File: 1604908761981.png (2.62 MB, 2048x2570)
2.62 MB
2.62 MB PNG
> Old Thread
http://suptg.thisisnotatrueending.com/qstarchive/4486003/
> Map of most recent Update
Pic Related
>>
File: The Tongue of Aka.png (349 KB, 1080x1027)
349 KB
349 KB PNG
An eerie wind blows through the ruins of a once mighty city, a maze of marble and porphyry. Fern and creeper spring from the cracks in the stone all about, the only signs of life that remain. Treasuries long since looted, temples desecrated, house and shop and plaza now rubble. Countless stories lost to time, countless lives forgotten. Ozymandian the ghost of what was lingers. From toppled columns and crumbled walls, little can be surmised. What remains is archaic in design, though frequent is the motif of the hornéd serpent, which creeps along the foundation stones, or coils around the pillars.
All nations come to the ruins beneath the the canopy of Aka's Nest to hear the prophecies of the Discordant God's disciple. None dare fight upon the holy ground, fear of His stirring keeps order and peace among them. Wisdom comes in the riddles of the seer, whose veiled form even kings beseech.

>The Tongue of Aka is a mystical figure, their face and body covered with a heavy veil under which no features can be seen.
>Aka is the God of Discord, who is said to slumber in the great tree which covers the ruins in shadow. The Tongue of Aka is, in a way, His prophet.
>You CANNOT commit violent acts whilst in the ruins
>AFTER your nation has discovered the ruins, you may spend an action to ask the Tongue of Aka TWO questions, which will be answered with Delphic riddles.
>For your questions to be answered, TAG THIS POST, and give an offering to the veiled prophet.
>The Tongue of Aka "nation" will not expand, not explore, not exterminate, and can be considered quasi-QM "nation" as I am a part of the QM group.
>>
>>4523176

While her short travels disguised honed her skills and allowed her to relax, Æðelþryð would start to find such lacking in challenge. While it was all fun and good to have a fight, they lasted far too short now, and further, less were confident in actually fighting her as her little disguised self had made a decent reputation. So, she'd do something risky, but something that would give her more opportunities. She'd fight multiple people at once. Naturally such would be hard if the two were actually experienced, but if they weren't they would prove at least to last more than a few seconds before being disarmed or knocked out. Still, she'd start off modestly, with two fighting against her. Then three, then four. And the more she did this the greater she refined her skill. She'd even have to look out and try to challenge those Servus who escaped and practically became Servus again but refused to be called such. From what she knew, they were fairly skilled, at least if their abilities to catch any Servus who wasn't indoctrinated was to be believed. Even so, she was certainly starting to see why her third born daughter Æðelgyð was so obsessed with duels. It'd been a while since she had done this, and now she was back at it she was starting to realize why she did this so often back when the Imperii didn't exist as it did now...A simpler time, one where she wasn't so busy...But at least now she was free from such work, and could spent that time regaining the skill she had potentially lost...Perhaps once she had grown to find even a Maniple worth of people she'd stop, though maybe dueling Æðelgyð would be better. Still, such was for the future.

After the Ash started to fall however, many in the Imperii celebrated, for the sun's harsh rays wouldn't harm those who went out. Yet alas, the ash itself would, and as such, most would see it as an ironic curse. Still, as food for the Servus dwindled, action would be needed, and the incident would force a certain relaxing journey come to a end for a brief amount of time, though only long enough for the Heáhcásern to give the general plan for those with skill in economics to carry out, like her second born, Æðelgifu. Regardless, a number of farms under ground growing mushrooms imported from the Meoswilum would be made. If it was good enough to keep the Servus alive it was good enough for the Imperii...

>Action One and Two, Further relaxing fights.

>Action Three. Mushroom farms.
>>
>>4526571
1. With the city of Arcadia protected work begins to protect those at Otuganrest. Thankfully already built into the sides of the mountain they are already, somewhat, protected from the ash. The work to do is simple just to turn outward expansion inward and magically dig hallways to connect the old buildings and new buildings deeper into the mountain.
2. With survival almost assured thoughts turn to ways to improve their lot in life. The magi turn to researching a new type of magic entirely in the hopes of improving their lives and stop bumping into random things in the hallway streets. Research into Light Magic begins.
>>
> Action 1: Straw hats and umbrellas
To protect peasants from getting the dust into their eyes a new type of large straw hat is introduced. With breathing, water and food sorted once this is done life should be somewhat back to normal. The hat becoming associated with peasants the nobles would instead opt into putting said hat on a long stick resulting in an umbrella.

> Action 2: Restore the Mines
To bolster our and Eden's economy we shall restore the Obsidian and ruby mines near their capital.

> Action 3: Myconic Mind Merger
We improve the spell which let's us merge our sense with the Mycelium to be able to merge our thoughts themselves with it. With this it shall become possible for mushroom mages to send each other messages trough the Mycelium or even save short messages in it.
>>
>>4526614
>”In the entrails of a burnt offering, can sometimes be found gold”

Action 1: From smoke, into fire.

The voice of the god rings in the public mind. The burnt offering of their fellows in the first days of this disaster is the ash that now poisons their lungs.

We march on the city now, a people renewed through consumption of Taur flesh and agitated for conflict.
The Wolves have attacked silently in darkness, and claimed one of the royal family, even the foreign mentor if Sybaaels writings are to be believed; they are.

They will be unprepared for us.

Invade the ruins of Raleth with a pureblood army, search it in its entirety for “Gold” or “Wolves”, for Ephial!

Action 2: The Aqueduct (1/3)

With the Greyfall in swing our source of water has become corrupted, making it difficult to acquire moisture. Of course blood is a plentiful option at the moment, but that will eventually subside in availability.

The idea however to create a safe supply of water capable of sating the thirst an entire city is devised, a colossal structure to a high altitude would be required for such an endeavour but none are more capable of such a feat than us, a taur able to haul giant stones far heavier than an ordinary man could even attempt to heft.

Our measures are created with forward thinking in mind, not just devised for this disaster in mind, but any future disaster that compromises our water supply that may rear it’s head
>>
>>4526618
>Action 1: Build Infrastructure (Volcano Protection, Obsidian Mine)
The Under dwelling is too important of a home and cultural center to the Statues to allow any damage to occur to it. The existing eruption defenses are improved once again to increase the height of the flood gates and the depth of the flow channels. Furthermore, the system is designed such that the obsidian generated by the Lava can be harvested as Obsidian.

>Action 2: Build Infrastructure (Improved Golem Factory)
The Statues have never shown enough imperial interest to warrant expediting the natural process of self-sculpting. Now though, as Runic carvings grow in importance the Cult sees it fit that there be a centralized location of Statue construction such that the population can all be outfitted in their developments. In under dwelling a Golem Factory is to be constructed. With the act of reproduction being the crafting of a new masterpiece within Statue culture, this factory is not designed as an assembly line to produce rows of golems, rather it acts as a location to be traveled to which provides the Statues with the tools and assistance required to greatly reduce the time and resource investment that is self-sculpting or reproduction. They hope this added leisure will improve self-sculpting rates as a byproduct without it being mandated.
>>
>>4526614
1.
>Continuation of the miniature sun project
Continued study is hoped to achieve a more stable and efficient process. It wouldn't hurt to have multiple small suns as a backup in case of a failure of the black forest tribes sun.
2.
>Protocol set to increase human-wisp partnership
These deliverers of hell would be stupid to think we would just stand idly by while they harm our property. We would increase monitor surveillance and bond more thermaugers out of the ordinary populace. We will catch them in the act, show them that we can fight back. The gang would do well to remember who owns this land and the intensity of the fire.
>>
>>4526877
WAR POST

Horsetaur contestant:

An elite fighter of the Tavthallan military meant to set a baseline for the abilities of the UFC martial artists.

Despite this, has a laundry list of natural advantages due to being the most powerful of the races making them easily able to overpower weakbloods.

Superhuman characteristics in all areas (10 actions of race improvement)
Strength, durability, speed advantages
Four legged body configuration (Much harder to throw down or destabilise)
Height advantage
Weight advantage

Bulltaur:

Another elite Tavthallan, with much the same abilities as above, except even more stable on their legs and even stronger

Snaketaur:

An utterly gigantic contestant intended to demonstrate the superiority of the taurs, it’s entire body being an incredibly durable muscle and due to being over ten meters long is essentially only beatable through assault into submission.

Is not at all meant to be a fair fight.

Pureblood Taur:

A rather incredibly elite Tauric warrior, fed on the meat of other Pureblood Taurs, granting them obscene strength, durability and speed on top of there already obscene strength durability and speed, a pureblood taur of this calibre is incredibly rare outside of the Tauric monarchy and are usually unstoppable creatures of the most bloody conflicts, many go completely insane.

Massive advantages in speed, strength, durability, incredibly skilled combatant, two legged configuration.

Princess Sybaael

Mechanical advantages: Actually has character actions invested in her, 2 total as well as a positive event increasing her martial arts ability.
Also two starting character actions contribute to her combat ability, for a total character score of 4 (check with someone I’m not sure if the starting ones count if if they never do anything)

Trained in the way of the wardancer by a Kitsune master, Mezentian martial arts, the incredibly difficult Tauric trick of ceasing to exist and reappearing in combat for an advantage.

Also a pureblood Taur of over six generations fed on the meat of pureblood taur of at least two generations, having truly silly amounts of natural power on top of natural talent.
>>
>>4526614
1.
A hurried Meoswilan couriers bursts into the fort that the want to be shark hunters are inhabiting. A muffled whisper is uttered before the Lo-hai start yelling a grumbling.

" What Do You Mean The Sharks Are Half Way Across The World?" Angrily the Raiders clash out. It seems their misunderstanding has highlighted a lacking with Lo-hai maps, half showing Cuvier Sealand as The Republic. Realizing the impossibility of their hunting voyage, the sailors with their new panel sail ships sail for north of Pleocyemata to seek new fishing waters.

2.
With water purity workable, the Lo-hai begin researching the fine workings of electrum
>>
>Action 1: Construct 2 Theaters in the South
Self Explanatory.

>Action 2: Respond to the Fraternian culture.
The people of Lower Marca need to be reminded who they are, evidently. With new theaters playing stories of old Marcan folktales and epics of our founding King, hopefully they'll come to their senses. This new architecture is an affront to our traditions, deviating from the typical log-cabin style of home in favor of(whatever the fraternians use. They barely have any wood so I assume they live in straw huts or adobe 'hotels'). And the King will tour his countryside once more, very indirectly badmouthing Fraternian values in favor of Marcan ones, reminding them that Marcan Kings work for the people, just as the people work for them.
>>
>>4526614
>Found the Fraternian bureau of Investigation, the FBI is the Fraternian answer to the shogun infiltrators. Made up of only the oldest and most trusted agents the nation has to offer. Their mission to safeguard the nation from foreign intelligence agencies and their actions. The first mission of the agency is to find out how far the shogun infiltration reaches and root it out. Though for the time being, they are also assigned with preventing foreign attacks against the ASTG project, that must succeed

>ASTG project Water supply: Fraternian contribution Filter plants (LC and Sealand)
with Flora magic having been taught to them, the nation puts it to work immediately, setting about creating a spell to make a plant strain that would filter the toxic water and produce clean drinking water as a by produced. They would also send out life mages to aid in construction with “superior Fortification”

>national fluff, though times are dark and hope low the rebound of the ASTG promises hope for the nation and a brighter future, as it stands the nations rationing has helped save lives and prevent mass death, but stores can only last so long and they are beginning to run low.
>>
1 Action:
ASTG water supply: With UFC and Libertandoc citystates, Sealand once again begins on a joint water project, this time working off of something that was already working for the short term. For this one they provide the manpower, researchers, and even raw material for the construction of them. And with the new information coming to light about why their last attempt failed, they were all the more eager to assist in this endeavor and even provide elven guards to oversee the researchers for their time working.

1 Action:
Seeing as the process is still being refined, they continue working on the base prototype themselves to get it fully into a working order. Hopefully this along with the combined efforts would be enough to save their farms and populous.
>>
The High Council is... cautiously optimistic. The Soular Pyre is doing wonders, but the current tribute has robbed much of our gains. We can only really do one thing right now, keep supporting Yuuka.

Action 1: Improve the Radiant Spire (Temple/Lighthouse).
Add to the height of it, get Yuuka a better room and get a better temple at it's foot. We need more spirit to help Yuuka do her job better. Now is not the time to prevent her from doing her job, but to help her perform it well.

Action 2: Bolster Missionaries (Temple) tribe in the west and create War Skalds (Temple) tribe in Shaanlín.
The Missionaries shall try to bolster the Sisu in the Kitsune, even if it means they'll be less agreeable, we want those willing to be able to provide a larger spirit boost to Yuuka. We shall also establish some War Skalds in Shaanlín, to tell the tales of what we did in the War for the Conclave. Ensuring that we do not forget it.
>>
>>4526614
>Fluff: The current elected leaders are :
*Mayor of Ahnemamare*: [Elected for 10 years by the population] : Ola Telmit, human, Stakh's Watchers member
*Mayor of Mongsaveti*: [Elected for 5 years by the population. All candidates must be priests] : Nyana Mihn, kitsune, member of the team that created the intelligence enhancing spell.
*Mayor of Taydosong*: [Elected for 7 years by a council of neighboorhood representatives] : Kissiades, dryad, Stakh's Watchers member
*Mayor of Antoanportus*: [Elected for 10 years by the population. Being from Tarnatos is a strong political advantage] : Tieus Hhahn, kitsune, Stakh's Watchers member


>Fluff:
Crops failing, thirst setting, Praised be Stakh for our fishing fleet. Empty schools are a bit sad. Damn the ashworld.

>1: Develop new spell : "temporarily enhance intelligence", from the magic school of enchantments, and the magic branch of mind enhancements
It was simply needed. We had problems with traductions. People had no time to go to school. ASTG projects needed research.
A small team of talented priests was assembled. They were two groups. One would research the specific spell. The other would enhance the researchers. It was hard, tiring, and ridden with food and water supply issues. But it was done.
Praised be Stakh.

>2: 1 action ASTG (with UFC and the Republic of Sealand) project save water supply
Wells are too complicated. We are doing a simpler plan. With clearer roles. Sealand improve its existing water distilleries, and deploy them to all three nations. Meanwhile, the fraternians will develop a water filter plant, as a long term solution.
We... fill the gaps. We deploy even more Stakh's Watchers priest. With their new spell they should help the research on the distilleries and the plants. We deploy them, along with workers, to speed up the constructions of the distilleries if needed. Our fleet ship goods and people, if Sealand's can't keep up.

>Diplo : The Agriculture Survival Trade Group have new glorious plan. Deploy distilleries. Research water filter plants. It has to be foolproof.
>>
>>4526649
>Imperii:

A series of fights are setup. More opponents make it more difficult to focus, as they start striking at Æthelthryth when she's about to get some serious damage in on someone. However, once it exceeds a handful, they start to block each other and become uncertain, wishing to avoid hitting their allies. The Wolfkin however are peculiar, as while each is weaker than a Telrac, their teamwork works even in the dozens of members, and the tactics they use are highly aggressive, relying on their sisters to keep them safe, so they can give it their all. However, this relies on Æthelthryth being on the defensive, once she goes on the offensive, she is able to outpace and overpower them, it's just the shock of their aggressiveness that leaves her on the backfoot.
The mushroom farms grow, but not very well. While they grow without sunlight they are also more sensitive everywhere else. They need water which is scarce in arid lands and they don't do well in hot areas, which is difficult in hot climates. But with some fiddling, underground farms are made, though their harvest isn't as rich as Meoswilium, they are something, so there aren't as many Servus who are starving.

Event: The letters from your dear children have stopped, surely the Shogun's messengers should be able to get them to you. A hiccup here and there is one thing, but it's been months and no mail, not even a seasonal greeting and nothing even on your birthday. Your messengers do note the prevalence of black bronze swords among the Shorino soldiers.

>>4526799
>Arcadia:

With the town less sprawling, work goes smoother in creating an undercity. Many a tunnel in the underground, though a handful of fines have been levied against people who used the underground passages to throw their refuse.
The use of magic to create light seemed such an easy project, magic incantation all emit light, right? But there's the first problem, they don't know what exactly creates the light, so work is done categorizing which incantations create the most light, so people can figure out a common attribute between the light emitting spells (1/3 progress).

Event: The dryads from the north has given you an invitation for a World Tree Festival. They have been rather weak and depressed under these ashen skies, but this message is delivered with an excited smile. The dryads who would otherwise be terse or not speak at all can't stop gushing on about it, though a bit incoherently.

Event 2: Among the understreets, a young boy is found, he doesn't walk anywhere, instead having a golem do it for him, he has several golems doing tasks for him, which he claims to have made himself. Upon being asked to demonstrate, he is happy to, creating new golem designs with ease. He is quickly taken in by the best golemancers available, to bring him to his full potential.
>>
>>4526810
>Meow (Written by Steel):

The peasantry is eternally grateful for the actions of their betters for this improvement to their lives. Even if it is just to have them be able to work as they once did, anything to block the ash and dust is most welcome.
With the mines restored after extensive labor, small amounts of Ruby and Obsidian once again begin to trickle into the trade markets of the kingdom; netting a profit for those who sell them.
Merging ones mind with others seems like a difficult concept to accomplish, however initial testing seems to be promising. However, there are some concerns over this magic causing one to be lost in a merged state, unable to find their individuality again...

Event (Written by QM5): The children sent to be under the guardianship of the Shogun have not sent letters in a while, don't even come visit. The messengers got to Shorino, but no word from the kids. Though a thing you do notice is that a lot of Shorino soldiers have black bronze swords.

>>4526877
>Tavthalla:

The army descends into the ruined village, all wood are burnt away, only stone and fired mud still stands. Even now, plumes of smoke billow from cracks in the ground and there's something here, people don't inhale the blinding smoke yet still experience head throbing and fainting. But when they get to the mine, they see a flaming chasm, and... there's something in there, a structure sticks out among the burning coals, it's not a mine shaft, it's... something else. If one were to get past the fire, perhaps one could find a way inside.
Work on the aquaduct meanwhile goes... well. It's clear the principles behind it, water flows down, just like a river, but to place one overtop our heads, now that is a crazy idea... but it's not impossible. Though a lot of work will need to be done to make it affordable.

Event: Boats get attacked out at sea, Giant Prawns come from the depths to feed, causing a lot of damage to our boats. Some energetic and hungry Taurs set out to hunt, but these Giant Prawns have swarm tactics, tearing any lone fisherman to shreds before feating upon them. Though a handful of Taurs have succeeded in catching them, they even got a new lower body to prove it, and they pride themselves as strong hunters.
>>
>>4526889
>Ithempeli:

You magnificent bastards, you found a way to turn this unfortunate event into something to profit from. The improvements do indeed turn this trench into a de facto obsidian mine. Harvesting the volcanic glass in great quantities from the magma in the great trench.
The factory, or rather, workshop is made, a place where you can make the best thing you can think of, another you.

Event: Study of the Shorino army has borne fruit, managing to map out their organizational structure and composition, this will allow you to strike them where it hurt. But, some of the statues came back as rubble, by the people of Shorino.

>>4526921
>Durmaign:

The Soular Pyre's design was desperate, making a lot of shortcuts to be done in time. But now that we have the spell at our fingertips, we can take our time and streamline parts. First off, the formula for converting spirit to sunlight, or rather, the lack of one. By more accurately defining it, we have cut out major power losses, getting more light for less power. Another one is the lack of safety features, which means our casters have to be cautious to not accidentally overdrain, but now that we have them, our casters can more freely use it without burning themselves.
The murders aren't very attractive, so a good amount of people are willing to cooperate. They're not sure where to start, but general observation narrows down where it happens most and patrols are increased. While they've yet to catch any in the act, you do catch people with suspicious movement, they're angry but the rate of the massacres are reduced as long as you do it, so it's bound to catch someone eventually.

>>4526966
>Lo-Hai (Written by Steel):

To the north the fishing ships sail, and to the north more fish are found. However, they are small fish, and not nearly enough are drawn up in the nets to make the labor worth it. The ships will have to venture further out to find more worthy seas to cast their nets.
Oh electrum, that most intriguing of metals. While work has begun on properly understanding the material, it is likely more time and effort will need to be put in to actually understand fully its secrets...

Event (Written by QM5): There has been a piece of land between Pleocymata and Meoswilian territories. It seems some adventurous Lo-hai has decided to fix this issue by settling this piece of land. Though some are a bit too adventurous and cause a few border trespasses.
>>
>>4527148
>Marca (Written by Steel):

The theaters are built, and with them come jobs, but more importantly a distraction from the grueling reality of post-volcanic winter life.
With the constant encroachment of Fraternian culture on the people of Marca, it must be ensured the people do not forget their own culture. Epics of legends of Marcanian history are told to audiences of those both young and old. The establishment of the theaters helps immensely with this effort as well.

Event (Written by QM5): The messages from your children in the Shogun's care hasn't been getting through for a while. You can send messages to Shorino just fine, but why would there be nothing from your children? Also, there's a lot of black bronze swords among the Shorino soldiers, did Borevia give it to them?

>>4527318
>UFC (Written by Steel):

The FBI’s founding brings a blitz of anti-shogunate actions within the country. Their findings indicate the Shogun’s forces have been imbedded in the country for some time, though their infiltration is far from total. Thanks to quick action, and the element of surprise, several cells of Shogunate agents are arrested.
Water once choked in ash, thanks to the filtration innovations, now becomes de-contaminated. Most is fit only to irrigate crops, however some of the less contaminated water put through is actually drinkable.

>>4527372
>Sealand (Written by Steel):

With all efforts placed into filtration, Sealand is the first to really have any sizable amount of usable water. While the UFC and Liberdantoc just get by, Sealand now has a surplus. Perhaps they may be able to trade this now valuable commodity for a profit. Though if this matter is to be exploited, it must be done before the skies clear.
>>
>>4527442
>BFT (Written by Steel):

The spire is built up ever higher. It soars into the heavens, easily the tallest structure for many provinces. However, unless new methods of construction are devised, this seems to be the natural limit.

Those of the faith are granted even more support in their efforts. Surely though, soon the Shogun will take notice of his disobedient subjects...

Event (Written by QM5): A shipment of swords is sent from Shorino, after so much being taken it's nice to get something in return, but... it's black bronze. It cuts good, very good, better than any other metal, but it emanates black smoke afterwards and there's this sense of... wrong, about it.

Event 2 (Written by QM5): The sun rises like every day, Yuuka hard at work again, providing sunshine our people. But suddely, the brightness increases, it becomes blinding, like the suns the ashen sky obscures. It's visible for all neighbors to see, and people rejoice, their prayers increase in fervor, thanking Yuuka for the sunlight she has brought, it lasts through most of the day, until suddenly, it's gone. It's not gradual like usual, and people want answers. The brightest day was followed with the darkest night, when it was found out the light was Yuuka's body burning up, leaving only her spirit to burn as brightly as it could, before it too, burned up, leaving nothing behind. Yuuka Daikyo is no more.

>>4527443
>Liberdantoc (Written by Steel):

With time now a precious commodity, a spell to increase one intelligence, even temporarily, is a valuable endeavor indeed. Though even this is a matter that will take time to accomplish. Much like your joint-collaborators on this effort, basic filtration becomes an important matter. By the end, limited but precious amounts of water are pure enough for matters of irrigation, but drinking water still is even less common.

>Map will be done later by QM 1
>>
>>4528050

Naturally, the wolfkin's coordination and aggressiveness would be surprising at first, with Æðelþryð even coming close to losing the first time she face them in numbers. Yet, even with their coordination, a swift strike on one and switching targets, along with good reflexes, would be able to allow her to prevail. Seeing how they actually were so skilled however, she'd come to challenge groups of them more often, and as she got used to their tactics, she'd fair better and better, though even so, they always would prove a challenge in how cohesive and coordinated they were...Something she'd have to look into and keep mind of in the future...Regardless, she'd eventually go on to get the most skilled, others from the original war to fight her, and even groups of them as her skill grew. Yet, while she certainly came close to losing a few times from overwhelming force, the rust she had from the old glory days of the original war was starting to fade, and with it, new tricks were able to be utilized alongside old techniques. Needless to say, she did fairly well for herself, eventually ironically enough getting well known in the Imperii, gaining a few nicknames. Ones that she'd be sure to add to her many, many many titles and nicknames once she revealed herself to actually be the Heáhcásern. Of course, with such attention, eyebrows would be raised, and she'd need to be careful to keep her little disguise a secret. Though, likely she'd not need to do such for too much longer...Even so, her family might just find out sooner than later...And Æðelgyð was likely going to demand a challenge from her if she found her in her disguise...Perhaps once she was confident she could defeat basically everyone outside of her family she would do such? Her daughter was one of if not the best spearmaster she knew after all. Though, it'd be fitting to prove to her that her mother was better, even if she would likely be the only one to know for a while...

Still, the mushroom farms didn't go as well as planned, but such is fine for going deep enough into the earth will bring cool air compared to the sun of the surface. Yet water was key to maintaining such and also further keeping the Servus alive. And there was the one place uncorrupted by the ash, the underground. As such, in the existing underground portions of the cities and villages, aquifers would be done so as to have a source of fresh, clean water that could be used to satiate the thirst of the Servus and that of the varying mushrooms transported from the wedding day road and able to be planted for food underground. Of course, rationing to the Servus would also be done, though that was a given.

In news unrelated to this, a letter would be sent to the Shogun, written by Æðelþryð, asking if everything was alright with Æðelflæd's daughter and son, seeing how neither have sent any letters to Æðelflæd or herself for some time, which naturally has lead to some concern for them.
>>
>>4528086

>Action One and Two, Continue the merry practicing. It won't be long until she's as skilled as she used to be.

>Action Three. Search for Aquifers for water.
>>
>>4526618
Actions:
-With the cult of Reuvis bellies fuller than most, the order finds itself with the opportunity to reach out to new communities. Most notably, Otuganrest. The young sect of the city receives as many shipments of food from their sister sect in Reuvi as they can afford to spare. Though this goes to help support their members first, the food available afterwards is used to entice and lure in the starving of Otuganrest so that the young cult may grow its numbers.

-Ix'thula has found his crowed, but among the 3 farms only 2 of them lend their ears to the herald. It begins to warn that unless they listen, their farms will suffer terrible ordeals and fall into ruin. It offers not only these words of caution, but solutions as well. It instructs the farms to place strange idols and charms around them so that they may be spared the abys' wrath. Fearing the heralds words, two of the farms do as instructed while the other mocks their gullibility and refuses to surrender to such superstitious nonsense.

>skipped a turn, 3rd action, ignore if not valid
- As the cult infected its way through Borevia, they had come to know the dream island and gathered what information they could. Now it was time to set out and find this place for perhaps there were the veil is finest between worlds, they could catch a glimpse of their master. The cult's leaders and their trusted attendants acquire a small boat able to traverse the tides. Escorted with some of their nightmarish kin, now referred to as Abysians, they set off to find this lose paradise.
>>
>>4528053
The way through the structure beyond... only the worthy could possible brave these flames, the princess odyssey, the gathering warriors, it all begins to fall into place.

Once the princess has returned the way to brave the fire and smoke will be revealed, through to the ancient structure, through to the end of the Greyfall.

Actions 1 and 2: Complete the invention of the Aqueduct.

We cannot afford to wait around to secure such an important supply of water, aside from food it is the only other thing we need to endure this hell.

Levy all available forces to continue to design the structure, experiment and adapt to the issues that face us, haul great blocks of building stone and create the first of many aqueducts to follow, we will be supplied by limitless pure water.

WAR POST:
Some shrimps seem to have gathered, we could use the food.
Deploy a flotilla of oceanic taur rather than just boats, primarily sharktaur packs with copper bronze spears from libertandoc should serve well enough.
>>
>Action 1: Improve Infastructure (Temple, Theater)
Our attempts to influence the Zlon had been placed on hold as we researched Runic magic but now that the Sun has fled from humanity and crops have begun to fail, there is no greater ally than a golem. Our theater and temple adjacent to Ga'Ga'ul are improved so that the Zlon may bear witness to their glory.

>Action 2: Create Runic Spell: Isiponji Somlingo ([Anti-]Magic Sponge)
The Cult seeks to develop a rune which would allow inscribed objects to absorb just enough ambient magic such that it is considered its own magical being for the purpose of absorbing mana draining effects such as the Volcanic Ash. Against harsher draining effects it may require some time to regenerate after taking more serious hits.
>>
>>4528054

1. With the discovery of an invitation to a mysterious and hidden land, even one probably not ruled by a megalomaniac, with the insinuation that an artistic gift would be appreciated there was no way the workers pride of the older generation could be held back any longer. Long drenched by the ash it is the kindling needed to reignite the national pride in their art. A grand gift is made: a tree of marble wood and malachite leaves, meticulously detailed to look as real as the makes can make, with roots growing over a protrusion and into cracks of a dirt-stone slab. Upon the tree are flowers of silver and bronze. The whole piece is animated as a golem to sway gently with the winds of magic.

2. Along with the golemancers the found genius, Torus, shall be tutored by masters from the schools of earth magic, life and death magic, and the mushroom magic. This child's future is without a doubt bright despite those who can not name their fathers being looked down on.
>>
>Action 1: Finish the Road to Theora
Self Explanatory.

>Action 2: Construct and Upgrade Coal Mine

>Quote from old thread for QM convenience: "Though luckily, some coal would be found, mainly a bit north of the lumber yards"

With the advent of Marcan steel our sources of coal and iron must be padded out to sate the demand for weapons, armor, and tools. The conditions of a coal mine aren't all that different from that the of the rest of the world, anyway.
>>
It is a dark day, the national spirit broken, Yuuka did her best, but she is no more. Furthermore, the seizing of food was even more severe. Now, people are starting to believe more in the Shogun than the High Council, though Yuuka's sacrifice has kept it at bay. So now, there is only one thing to do, keep the Soular Pyre burning. Their allies in Durmaign has figured out Yuuka's spell, and even improved it, allowing us to burn close to as long as Yuuka did. Miho and Tsuyoi argue over who should be the first, should the strongest spirit or the wisest spirit go first? Ultimately, Tsuyoi wins out, because her stubborn spirit will burn longer, hopefully finishing what Yuuka started. The construction plan is continued, though now seeking to secure our northern territory with Sisu.

Diplomatic Thingie: The Black Forest Tribes will be relying on the Durmaign Hegemony to provide the Soular Pyre spell, so our leaders may finish what Yuuka started, burning our High Druids until finally going for Hiro.

Action 1: Upgrade the Radiant Spire.
Though Yuuka is gone, we will continue to improve the spire, to help all future Radiant Souls, with a taller platform, larger temple, and rooms dedicated to preparing Radiant Souls for the Soular Pyre ritual.

Action 2: Improve the War Skald (Temple) tribe in Shaanlín and the Shrine of Life (Temple) in New Eden.
We shall use our religion to emphasize and bolster Sisu, spirit power, so they can keep giving it for the Soular Pyre.
>>
File: 20201110_135422.png (2.66 MB, 2048x2570)
2.66 MB
2.66 MB PNG
>>4528054
1. The sailors push on, forging north until green shores welcome them, hopefully the fishing waters will be richer here.

2.
Electrum, what a pricey material, yet so exotic in it's attributes. The Borevians had no idea what they had, or simply were too short sighted to use it. Metal through which magic, or antimagic may flow. The amount of Electrum currently economically feasible is sparce, but feasible all the same. Four electrum rods are embedded through a shell cask that is vacuumed, and an attempt to capture and store raw magic is attempted.
>>
1 Action: With both the food and water crisis finally gone, The Republic of Sealand can relax a little and begin working on developments once more. Excited to get back into the game, they begin to try and domesticate foxes once more, seeing how the first prophecy came true, they're hoping to profit from the second

1 Action: And with how much magic is in the world, some more anti magic is needed as well, or thought to be needed anyways. A new spell is created, and going off of anti-magic screen comes anti-magic barrier.This new version of it extending outwards like a long barricade of anti magic as if they were to have a row of shields that they could duck behind to avoid the dangers of magic as one would avoid an arrow. It's a 7ft high by 1ft thick by 30ft long barrier that requires the concentration of the caster. They can project it a max of 10 ft out in front of them with ease, and they need to focus on it once more to change the direction of it. Otherwise they can leave it there until they lose concentration(hit hard/fall unconscious) . They can still cast anti-magic burst while using this spell.

Diplomacy:
With that done, they decide to take advantage of their surplus of water and make trips to Borevia to try in get some non-possessed metal from them, with captain Dir returning once more. On top of bringing the water, marble and Lapis once more.

To Meoswilium, they would also bring water, uncertain as to how they would use it, but everything needs water really. So some to them as well

Lastly the BFT as they have been a nation that's been seemingly having a hard time getting shields out recently. Perhaps their value has increased or something internal was wrong.
>>
>>4528056
>National Fluff While the worst of the crisis and struggle was behind them the nation could not relax yet, water was still in low supply and while it was not leading to death any disruption could spell disaster. internally the government breathed a sigh of relief as many of the shogun's agents had been caught and would be interrogated for what they knew, while the FBI would continue to work on dismantling the shogun spy ring within the nation and prevent a renewed effort from rising.

>action 1: Expand along the western river, with a means by which to clean water, and food supplies secured again, the nation knows it needs to secure new water supplies and the western river offers the best hope of that.

>action 2: build water distilleries and plant Filter plants along the river
A final push to secure water supplies in the nation is made, after all, without life-giving water the nation can not exist.
>>
>>4528054
1 and 2.
>Project solar interlink
While our monitor network has impressive coverage there are still blind spots in the system. In theory the miniature suns would be able to see everything from the sky. Given that a miniature sun is still a wisp albeit in a strange from then wouldn't a transmission of visual information be possible. If they are to fool around in our shadows then we shall leave no shadow unchecked. They must make another move soon, and when they do we can make our own move, we shall not let them cast further embarrassment on the hegemony.
>>
>>4528058
>Fix
The "temporarily enhance intelligence" spell (magic school of enchantment, magic branch of mind enhancement)
is assumed to have been developped.

>Fluff: The current elected leaders are :
*Mayor of Ahnemamare*: [Elected for 10 years by the population] : Lemoy Tak, human, water distillery director [Honorary Mayor: John Smith, human, lead fraternian diplomat]
*Mayor of Mongsaveti*: [Elected for 5 years by the population. All candidates must be priests] : Gaius Ahn, kitsune, Stakh's Watchers member [Honorary Mayor: Harris Amble Ken, elf, Sealand diplomat]
*Mayor of Taydosong*: [Elected for 7 years by a council of neighboorhood representatives] : Zoumeriades, dryad, water distillery director [Honorary Mayor: Jammie Softears, Lagomorph, second fraternian diplomat]
*Mayor of Antoanportus*: [Elected for 10 years by the population. Being from Tarnatos is a strong political advantage] : Mahna Lakhit, kitsune, Stakh's Watchers member [Honorary Mayor: Fleur Tyron Tix, elf, Sealand diplomat]


>Fluff:
Water ! This calls for celebration. But it is nowhere near enough. We need more !

>1 + 2: More distilleries, with water filter plants, are built
They are crucial and should be easy to access, and connected to existing rain collecting systems.

>Diplo : All individuals involved with the ASTG work are given permanent liberdantoci citizenship. The lead fraternian and sealand diplomats are appointed as "honorary mayors" for [1 turn] in each city.
>>
>>4528677
>>4528593
>diplo to LC
both diplomats would accept with the blessings of there governments, during there "terms" they would try to foster a cultural exchange program so that both nations could come to understand and better appreciate one another
>>
File: Map Turn 26.png (3.88 MB, 2048x2570)
3.88 MB
3.88 MB PNG
World Event (written by QM5):
The ashen skies give way to sunlight, brilliant beams piercing through the ebon clouds, enveloping the land below. It is still an ashen land, and remnant clouds of ash remain, but the twin suns are visible once more… not that you should look directly at the suns, don’t be silly. But everyone rejoice, for all the- most of their suffering is at an end. Now just remains picking up the pieces and cleaning the land, waters and air.

Imperii
>>4528086
Diplo Shogun: Æðelþryð receives no response.

The Empress traveling soon sees herself outclassing everyone by such a margin her training becomes meaningless. The last vestige of challenge was her own daughter, but she was too defeated swiftly. The Empress needs a more efficient way to become a god of war and destruction. Maybe using her political power she can invite great fighters from abroad to face her? Or maybe she can learn foreign magic.

The search for Aquifers goes well and after the Undergrounders living there are chased out, they belong to the Imperii.

EVENT: Defecting Deeplanders
From the Salt mines of the south 2 tribes emerge. They are Telrac, the same which raided you once. They seem to not wish to serve the deep king anymore and come bringing gifts of gems and precious stones wishing to be in the service of the Overground empress instead.

Impetheli
>>4528254
The temples and theaters are improved. The ga’ga’ul still enjoy the comedy in the theaters, but the grandeur of the Church makes some worship their neighbor. The amount of Zlon doing that could be counted on one hand though. (at least one properly sculpted hand)

The spell works, but it is found out various materials have varying magical absorption properties. Gold seems to be the best and this is important… for if said capacity is exceeded the object will explode. The rune also needs to be hit directly with a spell to work as such it is inscribed on shields.

EVENT: Reverchist patriotic sentiment grips the nation. Many of the statues are looking for new ways to wage war and arm themselves. Some even sculpt some extra muscles on themselves. They wish to be strong to make the nation stronger. The quality of your troops and warriors increases.
>>
Meoswilum

Event (Written by QM5): Colonists in the jungle have noticed a spike in the population of megafauna in the jungles. While usually an insignificant population, the amount of Megasloths and Megazebras has risen drastically. These are big meat ladened animals which can feed a family for weeks, though they present issues in hunting. The Megasloth may be slow, but it can tear through armor with it’s sheer strength and sharp claws. The Megazebra meanwhile has very little offensive potential, but can run like the wind. But there seems to be someone capable of hunting them, Tigerkin, an amazonian race of women, tall as giants with tiger ears, tail and paws, furry from the elbows and knees down. They also capture some of our less careful hunters, specifically men, women barely register to them.

Shell Land
>>4528477
(Written by DFGH)
Courageous Lo-hai sailors push north, what they found are new fishing waters, a forest, and up north, maybe, glimpses of ruined buildings behind the trees.
Four electrum rods are embedded through a shell cask that is vacuumed. A Lo-hai tries to store some raw magic... and immediately gets it back after a few seconds, in a slightly painful way. In another attempt, the lo-hai tried to charge the electrum rods then immediately backed up. A few seconds later, the electrum rods emitted sparks, and the next attempt to retrieve the magic was unfruitful. Several experiments led to the same results.
It seems like, while electrum is a conductor and attractor of magic, actually keeping the magic it attracts inside the electrum requires more work. Currently it is highly unstable. You also learned that electrum, once charged with magic, glows pretty well in the dark. It is almost as fascinating to watch as a Wisp from Durmaign.

EVENT: Settlers go abroad. Along the coast the Lo-Hai explored some stonelords were not able to contain their curiosity. They set up a colony choosing to make the land their own.
>>
Durmaign
>>4528593
(Written by DFGH)
You devise a code relying on varying the intensity and colors of the miniature sun to relay informations. It is a powerful communication system. It has however several drawbacks. First, fast varying light and intensity have a tendency to be tiring for the eyes and bad for the focus of the people in the ground. Second, the informations communicated are in plain view, and have to be encrypted, or the code stay secret for the network to be effective at catching criminals.
Still the miniature sun offers an unmatched range to see everything that happens in the nation... As long as it does not happen in a dense forest, a large building, or underground.

(Written by Pirate)
Eventually, one of the members of this organization is finally captured, but only one. Most strange is the fact that they are one among the people who have vanished, although they clearly had a number of wounds they didn’t have originally, and they seemed unhinged to say the least. Why they would serve the actual criminal organization in question is something not known, though it can be presumed either some sort of possession or intense torture was involved. There is one key piece of information we gain from them before they killed themselves through biting off their own tongue. Malina… They called out that Malina would be the ruin of the Shogun and the current order… We are not dealing with a criminal organization, we are dealing with a cult…

EVENT: An odd artifact is unearthed on their way back by the people returning from the world tree festival. It is an axe, human-sized though it seems to resemble a Kitsune one. It’s a gift from the gods, from Uesugi.

SHOGUN’S REWARD: Mary receives a magic staff semigly forged out of a purely white metal. Said staff when infused with her magic transform into a glave of fire. Though it also just amplifies her magic.

Marca (Written by DFGH)
>>4528356
The road to Theora is finished. Now Theora pilgrims will be able to travel south to access the great celestial pantheon temples ! And are at risk of being infected by the plague doing so.
A bit north of the lumber yards, a big coal mine is built, already upgraded. Marca should not lack coal for a while.

EVENT: A miracle! A miracle! All the Marcan women attending the local churches of the Celestial family birth twins all identical like the two suns. As the sunshine bathes their life one more the population of the nation is bound to rapidly recover.
>>
Sealand
>>4528532
The domestication of foxes goes fairly well now that effort is put back into it, with the creatures starting to become a lot more friendly around elves, to the point that they seemingly aren’t afraid or aggressive at all around them or anything else humanoid. Of course, teaching them to do things is another thing, but those with experience with the animals are able to work with them a fair bit and actually get them to do a few things. Needless to say, for those who can afford it and have the patience or money to pay for training, they make decent companions on a hunt. And their fur can be gained a lot easier as well. Other than this, further work would be put into Antimagic...magic. The spell in question would be extremely useful at defence, though particularly powerful spells of course might break through. Still, for most if not all direct spells thrown at such a berrier, it will prove sufficient in blocking such.

EVENT: Your nation’s leader meets on the street a young boy who seems to be a savant. A truly great mind, he soon takes a liking to him and becomes his mentor. He thinks he’ll grow up to be a great man. The kid seems mostly talented in mathematics and sciences.

Arcadia
>>4528320
As the Arcadians venture further into the unknown jungles they see how the trees have golden leaves

(Written by QM5)
After meticulously preparing the gift for the World Tree, they take off. The dryads are excited to show the way. The trees seem normal at first, but then you notice dead trees strewn across the place, there are still living trees, but most are dead. The dryads assure you it’s part of the plan to outlast this darkness. Finally, you come to the liveliest treeline of all, it doesn’t look even the slightest bit affected by the ash, and once inside, it just keeps getting livelier, until you come across a great tree, a gigantic tree. Here the dryads mingle and cheer, they’re happier than anywhere else. It’s a party, and they even got wine for you to drink, the best wine ever, with juicy and delicious fruit as well. The dryads tell that the World Tree greatly appreciates the gift, they call it “Art Imitates Life”. Normally dryads wouldn’t be so accepting of golems, but this day is special. But alas, these festivities can’t last forever, so eventually they are sent back to the ashen lands, but… the sky seems brighter now.

EVENT: After the Invitation of the Dryads many arcadians feel safer venturing north and settle down there. The new land is through and through Arcadian though you can choose to keep it or abandon the settlers to their fate.
>>
Liberdantoc
>>4528677
Previous turn correction (Written by QM5): The spell to improve intelligence was a success, though had a few side effects. It enables better problem solving by thinking through a wide variety of solutions, but this comes at the cost of focus, making book reading next to impossible. It basically does the opposite of Focus, so it’s not possible to run both… except, there are those who claim they do, and reap the benefit of both.

Water is everywhere around Liberdantoc, not one drop is able to be drunk unless one likes having ash inside them. Much is done in order to distill water and make it pure enough to be drunk and for irrigation, and with a lot of work, just that is accomplished. Of course, all of it wouldn’t be possible without some minor help from those who managed to make distilleries initially, but for the most part, all but the design was made by Liberdantoc hands. Needless to say, this combined with the worst of the ash being over puts us in a very good position comparatively to the rest of the world. Perhaps we can utilize it to our advantage in some way...

EVENT: The Amelia seem to have developed an intense relationship with the local dryads with a lot of intermixing and cultural exchange happening soon the Ameriad themselves would go on pilgrimages to the Tongue of Aka. (locals pacified, +1 free prophecy)
>>
BFT
>>4528367
PREVIOUS TURN’S EVENT: Our people have lived hand in hand with the Shogun's for a while. The Shogun is strong and we are not. Shorino is proud... our pride was lost. Finally among the wolfkin which have accepted the Shogun's faith and adherence to their values develops. Near the temples monasteries are built where young girls train to become Miko towns form around the churches where people embrace a sedentary lifestyle imitating Shorino culture and customs.

(Written by DFGH)
The entire nation is mourning Yuuka. But the sadness is giving us strength ! Strength to improve the Radiant Spire, thanks to the help of Durmaign. It is now more impressive than ever. Strength to improve the War Skalds too, who speak eloquently of sacrifice to the whole nation.
With the Radiant Spire running more efficiently, and many people donating their Spirit for the cause, Tsuyoi’s soul can hope to burn as long and as bright as Yuuka's. But how long will the people be able to give their Sisu like that ?

EVENT: Halistra’s Mercy. It seems that in your time of need Halistra has chosen to grant your people respite. No more needed to be sacrificed as to grant full stomachs out of paintings of Grapes on the Church to Halistra’s walls true grapes would start to fall out. Grapes uppon grapes uppon grapes. Your people’s hunger is satiated and it’s even enough to keep the Shogun’s demands met, but the worship of Halistra increases in your land so much so that it becomes one of the Major religions.

SHOGUN’S REWARD: Momiji having won so splendidly gets a shield made out of seemingly gold. It’s an artifact from the age of heroes.
>>
Fraternitas
>>4528593
Expansion along the river would have been a slow and difficult process if it wasn’t for the fact that the ash had finally stopped falling. While there still was plenty upon the ground, that was something that could be dealt with easily compared to a constant fall of ash from the sky. Still, the water itself is not exactly in the best of shape, and as such, most of the hard work is simply in the south where people simply walk around the river. Still, not too many people go, mainly because they don’t want to deal with the ash further, and many don’t like the idea of having to set up all the infrastructure needed to survive that will only be needed for maybe a few more years at most before they will be obsolescent. Still the land is officially under the UFC’s control, and a number of settlements have been set up in it. Other than this, making simple distilleries would be a bit difficult, and be something that needs a bit of Sealandic help. Still, it’s set up and able to make the water drinkable. It’ll be useful for however long the ash lasts in the water, though chances are, ash will be stuck in most rivers and the sea’s for some time, and as such, the distillery good for some time, likely longer than the work on the farms.

EVENT: A secret of the Gods. In the room of a young child who seems to have lost it’s favorite toy something else was found. A book… with the name of a god on it “Halistra” the Goddess of Mercy and patron of Mezentia. Your scribes uncovering the book notice one perticullarity it includes very ‘non-religious’ details like favorite snacks, hobbies, looks and more interestingly… a ritual allowing to ask her a question directly.

Travalhalla
>>4528187
The first prototype aqueducts are constructed and they work just fine. The only problem is that the ash falls on top of the mountains too… but that’s a detail. Now they just need to be constructed and connected to the cities.
(dealing with the Shrimps is an action)

EVENT: The Blessing of H*rtkor… a heart set ablaze. While on her ship Sybaael would feel an intense pain in her chest as the very rib cage itself would start breaking and rearranging the skin tearing. After a few minutes of agonizing pain she would feel it… fire… flame. Her beating heart would lay exposed in her chest, surrounded by a fire harder than any bone. She would recognize that the longolo Alphas she trained with in Mezentia were the same and imitating them she learns to mould the fire from her heart. It’s not technically speaking magic… but it sure as hell acts as if it were. She would also notice herself to be taller and her physical strength to be greater. What could be the meaning behind this blessing? What in the world is happening to her?
>>
Waking Order
>>4528149
Through bribing them with food the faith spreads quickly. Arcadia is not lacking in food, but one can only eat this much of the dried mushroom rations. The presence of the cult starts to grow, but as it does so does the danger of detection. Though they were not caught yet.

The Cuvier worked so hard to keep their farms afloat. Purifying them with water, roofing them over… only to find one of their farms poisoned by some saboteur. Now thousands will starve…

Pretending to be Borevians and doing all the “Praise Prius” bullshit they cultists talk to the Tarn Tribe and are brought to the Island. At night the sky of the barren desert merges with the fantasy showing you dreams and nightmares alike swimming through it. They first make stops to restock at a tribe known as Tavalon, to resupply. Before heading out to meet the great Koi. Same as the Borevians before them they are told that they are not worthy to take the trial. (can be continued in IC chat)

EVENT: A cult in Mezentia. It seems that through some fortunate events, some cultists from Cuvier SS-Clinics snuck their way into Mezentia setting up their own cell.

--

Emancipated Kingdom of Eden
EVENT: Before the Kings of the Emancipated Kingdom of Eden an odd man comes. He claims to worship a goddess known as Misuto… nooone ever heard of her. He grants the Kings a sword of justice, a sword which can only cut those which commited a crime and as the man attempts to cut the man… the sword is blunt… but it is infinitely shark as he executes a criminal. Through this the Kings learn of the secret that a God lies beneath Mezentia. (Develop Misuto Worship)

Celestial Pantheon
EVENT: The Holy Hut? A priest from the church emerges with a prophecy. There apparently is a way to go to the Moon. A secret bar which only emerges on an Eclipse of the 10th moon. It is believed this hut is somewhere in North Marca or South BFT. The Church worshipping the moons starts a great search for the Hut.

New Eden
EVENT: Among the survivors of new Eden some worshippers of the god of secrets spring up. Nobody knows about it though… they are good at keeping secrets.

Amelia
EVENT: The ruler or Amelia converts faith to the Worship of Aka. Worshipping Stakh is still allowed. Both Gods are now worshipped side by side. Aka values discord, worshippers of Aka and Stakh wish to destabilise foreign nations to make them collapse and rebuild them as just societies.

[END OF TURN UPDATES]
>>
>>4530559
Reminder: Expansion needed on the map from last turn's event. It will be kept.

Fluff: With the ashfall coming to an end and life returning to a sense of normalcy. The ashes are cleared and the farms put to work again to provide food that isn't mushrooms. Water golems work to collect the ash around the docks and fisheries to let the fish populations grow again from the years of harsh conditions. However, the culture of Arcadia is irrevocably changed from this period of hardship. It was decided the city would not remove the connections and coverings but instead style them and build upwards in a sort of terrace. Of course some actual study would need to be done to make this work. Polished silvered surfaces and small holes to let in sunlight are used to allow people to actually see within the complex. While the heavy robes are now a danger with the return of the suns and heat lighter robes with decorated sleeves to show magical ranks, thin ponchos, or sleeveless robes become the more popular clothing. Mushrooms become more common in home cooking for obvious reasons.
1. Seeing how the ash is letting up, and even the places they thought would be some of the harshest hit are seemingly able to regrow, the spell crafters decide it is time to focus on the research of light once more. The tedious task of going through light emitting incantations to pinpoint the element of light continues. Light School progress at 1/3.
2. While there is plentiful ash, and it is no longer horribly dangerous to go outside, many scholars begin to study the ash to try and figure out what makes it so acidic and able to absorb magic from the golems.
>>
>Map Corrections:
- The Lighthouse is in the Oasis with the Bank
- The port is in Sanctuary
- The Golem Factory is in Underdwelling

>Action 1: Scower for Gold
Our new Runic spell will be essential for resisting opposing mages. For it to work at a sufficient level to minimize risk to the Statue though we will require gold reserves. The land is to be surveyed in hopes of finding one.

>Action 2: Improve Spell: Projectile Metal
The Cult's ability to detect opponents through the earths vibrations and share this knowledge through their runes has made them experts of battlefield control. Now they seek to expand upon this potential, taking advantage of their heightened awareness to improve their primary ranged spell - Projectile Metal - such that its range and accuracy is improved.
>>
1. Expand 3 provinces into swamp colony in the Southeast
2. Explore so we get a land route to our colony
3. Create city of "Holangi" in said southern colony. The Tigerkin are invited to live there with us.
>>
>>4531021
> Meoswilum
>>
>>4530545

The lack of any formal response from the Shogun was one that caused some concern for the Heáhcásern, and even more for her first born daughter. Still, she was going to find out eventually for better or worse, given time though already expected something fairly bad. Regardless, she had found herself in her disguise to be a much better combatant then first thought, and even would go challenge Æðelgyð and win, much to Æðelgyð's shock...Though, no one provided any challenge anymore...It was so easy. She considered challenging entire regiments for some sort of challenge in regards to exhaustion, but she'd dismiss such for now, instead she'd consider other ways to challenge herself, hone her skills, and become better in the art of war she oh so loved. And, with such, she'd realize that tactics and strategy was something she could brush up upon in the near future, along with potentially gaining better control of her emotions. For, while her anger and stress caused her to look to find ways to entertain and relax, it also caused issues. And being better able to suppress or even harness such emotions would be key. Another thought could be to simply try to find people among other nations, and a fairly obvious thought to better hone her skills would come to mind relating to that Shogun and his Miko's, or the Shogun himself. Still, such was something she could do in the future. Instead, she'd simply return to a bit of normalcy. However, her actions had caused a bit of a sturr, and she'd need to be careful to leave without no one knowing to make sure no one was able to make the right assumption that the one extremely skilled warrior just up and vanished right around the time the Heáhcásern returned. After all, she didn't want people to know of such, at least, not yet anyway. And so, she'd still occasionally go out, challenging large numbers of people and dealing with them with ease. Though, it had lost a bit of the enjoyment she had earlier when she had a risk of losing...

But there was one thing that hadn't lost it's enjoyment, and which was seemingly growing at a shocking rate. Music. With the fall of the ash ending, and life starting to return to normal, the music of the Imperii would grow ever stronger, with many new instruments coming to be. From a stringed instrument that used a 'bow' to play, to many kinds of small flutes, to drums and even a fancy bit of footwear to keep a rhythm. The Imperii was having a bit of a cultural boom. And, of it's culture, music was it's strongest. From the streets of Rubrumetria to the smallest town many skilled with music would play, and much in the way of music would flow through the lands. It likely would only be a matter of time before such harmonic songs made their way to effect plays in a much more grandiose way.

>Actions One, Two, and Three. Music music everywhere, from Fidula, Tibia and varying flutes, to Scabellum & Drums
>>
>>4531040

In unrelated news, the Heáhcásern would be curios about this deep king...Are their barbaric kin becoming prepared for an invasion once more? Regardless, the new Tribes would certainly be welcome, especially by those of the Imperii who keep true to the Telraci culture. They likely will be useful as settlers of lands in the near future, or perhaps in the military. Though it might be a wise idea to find this Deep King before another invasion happens, or at least prepare the Imperii's mines for such a possibility.
>>
1 action: Continue efforts to domesticate foxes to see if they can become a more common animal that people can own without issues that only the rich could solve.

1 action: Develop a new spell called antimagic wall. And going off the last spell, it comes to one of the final spells in the series of antimagic wall. The caster must fully focus on this spell to keep it up as well as even moving it. It takes a lot of energy to sustain it, usually leaving the antimage drained after using it for longer than 10 minutes. It is a 30ft long, 20ft high, 4ft thick wall that can be projected in any direction up to 30ft in front of them, and is primarily for use should naval combat become necessary. Standard procedure typically being for one antimage on the ship to cast the wall while the other bursts the casters.

Event response:
Seeing as the boy was incredibly intelligent and had a true knack for knowledge, after taking care of him for a few days, he sent him to Vance Oak, him being the head researcher of Sealand and all, he hoped that he would be able to pass knowledge onto the child and provide a stable place for him to grow and really let his talent shine through
>>
The High Council is in a weakened state, the leaders of Land and Military, Yuuka and Tsuyoi. In the power vacuum, the High Druids of land have sided with Moriko's logistical talent and the High Druids of battle have sided with Tomoko's iron workers. Though Miho has seen an increase in support from the magic that saved us all, the reveal of the Shogun's actions have the High Druids outraged. Not only did he take food from our children's mouths, but they also took our children, then they gave us a 'gift' of weapons forged in their blood. As for what to do, it's time to mourn the passing of two great people, and rejoice that we have survived, but also to curb down on the Shogun worship.

Diplomatic Action: Try to get the Cult of Ithempeli to help make statues of Yuuka and Tsuyoi.
Try to get the UFC's intel on the wrongs of the Shogun, to help shame the Shogun worshipers.

Action 1: Improve the Radiant Spire (height doesn't change).
To immortalize our great Yuuka and Tsuyoi, we shall erect statues of iron and stone to represent their glorious sacrifice, with flames around them made of metalled leaves and flowers, to represent their burning yet lifegiving spirits. The spire itself shall also be decorated, the height doesn't change, but it will be made to look more proper, more... monumental.

Action 2: Shame the Shogun worshipers.
We shall bring the black bronze swords and the truth of their creation to the temples erected for the glory of the Shogun. We shall make grand speeches about their pleas for mercy only having the Shogun steal our children and use them to quench their wicked swords in. That the Shogun will only continue to do evil, no matter what we do. We will leave the black bronze swords on the floors of the temples, so they can feel the evil emanating from them themselves, and be forced to confront their shameful display of submission... to evil.
>>
>>4530571
Action 1: Construct networks of aqueducts across Tavthalla.
(I’m not sure why I have to construct the aqueducts separate from developing aqueducts but here is the action is to do that, I thought it would just be 3 actions not 4)


Action 2: Balneae complexes (Public baths, how many actions for this I’m not sure)

With a regime of intense physical exercise there has frankly developed an issue of smell, and so measures are taken to overcome this.

The concept of diverting some water flow from aqueducts into public bathing facilities is thought up, their use becoming common and part of the developing Tavthallan cultural ritual after exertion.
Useful for washing ash out of hair or skin, the baths are rather important for non-humanoid taur due to the otherwise difficult nature of washing your entire lower half, which can vary drastically in size if larger Snaketaur variants get involved.
Well trained slaves are kept on site to provide aid if needed, though at a cost which directly contributes a portion to the Tavthallan treasury.
The water is heated by fires before entering the baths proper ensuring a steady supply of hot water for washing, the facilities serving a secondary purpose as places of socialisation.
>>
>>4530550
1. Expand into the new northern landscape, let us see what ruins may tell us about those who came before.

2.
Of course, a suitable medium to hold the magic would be necessary. Perhaps the spore water suspension made before?
>>
>>4530565
>Fluff: The current elected leaders are :
*Mayor of Ahnemamare*: [Elected for 10 years by the population] : Telas Gos, human, director of the theater of Ahnemamare
*Mayor of Mongsaveti*: [Elected for 5 years by the population. All candidates must be priests] : Vatiades, dryad, Sword of Stakh member, co-creator of the "pushing the limits" doctrine
*Mayor of Taydosong*: [Elected for 7 years by a council of neighboorhood representatives] : Minhus Chiho, general, co-creator of the "pushing the limits" doctrine, leader of the Sword of Stakh
*Mayor of Antoanportus*: [Elected for 10 years by the population. Being from Tarnatos is a strong political advantage] : Nhama Ahk, kitsune, director of the theater of Antoanportus


>Fluff:
Even more water. Now we are free for other concerns. Like militarizing. Propped up by the news of the despicable acts of a far-away shogun, and apparently pilgrimages to Amelia for its dryad members, the Sword of Stakh makes a return !
In other news, cultural exchanges with UFC were fruitful, inspiring local theaters

>1: New military doctrine: Pushing the limits
The intensive work carried by the ASTG, and by the team tasked to develop the intelligence spell inspired military strategists.
A new military doctrine is born, to use in cases there are enough Stakh priests in the unit, and the battle of a short duration.
While before, our magic was used to make the soldiers work easier and less tiring, now soldiers will also be trained to push their limits while under the magic. It will make them able to go beyond human/kitsune/dryad performance, at the cost of being as tiring as a non magically aided effort, but also at the cost of breaking immediately if the spells suddenly vanes for one reason or another, requiring a great coordination between the soldiers and the priests.

>2: Build 1 theater in Ahnemamare, and one in Antoanportus
UFC theater inspired Liberdantoci citizens with rising litteracy levels. One of the first play "The struggle to save agriculture", is a great hit.


>Diplo : News are coming from Amelia : the dryads natives have interceded with their god, Aka, for him to give one prophecy. Might as well try. There is only one question we want to ask anyway : How to abolish slavery in the entire world ?>>4526620
>>
>>4530557
>Actions 1 & 2 Expand

Lower Marca has decided to take a different approach to expansion than their Upper counterparts. As oppose to the Upper Marcan strategy of haphazardly grabbing land with vague ideas of founding a new city and hoping the new land holds something valuable, the Lower Marcan Crown will attempt a new approach. A proper plan for expansion and it's accompanying infrastructure has already been drafted up, with specific plans for roads, ports, and potential city locations already assigned. With any luck, intertwined infrastructure could bring us closer to the Menzentians, as well. We do owe them for their aid, after all.
>>
>>4530571
>1 action expand and deploy the FBI
With Fraternitas having been secured from Foreign agents some wanted to cut back on the agencies funding, but considering the shogun's actions it is clear they are needed more than ever, new agents are hired, new training methods developed, every effort is made in making the FBI a better Intelligence agency. With the FBI bigger and better than ever they are deployed into BFT land to help the sympathetic anti-shogun elements within the nation, their mission to uncover information that can damage the pro shogun groups and undermine the pro shogun sentiment in the nation.

>1 action land reclamation project, with the ashen night at its end the world can breathe easier, but the land is still scarred from its time locked into the night, a new spell is created “Flora surge” it makes plants healthier, stronger, and grow faster. All across the nation as the land is cleaned of the ash this Flora surge along with filter plants are used to restore the nature of Fraternitas to her former glory
>>
File: RuinsV.jpg (856 KB, 1920x1078)
856 KB
856 KB JPG
>>4531503
"Once more the children return, once more they seek their Father's wisdom, very well, hear Him," as before the drone gives way to sibilance within the mind, for it is not the shrouded figure who speaks, but the Serpent Himself "You remain wise, my children, yet you come with heavy hearts. To my own I will not speak in writhing words. You cannot end that which dwells within the souls of beasts, you would as ask me how to stop the dancing of the suns in the sky. No, one will always rule over another, it is simply a matter of who holds the whip."
>>
>>4530576
Actions:
-With the latest gain of influence in Otoganrest, the sect feels it has grown to a size so that it may begin comfortable taking more active measures. Some of the cultists begin placing their accursed charms and idols around their homes and in odd places here and there within their villages to begin lightly knawing away at their local communities.

-Amphibia is rocked with the news of the poisoning. The citizens speculate and accuse, pointing fingers at their fellows before one of the farmers sheepishly speaks out. He says that he was working late one night when he heard a strange noise. He can't describe what he saw, only that some nightmarish creature had escaped off into the depths after completing whatever foul task it had with the farm. Ix'thula seizes this opportunity to further proclaim that the only reason the farm fill to such an ill fate was because it refused the protection of Xiguras that would have otherwise warded off such an entity. Hoping to prey on their fears of the unknown, he continues spreading his master's message.
>>
File: Map Turn 27.png (2.87 MB, 2048x2570)
2.87 MB
2.87 MB PNG
Arcadia:
>>4530831
With further work, we have started to strip away parts of the light emitting spells to find out which parts give light. We have found a way to cobble together a flash spell, though it is highly inefficient, because of one remaining mystery. We need to figure out the magical formula for light (2/3 progress).
The ash seems normal until exposed to magic, where it becomes highly corrosive, it also absorbs magic slowly, so golems aren't immediately inconveninced by it, it's more just the sheer amount of the stuff that piles up. Though it should be noted it is especially corrosive to Alchemic Rash, halting the process and even reversing the silvering, though if left on it will start to corrode the unsilvered material.

Itempeli:
>>4530885
The rivers have been known to erode the stone, thus bringing flakes of minerals along. With our knowledge of metal handling we can goldpan the rivers with ease, and it doesn't take long until we find it along two rivers, then prospect their source to find two seams. One in the northwest mountain and the other in the southern mountain.
The old spell had an issue, it was shot straight. It was a mystery how this was an issue until someone put a spin on it, literally. A spinning projectile self rights, counteracting the tumbling effect that happens if you put too much power into the projectile, thus it can be shot more accurately and with more power, and thus longer range.

Meow:
>>4531021
The expansion for the swamp colony goes well, but then reports having come in contact with golems of liquid lead, Aurons, though they note a pen of them, where they have growing patches of silver on them which is cut off but leaves just enough for the spread to continue.
The exploration crew decided to go from the other side this time, the wetland didn't hinder nearly as much as the jungle, though trees and giant animals started to occur as they approached the mountain. This time the explorers weren't as worn out, so they started to climb the mountain. The sense of being watched returned, as did things disappearing from the camp, but once they managed to scale the mountain, though there is a ravine where people glimpse something inside, something watching them. Ultimately they merely bridged the ravine with rope, and made their way down the other side of the mountains, completing their journey.
The city of Holangi starts being established. The people note a sense of being watched and things going missing, so this growing city has more watchmen than usual. Food is less of a problem, as the Tigerkin decide to setup a slaughterhouse nearby and trade meat and hide for metal tools and weapons. Though our traders are mainly women, as men tend to stay longer than they should.
>>
Imperii:
>>4531040
Music fills the streets to bursting, life returns to the street as if the ashen times had never happened. The servus experience an auditory bliss, losing track of time and don't even notice people going missing, though some overwork themselves while doing their chores, but don't mind. There's barely any even attempting escape around this festival season, the ones drained are happy this is the last thing they hear.

Sealand:
>>4531122
Foxes prove themselves quite useful in hunting the many rats and mice seeking their way into our food stores, especially after their population surge during the Ashen Times. Many a commoner household now has a house fox, though they constantly bicker and fight with other foxes and don't do commands very well. They're not pack animals, so they're like housecats in their behavior.
The Antimagic Wall, sometimes called the Dispell Barrier, does indeed prove itself quite straining, as maintaining the field is quite the feat. But the strain is less the mana used and more just the focus required for the inherent contradiction which is antimagic. But it should prove a potent defensive measure for ships, where multiple mages can be rotated.

Event: The troublesome noble class has brought with them the Meoswilian religion as well, the worship of the mushroom, where the Meoswilian king is divinely chosen and eternal rest is a priveliege not a right. They also want to import some of that mushroom magic to raise the dead to perform labor and earn their final rest.

BFT (Written by Viorp):
>>4531455
The spire gains a truly monumental apperance once merelky a behemoth of stone impressive by it's shere size now it also is a symbol of beauty hope and sacrifice as intricate flower patterns and patterns reminiscent of the silk Dress yuuka once worse lign the stone structure snaking their way as if an organic construct troughout it. It Truly is a work of art now.
To shame those who worship the Shogun one has to not understand why they begun worship him... it was not from morality, but rather admiring his streangth and feeling shamed by their own weakness. Realising what the Shogun did they would only fear him more. Except those mothers who had their very children taken on that memorable way... few of the Shogun worshippers would respond in the expected way.
>>
Tavthalla:
>>4531459
Creating aqueducts is quite an undertaking, but it's benefits are immediate. Instead of having to venture out to take water from wells or possibly soiled rivers, they can instead take water from the overhead rivers which nobody are able to do their business in. This lessens ill health and also frees up time otherwise spent gathering water to every house.
People flock to the baths to wash off their barbaric musk, soon set to become a staple in the culture. Washing off some of the barbaric ways of the past, urbanization kicks in, the capital is bustling with people, prime and ready to become a metropolis, if only action is taken to create a more convenient city layout.

Lo-hai:
>>4531495
Expansion is made to the north, but the area around the ruins is plagued by gigantic wolves. The new colony is beset by a small amount of them, and they're not just strong enough to crack the Lo-hai's stone shell in their maw, but also clever enough to do group tactics, drawing and quartering the crabs, tearing them limb from limb. The colonists instead decide to settle some distance away and dig in, though even here they find the bones of giant humans, with giant wolf bitemarks on them. There are occasional encounters with living giants, though they quickly run away and hide, terrified, especially of the giant wolves, which they refer to as... Wargs.
A magic battery is created, consisting of two cells accumulating opposing charges, you can then connect the two electrodes together to create sparks. However, the cells are poorly insulated from each other and thus the charge starts slowly bleeding out the moment it is charged. Once more research is done to insulate the two, we'll have a proper battery indeed.

Liberantoc:
>>4531503
The new tactic comes as a shock, both to the target and the soldiers carrying it out. It is poor in defensive operations but the sheer Shock and Awe from being assailed by these soldiers is enough to break all but the most disciplined of formations. But similarly, the sheer risk involved makes it only suitable for elite formations, as once it breaks, you're usually in the face of danger.
Theatres are made, with many a play, though many popular ones are adventures in Unashen Times, but some cover the heroics of the brightmen or adventurers seeking to vanquish the ashen skies, bringing sunlight back to the land. Nostalgia and hope is popular.

Marca:
>>4531536
The expanded land is accompanied by a road, seeking to join up with Menzentia. These lands are temperate but not so forested, so it'd be a great place for farming. Maybe the city can be made atop the hill to be extra defensible.
>>
UFC:
>>4531537
The agency is further funded and their mission commences, bringing evidence for the shaming. A good amount is procured, and the tales from the Black Forest serves to bolster anti-Shogun sentiment within our lands. Unfortunately it does little to aid the Black Forest's efforts, as the people only fear the Shogun more.
The lands are transformed by the spell. While flowers and plants did grow out of the ashen fields, slowly returning color to the lands. In Fraternitas lands, the plains become lush as they once were back in Unashen Times. Children frollick in the fields, though the ash is not quite gone, so a few black lungs are gained, but still, people rejoice at the greening lands.

--

Enman:
Event: The people of the Enmancipated Kingdom of Eden have taken a hardline stance against druidism, that once a druid, always a druid. They therefore have started to burn any Conclavians and Wolfkin they can get their hand on. They hate trees even more now.

Amelia:
Event: The dryads have decided it's time to grow, and has thus made a plantation, where they will plant themselves and also some fruit trees, which they can trade for the means to spread their influence further.

[End of updates]
>>
>>4532293
>Fluff: The current elected leaders are :
*Mayor of Ahnemamare*: [Elected for 10 years by the population] : Gat Nama, human, travelling merchant
*Mayor of Mongsaveti*: [Elected for 5 years by the population. All candidates must be priests] : Ngus Quyen, kitsune, co-creator of the "pushing the limits" doctrine, first paladin, member of the Sword of Stakh
*Mayor of Taydosong*: [Elected for 7 years by a council of neighboorhood representatives] : Minhus Chiho, kitsune, general, co-creator of the "pushing the limits" doctrine, leader of the Sword of Stakh
*Mayor of Antoanportus*: [Elected for 10 years by the population. Being from Tarnatos is a strong political advantage] : Illiotropiades, dryad, playwright and explorer


>Fluff:
The "prophecy" from that "god", "Aka" is taken with the national equivalent of a nervous laugh. Aside from that, every thing is going smoothly. Another new way of fighting is put into practice pushed by the Sword of Stakh. Meanwhile, merchants are thinking about all the profit they could make, to trade with these nations we are friendly with.

>1: Scour our land for ressources
With so many trade partners, we ressources to build things off, or to trade.

>2: New military unit : paladins.
Stakh priests are still rare among the population. The one who join the army, even rarer. Despite this, increasing education, and increasing recruitment allowed us to spare some talented priests to form a elite unit.
The paladins are Stakh priests, trained as soldiers. But unlike ordinary battlepriests, they are not trained to enhance a varying number of soldiers, but to enhance themselves, while battling. They make for fearsome warriors, are adepts at the "pushing the limit" doctrine, and can be used where large armies are impractical, but you still need a punch...
>>
On the High Council today: Strength. The shaming wasn't very effective, for they fear the Shogun even more. So instead, we shall show ourselves strong. First, we must raise new herds to make up for the ones slaughtered, and second, the quest for immortality, the one thing not even the Shogun has attained. We shall shame the Shogun himself. Show that he cannot break us, that we will thrive in spite of his strongest attempt to break us, and we shall even surpass him.

Action 1: Reestablish the Goat Herder (Farm) tribes between Shaanlín and New Eden.
We need meat, so our people may eat again, and wool, to make up for all the cloth that was eroded by the Ashen Times. Perhaps we can make a new kind of cloth soon, so we don't get people wearing Shorino clothes.

Action 2: Invent Spirit Magic > Determination > Undying Spirit.
After seeing Yuuka burn brighter as naught but a soul, we have definite proof that spirits can persist through death, and for quite a while too. But Yuuka did that while burning brighter than ever, meaning if we don't have the soul burning, we can make it last for days, weeks, or, with spirit transfer aplenty, have them last for however long there are people with Sisu to give.
>>
>>4532293
Standing on the precipice of a metropolis, a city as great as Mezentia, all that is needed is a better city layout.

This is a difficulty for Taurs of course, the intense variation in body types making it rather hard to make a solution for all but eventually ideas are stumbled across.

Action 1: Tauric city design

Great aqueducts feed into tauric bathhouses, tauric cities having essentially two styles of architecture. The inner parts of the city are designed more for humanoids and displays multi-storey buildings in droves being designed for regular purebloods and smaller taur variants, while the outer city is designed with more open spaces between buildings and very open room plans, and far more single storey buildings.

Stone roads are constructed leading from farms to markets, from houses to baths and all sorts of other important buildings in the soon-to-be metropolis of Rahak.

Action 2: Raleth coal mine ruins Exploration

Odd structures in the flaming caves, begging exploration. Find or build a way past the fires and explore them for what secrets they may hold, the odyssey approaches and once arrived shall descend into the structures to investigate them, and presumably slay evil monsters to put an end to the evil and free the world from ash.
The council is making this all up as they go along and hoping that there is *something* evil there.
>>
>>4532289
1.
A port and a fort are carved into the shore, the black spires and walls of the fort encompassing the port; serving also a home to the hunters, who have taken an interest in the wargs flesh and hide.

2.
The concept of the magic battery underway, the Whiteshell makes use of his scribes for his own purposes this turn, constructing 2 temples, one in Ok'dl, and one in Grsthld.

>Diplo
>Cult of Itempeli

Lo-hai Stone Lord's appear in your port, requesting the Cults services in the shaping of quality sealed containers made of high quality metal. Strangest thing is the 2 holes in the tops of the vessels.
>>
1. Research into finding the element of light continues. Progress may be slow but you can not make a journey in a single leap. Light magic school 2/3.
2. With this discovery of the property of the ash it is decided to work the ash into the nation's metallurgy. Starting by working the ash into Marcan iron and later bronze (but probably found not as effective). The process will have to be done nonmagically to not have the ash react mid way through the forging.
>>
>>4530557
1 and 2.
>Continue interlink
A cipher is to be prepared for the interlink and the visual information is to be transferred wisp to wisp to present the most accurate picture.
>>
File: bladearm.jpg (136 KB, 880x856)
136 KB
136 KB JPG
>Action 1: Yuuka of the Blacklbade
It's a momentous undertaking but it's one that the Statues have dedicated extensive research to. With enough depictions to create a shrine, and enough accounts and personal details to write her saga the Statues for the first time ever will animate a non-Ithempeli statue.
Every precaution is taken to prevent this Statue from being birthed of the Ithempeli mindset. Prayers are delivered to Ithempeli in hopes he does not claim this one, the room in which it is created is decorated with images and scripts regarding Yuuka and those which work on it have their bodies and face draped in fabrics as not to confuse the Statue in its formative moments.
This Statue of Yuuka is made to be lifelike and massive, with one key liberty taken to distinct it. Yuuka is designed with her left arm embedded with an Obsidian Blade, granting her the title "Of the Blackblade".
Once her glorious image is completed she is locked away in a room full of nothing but details of Yuuka for some time. The statues in their formative moments are highly impressionable and are thought to merely adapt to the people and objects around them spontaneously.
Once given the proper time to crystallize a self image of Yuuka, she is released from her room and further educated into the life and personal details of the true Yuuka with the end hopes of creating her to be an idealized version of Yuuka when she had lived. One notable exception is that this Yuuka was taught to be violently protective over her worship of Ithempeli to prevent the Black Forest from sullying their creation. She is of course taught to be understanding and compassionate towards the BFT religion as well.
She is only taught a single spell and taught it in such a specific way that it could not be retaught. Yuuka is to be made with the Seismic Sense ability. While it is desired that she be a respectable warrior, they will not have it that their magical secrets fall into the wrong hands. Most of her training is instead with the Muscular Ithempeli where she is taught martial combat, a rare practice in the Cult.

In Total, a Hero named Yuuka of the Blackblade is created
- Zealot of Ithempeli, Friendly towards BFT religion
- Idealized form of Yuuka in the flesh with certain pro-Ithempeli liberties
- Warrior crafted with a sharp obsidian blade and Seismic Sense in her arsenal
- Propagandized in support of Ithempeli and against Golemancy
>>
>>4532678
That's meant to say Action 1 & 2.
>>
>>4532289
Actions:
-With the latest gain of influence in Otoganrest, the sect feels it has grown to a size so that it may begin comfortable taking more active measures. Some of the cultists begin placing their accursed charms and idols around their homes and in odd places here and there within their villages to begin lightly knawing away at their local communities.

-Amphibia is rocked with the news of the poisoning. The citizens speculate and accuse, pointing fingers at their fellows before one of the farmers sheepishly speaks out. He says that he was working late one night when he heard a strange noise. He can't describe what he saw, only that some nightmarish creature had escaped off into the depths after completing whatever foul task it had with the farm. Ix'thula seizes this opportunity to further proclaim that the only reason the farm fill to such an ill fate was because it refused the protection of Xiguras that would have otherwise warded off such an entity. Hoping to prey on their fears of the unknown, he continues spreading his master's message.

-Though it is has been a particularly rare occurance, some Aurons have succumbed to the corrupting influences working throughout the city. Though they have minds, its psyche is worlds apart from that of mortals from from flesh and blood for they do not dream in the regular sense. To better understand them, and in turn for them to better understand their new master, the overseers lead them int mass meditation, so that they may offer their dreams fully to Xiguras.
>>
File: land claims.png (31 KB, 657x715)
31 KB
31 KB PNG
>>4532294
>With the land mostly restored, the nation rejoices but there is still work to be done, a new spirit of expansion and exploration has begun to sweep the nation. The FBI stands by for now in BFT keeping the spy ring in place an ear to the ground. Flora surge also continues to be used as the reclamation project continue.

>In the recently settled lands roads and a farm are built to make water easier to access
[one farm and the rest of the action is spent on building roads through the western lands]

>expand into the west through the mountains and into the grasslands below them.
see pic
>>
>>4532733
Correction for action 1

>national fluff: With the land mostly restored, the nation rejoices but there is still work to be done, a new spirit of expansion and exploration has begun to sweep the nation. The FBI stands by for now in BFT keeping the spy ring in place an ear to the ground. Flora surge also continues to be used as the reclamation project continues.

>Action 1: In the recently settled lands many farming communities rise as the land heals but this wave of developlment and restoreation has casue a nation spirit of expansion to bloom.
[two farm to better help expansion efforts into the western lands]

>Action 2: expand into the west through the mountains and into the grasslands below them.
>>4532733
>>
1 Action: Develop the spell Long Range Anti-magic burst. It's the same spell but with the increased range to 90ft to better deal with mages further away.

1 Action: Scour the land for rss. With a majority of resources not being able to be used for developments, although trade is good, more material is searched for.

Diplomacy:
Dulon Faris Con Takes the odd snake staff and makes a visit to the Tongue of Aka >>4532263 to see if there is any connection between the two

Event Response: In regards to the Meoswilium nobles, once again action must be taken as the prophecy still seems to be lingering. This time, a different approach is taken. Dulon Faris Con meets with those that wish to implement mushrooms into their society and he tells them that he will need (about half) people among them to act as preliminary test subjects. Those that are already dead have earned their peace, and to begin working on such a project with the general population could prove to be disastrous in regards to the well being of the common folk due to the duty of Sealand to protect them.
Any that do volunteer are taken in by a new group of mages, not made up of any of the Pseudo-Meoswilium nobles, that are to be taught this mushroom magic to try and refine it before it was widely implemented.
Any that fall out of control of the mage are to be killed on the spot and replaced by another volunteer, once again taken from the group that suggested it.
And not informing anyone else other than the group, he asks Captain Dir to put together a group of particularly stealthy anti-mages to go and use the new spell on a few groups of those undead creatures in the middle of the night to have them be put down by the active guards.
All undead are to be fenced in and corralled like cattle, any seen wandering are to be put down.
>>
>Action 1: Expand Southeast
Need more land.

>Action 2: Construct/Upgrade Farm
In the grassland near Theora.
>>
File: Turn_28.png (2.58 MB, 2048x2570)
2.58 MB
2.58 MB PNG
Liberdantoc
>>4532379
Some resources are found, predominantly some Coal in the South and Emeralds within Amelia territory.

Paladins are an interesting unit… warrior mages ready to Smite evil. Multiple orders of Palladin are created dedicated to stakh and even one order dedicated to Aka in Amelia. The Biggest orders are the “Breakers of Chains”, “Fists of Stakh”, “Stak’s Concubines (all female)” and “The Serpent’s Whips (Aka affiliated).

BFT
>>4532382
Shiffing away the Ashen mud fields of grass are restored and said fields goats roma again, though few of the old farmers wish to return to their jobs. It just feels so unsafe… on a whim their life’s work might be stripped again. In a pinch the few slaves from the War with the Lords of Destruction are used to run the farms though more slaves might need to be bought.

it is by all means possible to keep a soul arround after death. The solution is to amplify the feeling of leaving a task uninished or fabricating such task. As long as a Spirit does not find closure it can be kept around, though said ghosts are relatively harmless being able to talk trough telekinesis
>>
Travthalla
>>4532512
Aqueducts now lign the cities helping keep the cities clean and well supplied. To a large extent it helps make the nation more prosperous… many taurs wonder though. Architecture? Quality of life? What is this slave mentality! How is this useful for war!?!?!?

Descending into the now shimmering ruins the expedition finds themselves having a very hard time breathing, but they press on. Descending further into the smouldering crater where a mine once stood they enter what seems to be a Mausoleum. The place is filled with skeletons, dryad and zlon husks as well as art all depicting a giant Golem. Wandering further they notice themselves walking alongside what seems to be a zlon 10 times that of an Auron made out of an unknown metal. As Princess Sybaael attempts to touch it a gentle voice calls out “Please stop!”. As the explorers turn what seems to stand in front of them is a metallic Kitsune. “Please do not touch the corpse of my father.”. The girl bows. (may be continued in IC chat)

Event: Poppulation boom on the Horse farm causes many more horses to be born, but also caused a lot of horses to escape and return to the wilderness destroying many grassland areas and farms meant to make food for slaves.
Lo-Hai
>>4532521
Warg hunting becomes a violent sport among the Lo-Hai. The Atone Crabs launching raids from their fortress of stone and the Wargs from their Castle of wood (forrests). Soon it becomes a ritual of adulthood among young Stonelords to go to the north and hunt down a Warg with their pelts then being used decorate a Lo-Hais apendage. Even the locals start bringing offerings to the Lo-Hai. Maybe they think the odd stone beings are divine in nature?

The two temples are constructed. Few understand what that has to do with the batery, but the temples are deicated to En as well as the objects of ancestral Lo-Hai worship. Sagas of old have a new home to be sung in.

Arcadick Republick
>>4532607
Work on the school of light continues. Many mages feel like they understand it sufficiently to create golems made out of light. Wonder if tha state will approve of such an odd experiment.

As large amounts of Ash are added to the iron it seems they loose their odd property, though they do seem to make the iron much harder and stiffer.
>>
Durmaign
>>4532645
The interlink is completed allowing information to travel as fast as light, this leads to cultists slowly being hunted down forcing them to retreat underground beyond the reach of the new suns of justice. Their influence is basically gone.

Impetheli
>>4532678
>>4532294
With the new magic able to keep the dead from departing many of the BFT wished to revive their Saint Yuuka… but her soul itself was burned to ash. Wishing to keep her memory they comissioned a statue, but what came back was… Yuka in herself in flesh and blood! (well or stone)

Yuuka of the blackblade is created and perfected she is a copy created from myths, sagas, aviable information, records of those who knew her and from the First Statue who met her in person during the Shogun’s party. The new Yuuka would go home and take her rightful place on the Council, advocating for strict sactions on the Arcadic republic and already planning out raids on their land. To those who knew her a little she would be Yuuka herself… to the memebers of the council there would be something off and odd, but using magic they could see that she by all means has “a soul”, but is it Yuuka’s?
Waking Order
>>4532707
The next stage of subverssion goes well and Ogutanrest can be considered to be in hands of the cult, but as the cult grows. The local suphur production is accessed and the local theather now sings hymns of madness, but with the power of the cult growing so fast so do their brazen strategies and a local golemancer catches on that something weird is going on and odd magical trinkets are discovered arround the city.

Many turn to praying to the native Gods of the Sharkfolk while some do indeed embrace the word of Xiguras. May the shadowy one protect them and their property… even if he is not all that good at protecting their soundness of mind. The cuklt especially catches on among farmers.

While not fully awakening the Nightmare Worshipping aurons seem now capable to change their build of liquid metal to imitate the form of a nightmare. Their physical streangth is truly astaunding. It also seems they need to perform racrifices to Xiguras to stay alive or they starve and die, for now human sacrifice of slaves gets the job done.
>>
Fraternitas
>>4532733
After the recent Taur exterminations the expanssion goes well and new land is taken and settled. new farms from and the Fraterniatn border expands. Many wonder if the land lost in the North east will ever be retaken or if the push westward is not somewhat to agressive. others understand the the land needs to be ours before it is of the Marcans.

EVENT: Davidious Goliath was the one most soundly defeated, crushed because his flesh was not strong enough. In this doubt the old words would echo “What does attempting to grab my fingers give you if, my fingers are stronger than all of you?”. The martial artist even before recovering would push his body to the limit… in fact making recovery impossible and his newly obtained rash temper would make him loose bouts with even the students of his dojo. Still he would press forward one day druing the night he woult dream of a pale woman kissing him saying “This is not an interesting end to this story.”

Davidious would be woken up with the rays of sunlight as they would be burning his skin as it was fire. He would jump away breaking trough the wall of his own room. He has become a Primordial Vampire Lord. A greatly blessed Vampire directly created by Kyuu’s kiss. His magical and physical power would quadrupple and he would now be able to use blood manipulation at will, he could change into a swarm of bats, regenerate and and turn others into vampires. He can only be killed either trough a wooden stake to the heart or full destruction with sunlight.

Davidious is fully loyal to Fraternitas, he now worships both Solaria and Kyuu to whom he reffers as “his beneffactor”. He would also change his most loyal followers to vampires and vampirism would become the standard reward for ecomming a blackbelt under him. He would not particullarly hide it, but not brag about the practice either. He isn ot sucking people dry lower martial artists within the school offer their blood willingly to their sempais.
>>
Marca
>>4532825
Your expanssion goes well and more farms are built. Your and the Fraternitan Border touch.

> Church of the Celestial Family
A dark subsect of the faith springs up. Known as the ‘Eclipticals’, they advocate that all non-twins are sinful weak and despised by the sun and worth less than slaves. The Eclypticals are a tiny fragment of the Celestial Church, but as expected attract many twins to join their faith.

Seeland
>>4532822
The range of the spell is increased. Within your land a deposit of copper is found.
The noble faction would agree to the demands, they would start giving people loans if a loan is not paid they pay it in death. Elevating them to a banker-class. Also making their banks the most secure in the nation afterall “We make sure ALL debts are always paid, so your dividends get paid too.”
>>
>>4532917
>Action 1: Build Infrastructure (Gold Mine, Improve Smith)
Now that the gold has been located it can be harvested for a more reliable supply to produce their shields. To keep up with the added demand of Shields on the assembly line the smiths are improved as well.

>Action 2: Improve Infrastructure (Temple, Theater)
The theater and Temple adjacent to Ga'Ga'ul are improved once again for the gradual indoctrination of the Zlon.
>>
>>4532919
RP: The Arcadics send a group of 5 to join the Tarvthalla's quest to stop the ash and learned a few types of blood that worked for the Divine Shogun when making Black Bronze.

1. With the discovery of the ways to touch upon the element of light and the offhand comment from the genius golemancer Torus it was decided "Why the fuck not?" Such an idea had occurred to the mages during the process of study but for the possibility of it's creation being so soon was unexpected. Combining the properties of the school of Light magic and the Elemental branch of the school of animation light shall be concentrated and animated into a Light golem. None too soon for the calls for war come greater than before.
2. With the news of the subversive cult growing within the city of Otuganrest and their criminal activities coming to light and suspicions that it may be related to Borevian elements due to it's spread in the heavily Borevian influenced city, not like the council would pass up a good reason to enact harsher punishments on these people if wrong and justify a war with Borevia, the cult will be deemed an act of foreign subversion. A full search of the city will be conducted and rooted for anyone related to the cult. Magical trinkets will be tested with small amounts of ash for a reaction with any not recognized as an Arcadic magic being taken as cultic abuse of magic. Golemancers will use air golems to patrol for magical objects on people as the golem's need to sustain itself with magic may lead it to concentrated sources of magic or it's ability to slip around people will allow it to search others for the strange objects. Those found to be preaching the mad teachings will be questioned and executed or muted (hands and tongue removed; inside of the throat burned to destroy the vocal cords in an attempt to destroy the ability to use magic). The public will be told that this cult is a Borevian subversive element and that the Borevians seek to make them slaves or sacrifices to appease their pride, greed, and whatever delusions spawned this mad god. Those with broken minds will be used as proof of the fate worse than death that is 'rewarded' to those in the cult. Mercy and honor has not been shown by this cult; and so none shall be given in return. The Waking Order shall be purged from our lands.
>>
>>4532929

(I am missing an upgraded farm outside of Theora from last turn. Please add that to the map.)

>Action 1: Survey the land for resources
A large portion of our nation has untapped potential just waiting to be discovered. We'll search the land for mineral/metal deposits, or anything else useful.

>Action 2: Improve Steel Smithing
Internal reform is on the horizon. If the military is involved with this reform we'll want something better to equip them with.
>>
On the High Council today: Duty. Our people are putting in weak effort. We see slaves from the War for the Conclave, slaves, not thralls, but full on slaves. This degeneracy will not stand, if Tsuyoi was here she'd go out and slaughter them personally, instead, we shall call upon people to honor our High Druid of Blood by carrying out her will. Furthermore, the project of immortality relies on keeping unfinished tasks, it is encouraging not finishing them, which is no good. We shall continue our search for a cause worth unliving for.

Action 1: Slaughter all slaves and captives from the War of the Conclave.
We are not slavers, all thralls shall have a wergeld to work toward. But the crimes of the Lords of Destruction are such that demand blodgeld. They can never repay this blodgeld in life, so instead of keeping slaves bound to lifelong servitude, lazy slaves who are a waste to feed, we shall instead just slaughter them all. Even if this costs us the goat herd once more.

Action 2: Improve Spirit Magic > Determination > Undying Spirit.
A goal like that is one which sees the undying spirits a fickle sort, able to disappear at a moment's notice. Instead we shall seek to instill an eternal desire. A warrior fights not to kill, but to keep family and kin safe. A wizard doesn't seek to invent just one spell, but to continue developing magic. You shouldn't stay to finish a task, but to continue your life's work.
>>
>>4532925
-Otuganrest is steadily slipping thanks to the good work of the sect operating there, but growth ultimately comes with its downsides as well. Preying eyes will glance, and curious neighbors will scratch where they shouldn't. Fortunately, industry has provided just the place they need to help mask their more... questionable practices. The cult begins to send some of its members to work at the local mine, infiltrating and converting its workforce.

-The farmers of Amphibia know now who they truly serve, and though there are those resistant, clinging to their old ways, it is inevitably futile. The sect controls the food, which clears the way into even their ignorant bellies, and eventually into their minds. But while such work will take time, it can be left in the hands of a capable overseer to tend to. For now, Ix'thula hears the whispers beckoning him once more, this time to Mezentia. The Cuvier have done well to carry the will of Xiguras over these foreign borders, but a seed will not grow unless nurtured. The herald is tasked once more to act as the gardener for this place, and begins to walk among the shores of the city, gathering the curious and the desperate around Mezentia's port.
>>
Event Response: Admittedly, Dulon was surprised that they set up a bank to get other people to do it, especially when he specifically said that it was those select few that needed to volunteer and not to bring in the wider population. And because of this, although that it was indeed very clever, it was against his command. As a punishment for doing so, he wasn't going to take away their toys, but he instead restricted them by integrating the bank into the government proper creating a set of rules and regulations for it. Those rules including that soldiers cannot be among the indebted. No debts can be incurred after death by the debtor. Rates on loans would be fair and reasonable to individuals, and those that clearly couldn't pay it back during their life shall not be able to take out a loan. People shall not be manipulated into taking loans through any means.Those that are not a part of any banking expenditures will not be brought back as mushroom men. A tax will be put in place for the owner of these workers so that the more that is had, the higher the rate of tax as they would be making income from both the worker and their own duty. This tax shall take into account what the worker would already be paying in taxes to go to paying off the overall tax and as such, workers cannot be fined more to help pay these taxes.These workers are to be treated fairly and kindly during their work period as it is not known what agony they may go through.And lastly, people shall be laid to rest after 5 years of service, unless their debt exceeds (effectively 500,000 dollars) at the time of the 5 year term. Until they get below that standard they cannot be laid to rest. And so on and so forth.

With this he hopes that it's a softer integration to something that he nor do a majority of Sealand agree with this awful practice.

1 Action: Scour the land for more resources as copper is already a resource had.

1 action: Magical research. With so many other nations having strong defenses and armor and a myriad of other things to prevent common weaponry from getting through, a new school of magic begins getting developed, and this one takes advantage of what is known of science. With this the beginning of the school of Heat was beginning to form, the conduction of heat into metal to increase its temperature to that of the forges without melting it or deforming it. Once again, Vance Terra Oak was tasked with it, and the savant elf boy his new research assistant to help.
>>
>>4532919
Actions 1 and 2: Taurbone Greatbows

The invention of the Tauric Greatbow is a great feat, but better materials have always been available to us.
Using our own bones, those of the fallen, to construct even greater tools of delivering ranged death is our next mission as Tavthalla begins to fully militarise after all these years.
>>
File: DWESDR.png (129 KB, 351x507)
129 KB
129 KB PNG
> Action 1&2
We need to expand and solidify land in the Southern Swamps as well as access to southern Trade routes by Sea.

> Action 3
Growing up during their journey the He Theorgso would slowly fall in love with Sybaael. The boy would attempt to show acts of great courage, strength and bravery to attempt to sway the heart of the Tauric princess.

(I wish to roll to seduce)
>>
1 and 2
Get the People out there and rebuild the city.
3.
Develop the farms
4.
Begin developing the underground caverns to create a lower level of the city, strenghthen the supports and being with the living and working spaces
>>
>>4532926
>action 1: In keeping with His promise of land reclamation The lost land in the northeast and the coastal land in the northwest is reclaimed.

>Action 2: 1/? using Diagnose life mages study the Vampires that have popped up in the nation, to try and understand why the blood of sentiant life is the only form of blood that will sustain them. while that is ongoing, the government asks that Master Goliath hold of on the creation of more vampires as while they understand and know he is a loyal Fraternian citizen, they worry about the untold damage that a rogue disiple of his might do lost in a blood lust.
>>
>>4534167
Alteration to action 2
>Action 2: Vampire management
The Government approaches Master Goliath asking him alter his qualification for turning other into Vampires or to our right stop. While they understand and know he is a loyal Fraternian, they worry about the untold damage that a rogue disciple of his might do lost in a blood lust. More than that, they bring up the concern that some vampires in time might grow to see there fellow fraternians as cattle rather than equals. which is why they would ask him to either stop turning people all together or to only turn those that achieve a 10th grade black belt and that have shown themselves to have very strong self disipline, as they would have mastery over themselves and the fear of a rogue vampire would be far lower.
>>
>>4532917
>Fluff: The current elected leaders are :
*Mayor of Ahnemamare*: [Elected for 10 years by the population] : Mhana Tohk, kitsune, farmer
*Mayor of Mongsaveti*: [Elected for 5 years by the population. All candidates must be priests] : Bampobiades, dryad, leader of the "Fists of Stakh" paladin order
*Mayor of Taydosong*: [Elected for 7 years by a council of neighboorhood representatives] : Gar Botal, human, army officer
*Mayor of Antoanportus*: [Elected for 10 years by the population. Being from Tarnatos is a strong political advantage] : Hocius Nham, kitsune, explorer and scholar


>Fluff:
Not much is happening, the army still needs to be reorganized, while a few scholars organized an expedition south.

>1: Explore South
Maybe ask the Auburn dryads to guide us if we get too close to Aka's garden. Some herbalists are there too, in case we discover interesting plants.

>2: Reorganize the army
Each unit will be defined around one priest, helping a few soldiers. They are highly incentivized to often train together, and know each other well. The goal is to have a coordination between the priests and the soldiers so great that all the army can use the new tactic if needed.
>>
>>4532925
1 and 2.
>Solar avatar project
We are preparing a project to to borrow power from the miniature suns for ground troops. It consumes considerable energy and is only effective with miniature suns nearby but it provides a significant all round power boost.
>>
>>4532919
1. With the Cult supplying the vessels, further research is underway. Though the power may still wane, it is attempted to amplify the powers of a Lo-hai magic with the electrum vats mounted upon the back, seeing if the added magic poured into the spells may be worth it.

2.
A city is build around the fort, named Jörg'blg "North Come Calling". The natives are offered shelter and meals if they will aid with duties of the city, and are asked for the history of their people.
>>
>>4532291

With Æðelþryð having joined the little journey, she would eventually find herself in a curios land of the people that the princess she faced off against lived. While the journey in question she joined came to an end so shortly after she had joined it, she still was not going to simply let the opportunity slip from her fingers, and as such, she'd use the chance to spar against opponents she knew were physically stronger than her, and had many different capabilities, strengths, and weaknesses compared to herself or any other Telrac. As such, she could further hone her skills by fighting opponents that were far from usual, allowing herself to rely much more on her own skill than anything else. Of course, while she was here, she would occasionally spar with the Princess again, seeing how she was truely the most difficult opponent she had, and, honestly, if it wasn't for her shadow magic, she most certainly would have lost the first bout against her, and that still stood true now. But, maybe that could change in time...Besides, it'd be a good way to spend time while here. Though, with so much focus on pure combat, she was thinking of shifting her focus of honing her skills and self to that of tactics and strategy soon after she arrived back to the Imperii...It had been a while, after all. Still, best to make the most of her time. On a related note, she'd eventually find that Æðelgyð had snuck aboard with them, eager to try and face off against the varying combatants on the island as well, though she'd allow such for obvious reasons, provided she didn't get herself killed or kill anyone in her little fights.

Back in the Imperii however, Æðelgifu would actually get a number of people around to start working on a project that would benefit the Imperii. A good deal of pure, clean water was under ground, and the means of how to get it up to the surface for the varying farms to use was a challenge, for simply using many with pots or buckets would be a slow, and inefficient waste of time. As such, efforts would be made to study how water worked, and further more, how best to transport it from caverns to the surface, among other things. It was quite likely this was going to grow into a further project once Æðelþryð returned, as she undoubtedly would see such a project as useful for a myriad of reasons...

>Action One and Two. Train just that little bit more. The Shogun will be defeated by Æðelþryð's hand in the future. And ensuring such is so will be key.

>Action Three. Work on the science of hydraulics.
>>
File: 410AC.png (2.57 MB, 2048x2570)
2.57 MB
2.57 MB PNG
>>4533136
>Ithempeli

Work would be done on creating new mining shafts for a gold mine, and after the earth was properly struck with gold starting to be extracted properly from the mine, the next bit of work would be extensions to the foundries and smithies in Underdwelling. Needless to say, the increased production and access to gold will most certainly allow greater works of art made from the gold to be produced. In a related note, a temple and theater would be created on the border to Ga'Ga'ul in the attempt to get them to the Ithempeli's way of thinking, both in terms of culture and faith. Though such will likely still take plenty of time until it is fully realized. Though, perhaps giving some incentives to see such works of art in the near future might be helpful to such efforts.

>>4533342
>Arcadia

The creation of a light golem would be a surprisingly curios creation. The being in question was extremely bright, almost akin to the suns, yet gave off only a faint warm glow. If it could actually control its luminosity and make it not blindingly bright unless needed it would likely be a lot more pleasant to work with than it is right now. But even so, it's a good addition to the ever growing number of elemental's that are able to be used in Arcadia. The crackdown on this subversive cult however would go decently, though would cause some unintentional damage, even outside the city of Otuganrest. Even so this unintended damage would be most prevalent in Otuganrest, where everyone, foreigner or civilian, would be caught up in the crossfire of this 'Cult Scare' turned 'Deity Scare'. Those few who believed in any sort of deity would face much more discrimination, and this would extend to foreign merchants and outsiders as well. Where once one of the celestial pantheon or En would merely be considered a fool, now they were abused, with some citizens destroying their wears, and in some cases lynching them, seeing them as no better than the cult. Though some would claim this was merely used as an excuse to be able to do what these small groups wanted to do to faithful for some time. Thankfully the lynchings only really happen in Otuganrest where it can be covered up or blamed on the cult. Regardless, all of this would work wonders in dealing with members of the cult and cutting most of them out. Though, there would be some active resistance, as would be expected when the punishment is death or losing one's hands and tongue. There might be some still left, but the organization in the city would be thoroughly dismantled with only isolated pockets still hiding from our sight. In other news, a cave in has occurred in the copper mine. The damage is minor, and it'll only temporarily hamper production, but a number of people who work in the mines are missing...
>>
>>4533497
>Marca

Surveying would find on the blessed island of the south, on its northern coast would be pearls, and upon the mountains of the north, something curios would be found, upon the mountains, a strange material that when turned into a metal has properties seemingly out of myth. A number of people in the area for some time have been using such for trinkets, and now we see why. Work on steal meanwhile, would be undeterred by this news, and would work further on creating steel that would make Bronze useful for nothing more than for decoration. And while some minor improvements to technique are found, it comes to our attention that work on such for steel greater than what we have now will, like most things, take more time.

>>4533660
>Black Forest

Swiftly, those from the war of the Conclave that were still somehow around would be killed, causing a number of people to be surprised that there was any lazy, vengeful slaves taken from the war in question and not just outright killed. Still, with them dealt with, people will ideally focus their efforts further. Other than this, work would be done on making a spirit last beyond just a task. And, it'd work to an extent. Now, they are devoted to protecting their family or their old work, yet even so, they still will fade in time. For the warrior will fade once all the kin that were alive when they were pass from this realm. And, likewise, those dedicated to their work will fade upon the creation of their magnum opus. Still, it's much better and long lasting than it was...Perhaps immortality in this way might be close? However, during all of this, one morning, everyone before they awoke would see nothing...Nothing but pitch black, before symbols in read appeared, similar to that of the Shoguns lands but different. And, yet they would be understood by all who saw them "You view yourself as weak, yet many of you wish not to make yourself strong...This is not natural...But this is something I can help change." Despite this, the rest of the day would go by normally, but what happened was a gradual process. The wild lands full of giant and wild beasts with plants to match would seem to spread, until every single wetlands forest was made similar to that of the wild one, and even a portion of the Savannah would be effected, grass taller than ever before blocking sight of larger beasts...
>>
>>4533790
>Waking Order

While many of the newest acolytes from Otuganrest would be taken and brutally killed or mutilated, much of the true faithful still survive, and even thrive, careful to lay low, quietly sowing the seeds. It is easier for them to hide in the varying businesses, mines, and theaters than anywhere else, with everyone in the business believing in that which the majority deny for no reason other than foolishness. Regardless, our work will not be stopped, and ideally, they will think that we are long gone when we are stronger than ever with their little hunt for our true followers. Elsewhere, in Mezentia, a number of sailors, dockhands, and vagabonds have been brought to join us. And, with this, we can use them to further expand the truth to Mezentia or anywhere across the inner sea. A perfect staging ground...

>>4533828
>Sealand

The Meoswilum influenced nobility would be a bit upset at the new limitation, though they surely will deal with it, for they are really the only ones who actually enjoy such a disturbing practice. Other than this, the nation would get to work on two things. Finding resources, and expanding its knowledge on magic. In the case of the former, a number of prospectors would go out and return with their findings, that being nothing, sadly. On the magic side of things, the work on making a school to heat metal was a fairly simple task, for such a simple yet important bit of magic that would allow those in forges to produce the exact heat needed and with it create flawless weapons and tools. Though, there still needs to be some time to finish this work, even with the Savant who has done quite a bit to progress the project. In other news, the small cult in the south east who believe in the Imperii's goddess, Kyuu, have started to adopt Imperii customs and music, and their faith has spread slightly further. They still are quite small, but it is important to keep an eye on them...
>>
>>4533921
>Tavthalla

Work on the greatbows using Taur bone was work that was mostly spent on finding what type of Taur's bones were best suited to such a weapon. Every type including Pureblood and more obscure types would be tested, and a number of different designs tried likewise. Yet, the best would be found to be those of aquatic Taur who consume fish and other sea life, curiously enough. The weapon in question will undoubtedly be quite useful in the future, especially with such high quality... However, a strange and curios story from the north has come about, involving a small creature akin to a young pureblood taur, but capable of magic, and a bucket that they resided in. Apparently a taur took the thing in out of curiosity, and learned that it was trying to get back to the underworld. The attempt would be one the Taur would hardly care for and see as more of a chore, but one they'd do anyway out of honor. Though this would become challenging as the thing was quite hurt by light, and to solve this to an extent, they got a large wooden bucket and used it to shade them from the sun. A number of strange events happened during the journey, in which the small creature proved extremely capable of magic and miracle, before finally being returned to it's home, taking the bucket as something to remember the Taur who helped them by, and giving them something in return. It's a story more local and smaller in scale than the great journey the princess took, but it's still one that is told, and a legend goes that if one finds the right cave, and grants a bucket to it, they will have good fortune. The story seems to have most taken a hold of those who are of the more pacifistic and protective nature, and some of them would go to try and search for the cave. Interestingly, one warrior who had been fairly poor by Taur standards and had become quite successful and skilled as of late would attribute their success to the spirit or whatever it was that lived in that cave.
>>
>>4533947
>Meoswilum

Expansion to the southern swamps would be a fairly simple affair with quite a few willing to go out and claim such land. While out there, however, a few would stumble upon something curios. Ruins. Whether caused by the people of that dilapidated colony or long before their arrival, we do not know, but what remains is naught but bone and rubble. In the personal quest of He Theorgso, however, his attempts to seduce Sybaael end up failing hilariously. Firstly, he embarrassed himself numerous times when trying to show off his skill, bravery, and strength. Secondly he managed to accidentally send mixed messages that made it some believe he merely looked up to Sybaael but actually fell in love with, ironically enough, Sayaka. Something that Sayaka actually came to believe herself. Thirdly, in his attempts to try and use others to talk with Sybaael more, he'd accidentally get her quite interested in the Snaketaur in the more romantic sense...On the bright side, a number of his escapades managed to get Sybaael to laugh...He thinks anyway, a lot of people laughed at a few times...

Needless to say, the experience was very...humbling...

>>4534138
>Vezentia

Work would swiftly go on to the city further, repairing, rebuilding and remaking varying buildings in the city on top of making an elaborate underground section of the metropolis. In fact, perhaps Metropolis would be an understatement for the size and grandeur of the city itself? For it truly was a one of a kind, undoubtedly the largest in the entire world. Regardless, even with all the work on the city getting the most attention, what potentially was most important was the work on the farms, which would be expanded to a satisfactory amount. While the city will certainly need to import food to survive still, there is now a much greater abundance and ease of access, though, perhaps getting more food would be wise.

>>4534167
>UFC

Fairly swiftly, a number of old towns that have become overgrown with plantlife would be resettled, their buildings repaired, and the wild beaten back as the light of civilization once more graces upon these lands. With this, the UFC's borders are now nothing but larger, with absolutely no land from the past that was lost not under its control!...Erm, just...don't look to that smudge in the east, that's clearly a mistake... Regardless, Golaith would agree to only turning the best, and would understand, though wouldn't be too happy about the seeming distrust that he and his fellows he turned seem to have by the government. Likewise, a number of his students seem quite upset as well, for understandable reasons. Other than this, a large number of people have reported having nightmares as of late, across the whole country. It's probably nothing, but to the average superstitious citizen, it's a ill omen.
>>
>>4534242
>Liberdantoc

Exploration would be done in the south with a bit of help, and while we certainly don't get to the center of the island, most of the jungle filled north, and the small portion that wasn't jungle filled, is searched and put to map. Certainly quite the achievement for the cartographers. Other than this a good deal of work would be put into the military's organization and coordination. By having a proper leader for each force, chain of command can go more smoothly. And likewise, by having them train together, a bond can form between soldiers much more easily, and regardless of what type of relationship it is, it will drive them to fight harder to protect those they care about, or to one up their rival, no matter how unlikely that last one is.

>>4534289
>Dyrnaign Hegemony

While many thought that work on trying to get miniature suns to actually be used in combat in any meaningful way was a fools errand, it very swiftly would become apparent that there was quite a bit of merit in the idea. Soon enough it would be found that with the right use of magic, a Mini sun can be used to make soldiers stronger both magically and physically, and it can effect a number of soldiers, along with prove a good way to boost morale. The effects it has on a soldier diminish as the mini sun works to support more soldiers, however, this is small enough that it's more beneficial to have many soldiers under a single sun than only a few, and the best amount of soldiers to be maintained by a mini sun is somewhere around either 100 or 150. Regardless, it's likely best for them to be deployed only to support elite and magic troops, for the suns themselves tend to burn themselves out if they try to give as much as they can or go on for long enough, meaning that quite a bit of spirit needs to be given in order for them to be effective and long lasting. But, that's not too much of a problem.
>>
>>4534959
>Lo-Hai

Work on trying to see just how useful these Electrum vats are would find that they are, in fact, capable of boosting magic poured into spells. Though, the energy inside it dissipates fast enough that they should be filled when a battle is expected that day. The biggest challenge with regards to them for the average Lo-Hai is how much energy from the Electrum to draw when casting a spell, for it can boost a spell or aid with casting a powerful one to a extensive amount just as much as it can help increase the effect a minor one has. Still, with more testing and use, effective use of the things will come to be common knowledge. Meanwhile, in the north, a settlement called Jörg'blg would be formed, and the natives would be granted food and shelter. When asked about their history, they gave the tragic tale of a people recently unified before villages far off started becoming abandoned, and, slowly, the beasts came closer and closer to their capital city, destroying all in their path. While there were victorious defenses and battles, it was never enough. They just kept coming, and in the end a final grand last stand was held in the capital, with the only survivors being those who fled before the city was assailed, or those who were able to hide well enough for long enough.

>>4535549
>Imperii (Written by QM1/Viorp)

Æðelþryð's training would once again be on track now being surrounded only by remarkable warriors she could train against all of them, be they Golemancers, Wolfkin, an ex president or a snake. Many of her tactics would prove herself useless against one type of opponent while crushing another. A great challenge would be the Golemancers as their ability to attack in mass numbers and immunity to darkness magic made them a force to be reckoned with, but of course as the Empress would train with them they would also train with her and what would be realized is that countering tricks is quicker than coming up with new ones.

Hydraulics seem like an easy field of study, as such just a bit more work should complete it. An issue arises though... bronze is very expensive if you put in bronze pipes someone will just steal it and wood ones will just rot away very quickly.
>>
The High Council is back on the topic of strength. We have been presented a challenge, the lands are wildening, and we shall not show ourselves weak, we shall persevere, we shall get ourselves more hunters. Though, we mustn't forget improvement, so while our Wetlands grow Wild, we shall make a city for the Iron Leaf tribe to work from, perhaps we could trade with this Vesanti people.

Action 1: Bolster Warrior (Fort) tribe at Shiroi Mori and reestablish the Hunter (Farm) tribe to the west.
The lands have grown wild, we need warriors and we need hunters, we need to defend ourselves and we shall eat ourselves hearty upon the great beasts that now roam our lands. Let us show those Shogun lovers what true strength is, to stand up against monsters instead of bowing our heads to them.

Action 2: Establish city of Tatara to the west.
The Iron Leaf has operated out of Yanagi Mori for quite some time, which was good at first, but as Marca stopped trade it has just been a hunter's city. With a city free of the Wildlands, they can focus on their craft, and also establish more contact with the Kitsune, they shall not miss out on this glorious hunt.
>>
>>4535597
Pirate forgot to Post his EVENT:

EVENT: Æðelgyð after the exploration of the ancient ruins would go to sleep sounds, but wake up with a what seems like a giant bite mark going trough her entire body. Even though she should be happy to go home on ship later shivers would catch her and fear would paralyze her at the mere thought of coming near the water... she would stay with the excuse that she just wants to watch her great nephew, but in reality she knew that if her feet were ever to leave land she would be dragged to the deapths of the Ocean by the Megalodon.
>>
1 Action: The news that there was no more resources in their lands came as quite the shock, so the next best thing was done. With the land mass across the sea seemingly uninhabited for the most part, an expedition is sent to (the closest 3 free tiles east) for Sealand to claim and try and gain more resources while not upsetting any of their neighboring nations.

1 Action: Production continues on the School of heat, the creation process being a slow and laborious one, but one that needed to get done

Event response: Their culture and worship of Kyuu is welcomed at first until it slowly becomes apparent that it is a cult. With this issue as well. it becomes apparent that Sealand needs to encourage proper proceedings in regards to worshiping their own gods. As for dealing with them, they are asked to not be as fanatic about it. The culture being accepted with songs and he like, but the cultish activities being asked to stop and a more calm approach to be taken to including people in worshiping god that killed a massive portion of the population with her servants. The Imperii culture is accepted, the religious aspect is not
>>
>>4535589
1. With the news of how the Shogun created his black blade and the bloods that worked it will be deemed that the sacrifice of innocents is unacceptable. As such a new spell in the branch of True Necromancy will be created to transmute blood. This should allow us to take normal animal blood and transmute it into special blood needed for the Black Bronze creation.
2. With the finding of this cult and the disappearance of the copper mine workers it is deemed necessary to create an organization to investigate and track down foreign spies and criminal activity. While all will be magi they will also be trained in investigation and espionage tactics. The organization will not be made public but within the government they will be known as Hounds.
>>
>>4535736
War Post:
The Borevians have sent foreign agents into our lands to harm our citizens and to break their minds. This is an act of war and the cowardly Borevians have failed to send a formal declaration of war. As such this will be seen as a surprise attack and a reprisal shall be made. The Arcadic armies shall march upon the twin fortresses on their border to bring them down through magical means. A letter, surely to be ignored, shall be sent listing the demands of most of the Borevian lands, including the mountainous and hilly regions, the freedom of all mortal slaves, the banning of Aurons from government positions, and copies of all Borevian technologies.

The Arcadic golem soldiers with bucket spears, the long ago made weapon specifically to counter the liquid Aurons, and a great number of war magi will be mobilized to defeat this threat.
>>
>>4535591

>Action 1: Investigate/Research the New Metal
Marcans are known the world around for their metalworking, and with the promise of a new, mythical metal found in the north is exciting, to say the least.

>Action 2: Construct a Celestial Pantheon Church & Theater in Theora
Just build em bro I'm too tired to fluff right now.
>>
> Action 1&2: Mizukinoko Mushroom
In our expeditions to the southern jungles an odd Mushroom was found. it seems to grow on backs of what seem to be water-hegehogs. These fascinating creatures are soon farmed for meat and the medical properties of the Mushroom will come in useful when healing infections, broken bones or other deadly ailments.

(As recomended putting two actions into them)
https://madeinabyss.fandom.com/wiki/Parasitic_Water_Shrooms

> Action 3: The greatest Warrior
He Theorgso would continue his training in Travalhalla. His goal is to gain approval among the Purebloods he already has been accepted among the lower ranks of the Taur, but it seems his martial prowess needs to become truly extraordinary if he wishes for approval from the Purebloods. He will also try to get closer to his childhood friend Ryllhae
>>
>>4535595
>Fluff: The current elected leaders are :
*Mayor of Ahnemamare*: [Elected for 10 years by the population] : Tahlus Xuan, kitsune, herbalist, Sword of Stakh member
*Mayor of Mongsaveti*: [Elected for 5 years by the population. All candidates must be priests] : Tryantafylliades, dryad, leader of the "Concubines of Stakh" paladin order
*Mayor of Taydosong*: [Elected for 7 years by a council of neighboorhood representatives] : Tala Miho, human, huntress and explorer
*Mayor of Antoanportus*: [Elected for 10 years by the population. Being from Tarnatos is a strong political advantage] : Pakha Tuan, kitsune, herbalist


>Fluff:
Our glorious nation is expanding ! Praised be Stakh. Besides that, the Sword of Stakh this times teams up with herbalists to look into poisons.

>1: Expand South
Expand South

>2: Experiment with poisons
In our mad scramble for more remedies during the plague, we discovered a few interesting plants in the jungle. Among them, poisonous ones.
Our goal here is to develop one or more more efficient poisons from these basis.
We would look for fast and efficient lethality over stealth.
Testing would be conducted on animals or, if needed, on criminals sentenced to death.
>>
>>4535589
>Action 1: Improve Infastructure (Temple, Theater)
Our attempts to influence the Zlon had been placed on hold as we researched Runic magic but now that the Sun has fled from humanity and crops have begun to fail, there is no greater ally than a golem. Our theater and temple adjacent to Ga'Ga'ul are improved so that the Zlon may bear witness to their glory.

>Action 2: Create Runic Spell: Thuthukisa Ubuhlakani (Enhance Agility)
The Academy seeks to create a spell which would improve the survivability of the Statues through granting them an Adrenaline substitute. In their research into Yuuka and her kind they found that humans can work themselves into a frenzy which greatly enhances their strength and alertness.
The Golems attempt to create a similar effect which would grant bursts of speed and awareness to Golems for some time when triggered by the Golems perceiving their life to be endangered. This rune is typically inscribed on the eye of the Statue.
>>
>>4535592
Actions:
-Truly barbarous are the ignorant and afraid. Followers are hunted and made swift examples of by those who think themselves righteous to cast judgement. Yet the cure for this will be education, not bloodshed, and wat finer way to express such enlightenment than through the arts? The Theatre begins scripting its next play, based off of the recent lynchings and executions of the sect's members. But, it is portrayed from the perspective of Arcadians. The story will focus around a budding arcadian religion in foreign lands bearing a resemblance to the Black Forest, and how the majority persecute and attack their faith. Finally, when the play is ready, the artists of their sister theater are invited to attend, and hopefully spread their play to the Arcadian masses to sow sympathy... and distrust.

-Information. The order's tendrils have reached far, and though it still has a long way to go, but a body cannot act on that alone. It needs eyes to see and ears to hear. The sect's members, as valuable a source as they are, are limited in their reach. But some beasts can go where most men couldn't. The creatures of the sky would be perfect, thus the sect of Reuvi gather birds and begin the probing their animalistic minds, hoping to use their meditation in order to seize the animal's psyche in order to see and hear what it does and direct it from the dream realm.
>>
>>4535594
>action 1: using Flora magic develop Bio stasis pods, as the name suggests these are massive plant pods that a person can be placed in and it will sustain them as well as slow their bodily functions to the point that can survive in the pod for a very long time.

>Action 2: build roads with all this land reclaimed, the road network needs to be expanded on and improved.

>national fluff: the government would quitely publish the report about the desencants of Alexandros.
>>
>>4535593
>>4535589
Actions 1 and 2: Sybaaels Odyssey

With the princess returned in glory and having sealed away the ash her adventures are intensely craved by the Tavthallan people to learn of her travels and how she acquired her flaming heart.

The tale is spun, the endless notes Sybaael had written along with those collated from her scribe taken and poured over, the notes on the various nations of the world and their fighters and magics wrought together into a singular and decisive volume that would shape the Tavthallans culture for eons to come.

Sybaaels Odyssey began as just a martial demonstration to prove the superiority of the Tavthalla in the world, giving a brief overview of the fighters gathered.

It records how the ash began to fall and the city of Raleth incinerated in hellfire delivered from the evil god Malina as yet another curse against taur kind, on the day the princess was meant to set sail.

How she was declared chosen by the gods to save the world from the ash, and writings about her and her mentor, rather detailed illustrations interspersed about some difficult moves in the art of wardance the princess was learning.

How after training in Mezentia the ship moved on beyond to the UFC and then to Shorino, the hated betrayal of Sybaaels mentor revealed to be a shrine maiden, and plainly noting down how the shogun kidnapped Sybaaels brother and sacrificed the royalties of monarchies across the world, as well as countless white blood children.

The tournament arc closed, the book would give outsiders a rather startling insight on the tauric mind in times of stress, parts of the odyssey recorded at the princesses dictation during the period shortly after the tournament would have the text suddenly descend into total madness and reflect true sorrow and woe at the betrayal of sybaaels mentor not at all hinted at by Sybaaels rather impassive external demeanour, while suddenly picking up again later and looking like it was written by someone in total euphoria when referencing a close battle sybaael was in or reflecting on a joke made by the numerous odyssey members.

Soon the book would come to the Ithempeli, who while rather uninterested in the greyfall put forward a series of challenges which the Tavthalla conquered with their wit, bravery and immense amounts of natural talent, then onto their fights with
the Arcadic and the Ithempeli, both using extensive amounts of magic to make up for their state of not being Taurs.

The text would go on to state how the blessing of a flaming heart appeared one night on their ship, the princesses chest seeming to burst open and almost set fire to the mast as roiling fires burst out from her heart.
>>
>>4535991
The text recorded the odd cultural customs of the meoswilum from a tauric perspective and how they made the princess laugh with their rather amusing insults and demand for a duel to the death, along with the war-games played there, not just their culture was noted though, but those of every nation visited, giving brutally honest opinions of all the various cultures and making frequent use of the term thinblooded to denote nations of humans or other species the Taurs claim are descended from them.
In all, the nations noted as being the most surprisingly impressive to the Princess would be the Imperii, UFC and Mezentia.

The various characters in the text each have their moments, the rivalry between Jaehk the Frontierer, a relatively well known snaketaur and Caedrel the Pureblood, another relatively known individual being recorded at several times throughout the book.
Their contests with and against each-other being something of mild controversy but great entertainment throughout the book.

The Odyssey would begin to wrap up at last with the grandest of the three tournaments hosted, that held in Imperii where Sybaael faced off against the Telrac empress, Sybaael finding something of a friend with the Telrac with both of them having had relatives murdered by the shogun.

The final flawless battles end the Libertandoc defeated and recruited, and then it moves swiftly onto Sybaael and her warriors descending into the cave of fire where it was revealed that Malina the goddess of evil had caused the ash, Sybaaels flaming heart said to have beaten ten times cacophonously loud as she left the cave with a metallic kitsune who dispensed limitless wisdom in tow, and as her blessing of a flaming heart beat the ashes and flames began to stop pouring out of the cave, the Greyfall ended by Sybaael the Hero.
>>
>>4535589
1.
To support the growing influx of immigrants for warg hunting, and refugee natives, a swamp rice farm and lumber camp are built near Jörg'blg. Lo hai chop trees the trees into beams, while the native load the lumber unto the hauling golem crabs.

2.
New Spell Water Evocation Branch

>Aquae Magnos Dynam "Watery Magic Dynamo"

Infuses a container of prepared shroom suspension water with a latent 'porousness' for magic, turning the liquid a gleaming aqua marine and illuminating. Ideally this will improve the storage of produced batteries.
>>
File: 420AC.png (2.57 MB, 2048x2570)
2.57 MB
2.57 MB PNG
>>4535603
>Black Forest

With the lands growing ever more wild, even lands which were tame in comparison to what they are now, we must do what we can to both protect ourselves and make the most of this situation. As such, a number of hunters made up of white hairs would be assembled in order to bring back food and bounty from the wildlands, and the warrior tribe nearby Shiroi Mori would be made stronger with further equipment, and those who have managed to survive in such wild lands. Other than this, the Ironleaf tribe would get a city of it's own, a proper settlement, but for more than just trade. To some such would be a clear difference between Iron leaf and the rest of the Black Forest Tribes, to others, a sign of changing times. Regardless, the Ironleaf tribe has, arguably, become something a bit more...

>>4535658
>Sealand

With no further resources found under the earth in the land claimed, the Republic would look to the sea's it sailed frequently, and a number of elves would make homes upon the island that many sailors had once passed by on routs to trade with Liberdantoc, the Imperii, Tarnatos, and others to the east. Other than the settlement of this new land, work continues on finalizing the school of heat, something which would indeed be finalized and come to an end with ease. In regards to internal affairs, the cult would be fairly annoyed at the actions of the government. They simply worship Kyuu and try to live interesting lives, claiming the suppression of their religious activities as clear bias from the government and that they had done nothing wrong. Reports seem to be surprisingly mixed about when looked into, some calling the activities befitting of a proper dark cult, others that they are merely the activities fitting for small groups of faithful. Regardless, while the suppression of the religious aspect of the Imperii goes fairly well, the green light on the Imperii's culture basically seemed to be asking for it...For a moderately large size of the population would start adopting Imperii customs, with a particularly talented individual of lowborn status being granted a title of nobility. Their size is smaller than that of Meoswilium, but not by too much. Regardless, some nationals are quite concerned about this...
>>
>>4535736
>Arcadia

Work would be done to try and convert blood of animals into blood akin to humans of noble blood. Though, a number of questions arise as to how exactly to do this. Necromancy is the art of taking the dead to the mortal plain and bringing that which is dead to life. Transmutation itself is it's own thing, however, and further more, it's quite difficult to tell if the spell has worked without actually trying to make black bronze itself, something we don't have. Still, the work isn't for nothing, and a number of theories would arise from it as to a different school of magic entirely, one focused mainly around ritual rather than casting. Other than this, the Hounds as they are called, would be formed and would swiftly form the bulwark to defending Arcadia from foreign threats. Already due to their work a number of cultists who were originally thought to be normal Arcadian citizens would be found and executed. And, they'd be able to do well in protecting the rest of Arcadia from falling to such deceitful practices.

>>4535905
>Marca

Investigation of the metal in question would find that its properties give it a good deal of protection against magic, in fact magic just doesn't really seem to work against it. Furthermore, the material is light weight, and quite strong and durable, just as much if not more so than steel. The best way to learn how to make such a material into useful tools and weapons is to start working at it in a forge, at least that's what the smiths say, and a number of the most experienced ones are eager to get their hands on the stuff for use in making weapons and armor for the best of Marca's best. A bit further north from this discovery, the recently made town of Theora would be graced with a proper temple to pray to the twin goddesses and the gods of the moons, along with a nice theater on the edge of town for those to enjoy. Now all it's missing is some mines or a number of smithy and it'd fit the stereotypical Marcan city.
>>
>>4535916
>Meoswilum

The new mushroom found would be a curios thing. A mushroom that could be used for so many different kinds of medical use, from fighting disease to healing broken bones. It was a gift from En clearly, and one that would most certainly be well received. Perhaps in the near future such a thing, once harvested in large enough numbers, could be sold at a major profit to other nations? At the moment it's certainly something we have a monopoly on. And, with our magic, we can further increase the amount of the things we can actually get. Elsewhere, in Travalhalla, away from the many swamps his homeland was made up from, He Theorgso would continue his training in a attempt to get closer to Ryllhae and attain higher standing among the purebloods. And, with age comes wisdom and knowledge. Allowing him to not only better himself a fair bit in combat, but also now armed with the knowledge of what not to do in order to get closer to Ryllhae, as the experience with Sybaael clearly showed a lot of the 'do not's' to him.

>>4535919
>Ithempeli.

Now that the focus of the Ithempeli is no longer on runes, the temple and theater on the border of the city state would be further expanded, reworked, and made into grand constructs were just as grand plays and sermons take place. Meanwhile work on a curios rune would take place, that being a strange spell made to cause a jolt of energy to the one with it, and make them quite a bit more swift, alert, and strong then what they normally were, just like the strange effect that the races of flesh seem to have. Unfortunately there is some good and bad news more than this. For the copper mine would suffer a minor cave in, however the cave in would reveal lead exists in the mines as well, which potentially could be made of use.
>>
>>4535961
>Waking Order

Those creating the play would have a hard time trying to find a way to convey such a message without seeming to heavy handed and overt against the government least their hounds come after them next. However, after some deliberation, the faith of the Arcadians in Black Forest lands would be the dominant faith of Arcadia, none. Through careful and eloquent writing, the play itself could still convey the oppression and yet give sympathy for the religious, and that is exactly what it would be able to do, equating the lack of faith as just as worthy in its own right as a faith, and deserving of the same treatment, which by extension means those of other faiths should not be looked on with scorn for their believes, especially given how many unknowns are out there. While this message may be lost upon those of weaker mind and attention, those of the other theater would not be such, and would be able to get the message. And from there, we manage to get a connection and a number of converts. Though, there is some worry that even with such writing the government might become irrational and start going after the smallest transgressions, as a number of true faithful would somehow manage to be caught. While out work in Arcadia continues, there would be much different work that needs to be addressed elsewhere. That being the use of spies from the shadows. Crows and other kinds of birds. Work on them would be slow, but promising. And, while unable to be directly controlled as of yet, those with special, well hidden marks can be used to see through. And, maybe in time, hear through as well.

>>4535971
>UFC

The utilization of Flora magic for something to sustain someone inside for a very long time is a curios one that works well enough from initial testing. Though, it is quite resource intensive, as the plants changed in such a drastic way need a lot of attention in order to keep functional, for once the plant withers, so too does it's effects, even if the plant is merely half dead. Other than this, infrastructure would be worked on with regards to roads, which would swiftly move to make travel in the nation just that little bit easier. Important to note, however, is that a High Priest of the Celestial Pantheon would have a strange vision, one of Asla, the youngest. In it, Asla, and the moon which represents them, would be destroyed by an angry figure, causing the pieces to rain down. Yet, with all the sorrow the remaining nine moons had, two bright figures, believed to be the twin goddesses, would mend the pieces back together, and bring Asla back into the sky. Yet, she was different, changed...But still alive once more. The priest believes the meaning is that even an action in anger or sorrow that is undone or atoned for still has a lasting effect that never truly goes away...Though as to what or who the figure that destroyed Asla the youngest was, the priest has no idea.
>>
>>4535917
>Liberdantoc

Expansion into the southern jungle is a simple affair by now. With so many having lived in the jungles for so long, moving further into them is not a problem in the slightest for those who had resided in them for so long. One part of the jungle was the same as the next, more or less after all. However compared to the other work the nation's people were focused on, it pales in comparison. For much effort is dedicated to poisons. And plenty are found. A large number of them only cause minor discomfort, make one sick to the stomach, or in one case, causes a major migraine and causes one to pass out shortly after, with said migraine lasting well after they wake. However, a few deadly poisons were found. Some only are harmful to humans, others are only harmful in very large doses, yet one good one would be found. Made from a type of flower, the extract has a pungent smell and taste, and after taking a sip of such an extract, one will fall in less than a minute, and die in just over a minute. Something very...strange and concerning has happened as of late. A large portion of the human population in every coastal city has found themselves feeling strange for the past few days, ill, almost with slight discomfort occasionally, along side ichyness. In but a few days, what was happening would become apparent. They were changing. Somehow, through the meddling of the divine, some curse, or...something else has caused these people to adopt traits akin to a lizard, specifically that of salamanders. This has allowed them to breath under water, though as one might expect, someone changing half way into a salamander from a normal human is something that will get one to be very concerned. And a majority of all coastal populations of humans seemingly changing in mere weeks is more than enough to cause panic and confusion.

>>4535991
>>4535998
>Tavthalla

Sybaaels Odyssey is a grand work, one that may define and inspire the art of theater and writing for many years far into the future. A flawless example of Tauric culture and their own emotions, opinions and thoughts, while also giving insight into the many other nations of the world through their own eyes. The story is more than just a great piece of literary work, but also one that can give any outsider who knew nothing about the Taur who has the patience and ability to read a deep understanding of just what the Taur are like, in body, mind, and to an extent spirit. Words hardly can express the grand journey itself and give it justice. And so, the story of such a legendary trip will become a part of Tavthalla legend years from now. One can only hope that so far into the future, people will remember such events were not just a story, but real.
>>
>>4536594
>Lo-Hai

With many immigrants from the south coming to fight the great beasts this island has to offer, along side the natives who clearly desire protection, food would be a fairly high priority. And as such, farms would be set up, along side lumber mills to clear the area's out for the farms to grow their crop, and get lumber for the settlement and varying constructions that need to be built. Other than this, a strange mixture of magic and mushroom would be made, believed to increase the storage of the electrum batteries. It will ideally be helpful in further powering spells and giving a bit more flexibility and resources to work with for those who use said batteries.
>>
>WARPOST
The letter sent would be, as expected, ignored completely. And relatively shortly after, the sieges upon the border forts would begin. A long, protracted siege was not ideal for the Arcadians, and as such, they would utilize the spell catapult along with their earth magic to damage and destroy the varying fortifications and create a number of breaches in order to take the forts and rid any potential enemies in the back line of their advance, and a number of the Borevian catapult shots would, ironically be thrown back at them provided the Arcadians got the timing right on their little spell. The ensuing fight would be a blood bath, if golems could bleed, as naturally, the ones to go into the breach were not the Arcadians, but their constructs. And, while the Aurons were few, their size and being in such close contact meant that a fair few golems during the fight turned against Arcadia during the battle. Curiously, they would not try to actually fight their fellow golems, rather disarm them or simply pull them closer to the Aurons. Regardless of this, the battle would be a long and costly one for the many golems of Arcaida, as would any assault upon a fortification would be, but compared to what it could have been the losses for a siege on the Arcadian side are fairly light, as while the Aurons are quite resistant to magic, a good deal of magic that Arcadia has are either phyisical in the nature of the damage they cause, or flat out their counter. Further more, light golems would be extremely useful after the siege in scouting ahead, and, after the fortifications on the border fell, the hardest part was over...or so the Arcadians thought.
>>
For during their march, a month or so after the siege, they would consistently and constantly be harassed by skirmishers who would strike out at the mortal forces of Arcadia and their golems, and these Skirmishers would be, honestly, more dangerous than the aurons themselves. Extremely well hidden, provided they do not move, a light golem can fly right on past, and from a ground eye view, they are to the troops at least, practically invisible in the tall Savannah grass until it's far too late. Worse, they aren't just skilled at these ambushes and remaining stealthy, but also in magics, which make their strikes more potent. It's extremely fortunate for the Arcadians that their number is as small if not smaller than the Aurons. From what limited glimpses seen of the creature when they strike, they are believed to be Kitsune of some sort. Regardless, they weaken the forces before a major battle, where in something shocking happens. During the initial phase of the fight, a number of golems would suddenly turn around and fight against their masters. A number of golems were clever to act like all the others so as to hide their sentience, only to strike when the timing was right. Even with this however, the battle would go in Arcadia's way, with the many slaves cut down like wheat to a scythe and the Aurons running out of bodies to utilize to better cover themselves and effectively fight without being focused due to their small number. Though, it'd be a minor victory, for Arcadia had lost a large number of their forces, even if the Borevians were driven from the field. However, with this major battle, until they reached the capital, the most difficult part of the campaign was actually over for Arcadia for real now. They could rebuild their forces quickly unlike the Borevians, and continue the advance, even if harassed occasionally by these foreign elites.
>>
Diplo/War Start: A war has begun, between the High Council and the puppet masquerading as Yuuka. Hiro had worked his ass off to convince the High Council to keep her around, to carry out the memory of Yuuka, but when the topic came up if she was legit or not, the High Council voted that she was altered. Thus, she is a violation of Yuuka's memory, a puppet designed to exploit our emotional attachment, bypassing the High Council's approval by simply throwing her weight around to carry out Ithempeli's will. So, the High Council saw fit to destroy her, because our honored Yuuka is not some chesspiece for a foreign nation to exploit. But alas, she was built sturdy and the UFC messed up and lost us Shiroi Mori. But the High Council still stands, and will not let the Black Forest be a puppet of golems.

War Post: First things first, we shall rally our warriors, 3 army groups are created, each with a symbolic name. In Matsubayashi will be the Shield Army, headed by Moriko, High Druid of Shield, who will seek to blunt attacks and generally work to contain the puppet rebels, limiting their damage. In New Eden, the Javelin Army will be rallied, headed by Miho, High Druid of Magic, who's task it is to harry and weaken the puppet rebels, hitting vulnerabilities and draining their resources, hurting their war sustaining capability. And in Yanagi Mori, Tomoko, High Druid of Iron, will organize the Saber Army, which will seek to strike strategic targets, cutting off the limbs of the puppet rebels, so they will end up with naught but nubs to flail at us with, until we can finally decapitate them.
The equipment used by each army mainly obets the standard template, though tactics differ. Moriko is an adept logistician and will ensure the Shield Army always are stocked up on shields, Miho will ensure the Javelin Army doesn't focus on glory but instead results so they will rarely have to use their sabers, while Tomoko will use her Iron Leaf influence to arm the Saber Army with the sharpest and strongest blades which will best mangle shields and sever limbs.
>>
>>4536817
Actions:
-Work in seizing the beasts has proven fruitful if yet incomplete. But the secrets to such ability will not remain hidden from the order forever. They continue their efforts, experimenting with different marks along different parts of the body. Some even attempt to stitch or weave small foci into to creatures, but little progress seems to be made. During a particularly crimson evening when the moons hanged in the sky, tinted a light red, there would come inspiration. Members of the sect experienced a similar dream. They laid flat in a field, a soft breeze gently brushing over them and making the tall grass seemingly dance in a rhythmic fashion. As peaceful as the scene was, they suddenly felt a sharp pain and discomfort coming from their stomachs. When they looked, they would see their bellies torn open, and a murder of crows feasting upon their strewn out intestines. Looking into the crows eyes, they could see their own agonized faces and hear their own screams. Waking from their nightmares, the sect takes to drawing from this imagery, though it felt more like reality, that in order to extend to the animal, it must first become part of them. Drawing their own blood and mixing it with the food and water they provide to the birds, while taking some of the animal's own blood and ingesting it themselves, they hope to form a sort of connection which they can exploit.

-In Mezentia, some fisherman, sailors, and denizens of the shored dwellings speak in hushed tones of rumors of Darula, the beast of the inner sea. Some think it to be real, others just a story, and then there are even those that worship it. Whatever they believe, some men swear they have seen some manner of creature, hideous beyond compare, staring at them from the waters in the dead of night while at sea while others say they've seen it call to them from ashore. In truth, Darula was just another name given to Xiguras in these lands, and Abysians which stalk the inner sea. With all manner of stories and fairytales, the sailors carry them to foreign ports, sharing them with their colleagues at the different ports of the inner sea whenever they might dock. Ix'thula itself, has taken to mingling with the crews of such ventures to make sure they are spread, sailing to all the inner ports until finally he reaches Arcadia, continuing his masked teachings.
>>
>>4536863
>>4535736
>War Post: Arcadia
Such carnage, more lives lost on both sides than anyone would care to count. Was it really necessary, for the great potential of these beings to be lost in such a wasteful way? Such discussions and calculations, however, were of no matter to the cult. They felt their countrymen's fear and anxiety heighten, which would surely provide their master with a host night time terrors of dreams for him to feast upon, which was all that mattered. Yet why should Borevians be the only ones to experience the joy of servitude? The Arcadians armies will be made to offer their own dread as tribute to the deep one.

The Sect takes to the countryside, where they begin erecting giant, disgusting effigies throughout the fields and hills of Borevia. Their shapes were chaotic and twisted mockeries of Borevian and Arcadian men made of wood and straw, with disturbing faces carved into them. Few were made of led to represent crazed golems that turned rampant. As unsettling as they were, the worst were the bodies. From the wood effigies, bodies were hanging, and for the led there were numerous corpses positioned as if bowing to the golems with some on pikes. The bodies had no faces, and upon closer inspection it'd be revealed that a patch of skin torn from their backs was used to sow over their faces. The blood of these poor souls would be used to engrave dark glyphs into the effigies themselves, and also to draw large ones around the landscapes they stood upon.

Any mortal unfortunate enough to gaze upon these grotesque sights and march over these stained lands would experience terrifying nightmares, often dreaming that they were among the faceless either hanging from, or begging for mercy from these giants themselves. As for the golems that marched with them, they would see visions of glory where they would not serve but instead be served by the creatures that dared call themselves masters.
>>
1 Action: Build the city of Vance city (On the closest tile to the original one) to act as the beginning of something on a new landmass. All buildings are to be constructed of Marble and goods are to be at a reduced price for those that move there, as well even getting some free things as benefits while the city is being built. This is all intended to give settlers an easier time with food and materials coming en masse from the main city.

1 Action: Finish developing the School of Heat Magic.

Event response: With the conflicting reports, a more in depth check is done. Speaking with the noble that had been granted nobility through their connection with the Imperii, he pried into when the next event would be to show of the more religious side. Dulon would be attending this himself garbed as a common anti-mage with the traditional wooden mask, the wooden mask typically used to hide how much energy of the anti-mage had been used, and made his way to view the religion to see if it would be acceptable to remain within the nation. Before going on this mission, he informs Viantius to follow up on the reports of the dark rituals of the cult and for Daniella to follow up on the good reports of the religion, both attending the next ritual in anti-mage garb. Hopefully, this will lead to Dulon meeting with one of the captains during the next religious event to truly identify if it was a real or fake one created to sway those that were there.
Objective: Figure out who was lying in their reports and if it's a cult or just a harmless religion.
>>
>>4535597

Seeing as Æðelgyð wished to stay in these lands for a time, Æðelþryð would decide to stay a bit longer herself in order to further hone her skill. In time, as her skill grew, she'd come to do what she did in the Imperii and fight against multiple opponents at once. She was not going to stay here too much longer, as she had planned to leave by now, but for the time being at the very least, this would go on for a bit longer. For if Æðelþryð's plan was to be effective, she would need to be very, very skilled in combat and likewise very powerful. And that was fine. However, by the time she was finished, and ready to go home with Æðelgyð she would hear the real reason that Æðelgyð wanted to stay longer, and with it, Æðelþryð would, frankly, be furious. First a false god kills her grandchildren and now yet another wishes to do the same to Æðelgyð. At the very least she could work around this, and she now had yet another target. Because to go after Æðelþryð's family is to try to spite and slight Æðelþryð herself. And needless to say, she was not going to just let others do what they wish with her dynasty. At the very least this gave her an excuse to return to the lands of Tavthalla in the future for more than just training but to see Æðelgyð again, and likewise, it means that, should something happen with Liberdantoc, which to be honest chances are it will, she already has the perfect candidate to run the place.

Back at home however, further work would be done on how water works and how best to move it, with a number of plans already in how exactly they will be used. Similarly, work would be done utilizing metals from other lands to see what kinds of metal pipes will actually work and would be best, including using more local materials like tin. As clearly such devises would be quite important for the transport of water. At the very least the Imperii would be able to be prepared for future work once Æðelþryð arrived home. Though, somewhat amusingly, already a number of people have tried thinking of how best to make water used in a instrument to make yet more wondrous sounds flowing through the halls and streets of the Imperii. Either way, by the time of Æðelþryð's return. There was only a little she needed to do before things would be ready for her plans of revenge against a certain far off leader responsible for the death of two of her grandchildren...

>Action One & Two. Some final training for some time.

>Action Three. Further work on Hydrolics
>>
[message from DFGH]
Unexpectedly, I won't have access to internet for 3-20 days. But i still wish to participate. Would it be possible to freeze my nation ? Apologies for any problems that may cause.
>>
File: fortlocation.png (58 KB, 616x504)
58 KB
58 KB PNG
>>4536814

>Action 1: Construct and Improve a Fort (Pic for location)
With a bad history with the BFT and a brewing conflict in their lands, precautions for our own sake must be taken. Though future improvements are a likely possibility, for the time being a strong fort staffed with soldiers using our new steel equipment will hopefully remind the wolfkin that their actions have consequences.

>Action 2: Construct and Improve a Mine on the mysterious metal deposit
Being resistant to magic is an invaluable property for the non-magic Marcans, and with it's durability rivaling that of steel, it would be even more foolish to ignore.
>>
>Action 1: Improve Infrastructure (Copper Mine, Iron Mine)
Iron is the backbone of the Cult's economy and Copper is the backbone of its Navy. Development here is overdue to expand the economy of the Cult.

>Action 2: Improve Projectile Metal
The accuracy, range, and speed of our weapons are unmatched as far as ranged magic is concerned. Still, there is the ever looming threat of foes attaining the speed to evade it still. To ensure their blades always hit their mark, developments are made such that the blades boomerang now, forcing their opponent to have eyes in the back of their head if they hope to dodge the blade for a 2nd time as a new blade comes flying at the from the front.
These boomeranging blades are designed to not pose a threat to the Statues, halting in the air before them.
>>
>>4537270
>War Action:
Navy: We're in a fortunate position to control the Black Forest Navy. Its cogs in a defensive formation offer a potent stranglehold on local politics as the Council members are nowhere in sight and the UFC can be expected to attack any day now. These cogs are to be armed and patrol the coast defensively.
The People's Army: Yuuka and her secret service of Ithempeli play the role of the Demagogue, using her silver tongue, inspirational messages, and grand promises of tomorrow to make zealots and devotees of the crowds. Her ever growing posse is named "The People's Army" as a propaganda technique, making it challenging for her opponents to denounce them without appearing to denounce the people themselves. An influential leader of the Wolfkin's branch of the Shogunate Church is placed a puppet and co-council to Yuuka to meet the demands of the Shogun and to gain the support of the so far underrepresented Shogunate worshipers.
Though plentifully armed, as Yuuka makes her way to Matzubayasi along with her Army, she does not appear so much as a warlord, but rather as Jesus among the crowd with thousands showing great joy and adoration for her message. With news of the insurgency being mere rumor it is believed that the city would not believe it to be within their rights to stop her and the presence of the army is hoped to further intimidate them out of any hostile action. Instead of taking the city by force she delivers grand speeches and the typical offerings of a demagogue, acting as a rabble-rouser to excite the crowd and playing off of their emotions and traditions. Great attention is utilized to ensure the council is painted as the true enemy of the people, suggesting that it is them who seek to turn this into an armed conflict so that they can continue to oppress the commonfolk whereas Yuuka is confident in her message and the will of the people. With the crowd hopefully sufficiently roused in support of The People's Army the cities leaders are to be dragged from their homes and made to denounce the council and devote themselves to the will of the people.
The Cult's Reinforcements: Dozens of Bronze narrow boats are launched in secret to arrive at a portless location away from the coastal city so that they may march to where Yuukan support is already in place. The Cultists do not attempt to make any movements without the Yuuka or the People's Army present.

>TL;DR: Yuuka travels with an intimidating mob to make it appear as if support for her is much more common than it actually is named the People's Army. She and her puppet co-council act as demagogues, playing off of emotions to get people worked up and telling them what they want to hear. The navy protects the inner coast and Ithempeli reinforcements are sent to a portless location to march to meet the People's Army. No aggressive actions are taken yet, only intimidation and diplomacy.
>>
>>4536818
(Question, is the coal mine meant to still be on fire?)

With the latest cultural stirrings opinion begins to shift, the rather stagnant Tavthallan political sphere shaken up as the falling military dictatorship meets the rising monarchy, with both meeting in the middle for a time.

While Xalteis does not yet get himself crowned king, his ceremonial powers slowly cement themselves into real and genuine control over some parts of the country thanks to the actions of Sybaael in the last decade.

The council places itself as the neutral party between the competing monarchs and militarists, the side each must win over to properly influence the country how they wish, though does not side with either side.

The militarist faction remains the dominant force, though waning.

With Tavthallan politics changing and the path to a restored monarchy clearing up slightly the country begins to change with more flocking to the rapidly urbanising Capitol, Rahak blossoming.

Action 1: Great Rahak.
A city made great by it’s people and it’s leaders, it further develops, infrastructure and size increasing as it aspires to become something more than just a city, but a grand Capitol, a metropolis for all Taurs to gaze at with pride in their people, inspiration taken from Tarnatos and Mezentia and how their massive cities stretch on for what seems like ages.

Action 2: Explore

During the greyfall a number of Taurs fled into the deeps to evade the ash, while most have returned to the surface a number still reside in the waters.

These aquatic Taurs explore south, stumbling across an island as they do.
>>
1. The purge of the cult continues despite the unwillingness of those caught to give up information. To solve this issue the Hounds make a new spell in the school of life and death branch of true necromancy. A spell to bind a dead soul to the mortal coil and in service to the necromancer. The spell to create a bound ghost should force those to speak, or at least have military applications.
2. The Hounds will be tasked with finding one of these cult mages creating the magical talismans and extracting the information of their creation from the cultist. When we know how they are made they may be countered.

War post: The army pushes forward with the goal of reaching a defensible position within the mountains. Light golems and air golems will be used to help scout through dark crevices and concealing grass.
>>
1.
Increase raw food production. Build 2 farms.
> The republic needs food if it plans to survive for longer than a month. It is the will of the assembly to expand the farms until no space is left, establishing "green districts", where food production is the main priority. These places will be outfitted with special water systems, protection from the elements and goverment subsidies for not only production but maintaining some degree of choice in the food.

2.
Begin the underground project.
>Although envisioned as a secret, the storm forced the people to learn of it existence. A blessing in disguise, however, as it shielded the people from the disaster.
However it must be delayed no further. Our scientists, researchers and engineers will work closely to try and search for a power, natural or otherwise, that can make tools more efficent. Being it natural energy, some kind of magical residue or even water at high speeds, there must be something to fuel or indistry and to make it more efficent, less time consuming.
>>
>>4536813
> Action 1&2: Even higher court Culture
Further many off customs are added to heighten the elaborate nature of Meoswilan court culture. Pointy shoes with tiny bells.

Caligraphy and special grammatical constructs made to be used by specific castes. The rigidness of society shall be enforced even trough speech.

> Action 3: Dislocated Mind
Merging ones consciousness with the Mycelium has been possible for a while... why not mix it with our necromancy? The most powerful of necromancers shall now be able to transfer their consciousness inside their undead. This can be used to transfer messages or for a mage to retain control of their undead even after their moral coil has passed... though their soul would still likely dissipate within hours of their body passing.
>>
File: 20201116_203455.png (1.5 MB, 752x976)
1.5 MB
1.5 MB PNG
>>4536819
1.
>pic related
>Current Political map of Pleocyemata, Orange- Shell Bloods (mainlander Lo-hai, Krrg'styl and her satellite cities.) Purple- Oleg'cye Waters (Ok'dl, plague Island backwater, and surrounding waters, the merchant lanes of the Lo-hai, as well as Grsthld footholds) Light Blue - The Northern Expanse (Jörg'blg and surrounding waters, new wild frontier. Dund'krt footholds)

The Lo-hai have always been a fractious lot, and needless to say with the conquest of the dread druids city, and the punishment of Yuuka given by the Shogun, the crabs are quick to fight amidst themselves. The Stone Lords of Ok'dl whisper in angst about the harsh demands of the Krrg'styl nobility, filling their island with the dreaded plague stricken, while Ok'dl is the center point for naval trade coming and going through the bay. To the north, the warg hunters are a new breed of Lo-hai, saying that no spawn should serve their lords, and that all Lo-hai are free to do as they please, within the bounds of their own freedoms. While not immediate, now that Krrg'styl has built itself into a metropolis, the ruling Lo-hai must make sure the nation of Shell and War will not see itself dissolving.

2.
Begin the working of a derived technology from our bronze arm cleavers.
>>
>>4536817
>action one build more forges(2 new forges)
>Action two expands the military using war game exercises for training.

>war post with direct assistance out, the UFC citizens as private and independent Voultenters (graciously taught body, flora branches of life magic) come by the inner sea to support the effort on the ground and by ship on the outer sea in ships that comply with the Marcan travel rules, Once at the BFT these ships will rely on their allies to arm and equip them so that they can protect from sea invasions. The troops using the inner sea are well armed and prepare for war, as they use Fraternian and BFT trade lanes to sail for the land of the wolf kin and not the marca waters. in the Inner Sea, the navy patrols regularly waiting for any sign of an attack.

With the FBI in place in the BFT they begin support errosion propoganda efforts spreading the truth about the false Yuuka and how she is a golam puppet. they also act as the eyes and ears of the BFT military passing along info about supply convoys and oppertunities to attack critical targets.
>>
File: Map Turn 31.png (3.78 MB, 2048x2570)
3.78 MB
3.78 MB PNG
Waking Order:
>>4536863
The dreamers give a quench of blood to strength the bond, and are soon beset by a sense most strange, as if rods are embedded in their flesh and shaken. But then comes vision, visions from a bird in flight, the rods they feel is the feathers beating the air. The ravenseers experience visions of flight, and the lands below. Progress carries on until they can nudge the crows in certain directions and tilt their heads, though they have yet to be able to completely overpower the control of the crows, so they cannot force them to do something suicidal.
The dreamer influence probes around the Inner Sea shores, but find the coastal settlements small around here, though there is a pair of major ports up north, one which is forbidden to trade with and the other which is the Arcadian port. Beneath the Arcadian nose they make their cell, as their focus is fixed to the east.

--

Sealand:
>>4536876
A flood of adventurous spirits cross the waves to establish themselves in this new land of opportunity. The new city starts tapping into the western trade, what they can without a major port.
After much work, the magical formulas for heat is figured out, now the avenues by which it can be applied can be pursued, like heating different forms of material, or even finding some more esoteric thing to heat up. The choice is yours.
The cult is strange and a couple of them have tried drinking blood (they didn't like it), but other than that they're just eccentric revelers, though it does give you a window into what Imperii societii must be like.

--

Imperii:
>>4537058
Rousing the Taur warriors to fight her, Æthelthryth would be finding them less skilled and coordinated than previous opponents, but they make up for it with sheer strength, able to throw her on the back foot. There's also a variety of approaches depending on the lower body, but not as much substance beyond that, so her learnings is mainly how to deal with strong foes and conditioning herself to be stronger. She is growing to beecome quite the force to be reckoned with.
The idea of tin pipes is quickly laughed off, as even with us having to import copper, tin is worth more pound for pound. Though people do strike upon the idea of lead, it's maleable and water resistant, the only issue is the lack of it on the market. Though the Aurons may know where to get it.
>>
Marca:
>>4537237
The fort proves invaluable in allowing a garrison among these peaks. For not only is the traversal tough, but great eagles able to lift fully grown men and rams able to shatter stone roam these mountains. The fort's shelter gives soldiers time to rest before setting out for the lookouts dotting this mountain pass, able to intercept many a would-be raider.
The mines are made, while mining is a dangerous job, they are excited for the wages they get, as the overseers are very excited to make sure it's them who oversee this mine.

Event: Due to the vast amount of infrastructure in our lands, the capital has become big, too big for a city. The architects and city planners have restructured the city gradually, and before we knew they had even begun, the city has already become a metropolis.

--

Ithempeli:
>>4537270
The improved mines are sure to bring much prosperity in the coming future, though even now, the navy grows, as it had previously hovered around the point of equilibrium.
The improvement to the spell sees the blade boomerang, but it loses much of it's force before it's return trip, working more to recover missed projectiles. Though some theorize a strong attraction spell could see the returning blade hit with enough force to deal significant damage.

--

Tavthalla:
>>4537289
The coal mine is still smoldering, smoke still rises among the ashlands, though the main fire has burnt out. There is no more coal to be wrought from this place, it is a scar for the ages.
The city of Rahak changes, the windings streets are streamlined, houses grow tall, some are reworked to follow the common sense in the city, or rather, the metropolis.
To the south, an island is found, though there is some life on the shores, it thins out as you delve deeper. It is however a popular spot for fishing birds, as the lack of large life means a lack of bird-eating predators.

Event (Written by Viorp): Sitting in his dark broken down castle the man who couldn't be King would be hit by a single ray of sunshine illuminating his skin and a single tear would flow down his cheek. he'd pick up an odd book from a foreign land (Bible of the Church of the Celestial Family) and reading it he would see the light, the light of a kind religion. He would soon become a changed man a convert to the Church of the Celestial Family.

--

Arcadia:
>>4537302
The spell is a difficult one, as while the soul is trapped to the dead, they need to make a deliberate effort to speak, so no information is given up involuntarily.
The cultists are Hounded down and caught, though a lot at also killed, but either way, prison wards are filled with people being tortured or kept trapped in their dead and rotting bodies. Surely they'll spit out the information eventually.
>>
Vesanti:
>>4537337
With the lands not growing depite how the infrastructure does, the two farms become one more developed farm. Though it still means a substantial increase in food.
Though with a broad focus we are unable to figure a way to make tools more efficient in a worker's hands, they do take the most plentiful resource, our rivers, and find new ways of making it do the work for them. Our forges get water hammers, saving the arduous task of doing heaving strikes ourselves, the blacksmiths therefore only have to angle the piece being worked on.

Event: Versanti grows, urbanizing yet another district, but many of the new buildings have Shorino architecture. These Shorinoans are eager to make further trade with you, but the culture is sure to spread, not to mention the possible attention from the Shogun.

--

Meow:
>>4537402
The nobility grows ever more extravagant, and foreign influence find the process of blending in even more nightmarish. Soon only true Meoswilians will be able to perform all the societal customs. Though there are people who try to rebel against these customs, they are sentenced to the worst punishment of all: Grammar lessons.
The process of transferring one's soul to the undead sees them able to do finer movement, though their poor to nonexistant eyesight means they have to get used to maneuvering by sound alone. Though specialists rise who can control a lesser amount of undead but control each with precision.

TERRIBLE EVENT: In the southern expanse, the adventurous nobles have taken to observing the birds, but... they've flown away, for days there hasn't been a sighting, when suddenly... the ground shakes and roars, a forest splits in twain as a gargantuan, nay, collosal behemoth bursts forth from the ground, before it's gargantuan maw starts to sweep through the land, decimating the wildlife and plantlife before moving on, chewing through entire provinces of population. It cares not for what it eats as long as it eats. Then, it's horned head sniffs east, then south and then northwest, after which it heads forth, carving a path of devestation pointing toward Holangi. The Tarrasque hungers!
>>
Lo-hai:
>>4537895
The political divisions are a thing to be managed, but with Krrg'styl becoming so grand, it is sure to hold the biggest influence. The city is replanned to make it a bustling metropolis, better suited to exert control over the Lo-hai empire.
The bronze cleavers, while mighty, are rather crude, so work is begun on refining their shape, experimenting on the various blade forms, ways to reinforce them, and even metals to use. Though without a clear end goal, the progress is a bit scattered.

Event: Aurons attack! The Aurons have been found guilty in assassinating various Lo-hai officials, trying to get ones they favor into their positions, though did a bit of a sloppy job. It isn't long until they were confronted, where they would attack your Lo-hai, but find themselves outmatched by the sheer weight of the Lo-hai military, which maims and freezes the Aurons, though they are relentless in their pursuit, so the Lo-hai have no choice but to destroy them and their spawning pool. You have a new lead mine now.

--

UFC:
>>4538094
New forges are established, though they end up spread out, more used to provide tools for the laborers in the fields and forest than making military armaments.
The war games prove quite useful, giving commanders a view on the bigger picture instead of only worrying about individual prowess, thus allowing more macro-level strategies, working with other units to achieve a goal instead of personal glory.

Event: While gathering intel in the Black Forest wildlands, the FBI discover some rumors pertaining to the Celestial Family. That on a peculiar eclipse, a cabin will reveal itself among the Yasei wetlands.
>>
The Waking War:
>>4536870
>>4537302
The Arcadian army marches forth, but their advance is haunted by horrid effigies decorated with rotting and mangled corpses. The realm of sleep isn't kind either, with the imagery of the effigies turning dreams to nightmares. Inevitably the decision comes to burn the effigies, but their damage has already been done, as soldiers have to be sent back as "psychological casualties".

The march itself faces stiff Borevian resistance, though the anti-Auron spells and equipment sees the Aurons hide or be decimated. The slave infantry proves ineffectual in the face of more trained troops armed with iron. The sneaky elites however are a nightmare to deal with, harrassing both your troops and your supply line, requiring a significant garrison along the way, though they eventually reach the mountains. Casualties are high, and while the precautions limit golem rampages, the organization is taking a hit from all the attacks along the supply line.

When the troops finally dig in, it doesn't let up, the nightmare inducing effigies haunt the sleep of the soldiers, giving significant psychological casualties. The enemies stalking the night prevents small squads from being sent to just burn them, requiring a significant force to engage them. Though some mages have figured out a bit of a counter strategy, shooting them with Catapult spells.

--

War of the Black Forest (Written by Viorp):
>>4536845
>>4537276
Making the Yuukaists synonymous with the Shogun Worshippers and putting the Shogunate's High priest as the figurehead was a great decission. Afterall Matsubayashi is a sacred forrest mainly inhabited by Shogun worshippers and halistra worshippers. The Halistra worshippers wishing to keep out of war declare neutrality and thus most of matsubayashi willingly delares their alliegience to Yuuka with the oppossition being driven off after a onesided battle.

The statues themselves on the other hand can't make it as the inner sea is beyond their reach unless they plan to carry their ships on their backs trough Marca... to join their forces and keep hope for survival alive they need to land in the outer sea and spearhead their way to consolidate forces.

The three armies are created and are currently protecting their home-provinces with the routed Shield Army recouperating losses in the lands of the Iron leaf tribe.

[End of Updates]
>>
>Action 1: Improve Infastructure (Temple, Theater)
The gradual indoctrination of the Zlon into Ithempeli culture and religion continues without a halt. There is no greater ally to the Cult than their fellow golems... The Zlon must be influenced to feel the same way.

>Action 2: Cultural Action (The Odyssey Saga)
The Cult's own version of the Odyssey is written as a book and play which depicts Sybaael as a misguided travelling warrior with an undefeated record in the arena. It is not until she meets the mighty Cult of Ithempeli that she is humbled in combat. The story then becomes the Princess mentoring underneath the wise Cultists where many important life lessons are taught in the form of anecdote and allegory to improve the tales appeal as an educational tool and source of wisdom. Eventually Sybaael earns the approval of the god Ithempeli who blesses her with the ability to end the Greyfall. The tale takes several notable creative liberties such as removing Shorino and overplaying/stretching out the Cult's trials and wisdom but sticks to blend the true and false together that disputing its claims would be a challenging process.
The tale is performed in the glorious Ithempeli theaters with special invitation to the Zlon and its messages are praised in the Churches. It is hoped that the tale would depict the Ithempeli as powerful and wise allies to the Zlon people. Ithempeli Diplomats begin hinting at a more formal alliance during this time as well.
>>
>War Action

>The People's Army
Yuuka and the People's Army has thusfar spread their image as non-violent with all who hear her message becoming responsive to her call without the need for tyranny and violence. This reputation is upheld by her role as a demagogue, ruling the mob with inspiration, emotional appeals, and bold claims for the future. There is truly something for everyone in Yuuka's carefully crafted message. Most importantly, it appeals to the Shogunate worshipers who the Council had oppressed and excluded. The next stop on the diplomatic crusade of the People's Army was Yanagi Mori, the city with perhaps the most Shogunate worshipers in the entire Black Forest Nation.
Her usual routine is followed, appearing among a mass of armed and ecstatic followers to artificially inflate how popular her message is. Like Jesus she wanders, delivering speeches and rousing the city into a mob as her followers spread her message and the crimes of the council too. Just as before, once the town has been adequately influenced its leaders are to be pulled from their homes to face the mob and swear fidelity to Yuuka, Yanagi and the glorious people of the Black Forest. (Yanagi is the name I have assigned to the Shogunate puppet who serves aside Yuuka for future simplicity.)

>The Navy
The mighty Wolfkin Cogs continue to posture themselves defensively, never engaging on their own as to maintain their home field advantage.Their mission is not to destroy their opponents, but rather to prevent its landing or at the very least delay such a thing as much as possible. All the Saint Yuuka needs is time.

>Ithempeli Reinforcements
The Ithempeli expends its Minor Favor with Shorino for landing rights in the BFT so that it may document the historical event and prevent any escalation which would threaten valued Shogunate tributary citizens. Assuming approval, the Cult lands around Shaanlin and makes its march to join the People's Army down south. No attempts to influence, intimidate, or attack the natives are made without the Saint Yuuka to spread her glorious message.
>>
>>4538997
1. While the ghosts may be unwilling to give up their information, the self being stronger than magic, the Hounds decide that this is the prefect opportunity to do some experiments that would be deemed less than ethical to many. The first true Arcadic study of the soul shall be done. The magi will study the souls of their bound ghosts. What are souls made of? Can things be added or removed? How far can they be twisted?
2. With some knowledge coming in about how the cult deals it's damage the Hounds will implement specific measures. The council issues an emergency mandate that anyone experience nightmares, especially when repeating, and the Hounds will investigate these leads, though many will probably be nothing, to find those that are making the Nightmare Talismans or other cultists.

RP Summary: The Black Forrest Tribes will trade animal meat, bone, claws, and hide from the Wet Wildlands, herbal remedies, and iron. In return Arcadia will trade silver and copper.

War Post:
The supply lines must be maintained if we are to push forward. The main army will set up camp within the mountains to block reinforcements coming from the Borevians with earth magic used to shape a defensible position from the rocky mountain side and allow lines to catapult rocks. Patrols both day and night will seek out cultists building the Nightmare Totems and pockets of Borevian soldiers. Light Golems will light up the night and air golems will be used to help scout in hard to reach places. Hunting parties will be sent into the savanna and hills to track down Borevian raiders that are attacking the supply caravans. For now we consolidate our gains before the next push. Any complete Nightmare totems will be destroyed by catapult spells or set on fire by golems with magi at a safe distance. Anyone captured is to be thoroughly searched and anything suspicious destroyed.
>>
The High Council, separated as it is, had each of it's three parts focus on their own thing. Moriko has Hiro deliver a grand speech to reveal Yuuka's conniving nature. Miho has a River Port and Merchant Town setup at New Eden to help organize our river movement. Tomoko has the Iron Leaf tribe develop better swords to mangle shield and sever limb.

Action 1: Hiro makes a grand speech.
He will reveal that the Cult of Ithempeli are scheming tricksters. When he commissioned a statue to honor Yuuka, they made a golem to act as Yuuka. The High Council only accepted her if she was to act out Yuuka's will, but it turns out she was deliberately altered to care more for golems than she even did Wolfkin, throwing aside her previous caution when dealing with international affairs and trying to instigate a war with Arcadia. She only respected the High Council when it was to her benefit, so puppet-Yuuka will betray all who become a hindrance to Ithempeli's goal.

Action 2: Establish River Port and Merchant Town (Bank) at New Eden.
To aid in troop movement and to aid what economy we have left, we will build up New Eden's navy and trade capability. It'll also help to have some more internal trade going on with the Enclave of Life in New Eden.

Action 3: Improve Iron Sabre, make Long Sabre.
With the Fortification spell we are able to muster more strength, and so we will improve our blades to make full use of that. A longer blade has more reach and a greater impact, allowing them to mangle shields and sever limbs that much more effectively. Normally this would be a two-handed weapon, but with thrice our strength we can use it singlehanded.

War Action: Moriko's Shield Army will stay on the other side of the river, contesting any river crossing while also recovering it's strength. Miho's Javelin Army will cross the river and harry the puppet-insurgents, recruiting still loyal elements and capturing insurgents, messing with the puppet-insurgency supply and economy. Tomoko's Sabre Army will search and destroy the puppet-insurgency's army, hack them down, push them back with absolute ferocity. They play at it being political, but we are treating it like the war that it is. Let's see how a peasant mob handles an actual army. Besides, limbs grow back.
>>
>>4538993

With her training, for the time being at least, finished, the Heáhcásern would have focused purely on the Imperii and work once more on the military. For, with her plan to be successful, the military of the nation needed to be very strong in the event that a certain someone escaped, or that the Navy of Sealand was not enough. And so, initial work on martial matters would begin once more, even if a bit minor in regards of changes. For some time now, the military had been organized into a number of different rolls dependent on what equipment those who were brought into the military could afford. This would not change, yet, a subset of forces would be developed for those who were particularly agile, capable of utilizing darkness magic, and had wings capable of flight. These Speculatores and Exploratores, would for the time being, chart out the advance of an army, the local terrain, and sight any enemy forces, ideally without being detected themselves. This work would be vital to ensuring the army does not march into an ambush, and that they always had a tactical advantage of being able to prepare for an incoming enemy force and know where it was coming from. Further, other rolls could be branched out from them in time...But for now, they are in essence the eyes and ears of the army. Other than this, two instruments purely made for military use would be made, Tubus and Cornu. They would be used by specifically trained soldiers to communicate through specific short tunes or songs actions for any force to take. And, while these commands would be simple, they could be followed one after another to make swift, and more detailed orders conveyed quickly. More so than was ever possible before. Additionally, such instruments could be used for military celebrations for song, and likewise be utilized to signal the start of events and so forth. And traditional bards and musicians could utilize it as yet another instrument for the growing number of songs in the Imperii.

And as all this military work was done, work would continue to be done on the way water works, and how to best transport it from the depths of the earth to places where it could be of significant use. It was likely that such work wouldn't need to be done for much longer now...

>Action One. Speculatores and Exploratores

>Action Two. Tubus and Cornu

>Action Three. Finalize Hydraulics research.
>>
>>4538997

>Action 1: Learn Mythril Smithing (2/2)
Some more work must be done if we are to figure out the technique required to smith this new miracle metals.

>Action: 2: Construct Port in Thoera, Construct Port on Inner Sea Coast
Theora has been overdue for a port for quite some time, and diplomacy with Arcadia has proven the need for a port in the inner sea.
>>
>>4538997
Chaos breaks out on the streets of Rahak at the rise of the progressives once more and the banishment of Taurs from Mezentia, chaos and feelings of betrayal.
Violent clashes rise up and have to be put down by direct intervention by the Rahak garrison and the palace guard.

The councils power atrophies almost completely, trade vessels sworn to silence and port guardians rising from the deep to prevent any non-Taurs entering the land of Tavthalla

What remains is a period of relative stasis between the competition of the monarchy and military, Tavthalla beginning to militarise at a frightening level in their self induced isolation as General Hallazael negotiates access to the royal library.

Tavthalla is deathly quiet to the outside world, trade is continued as normal but all sailors are tightly lipped and their military escort doubled.

Action 1: Deeptaur Rising
At the start of the ashfall many Tavthallans fled below the waves, their loyalty absolute. After all these years they are now deeply acclimatised to the ocean, and each possess many myriad forms of aquatic life.

All these myriad forms useful for combat.

The rising of the deeptaur occurs now, granted the incredible honour of being hammered and drilled into a part of the military proper, Sharktaur packs forming up and practicing attacking boats that may attempt invasion of Tavthalla, Greatsquid and giant octopus being fed on to grant Taurs mighty tentacles, and even more varied ocean beasts still...

Action 2: Reaping Spears (1/2)
New sorts of weapons.

We now have a steady source of metal traded to us from Sealand, it is time to make the most lethal weapons we can out of it.

A weapon designed for non-pureblood Taurs, that is those with a height advantage over the lesser races, the reaping spear is a weapon of deadly effectiveness made for thrusting directly through a ships hull or slashing through multiple armoured men as easily as a scythe through grain, aided by the truly incredible strength of the Taur.

The key to this weapon is the durability to stand up to the utter punishment Tavthallans inflict on their weapons, and the ease to kill many men at once rather than waste tauric superstrength on just one individual.
>>
>>4539004
>action 1: continue the development of the Bio stasis pod trying to improve the plant used and strengthen its effects. While correcting the problems with the first attempts.

>action 2: build 2 new mines in the mountain ranges, metal is low and the need is high from tools to weapons and armor, metal is needed.

>the nation has strong support for the BFT hoping they can resist golem oppression. With the mezentians once again favoring intervention and action and with the SS clinics becoming a more jointly controlled group the nation wonders if it isn’t time to have the FBI begin making more moves.

>War post
>FBI with the network in place and the propaganda machine running, the FBI can’t do much more without direct action, so they do, Covert attacks on supply depots, harassing supply lines. In brutal guerrilla attacks. They use magic to weaken the enemy from within, Metabolic alteration is used to destroy metabolisms of people with a simple touch. Flora surge chocks supply lines and makes roads impassible without constant clearing. Discretely they begin priming dissidents for action within the yuukaist lines spreading descent and rebellion in the nation.

>Volunteer Navy: with the BFT having armed the with gear the outer Independent Fraternian flotilla sets about the work of fortifying the outer coast from sea Invasion, using Flora surge to grow coral barriers creating choke points near harbors so that any enemy ships would be forced to group up or be broken on the massive coral reefs the IFF had made, every soldier on board was prepared with Superior Fortification so that they could send javelin in the enemy ship with enough force to blow holes in them. The smaller and faster ships are set to patrol duty to inform the fleet when and where an enemy raid or landing might come from or be attempted

>Volunteer army, the Volunteer Fraternian Defense Force, armed and prepared with the nations best spells act as a supporting force letting the BFT military take the lead, supporting them as needed and going were they ask. Attacking in tandem with the BFT
>>
1 action: Build a port for Vance and build a rice farm near the city of Vance to provide both a proper port and a steady supply of food to allow them to not run on hard times should a shipment be slow.

1 action: Make a large marble building in worship of Leviathan near the Ocean, having the floor of the chambers be flooded as the ocean rises, it representing the shifting tide of battle between the two gods competing for the sea and air

Imperii culture response: Seeing how it was largely just people being eccentic and not really being that dark cult that it's made out to be it's allowed to continue for the mean time as its own thing. The only thing is that if they're going to be drinking blood, it's advised that they remember those that died on that day from having their blood sucked out, and that if they're going to consume blood that they consume their own.
Outside of that, the false reports are to be looked into, them being incredibly alarming that someone would lie to a superior in a chain of command for their own gain.
>>
>>4538998
1.

Keep developing a fresh way to increase worker productivity.

>Although a curious invention, the water pressurized hammers are not enough. We must strive for perfection and absolute productivity.

2.

Deal with the Shorinans.

>For some time now, these beasts roam freely on the city, polluting our beautiful lands with their barbaric little piles of wood. But we will allow this no further. The top figures of the government put a plan in motion.

The city is closed, no exceptions. A rumor is started. Plague, they say. By forcing the common people inside, we can also throw out all the foreign merchants and prevent entry for some time. All the shorinans are rounded up and forced back to their homes, as a precaution, of course. When they are safe in their homes, agents from the government set up fires in many homes, hoping the fire spreads quickly. A cruel and drawn-out affair, but thanks to the effort of our valiant men, none of them slipped from their ghettos.

As the morning came, no Shorinan remained. This barely divided public opinion, often asking why something wasn’t done before, instead of doing something as barbaric as this. Nevertheless, we must prepare the response for the inevitable inquiries from the north.
>>
>>4540050
WAR POST:

A Tavthallan military expedition sits on the border between the Arcadic republic and Borevia.

Hired by the mezentians to protect borevian banks, with the total shut down of communication between them and the mainland the Tauric army simply remains in position to attack or defend against either side.
>>
>>4540107
Addendum for action 2
prospect the mountains for metal ore resources
>>
>>4538993
Actions:
-The war was quite a daunting task, but quite informative of the power Arcadia holds. Their magi commanded terrible forces, but what if they could reach to even greater lengths? Sure there are those who seek out such power. And fortunately for them, such power would come to seek them instead. Ix'thula walks Arcadia for some time, dawning many faces in search of hungry magi that might be willing to dabble in greater arts. To those who prove their appetite, he whispers of knowledge and secrets less imaginative minds would shun from the light of day.

-Akiva is yet to return from his expedition, and instead sends word back to his fellow overseers that he would like to undertake an extended stay. He writes of great promise held within the Tavlonians of the island, and that they would make fitting servants if properly nurtured. As such he requests materials and resources needed to create a camp not too far away from Tavlon, so that the youth who have shown interest may learn from him and his followers. Seeking to prepare them to undergo the same trial he faced, he gathers his fledglings and teaches them what they dare know.
>>
>>4534289
1.
>Prospect land
2.
>Focus solar ray
An idea is formed that focussing the solar rays from the miniature suns could be used to melt through the snow and ice and thus open up the path for agriculture within our land.
>>
>>4539004
1.
Finishing the previous improvements on the cleavers, the cleave-chain is created. A large sharpened plate of bronze, with a length of chain securing it to the limb of a Lo-hai. The idea is that water bending could be used to reel, whip, and wield the chain in more inventive ways, as well as holding the cleave-chain bound around the limb.

2.
Expansion, the 3 green tiles to the north near Jörg'blg.
>>
File: Turn_33.png (2.54 MB, 2048x2570)
2.54 MB
2.54 MB PNG
Imperii
>>4539928
The Army gains new specialisations those who relay messages secretly trough song akin to the ballads of the desert bandits and those who soar trough the sky making sure there is no ambush waiting. Those units will help out round out the Imperii army making them even more fearsome on the battlefield.

Hydraulics research is finalised, though there is still no material suitable for making pipes in the land.

Impetheli
>>4539237
With the temple and theter becomming monuments even the internally confused exterrior of Ga’ga’ul starts to crack as preists and artists from among the Ithempeli are permitted to enter the First City at will. The word of the ithempeli now matters more to the Zlon than the word of any other race.

An alternate verssion of the Odyssay praising the statues is released into the world. In truth a merged verssion of the two verssions becomes the accepted one in the world. Standardisation of the tale only existing in Travalhalla and Impetheli land themselves.

EVENT: AS IF THAT WOULD WORK! … but it did. With no chances for breaktrough in the war possible Ithempeli Nr. 14 567 had an ingenious idea. To defeat an enemy you first need to understand them. As such he would take out the chizzle and would chizzle down his form untill he looked like a wolfkin… but stone. His subbordinates would follow, saved trough the wolfkin tradition of wearing cloaks to hide of the sun and trough a series of comedic mishaps it would be 14 567th’s battalion which would save the life of many Ithempeli at the battle of Yanagi Mori.

In mainland Ithempeli land the new ‘female wolfkin’ form also catches on as a trend.
Shell Land
>>4540281
The new weapon is created and it is truly a terrifying one joining the physical and magical force of a Lo-Hai into one weapon attack can cleave trough hordes of enenmies easily. It’s a terrifying combination.

An expanssion happens though the land is only controlled in name as in truth that land… it belongs to the giant wolves. It will still take a while before the Lo-Hai can call this land truly theirs.

EVENT: Lead Shells? It seems that at the northern factory a freak accident has occurred where a batch of eggs has fallen into the golem-lead pit… the result? Lead-Shell Lo-Hai with shells of Liquid metal. Those loyal to the Lo-Hai will be a great boon… but a large portion of them has instead become like the Borevians seeing themselves as a type of Borevian.
>>
>>4540313
Durmaign
>>4540277
No further resources can be found in your land. There is really nothing, likely one would need to expand to find more.

As for the idea it is taken with great enthusiasm, though some worry that certain areas might just not contain any ground underneath their feet merely Ice all the way down. many also fear the local wildlife might suffer if we change the climate so drastically, but if implemented carefully the idea certainly could work… though then also the problem of possible crops to be farmed comes up. There any candidates, rice, oats, wheat, swamp rice and etc.


Marca
>>4540029
Mythrill smithing was invented and finally the elusive metal can be worked with. Mythrill is extremely hard and needs to be smithed carefully for once the metal cures it’s indestructible. It can’t be reworked, many more faithful to the church also refuse to wear Mythrill helmets as it bounces back magic as such it also must bounce away blessings from the suns! Right?!

The two new ports are constructed.


Seland
>>4540173
A Port and Farm are constructed providing a newly growing city everything they need to survive on their own… which your leadership is quick to notice. Pointing out how that would make secession easier for them if they ever wished for it.

The large marble building is constructed. It is a symbol for the national faith, maybe that is why some oddballs propose a statue of Kyuu directing said events is added as well as a 10-eyed whale.
>>
Arcadia
>>4539328
It seems that there is some sort of lock on souls of sentient beings, but no such divine lock is present souls of non-sentient ones like animals or golems. It is an odd thing as non-sentient souls are easy to be moulde information can be put in and out. Even synthetic souls could be theoretically possible.

Investigations are mostly fruitless mainly as many of those experiencing induced nightmares feel too embarrassed to report while hypochondriacs report even if everything is fine. In fact the start of the investigation itself induces a form of mass panic as everyone seems to have nightmares now… though even though that some odd trinkets are found. They seem like painted rocks and deformed coins… noone is certain if there truly is a connection.

The war is over an celebrations erupt in the land… even if they are short lived as it seems the driven out cult has returned to Otuganrest and gone on what can only be described as a murderous spree.

BOREVIAN CULTURAL INFLUENCE: Like the Romans upon their conquest of Greece or the Mongholians upon their Conquest of China, the Arcadians are swift to adopt Borevian culture… but only superficially of course. Tiny round hats become standard apparel for men and sideburns the height of fashion. The Borevian tongue becomes the tongue of the higher classes. The way to recognize a high mage is by their borevian apparel and Accent.

WAKING ORDER RELIGIOUS INFLUENCE: During their conquests and in the conquered land odd effigies out of mutilated corpses stood… soldiers returned from the war terrified. No longer do any believe there are no Gods… for they have encountered at least one and they fear it. It becomes standard for Arcadians to at home have a small effigy in which a grass statue is surrounded by faceless dolls and offerings are given to it periodically. It is not true worship, merely appeasing an evil deity so it may not come for them.

BFT
>>4539741
Hiro being a national Hero his speech raises many voices in unison and large swatches of those undecided are convinced with those already convinced only instilled with zealotry. they will not give up and will keep on fighting! (Extra recruitment drive in 2 turns)

The port and merchant town are established. People see what they are though a band aid slapped over the cut open infected wound which is the national economy.

The new sword is created though it’s make up is harsh mainly the metals you have are too fragile for a sword of this length, make the iron harder and it becomes brittle, make it soft and the sword bends under its own weight. it seems improvements in metallurgy are needed to create this weapon.
>>
Versani
>>4540178
No new inventions are made, but what has been discovered is coordinated to work in tandem. The industrial capacity of the Citystate increases further; it’s is terrifying how quickly and how much the Versani can build. They might not have the highest quality, but are undisputed masters of quantity.

The genocide is executed flawlessly children burns alive in their homes… one surprsing thing? No inquiries are actually coming… it seems to the Shogun all who leave his divine land are considered worthless. So even if some letters from kitsune in the Shogunate to their family are intercepted no follow up comes.

Fraternitas
>>4540107
The stasis pod is perfected, now it should be possible to store people for up to 100 years in them. One interesting application your scientists come up with is to use it as a cocoon. The Pods could work as neo-wombs and while inside them the bodies of those hibernating could be altered.

A deposit of lead and another deposit of copper are found.

EVENT: Above your land a grand Aurora Borealis appears in the sky. Centipedes of light dance through the sky giving off a warmth akin to the sun. You feel like any prayer you direct to the heavens has a higher chance of being heard or answered.

OTHER EVENT: After a while the Pureblood from the Odyssey is invited to the UFC once more all on behest of Goliath who wanted a rematch and a rematch he got this time him crushing the Pureblood in a display of raw power refusing to use any technique or magic. He ended the fight with the same words as the Pureblood did in their first.

Travalhalla
>>4540050
These aquatic Taur are truly terrifying beats, but also to their state. They live underwater and in the depths they have developed a worship of the master of the deep ocean Megalodon… and in addition as no Purebloods can survive underwater these tears live mostly as they wish, enriching themselves by being smugglers ignoring the current embargoes. Few of them are genuinely interested in military service.

The reaping spear akin to a scythe is created… it is truly a terrifying weapon against hordes of weak enemies, though it’s usefulness breaks down against at least semi competent opponents as it easily gets stuck.

EVENT: Changes of power in Mezentia. It seems all your influence in Mezentia is spirited away as the progressives once again come into power. It is seen as a great tragedy among the eastern portion of your nation with many seeing it as a great political loss.
>>
Waking Order
>>4540268
As expected the Arcadians greed for knowledge knows no bounds soon power hungry mages at the local academy soon the cult takes over snaking its way into the upper echelons of Arcadian society. And more importantly gaining access to some of their magic. (you learn the school of Life and death and branch of necromancy, no spells)

A small Cult Among the Tavlon is established not now the membership is scarce, but bound to grow.

EVENT: It seems some of your cultists have not let go of their worldly allegiances. In Ogutanrest cultists furious at the invasion of borevia start a wave of mass attacks on non-cultists. This makes cult presence once again obvious, but militarisation and revanchism becomes prevalent in the cult.

Amelia

EVENT: In Amelia a book is found which claims to have a clue to the location of 3rd, one of the Golem-Kitsune sisters. It’s a page from her diary used as a book stop in said book, it says she is going to the unexplored land near the Shogun’s land.

Borevia

EVENT: Useful tech. Borevians finally gain mastery over electrum allowing them to create magic-free zones. Zones in which magic is mumbled and acts unpredictably and non-Auron golems starve in them.
>>
WARPOST:
The Battle of Yanagi Mori is a victory on the Rebel side. Once again Yuuka’s People’s Army wishes to enter victorious a city ready to welcome them with open arms who they see instead are vicious druids who already chased out Shogunists out of their land. There stands an army equipped with sabers and from beyond the lake an army with shields… Yuuka does not get to hold a speech, there is only war. Tomoko’s sabre army starts the battle with a cruel display of force as traitorous shogunists are decapitated in a contest for the pregnant Tomoko also known as Tomoko the Cruel. Her generals make a game out of how many heads each can sever in one cut.

This display of cruelty would not merely be cruelty for its own sake it would be a provocation to the crowd seeking justice. The undisciplined mob seeking justice would rush in head-first only to be cut, cut, cut and cut. The untrained masses would only be useful for blunting the enemies swords with their flesh and from behind the river Moriko’s Shield Army would stare motionless guarding their position as that was their role… the slaughter of the people’s army would only be stopped as suddenly a small force of Stone Wolfkin would appear out of nowhere, crushing into Tomoko’s flanks and disrupting them sufficiently for the People’s Army to retreat. It was the force of general 14 567…. Only thanks to them and their ingenious idea to chizzel themselves into female wolfkin has the people’s army survived. Still with this battle the display of cruelty Tomoko has shown would become known, displaying that Yuuka’s claims of the Council’s cruelty are not entirely made up.

On another front Miho’s javelin army would be rejected by the locals who still zealously pray to saint Yuuka and after the battle of Yanagi Mori want nothing to do with the council. Miho’s army encounters only ridicule and hatred until in an all-out battle they see themselves forced to slaughter an attacking mob, after which they deemed that no Loyalists are left near the capital and they should join in on the future defense of Yanagi Mori.

The UFC intervention is relatively successful preventing any landings on theo utter shore beyond 14 567th’s unit. Still the Fraternitan navy lacks the firepower of the Statue one. Their bronze boats shoot metal at you which ripps trough your ships making this a costly endevour especially as the coral reef plan fails… for some reason the corals refuse to grow accelerated by magic!

With no major supply lines set up yet the FBI is relegated to mass assasinations of those freindly to the Yuukiists. many Yuukiists are killed, but it only further solidifies in the mind of more and more BFT citizens that the old Council is cruel bloodthirsty and caares not for their lives. only Yuuka does. Inetvertendly as many Yuukiists as are killed are created trough these murders.
>>
1 Action: Upgrade the current copper mine and construct a new one on the new spot where the resource was found

1 action: Construct a similar Marble structure atop the highest mountain in Sealand, this one being a place of worship to Zephyr. This one in particular having halls that would whistle as wind blows through them, as if hearing the song of the Sky King. Along with this, upgrade the new copper mine, bronze becoming increasingly scarce with the number of trade partners.
>>
War Action: With news of Menzentia soon to step in, and finally making effective counterattacks, it is time to get the ball rolling the other direction. Besides, they've fielded the populace as their army, which means there's no civilians in the area.

Though to distinguish friend from foe, we will procure black headwear and some articles of black clothing, to mimick Tomoko's black hair.

Shield Army will join up and merge with Sabre Army.
Sabre and Shield Army will barrel toward Matsubayashi and what remains of the People's Army.
Javelin Army will attack Shiroi Mori, dividing the Insurgents' attention between two fronts.

Captured enemies will however be granted mercy, they will not have blodgeld, only wergeld. They have simply reverted back to the tribal state which the High Council had worked to tame. They are not guilty of burning any sacred forests.
>>
>>4540316
1. Torus, the prodigious golemancer and prominent mage, has been shaken by the research the Hounds have committed and that which he had done himself. The existence of some kind of lock upon the soul, the fact that golems he created had souls, and the souls of sapient golems being the same size as those of humanoids. The common belief is that there is always a truth to the world; but maybe that truth isn’t what it is commonly thought to be. Torus set off on a journey across the nations that they have contact with to seek what they believe on the gods, the soul, virtue, sin, and what comes after. Many were less than helpful; notably the statues who’s play was donated to the library and promptly put with the Shogunist bible and description of the Shogun’s body.

However, at his return to Arcadia he would see the sorry state of the nation. Cultists are free to corrupt and kill while the Hounds are ineffective. Borevian greed spreads as men and women turn to the foreign culture yet again to sell themselves for a whisper of power; despite the obviously poor display of the Borevians on the world stage. War mages who have seen the horrors of war and amplified by the vile cult have turned to kneeling to their twisted effigy; begging for mercy to a god who cares for nothing but their torment.

Torus leaves the city and sits upon the shore and truly thinks, clears his mind, meditates, and feels the magic around him to try and make sense of all he has learned. That is when he had an epiphany. If intelligence and awareness changes with the size of the soul then would not a spirit or a god just be one with a larger soul? If a mage may manipulate the world could not a strong enough mage or smart enough mage create one? Just as the Arcadic created the golems and prevented them from becoming intelligent would not the gods seek to keep their creations from reaching their level? Even with their prevention could not greater understanding take us there anyway? With this understanding Torus gathers his friends and confidants, converts them, and creates the Order of the Immortal Soul.

Long post. Cont.
>>
>>4540845
The basic tenants of the Immortal Soul are as follows:
- The soul is the core of the body, without it the body is but a husk, and it holds the mind and identity.
- The soul is unique. Two people with different souls can not be the same person. A soul shared between bodies is the same person.
- The size of the soul increases the intelligence and awareness of the individual but not the virtue. Those with large souls are not arbiters of what is good and evil. Excessive pride and greed are the seed that roots terrible evils.
- Willpower allows one to change the world whether it be through magical or physical means. A strong willpower strengthens the soul.
- A god does not deserve worship due to some inherent divinity and to worship a god to avoid it’s wrath is the same as to kneel to a tyrant. Those that worship to avoid the wrath of gods are cowards, those that worship to seek their boon are greedy, and those that blindly worship without understanding are fools.
- Mana is power the soul exudes. Magic is the truest form of power the soul can wield. Divine blessings are just magic yet to be understood or which the gods prevent mortals from using. Magic is a gift to all and should not be hoarded; though those that misuse magic to harm others beyond the call to war, protection of the self, or protection of others, can not be trusted to not misuse magic again.
- The soul, without outside influence, is immortal and is dragged off to some afterlife after death.
- The enslavement of intelligent souls should only be considered for those deemed irredeemable.
- Non-intelligent souls are as meat and bone; a part of the animal free to use if desired.
- To heal the soul one must seek peace and purpose. Meditate and reflect on yourself and the world around you. Seek your own purpose and do not rely on others to give you one.

2. With something actually tangible to work with the Hounds get to work seeking out the murders in Otuganrest. With actual ghosts that may be able to give a description of who killed them, and will actually comply with questions, and the actions being relatively straight forward murder and not the vague-magical-bullshit-that-still-isn’t-understood-despite-finding-the-talsimans that seem to pop up and spread despite the efforts of loyal citizens and the Hounds and with the cult’s influence already being revealed. Nope, just a good old fashioned hunting of a large group of cultist borevian murders that didn’t use magic and are likely quite bloody from the endeavor of stabbing random people to death.
>>
Disregard the previous post for this turn >>4540697

1 Action: Construct a new copper mine where the resource was found and upgrade the iron mine that has largely been ignored and stocking up on resources.

1 Action: And not to be offensive to the other god, Build a marble temple to Zephyr atop the highest mountain in Sealand. This one having halls built so as to allow winds to whistle through it, said to be the song of Zephyr.

Diplo: To the ones that believe in the Whale of Dreams, more evidence would need to be provided, however, it would be included in the next government project. As for the worshipers of Kyuu, small effigies of the god will be commissioned from Imperii for them to buy. (Selling at 1.2x the price bought from the Imperii)
>>
>>4540323
Actions:
- Having found those with a greater taste than what Arcadia can offer them, and the sect of Otuganrest inflicting sufficient chaos, Ix'thula deems the nation sufficiently scarred and that he is no longer required there. Instead, he once again sets sail for Mezentia, for it may be a small land but it holds interests to the order. Most notably, their practice in herbalism. After making landfall, the Herald would seek out young and budding practitioners who would be open to exploring different ways. It would pluck from the land select flora and prepare for them a special brew. Upon ingestion, their minds would go on a psychedelic journey, seeing shapes and sights they never imagined. To those who desired more, he would oblige.

- The Tavlonians have much promise, but they're fear of themselves is perhaps their greatest hindrance, whether they know it or not. Yet there are those among the youth who boldly tug at the shackles of guilt that history has collared them with. They muse first be prepared to break those chains, if they are to progress. Following Akiva's guidance, the young initiates travel with him across the island of dreams. In meditation they are confronted with what their people fear and are instead encouraged to not run from, but to acknowledge their inner instincts. To acknowledge that their fears are in fact their true dreams.
>>
>>4540313
2.
>Character Action
Un'kltn the Whiteshell, hero of the Lo-hai, has begun creating an arcane language system for his own use, intending to make a means for him to create circuits for which to control magic without oversight.
>>
>>4540313

With the military further built up, the Heáhcásern would focus attention to her main plan of action. Creating a grand arena for a wide verity of sport and games to be played in. However, the reason such a construct was being built was for much more than just a verity of games to be played. No, the Heáhcásern was going to make a place for the entire world to gather in a construct akin to a work of art, and she was going to show the entire world the prowess of both the Imperii and Telrac. Though, she was going to do much more than just that...She was going to settle a grudge as well, once and for all. But, for such a event to take place, she'd need to prepare. And this was merely step one. It would be a slow, exhausting process. But, one that would have plenty in the form of both prestige for herself and the Imperii. Once the amphitheater of sorts was finished, however, there would be only a little time left before they were to finish their preparation. But, the first step was to be taken today. And, that would be setting up the foundation for such a great work.

Yet not the literal foundation of the building, as for such a foundation to be built, this work of art would need something that the Imperii doesn't have, a material strong enough to hold the construct up, make it truly a work of art, and be able to be made with materials the Imperii had access to. This material would be key for the Imperii's future work, and potentially all future constructs of great art, work and worth.

Meanwhile, once more the musical minds of the Imperii have come up with something grand. A large device to be played by two people. It has strings akin to a Fidula, yet a wheel to play the music instead of a bow. They would be called wheel fidula occasionally, though properly would be called an organistrum. It would become most popular among lovers and married couples of either bardic or noble birth to play the instrument, and its wonderful song would join the ever growing harmony of the Imperii.

>Action One & Two. Work on Caementicium (Roman Concrete).

>Action Three. Organistrum.
>>
>>4540313
These Lead Shell's are a fascinating curio, but a shame they seem to be more Borevians in Lo-hai form rather than the other way around. If the lead pool is destroyed than they will be nothing more than a one off thing, if it still remains, more eggs may be "misplaced" by some eager Stone Lord's attempting to found their own Lead Shells. The Lo-hai without flesh would be prized among any Stone Lord's warband, but would likely not be allowed to lead due to inability to breed.

1.
The scribes of the Whiteshell begin writing down the albino's ramblings, while he dashes slabs as quick as he scrawls them, plying over a set of electrum batteries, and a spool of thin wire of the precious material. He carves spindly, arching lines, and twisting arrays, sigils far more arcane feeling than verbal speech. After he tenderly lays electrum wire through the circuit, he connects the plug wire to the battery, the wires glowing and sparking upon contact, before he rips the metal from the slabs and roars in anger again, fetching a fresh one while the scribes attempt to catalog the differences between it and the last several dozens.

>Begin Researching School of Magic : "Schlecht'tol Loc'tun" - Enslaving Magic Upon A Slab / Magical Circuitry
>This school of magic pertains to the idea of creating a physical circuit through which a source of magic is ran to power. Ideally the means by which the magic is wired and stored is taken care of via electrum. Electrum laid in an ornate pattern resonates arcanely when powered with magic to produce a corresponding effect based on the pattern inscribed. (Seeing how magic must do only as stated, the first branch I will make of this school will be called Branch: Relays . Relays being simple slabs with simple if:then circuits. "If I get a magic current, then I do what I'm inscribed." Typically only the most literal circuits with the spell Create Relay commands being simple as "BEND/WATER/UP"

2.
>Character Action
Un'kltn the Whiteshell, hero of the Lo-hai, has begun creating an arcane language system for his own use, intending to make a means for him to create circuits for which to control magic without oversight.
>>
File: Sculpture.png (809 KB, 835x695)
809 KB
809 KB PNG
>Action 1: Improve Building (Temple & Theater)
We will never stop. The Zlon will be forced to recognize our excellence head on and soon, the rest of the world. Our ways are to be admired, our faith is to be salvation.

>Action 2: Hero Action (The Arbiter)
The 874th Statue, the Arbiter is the creation of the First Himself. Though still Ithempeli, the Arbiter was designed without the thick stone robes which typically adorn the cultists; He is made bare. This alteration has reduced his durability some as he has lost the thick stone layers of protection, however he is more nimble and capable of wearing humanoid armor as a result. More importantly, it allows him to display his sculpted muscles, a trend which he had helped to kick off.
He possesses one of the few authoritative positions which exist in Ithempeli society as leader of the inquisition. He is known to his peers as a man of no nonsense, even more so than the highly focused Ithempeli race. While hedonism is typically praised, the Arbiter rejects such wastes of time as theater and jeweling. Knowledge and power are everything to the arbiter, rarely ever leaving the Temple and Library of the under dwelling. He is a man of few words, leaving diplomacy to The First; Instead his place is as the final authority, the most powerful mage among the mage kingdom.
>>
>>4540325
>War Action

>The People's Army
Ithempeli always has a plan; This loss has been an immeasurable success for destabilizing the council and signing their death certificate. Emotional appeal is everything to the Yuuka front and their enemies have handed them the ace. Volunteers and swathes of witnesses Menzentian church are sent to Menzentia through Marcan lands to appeal to the city state, alerting them of the borderline war crimes committed and the sudden escalation to violence they have caused even as they understood Yuuka to peaceful. A similar message is peddled to the neutral Marcans as they travel through them.
Druidic worshipers are sent out to nearby towns to spread the news of violence, corruption, and evil by the Council, arriving in blood stained clothes with wounds and tales of mercilessly decapitated loved ones by taunting psychopaths who seemed amused by the slaughter, a similar story told to the Menzentians but with less Menzentian religious appeal.
Many diplomats and propagandists have been spread out, but the army itself remains. Much of the People's Armys efforts is collecting the shogunists exiled from the city before their arrival to replenish their units. The nearby improved fort is claimed as their base of operations but they typically remain roughly outside of the city boundaries to support the Cult Reinforcements

>Cultic Reinforcements
We've been granted landing rights to Shaanlin by the Shogunate and the troops continue to flow, some having already arrived on the scene such as the Cat Division. The Cultists promised to act as peacekeepers, only becoming involved if the war was escalating and lives were being needlessly threatened; The Rebels have granted them just the authority they need. As more Ithempelian War mages arrive en mass at Yanagi Mori their spinng blades are delivered like a storm, cutting back scouts and boundary runners to begin a siege battle, raising tall walls and deep moats surrounding the city to starve out the city rebels. Innocent civilians are permitted access if unarmed; A process tested by the Ithempelian Metal Attraction spell.

>The Navy
Keep on rocking in the free world, Navy. You da real ones. They're kept updated with the possibility of Menzentian and Marcan support.
>>
>>4540313
I object to the response to my first action as I find it inconsistent with my lore, and would like it reevaluated if possible.


The Tavthalla continue their militarisation. They cease for only a moment to open their embargo, setting out a bounty to their neighbour nations for information regarding one of the following topics.

The World Tree
Uesugi
Tavlon city
The Celestial Pantheon

After this bounty is declared tha Taurs re-enter isolation, the military expedition near the arcadic-borevian border beginning to make leave.

Action 1: Tauric Wartrance (1/3)

The tauric mind is a thing of extremes, at times beyond stoic and cannot be phased, delirious to the point of appearing insane, or wrathful enough to make a single taur appear to be channeling the divine wrath of Ephial upon his foes.

Our greatest ally is also our greatest enemy in some respects however, but it can be conquered, meditated upon, and turned against our foes.

The Tavthallan Wartrance is developed, a state of mind requiring intense self control and practice to master but grants perfect control over the body.

There is no retreat nor fear, no distraction nor care for pain.
There is only perfect awareness, battle focus and reserves of vigour one would think they never had.

Action 2: Reaping Spear 2/2

The reaping spear is finalised.

A polearm developed for use at sea or on land, for our oceanic warriors to use in sinking ships and slicing their crews or for our land cavalry to use in butchering as many foes as they can.

The issues of getting stuck against competent opponents are rectified in this period, the spear head elongated and with a sleeker profile

With the new alterations it can be used to smash though the heaviest armour of a thrusting stab is used, and cleave through many lightly armoured foes, earning it its title as the reaping spear.
>>
>>4540315

>Action 1: Weed out the Twin Sect
For some time a sect of the Celestial Pantheon has existed as a small cult, a cult which flies in the face of the beliefs of our people. We must peacefully show them the error of their ways, and allow them to once more feel the light of the divine.

>Action 2: Improved Armor techniques: (1/2)
With new mythril and steel materials at our fingertips, and conflicts brewing at our doorstep, we must be prepared to intervene. Figuring out how to better utilize these materials could help us save excess metal, and will bolster the already incredible defensive qualities of our metal armors.
>>
> Action 1: Improve Tar mine, create Iron Mine (found in previous turn)
In times of war we need the iron for trade and we shall use the Tar to fight the Puyangi

> Action 2: Military reform
To fight the beast we need to reform our military. We require tactics which are fit for fighting giant beasts ones based around mobility and traps.

> Action 3: Improved tower
We need to put an improved tower between Holangi and the mountain should the creature ever pass it. The Miliotary fortiffication should be enough to s... low down the beast.

MONSTER SUBJUGATION
We continue with the previous plan of luring it into the ravine and stopping it there. Zombies are to be used as food-lures while tar fires to scare it. We need to control the monsters movements if possible.

We shall also sacrifice some undead spiking them with poisons. The monsters immune system having to fight undead-spores and poison at the same time should weaken it.

We shall also prepare pit traps on the way to attempt to trip the creature. if it falls over stab it and pour tar over it so set parts of it on fire.
>>
>>4540317
Action 1: with True breeding, Diagnose, and the Bio stasis pods, a new spell is created "chrysalis" with the pods natural potential for allowing body alterations, and the intimate knowledge that Diagnose gives of a creature's body, and finally true-breeding which allows for trait manipulation, the spell allows a person to enter the pod as one thing, and leave it as another, humans can become beast folk, beast folk can become human, it will truly allow for anyone to be anything.

Action 2: Build up an expand the FBI, with the war in the BFT and the growing waking order cultist threat, the organization needs to expand. recruits are scouted and hired, new discrete offices are made, the organization as a whole is improved, in numbers, training, and skill.

>WAR POST

>in preparation for the BFT's main attack FBI would send a fear of their combat operatives to support the attack with all the spells at their disposal (metabolic alteration, Superior fortification, Floral Surge, the medical magic they have to keep their allies in the fight.) The rest would spend time collecting intelligence and planning sabotage attacks that would go off shortly before the attack. to cripple the yuukaist response to the BFT forces. while this is happening, a small strike team made up of the best the FBI has to offer in the BFT are infiltrating the Yuukaist held archives to steal away important documents and spells so that they will lose the means to use them.

>Navy outer sea:
With the tactics of the Ithempeli now known, the UFC can plan around them, using the speed and mauverabilty of there ships they adopted new methods of ship movement, making them harder to hit dodging and weaving in ever changing patterns, Biolumonessance is used to signal and communicate orders between ships, masters of FMMA are boosted with Superior Fortification and metabolic alteration allowing them to deflect the metal shots so that they ships will survive longer, tethered to the ship with rope to allow them full range of attack without fear of falling into the sea. Flora Surge is used with native plants like moss and creep to force them to grow over holes as quick patches allowing ships to stay a float longer.

Scouting ships are continued to be used for determining when and were attacks will come, water plants the kind that live on the surface with deep roots that dangle in to the sea are taken and turned into massive tangled plant breaks that a ship would become in trapped in if they hit it, this is accomplished through the use of Flora Surge to make these plant breaks grow fast and large.

Flora surge and Superior fortification are used to quickly replace lost ships with new ones by rapidly cutting down and replacing local timber.
>>
>>4540315
1.
>Mini sun type C
A new type of miniature sun would be proposed, a smaller classification which could be used to create arable land in desired locations. But getting a desired climate would be hard if we just scaled down the miniature suns.
2.
>Fine tune solar output
With proper control of the solar output we would be a step closer to creating a good climate for growing crops. We could even adjust the output to grow more exotic crops.
>>
>>4541076
>War Action Reminder

The People's army is primarily volunteers, zealots and citizens. Most guards and army professionals are still in their communities to protect against what they have been warned are corrupt and vicious opponents.
>>
File: Map Turn 33.png (3.78 MB, 2048x2570)
3.78 MB
3.78 MB PNG
Sealand:
>>4540885
A new copper mine is constructed, and the ancient iron mine receives a much needed upgrade. The forges grow busy making weapons, armor and tools, shipwrights and farmers rejoice.
The temple to Zephyr is spatious though cold, many pack a fur coat when making pilgrimage there. Though the challenge of climbing the tallest mountain does make the trip rather arduous, perhaps a road would help.

Event: The noble class got a copy of the Meoswilian noble etiquette book, and, seeing it is thick enough to beat a deer to death with, a number decided being a Meoswilian-style noble isn't worth the hassle, or the grammar lessons. They still hang onto some higher opinion of themselves, but nowhere close to the other nobles.

--

Arcadia:
>>4540845
>>4540848
The new religion is created, though sees some promising initial growth. Taking matters into their own hands to improve themselves, though it does lead to deviance by it's nature, the deviants aren't worshiping the gods at least.
The murderers are Hounded down, clearing out the infestation from Otuganrest, giving back sleep to the people, though it still continues to crop up every now and then, so the War of Dreams is by no means over.

Event: A tropical storm hits your port, dealing damage to it and several people getting killed or going missing. Though bringing in the Hounds to question the ghosts of the dead reveals a cult presence akin to the one in Otuganrest.

--

Waking Order:
>>4540984
The cult peddles their psychedelic drugs to the budding herbalists, where a number grow addicted to the substance, allowing you to slip your tendrils into the Skyblue Sun organization, though a few grow dependent on the drugs, seeing no joy without it.
The Tavlonians are pushed to do the test, the fiery youth, while initially eager, find themselves running away from the test itself. Though fortunately most do return, there are however a few that don't return, and after waiting, comes floating lifeless in the waters.

--

Lo-hai:
>>4541043
The Leaden Pool is destroyed, properly this time, though those altered would see themselves rise as powerful warriors and living trinkets. Though not being ones to rule, lest their Borevian ways see them betray us like the Aurons.
The research into the new school is fraught with trial and error, the first step is simply finding a way to prevent it from overheating, as it just dumps a whole load of energy down the circuit, enough to make the electrum vaporize. They do figure out a solution for this most basic of problems, the resistor. It is deliberately a worse conductor to make the current more manageable.
The Whiteshell's studies has him immediately weaponize the circuits, making shock claws, where clamping onto someone completes the circuit and fries them with magical energy, though tends to overheat quite fast.
>>
Imperii:
>>4541032
Work begins on a stone that is easier to mold, like baking clay, but no furnace is suitable for heating such a large amount, so instead people set out to make a clay that self-bakes. Various mixtures, otherwise toxic and dangerous, are used with mixtures of stone and clay and even mud. Much work is spent just finding mixtures that seem stone-like, though eventually a mixture is found, it sets as a satisfactory stone, but only in a small scale. On the scale suited for construction it keeps developing cracks and weaknesses, though the liquid masons assure you it's only a matter of perfecting the mixture, to get a consistent set, which will see it be tough as a perfectly hewn block of stone.
The instrument played by two is a unique sort, it requires utmost cooperation and thus is indeed perfect among those who share a bond together. People are always eager to see how a couple mixes their styles, creating their unique tune neither could play alone.

--

Ithempeli:
>>4541061
The buildup of the temple and theatre progresses steadily, but after working through one night they look around to see themselves surrounded by Zlon, who deliver one, simple, message: "No prozelytizing." Before then walking back to Ga'ga'ul. The following day sees a checkpoint being established on the far side of the bridge.
The herculean chissled physique of the Arbiter makes him an awesome sight to behold, appropriate for the power he now wields.

--

Tavthalla:
>>4541153
Before we can begin working on Tranquil Rage, we must first figure out the Tranquil and the Rage. They will measure the extremes of rage and stoicism, often involving maddening mushroom extract and quieting tea. This tea is actually pretty good, but it could be improved, and the mushroom extract has a tendency to leave a stomach ache afterwards.
The Reaping Spears, or perhaps, Warscythes are finished, with a blade designed to sever limbs, and it's inward curved blade will not let go, either it cuts your limb off, or it will tear it off with the full force of a Taur swing. Suffice to say, it is the perfect weapon for a Taur.

--

Marca:
>>4541165
The people led astray are approached by the most holy order, they would repent for their heresy and wish to walk the path of rigtheousness once more, and they would be rewarded for their wisdom. There are a few who refuse and run away to Fraternitas, but the sect in our lands is no more.
While figuring out how to make armor, a problem had arisen, plate armor is fitted to it's wearer, it's not like a shirt that molds itself to your body. This would make each set of Mythril plate fit only the select few people who match who it's designed for, it can never be reforged to fit anyone else. But... shirt, if only there was a way to make a metal shirt, it would be able to fit basically any person yet also be extremely strong.
>>
Meow:
>>4541268
The tar mine is improved, though a lot of it is about getting a container that doesn't leak flammable tar onto the workers. As for the iron bog, nobody expected to find iron in a swamp, but after gathering it up and making a local bloomery to make it into more compact pieces, they are transfered over to Jabon all the same.
While reforming for a more mobile warfare, the veterans from the Conclave war take to it surprisingly quickly, they say they're basically copying their foe, the Wolfkin. Some troops even try our the equipment captured from them, making note of the sandals that can run over mud and the shield which is light yet very effective.
Towers are made dotting our side of the ravine, ready to lend it's aid in sending the beast plunging into it. It will aid in the upcoming battle.

Event: Up from above! A ship has been snatched by a massive eagle, it's wreck is found later, shattered upon the rocks of a shore with no survivors in sight, the goods have been damaged but most were in recoverable condition.

--

UFC:
>>4541298
To say the Chryssalis is a complicated spell would be an understatement. To be able to reform the body is a complicated task. It currently requires several mages by the person's side and several uses to complete the transformation. But it does allow one to fully transition in time.
The new recruits are taking some time to train, due to the FBI being so busy elsewhere, but the increase of staff and budget does mean we get to poke around, and we have noticed something strange. Kistune mages are disappearing, allegedly they're traveling out, but there's so many doing it.

--

Durmaign:
>>4541310
A smaller sun is a more focused sun, it serves to warm the earth, but the surrounding cold is an issue, perhaps it'd work better underground, or inside.
The improvement in yields allow the miniatue sun to shine brightly enough to allow farming even on these frozen lands.

--

Amelia:

The dryads have decided to make a port, with which they may trade and also take in further dryads to the motherland. The city gets a flood of new dryads, growing to become quite bustling. In fact, it becomes so full of life that in order to accomodate them all, it has to redo all it's street layouts. Amelia is now a Metropolis.
>>
War of the Black Forest:
>>4540821
>>4541076
>>4541298
As the Shogunists and refugees flee across the border they find a safe haven in the Kingdom of Eden (where they would just be put into camps, enslaved or killed), Marca and some even in Mezentia. With that said and done. The statues would finally rip their way trough the wooden wall which were the volunteer navy managing to land on Outer Sea beaches. The volunteers would then choose to pursue the statues inland.

Sadly for the Statues their forces would be too slow in fighting their way down south and Council troops trough constant bloody battle would retake their holy forests and though the land was retaken Yuukiist insurgents would continue waging guerilla warfare against the "invaders". As many wolfkin as possible are captured alive though reigning in Tomoko is hard at times and she even moreso feels justified in her ways as many of the captured troops are being freed on mass by the opposing guerilla forces.

Shaalin is conquered though the battle is not an easy fought especially if the statues wished to preserve their peaceful image. New Eden would declare neutrality thus basically declaring that whoever wins the civil war is unimportant to them. They merely wish to avoid bloodshed. After their arrival at Shaalin to confront the statues many Fraternitan volunteers would encounter the fleeing refugees learning of what happened at Yagari Mori... with mutiny afoot and many soldiers fleeing to Marca and deserting the attack would be postponed until the army could reorganize.

The Fraternitan spies robbing the archives goes moderately well as it is not expected. The Fraternitan state can spend two action to get Wolfkin soul magic. Sadly only little knowledge is lost from the enemy due to an extensive tradition of oral history among Wolfkin. Though some old Conclave documents on math are now lost forever.

--

War of the Beast:
>>4541268
With the ravine still far away, the soldiers decide to go for the longest term of the parts, the zombies. Taking the most spore carrying zombies and tricking the beast into consuming them, it at first appears to do nothing, but as it continues it seems to be getting a bit sluggish. This will benefit us when the battle of the ravine comes.

[End of Updates]
>>
>>4541431

This ash had properties that counteracted magic, and #4 hinted strongly that an event in the past may have caused the ash to develop these properties due to weapons of a sort used in an ancient battle.

While we will certainly never again get any coal from this mine, we could perhaps obtain something else from it to counter magic in the remains of the tunnels, though we make sure to leave the bodies in the mausoleum alone for that place is sacred.

Action 1: Search for the source of antimagic in the coal mine, now that the fires have gone out.
There has to be some good reason the ash did what it did, and we will find it out.

Anyone going in there is forbidden to bring fire and made to consume animals with nightvision instead.

Action 2: Construct the city of Rawl, along the road between Rahak and Rahhnus

It is high time to construct a new city

While our population has bloomed since Rahak rose to the size of a metropolis the loss of Raleth to malinas hellfire was still a serious loss, and so will be replaced now.
We will need plenty of men for any upcoming conflict
>>
>>4541430
1. The Hounds are sent to root out the cult presence in the harbor. Cut off their ties to trade and prevent them from smuggling in something dangerous.
2. Torus and his followers preach the new faith. They seek those afflicted with nightmares and who saw the horrors of the war to help teach them to meditate and to quiet their troubled mind and soul.
>>
File: Statue.jpg (109 KB, 774x1032)
109 KB
109 KB JPG
>Action 1: Hero Action (The Arbiter)
The Arbiter is a mysterious figure among the Cult. He rarely shows his face, living a life of isolation and only occasionally demonstrating his power to the public. It wasn't until he was called in by the Academy of War for a status report on the up and coming war mages that he would demonstrate his excellence publicly for the first time in ages. Having been particularly excited to see the musclebound students which he had helped to influence years ago, he was devastated to find that their progress was far behind his at their age. After a stern lecture on discipline and a life dedication to perfection of Ithempeli's gifts, he would demand the Academy's eyes on him as he demonstrated what was truly possible. The Arbiter would take a deep breathe, collecting his focus before entering a Kiba Dachi (Straddle Stance), resembling a mountain in his sturdy, sumo-like stance. He'd slam his muscular forearms into the earth, shooting out a shock wave which rapidly and destructively sunk the earth into an almost perfectly rectangular pit large enough to entrap a small army.
>>
>Action 2: Cultural Action (The Brothers Tale)
A new play takes the grand Ithempelian Stages illustrating the tragedy of the three blacksmiths sons. The three brothers had never been all too close in the past and do not communicate too often with each other, sharing their home, tools, and stories, but rarely truly bonding or cooperating.The story depicts the brothers living in a village run by an arrogant gang lord whose followers worship him. The warlord was a bloodthirsty villain who once per month would enter the village and cut down a citizen at random, taking all they have to further empower his next random attack. On one unfortunate day the father of three sons is selected as he warlords victims and the three brothers are left supply less, only possessing the workshop they called home. When the news reaches the brothers none of them grieve, instead choosing their own paths in silence.
The youngest brother is overcome with rage and works himself to exhaustion producing a mighty blade which could sunder any armor. Despite his condition the youngest has never viewed his brothers as dependable and so attempts the battle on his own, meeting his end despite his hard work.
The middle child similarly slaves away, working towards a fine pair of armor which could resist any blade. He completes his goal and is thoroughly exhausted, only halting once the news of his younger brothers death reaches him. Attempting to learn from his mistake, he reaches out to the eldest and begs that he take up arms and assists the middle child so that they may end the tyranny of the War Lord and avenge their father. The Eldest refuses and the middle child is thus forced to try his hand against the warlord. Although his armor is great, his exhaustion left him no match to the War Lord now wielding the youngest brothers blade.
Though the news of his brothers deaths devastates the eldest dearly, he justifies his refusal by declaring that the brothers had made the problem for themselves and that it was a problem that did not directly concern the eldest. Some days later the Gang Lord arrives at the Eldest brothers forge wielding the middle child's armor and the youngest child's blade. He stands in the defenseless brothers doorway wielding his masterwork equipment and speaks to the eldest "Here I stand before you, the richest and mightiest of all men, yet I wield no more than what you once refused. I wield the brotherhood you rejected in your arrogance and apathy." The War Lord cuts down the brother without another word, marching into his home and claiming it. The villain then slowly turns to face the audience directly, ominously stating "And the next will be you".

The story is meant to be a lesson about the importance of cooperation and brotherhood, even when in disagreement as well as an allegory about the spread of Shogunate's influence and imperialism.
>>
The High Council is back in Shiroi Mori, but Tomoko, Moriko and Miho are rearing to go out and deal with Blackblade, but do see value in managing the nation. So, first things first, the Yuukaist, or perhaps better called, the Blackblade Heresy, it stems from ignorance, this will need to be rectified. But this war also showed weaknesses in our equipment, our shields are relatively cheap, but there's still wasted material. Moriko thinks she can improve it. Furthermore, out War Javelins simply cannot handle the full force we're throwing them at, or at least the wood part doesn't, so it's time to upgrade them.

Action 1: Preach the truth of Yuuka Daikyo, High Druid of Earth.
Sagas and songs will be made to inform that Yuuka didn't sacrifice just her body, she also sacrificed her soul. When the brightest day was followed by the blackest night, that was when Yuuka sacrificed her soul after her body had burnt out. Furthermore, Tsuyoi also made a sacrifice, to bridge the gap left by Yuuka, Yuuka is not the sole sacrifice. There is nothing of these two left, Blackblade could never be anything more than a copy of Yuuka. Yet it turned out she wasn't even that, she was only as much Yuuka as was necessary to bypass the High Council.

Action 2: Invent derived technology: Kite Shields from Round Shield (1/2).
The teardrop shape of the kite shield is more efficient for a single soldier than the round shield we have, and thus we can thicken the shield yet retain the same weight. Though we can no longer fit the center grip of old, and will have to figure out a solution to that problem.

Action 3: Invent derived technology: War Dart from War Javelin (1/2).
Our War javelins simply cannot handle the force we throw with, especially the wooden part, but making a heavier shaft means they travel shorter and we can carry less. So we shall redesign it to be a war dart, only suitable for throwing, it shall be made at least half of iron, to withstand the force at which it's thrown.

War Post: Smash Blackblade.
Javelin army shall join up with Shield and Sabre army, making up Wolfkin Army.
Wolfkin army will surround and then assault the warrior tribe where Blackblade is hiding, our best warriors will be trying to shatter and smash Blackblade, so we no longer have anyone tarnishing Yuuka's legacy.
Wolfkin that are caught will only be put under wergeld, but statues will have blodgeld, they will all be destroyed with extreme prejudice. They are unbidden, they have violated Yuuka's legacy and they have led our Wolfkin astray so they can use them in a war against Arcadia.
>>
>>4541430
Actions:
>2x - The crimson night
The Arcadian sect burns with a vengeful passion having watched their members mutilated and ashamed, and the invasion of Boveria. Yet their vengeance is not due to perceived injustice, rather out of their envy. The Arcadians have been free to shed blood as they see fit. Why then? Why can't they join in the carnage? They continued to stalk in the shadows even as the dogs sniffed them out and dragged them into the light's justice. Frustratingly they only looked on at their hunters enjoying what they were denied... until now.

From Reuvi a number of the sect make their way to the Borevian shores of the inner sea and make camp there, far away from the shifted borders. At night, they engage in the Shedding ritual and the emerging Abysians slip off into the inner sea where they dwell in waiting.

Meanwhile the entire Arcadian sect prepare themselves for the ordeal to come. One night the cultists of Oruganrest slip out of their shelters and make way to Arcadia. As they enter they waste now time on tact or guile, instead bursting into mad song and screams as they run through the streets. They laugh in glee and shout thanks to their master, offering him the suffering of those they butcher under the night sky. Some, perhaps less fortunate souls, are caught and dragged to overseers, where their blood is drawn and used to drive them mad as well so that they too may enjoy the fray.

Meanwhile as the mortal flesh revels in the bloodshed, the nightmares of the depths waddle out from the inner sea and unto the shore of Arcadia. Unlike their crazed mortal counterparts, the abysians stalk into the streets to torment those they come across, but most storm the home of the mages. The Abysians assault the university from outside, while the converted magi cause further havoc from within.

Though they are ultimately no match for the combined might of the Arcadian military, the cult cared not. They enjoyed themselves to the fullest, unleashing all their pent up desire at long last in a final burst of murderous euphoria. As the sun would rise, not a single cultist would remain but the town would be stained red and the night would be forever burned into the psyche of the Arcadian public as the Crimson Night.
>>
1 Action: Construction on a massive Silken Tapestry is undertaken depicting the battle between Zephyr and Leviathan, using the Dark green plants to make Zephyr, and Lapis to depict the Leviathan, and to a lesser extent the supposed whale of dreams being made up of a lighter blue lower and beside the Leviathan. Each of the primordial beasts are adorned in a gold imported from the Imperii. Beautiful waves, of blue silk, a dark silken skies using iron powder, ground from the raw iron from the BFT. The end of it all being the agreement between the elves and the two great primordial beasts. The information of it comes from what Vance Oak could find in historical records and his own knowledge of ancient tales. The Silken work is adorned in a great hall for all to see it being put in a great marble hall within the city for all to see it. (Build a temple). The other thing that is done is to create a Theater within the lands, something to allow great writers shine.

1 Action: Begin developing the first branch of heat magic, Instantaneous heating. This branch allows for metals to get super heated for upwards of half a minute to a red hot temperature appropriate to the material. During this time, the material does not melt but remains super heated. The intent of this is to be able to slice or more thoroughly damage armored beings and if areas be heavily wooden, to just cause things to catch fire from the intense heat coming from the metal.

Diplomacy: Seeing as the city of Vance is a few weeks travel from Venaquitis, a new Captain is assigned there, them being the head of the lovely hood of people that are in the new land. His job being to make sure that the needs of the people there are met and to report back once every year bare minimum to assist in determining policies and actions that the nation as a whole should take, as well as act as the voice of the people in the new city. This is Captain Karnili Tyrune Rex, and she is to act as the voice of Vance. Along side her, several others that are hard working and loyal are given increases in rank to be among the low and general nobility for their hard work in the new land.
>>
>>4541430
1.
New Spell Water Bending Branch
>Hydropodos - The Lo-hai forms a bubble of water around themselves which they quickly spin, whipping the water over the ground, and moving themselves in the direction the wish, ideally this will speed the deployment of Lo-hai in the field, and aid their mobility during the battle. Many take to using their water shades as the Hydropodos.

2.
>Help Fucking Kill The Monster/ Work on Magical Circuitry.

The call to action has been granted, and a frenzied chittering floods from Fhl'hldr, the denizens and Stone Lord's using the river to speed their response to their eastern allies, while they move toward the fort near Holangi to prepare. A great many lengths of chain are prepared for longer than normal cleave-chains, while back home, Un'kltn attempts to run a magical current through water with a length of chain.
>>
>>4541431

Further work would be done upon this sort of stone, which would start to gain a name among those who worked upon the material, Caementicium, and this name would stick. Regardless, at the moment the most important bit of work on the material at the moment is simply the work on making the production of such a material capable on a larger scale. For a mixture that worked was found, and all that was really needed was a perfection of this mixture and a way to make plenty of the material. Regardless, given it's properties, much in the way of beautiful architecture and aesthetics could be formed with ease just by setting it in the right shape, making what would take days to carve only take hours. The usefulness of this material and how it could revolutionize Architecture were only now being realized, and, with it, a realization would come in. Not only will this material allow the future work of the Imperii to be greater than ever, but it will allow much more in the way of construction, both above and below ground, to be done.

Naturally, a key part of this revelation would be simply to find new ways of using this material for all the benefits it has, looking for ways to better improve architecture in ways that were unable
and impossible to do earlier. Of course, this work and 'experimentation' would start at a small scale, with only a few buildings being constructed, only growing in number as the work on Caementicium continued and the process of making the stuff became faster and easier. Regardless, the best architectural minds would be swift to utilize this to their best advantage and, ideally, make the Imperii have the most impressive cities and buildings in the world. In fact, one could say this was the start of an architectural revolution, but even so, the work was still in it's early stages, and would likely only grow to it's true and full potential once Caementicium was finished.

Lastly, as a result from the work on how water works, a curios invention of yet another musical instrument would come to be. The Hydraulis. As of late, musical instruments with moderate complexity seemed to be growing in traction, what with the Organistrum and it's curios method of working. Regardless, the Hydraulis was something that wasn't really able to be moved around too easily, and as such usually would either be used by moderately sized bands of musicians who would have a carriage to carry the thing, or simply by nobility to either play themselves or have someone else play, potentially along side others.

>Action One. Caementicium work finishes.

>Action Two. Architecture.

>Action Three. Hydraulis
>>
>>4541431

>Action 1 & 2: Military Reform
For the history of our nation the military consisted of a loosely organized group of men-at-arms. In Upper Marca it was men with no other choice but to join the military in order for a bed to sleep and food to eat. In Lower Marca it was men impressed into service, with their families left behind duly compensated for their lost household member, and doubly so should they not return.

Now, a total reorganization is warranted. A professional army is the route to go, with the rank-and-file being made of career soldiers, not some impressed peasantry. The forts in the cities and countrysides will double as training grounds for new recruits.

Units are organized in a pyramid scheme. The head of the army is the general, each army consisting of groups, or 'hopurs' in Marcan. These groups are several thousand men in size, and can be easily transferred from one army to another, allowing for greater macro-flexibility in terms of organization.

For the time being, these soldiers are only equipped with basic, although extremely well made steel swords, spears, and armor. Mythril will be preserved for a more important group of individuals.
>>
>War Actions

>The People's Army + Ithempeli Reinforcements
News of the Capitols takeover reaches the peoples army just as Shaanlin falls into Yuukaist hands. The Ithempeli reinforcement no longer face the stalling UFC and have made their way down south to meet the army. Yanagi Mori is no longer of much concern to them as the Menzentian and Marcan forces can be expected to take the land shortly.
Instead the two armies group up and head on their way to retake two cities of the capitol provinces. In their meet up, Yuuka is delivered the sacred Zlon Heat Blade. Now her adrenaline enchantment and thick stone skin act as her defense while her obsidian blade can cut through weak hordes like butter and her heat blade can sunder even the most durable of foes. Though Yuuka possesses some attachment to the Wolfkin among her ranks, the Ithempeli do not and prioritize Yuukas defense.

>The Navy
They are informed of Menzentia and Marca officially joining the war and to allow passage. Keep on keeping on.
>>
>>4541432
Action1 The FBI Expands its internal Counterintelligence network and raid shogun supporting agents and spies, to prevent our secrets from being stolen.
With the strange behavior of kitsune mages and memories of the shogun's spies still in the FBI’s minds, they start having the mages watched, followed, and their homes discretely Searched. If proof of shogun connection is found, they are marked for later action, allowing them to take bad info to their handlers so that we can take the whole spy ring down at once.

Action 2: The FBI would be expanded again, this time to act as protectors of the nation's secrets it’s spells, lore, and dangerous truths
With the worrying reports of potential spying, FBI agents would begin tightening its security in the spell development areas to keep the nation's magic safe from foreign agents. They would ask the Vampire community to aid them in protecting the spells and provide them with basic needs. At the port’s agents are embedded to act as eyes and ears of the nation, in the trade roads agents are embedded to keep an I on persons of interest that might be a threat. A vast network of information gathering and reporting has become even better.

War post:
Volunteer Force, with the ships lost and on land, the Fraternian Forces are rallied by the general telling them what the BFT leaders had told him he says that what happened to those civvies was a tragedy, he would then say what has happened to the whole BFT is a tragedy and that it not them then who will fight to make things right. The government has promised that the person responsible has been found and handled. He would then tell his mean to rest and dig in they would be here for some time reorganizing.

The FBI, with the walls closing in, and the situation beginning to turn dire, more sabotage and undermining of the enemy forces would continue that is until word of Hiro’s return and the warning he sent to the UFC would reach them the elite of the elite the FBI have in the field would be tasked with getting this information to the UFC government as quickly as possible, no half measures nothing is off the table, that info must make it. For the rest of the FBI agents in the nation, while they continued the fight they began securing means of escape for them and the volunteer forces.
>>
1.
Improve the outer walls of the city.

2.
Rebuild the burned district and turn it into workshops.
>>
>>4541432
1 and 2.
>Invent mini sun powered greenhouse
By making a closed environment around the mini sun we can tailor the climate to match whatever crop we need to grow.
>>
File: Turn 34.png (2.55 MB, 2048x2570)
2.55 MB
2.55 MB PNG
Imperii
>>4542386
The Cement would certainly, be a useful andi nteresting find. Useful for building too. One od detail architects would find is that mixing in volvanic ash would seem to work wonders on making it more durable. they recommend looking for a volcano and importing said ash if a project built is meant to truly least millenia and be truly grand. Though they do assure the Empress that the cement as it is is good for building as is.

Architecture is slowly being developped adding complexity to structures and trough mathematics and calculations allowing them to become bigger. The new instrument is developped and with both a trend in architecture and cement newly aviable an idea arises… what about instruments so grand you build an entire building arround them to maximise how b eautiful they sound? As such the first organs are created in a temple to Kyuu they are built into the walls and the instruments complex pipery streatches trough the very walls with the interrior designed to perfectly echo and amplify the soudns of the instrument. To a peasant coming from the styx this show of beauty would seem near divine itself.

EVENT: Orsinis… right that colony Orsinis created a few deca… centuries back… by the Empresses 4th daughter… you know the explorer one. The one that explored new lands and founded Orsinis, yes… a weird feeling of Deja Vu sweeps the nation and in fact big portions of the world. The City always contained a hellstone mine and at the height of the Borevian nation had good relations with Temnevi to the point of containing a Borevian bank.

Impetheli
>>4541893
The arbiter would indeed be an impressive specimen. A large man with impressive magical power, one problem? He would be not as deceptive as other Ithempeli his streangth would come with an unusual strightforwardness.

The play becomes a great hit among the Ithempeli, though many interpret it in various ways. Some think it’s the evil of the BFT council. Some think it’s about people not cooperating during the great tragedy which was the Ash Fall. Some indeed get it’s about the Shogun. Still the nation is as one and they feel more connected by the play.

THING: Waves would crash into Hospitality and with them Shorino would arrive the City and surrounding are would be raided and statues destroyed on mass. As soon as they went in they would be out leaving only death and stone tablets with a message “Dear statues, you have meddled in the internal conflict of our subject. The subject was ours and we wished for them to handle it themselves. You shall leave immediatelly if any of your troops are spotten in said land we will see ourselves forced to make you another subject of the Shogun.”
>>
Shell Land
>>4542227
Hydropodos… that is an odd and interesting spell. Though while in theory it is perfect in praxis, much less so. Why? Dizzyness. Any Lo-Hai utilising the spell would find themselves dizzy and disoriented or loosing controll of their speed causing them to throw up. Some method of using the spell safely is needed.

The Lo-Hai prepare their trap. They lay in ambush coordinating with the Meoswilans and Telrac, but it is clear the monster is still too far for it to be killed.


Durmaign
>>4542678
The experiment is sucessful now all types of plants can be grown locally. Now only remains putting the spell into use and building greenhouses. (farms)

Marca
>>4542431
The first Grand Marcan Military reform goes well and the army is reoganised and developped. 3 main wings of the army are created. The Upper Tanks who are heavy infantry specialising in halberds and thick steel armor their goal is to controll the enemy and to stop their advance breaking their momentum. Then the Lower Cossacks, who are a force of light cavalry meant to outrun encircle and hit the enemy when in hit and run tactics as well as horseback archery. The United Hussars would be the 3rd formation, an elite unit equippedi n Mythrill armor and with the best horses the nation has to offer they would be the pride of the nation. Still the Marcan army lags behind other nations, the United Hussars need special stables to breed better war-steeds and the Upper tnaks and Lower Cossacks are both military formations infferior to neighbouring ones being unable to deal with magic and frankly lacking firepower. The nation also lacks any siege engines.

Seland
>>4542170
The Tapestry is created and hung in a theater the depicted battle reinforces the local religion, a theater is also constructed, but it is less impressive. The Tapestry is truly a marvel to behold so much so it is considered a shame that the church it is hung is in so plain. Your people wish for a grand cathedral with would emphacize the beauty of this piece like a frame does to a painting.

The development goes well, no issues are encountered yet 1/2.
>>
Arcadia
>>4541750
The hounds comming to the harbor is a good call… but none could have expected to happen what would… (read response to Waking Order)

The spread of the new faith goes well and many Arcadians catch onto it though many still remain Atheists and another problem which emerges is religious syncretism. Due to the teachings of said faith it is not strictly exclusive with other religions. Especially after the Red Night many people still hold on to their nightmare Effigies hiding them in cubbords and closets so the state won’t notice. I mean just in case, right?

ODD OCCURENCE: Auron men stand in front of the border they wish to talk. After being allowed to do so they wait 2 weeks and enter Arcadia paying the guards the “entrance fee”. They are converts to the Arcadian Faith… but they are dying. The teachings of the faith spoke to them and they wish to embrace it, but their meager forms would show it they were dying. Aurons apparently need to give sacrifices of wealth and prayers to Prius to survive otherwise they cannot really gain mana in any other way. They wish to ask the Arcadians for help.


BFT
>>4542095
Within your territory the preaching goes well, but your words are rejected by many Yuukaists as they belive that due to the Council waging war on Yuuka the Council is merely trying to discredit the saint. Still the prophaganda helps the Council get the unconvinced on their side.

The new type of shield and dart is being worked on.


Versani
>>4542664
The outer district is created and the walls of the city made even grander than before sucessfully.

EVENT: A minor earthquake shakes the land collapsing parts of the underground complex.

Fraternitas
>>4542628
No real connection can be found the tailing of kitsune mages results in the FBI merely noticing that at some point they just sometimes disappear. pack up their things and leave, there seems to be no real way to tell how and when it will happen. On the other hand the kitsune community is getting worried about the additional surveilence dedicated to them. they feel targetted.
>>
Fraternitas
>>4542628

Still one strategy works… and that is plainly stopping every Kitsune they notice from leaving the nation. After interrogation some are deemed innocent, but a lot are caught and after sufficient torture admitt to their plan to msuggle out information. The FBI has done this only sporadically at a few birder stops, they are now requesting permission from the state to be able to stop all Kitsune from leaving the nation.

EVENT: Thistle Whitepaw seems to have become depressed after finding out her son has passed as a volounteer in the BFT Civil War. Soon things became too much and the martial artist would have been found having commited suicide. Trough a period of mourning people would pray trough her soul and on a fateful night a new swar would appear in the sky and out of an aurora borealis centipedes would emerge informing the Fraternitans that Thistle has become a minor deity, her soul watching over them forever. The priests of the Celestial Family would also get vissions of this happening.

THING: The destruction of the capital. A spy from the north would arrive warning of the inevietable. The Shoguns army is comming to raid the coasts. The Fraternitan Army would be sent to secure the coasts, but before they would be able to react a fleet of ships would arrive, bringing the waves with them. As the waves would crash into the walls of Ava’s Landing the walls would be dsintengrated using earth magic. The City would be obliterated as fireballs lightning strikes and ice magic would destroy everything in their path. The Miko and osldiers would leave the ships and black bronze in hand would loot whatever remained. Stone tablets would be left saying: “This is a warnign for interfering in internal troubbles of our subject. If any Mud forces are spotted fighting in the BFT, we will be forced to make Mud our subject.” With the Governament killed and capital destroyed Fraternitas would find itself in state of anarchy as no city exists big enough to be a temporary capital.

Travalhalla
>>4541673
Further research would reveal that the ash would specifically pull magic out of golems, the effect being much smaller on anything else. The inspection of the source would once again lead to the mausoleum where it would ben oted that the powerful fire melted.

The new city is created becomming a new hub for poppulation to gather and trade to thrive, though the nation still produces an equivalent amount of food. Which means no rapid growth in poppulation.

EVENT: There must be something to their divinity. Artists in travalhalla trough divine inspiration would start creating statues of ithempeli which then magically would spring to life. There is tru divinity to them true divine divinity! Large amounts of Ithempeli. ithempeli worship soon becomes common among Taurs as many also realise that it might be easier to gain redemption from a deity with which they can talk in person with. They would no see the word of the ithempeli divine order
>>
Waking Order
>>4542112
Nighty night my the moon’s light bring crimson blight. it’s red light shining anything, but bright. Let us recreate the darkest night bring death and destruction the trough a lovely fight.

The cult goes on a murderous rampage lasting many nights untill all of them are hunted down leaving the arcadian nation bloodied. Though as a consolation the coult would be gone for goood, no matter how much the Hounds would look nothing would be found… though few know if after a rampage like this they would ever stop looking. Curiously enough in their rampage the cultists would often ignore those paying tribute to effigies to their god… reinforcing the idea that the tiny home-temples work.

Many towns would be completelly burned down and ogutanrest and Arcadia would both sustain substantial damage.

EVENT: A plague ravages your people… among your cutists it errupted out of nowhere… how did it come to be? Well one who was unworthy attempted to ascend into a nightmare instead of ascending only parts of his flesh transformed with his mind becomming blank. The infected become mindless monsters stalking the night infecting others trough bites. It seems only true nightmares are immune the disease is spreading everywhere where cult activity exists. Disease Present in: Borevia, Mezentia, Megalonodate of Cuvier and Fraternitas/Mud


CUVIER SPLITS:
For centuries now Cuvier has been neighbouring two supperior cultures taking on their customs and traditions the northern and osuthern portions of the nations would slowly drift appart. The North and Diamond Island would form the Megalonodate of Cuvier, an authoritarian state ruled by a Megalodon a Hitler-style führer ruling with an iron fist. Their uclture would be a mix of Borevian naval and corporate culture mixed with Travalhallan Military culture. The megalodon would have the Diamond guard guarding him after permitting the exiled Diamond islanders to return. In the South the Miyagi-Sealund Union would fomr instead. Being a parliamentary republic it would mimic mostly Fraternitan but also to some extent Mezentian culture. The nation would be ruled by a President and would be a democracy.
>>
CUVIER SPLITS:
For centuries now Cuvier has been neighbouring two supperior cultures taking on their customs and traditions the northern and osuthern portions of the nations would slowly drift appart. The North and Diamond Island would form the Megalonodate of Cuvier, an authoritarian state ruled by a Megalodon a Hitler-style führer ruling with an iron fist. Their uclture would be a mix of Borevian naval and corporate culture mixed with Travalhallan Military culture. The megalodon would have the Diamond guard guarding him after permitting the exiled Diamond islanders to return. In the South the Miyagi-Sealund Union would fomr instead. Being a parliamentary republic it would mimic mostly Fraternitan but also to some extent Mezentian culture. The nation would be ruled by a President and would be a democracy.

BFT CIVIL WAR
This turn two major battle would take place The first would be the Battle of the Shaalin Crussing. beyond the Shaalin river UFC troops and some Brownhair Council Loyalists would organize. Wishing to use the river as a strategic point to stop the Statues from crossing. The battle would be hardfought as Statues would both try to plainly walk trough the river only to be stopped by giant logs being released upstream and by creating stone bridges using magic over it which would slowly be chipped away by enemy projectiles. The last portion of the battle would be a contest of shield pushing as the Council alligned troops would try to bottlenack the enemy on their own bridges, but the Statues would keep expanding their bridge in widths eventually forcing the UFC commander to order a retreat or risk encirclement. The UFC troops would split with a majority feeing to arcadia and some deciding to continue fighting and remaining with the brownhairs. (in Arcadia the UFC troops would arrive to the Crimson Night helping fight the cultists)

The 2nd major battle would be the battle of Fort Shiori. In the battle of forst Shiori the 3 consolidated Wolfkin armies would attempt an assault on the fort, which is merely a set of moats riddled with traps not a true stone-fort. The battle would devolve into a grindfest as the deffenders would continue stalling the attackers who would need to devote troops to be stopping Mezentians trying to break the siege. The Mezentians would use fire magic in an unorthodox way, heat your body up so high that metal melts uppon touch burning trough wolfkin equipment and allowing them to slowly advance into wolfkin ranks who would wuickly return to using stone and bone weapons as those would at least hit though the number of those would be low.
>>
A turning point in the battle would be the near assasination of Yuuka as a BFT spearhead sipped their way for the center of the fort, spears would ripp off one of Yuuka’s arms, and leave a hole in her head and heard… sadly Golems do not posess standard biology and Yuuka would survive the attack even if she would be incapacitated (needs an action to fix so minimum 3 turns). The battle would end as the statues would arrive from the north threattening an encirclement in tandem with the mezentians forcing the Council Loyalists to retreat to retreat to Masubayashi. Where they would sucesfully stop the Statues and Mezentians from taking the city beating back their assault stopping them from making further advances.

Meanwhile UFC spies would keep assasinating Yuukiists.
>>
>>4542772
1.
>Continue School Of Magical Circuitry research (2/3)

While Un'kltn still has yet to complete his arcane language via which to control the magical effects of the devices, however the capability to carry and transport a charge to another being still dwell within the realm of possibility. For the Lo-hai stationed to aid with the efforts of killing the beast are sent the heroes simple prototypes, an altered set of cleave chains with an electrum wire twinned through it. The intent is to have the creature become coated in water, and once enough cleave chains are sunk into its flesh, attempt to run magical current through the chains and shock the beast.

2.
>New Spell
>Hydropodos Tutamen

The motion sickness of the first Hydropodos made the spell almost worthless, until a minor alteration is done, the innermost layer of the sphere is frozen, providing a solid cabin of ice, albeit cramped. Not only is the motion sickness reduced, but the shell of ice does provide a modicum of protection, albeit reducing top speed and visibility.
>>
>>4542778
Actions 1 and 2: The Wartrance (second and third action into the wartrance, completing the project)

The state of mind, the dominance over the self,
Caedrel the pureblood leading the completion of this deadly tauric mental art, which truly turns a taur into the creature of war they know they can be.
Humbled by his losses and own arrogance, he wars inward, and is the very first to achieve true mastery of wartrance.

Now able to enter and exit the state at will without need of any aids of fungus or tea he soon teaches this skill to others, and the mental art spreads all across the military first with mushroom extract and tea to better teach people to enter it.

As the Tavthallan army learns the wartrance proper their threat level in combat soars, and all will learn to fear those tranquil in their rage, for none are more disciplined or skilled than the Tavthalla.

>>4541153
This post has more information on the Wartrance
>>
>>4542912
The response to these new Ithempeli is mixed in Tavthalla, religion usually seen as something best to prevent being properly organised due to how dangerously opinionated and violent Taurs can get

Regardless it is admitted that this is a divine event, and that the gods must not be scorned by killing their messengers, these rather beautiful living marble statues.

It does however cause the Monarchy and Military to agree on something, these foreign influences need to stop.

Mezentian culture spread like a plague of pacifism, the deeptaur have become undisciplined, and foreign gods are worshipped now in the forms of the Ithempeli, Megalodon and Uesugi in some parts, and even in the very heart of the nation Xalteis himself worships the twin suns and the moon pantheon.

Debate, combat rage, but it is decided soon what will be done to combat reunite the Tavthalla and indeed all Taurs soon...
>>
>>4542776
1. Repair the harbor and the copper mine.
2. While after the events known as the Waking War and the Dreaming War the population is fairly split on the idea of helping them, or declaring that being Borevian is a sin worthy of death, it is decided that we shouldn't descend to that level of barbarism yet. We have seen enough death in the recent years. However, the spite still holds and holds strong against the cruel gods that desire fear and obedience. With the desire for at least one bright spot in this clusterfuck of blood and destruction Torus leads the charge in freeing the Aurons from their cruel master.

The first thing is to inform the Aurons that if they touch a non-sapient golem they are paying a massive fee for the inconvenience of having the animal souled servant suddenly become sapient. After that it is time to leverage all the knowledge of golemancy, souls, and black bronze to find a way to alter the Aurons in a way to allow them to take in ambient mana as normal instead of being directly tied to sacrifice. The current working theory is that the use of 'special blood' can be used to temporarily lift the restrictions on the soul during a ritual to create the necessary alterations with the Arcadic specialty of golemancy. Water golems will be used to collect the blood being cleaned up all around the city, at least one dead person has to have relations to a long lost noble or king lineage, and brought in for experimentation and the final ritual.
>>
>>4543262
RP summary since I don't think the UFC posted it last turn:
The UFC will trade the spells of Diagnose, Superior Fortification, and Rejuvenation for passage through Arcadic lands and open trade.
>>
>>4543262
>>4543280
Second RP Summary:
With the approval of both governments Torus has traded the knowledge of:
School of Animation - Branch of Golemancy - Animate Golem; Create Legion Golem.
In return the Black Forest Tribes will trade the following magic:
School of Spirit Magic - Branch of Determination - Undying Soul (improved); Spirit Boost.
>>
>Action 1: Runic Spell: Mana Cannon
The Academy is inspired by the raw power displayed by the Arbiter and seeks to create a means of reproducing the wrath and might in their armies.
To this end a rune is created which would decorate a staff in smaller skirmish forces or an object much more reminiscent of cannon or battering ram in larger armies. The object would act like a wand might but for all the users in physical contact with it, allowing them to channel their magic into one overwhelming spell instead of several weaker ones.

>Action 2: Hero Action (The Arbiter [3])
The tragedy of Hospitality strikes a nerve to the Arbiter. The Ithempeli consider tragedies to be a punishment by their god for failing to act on his orders or to recognize his warnings. A booming scream of angst and rage can be heard throughout the city from his office before he would storm to the destroyed city to see the damages for himself.
Upon arriving to the location and seeing the wasted lives firsthand the trauma would evidently be too much to take, giving off another bellowing scream to shake the island as hundreds of blades (Kunai) of the fallen Ithempeli soldiers would rise up from the ground and cut through their sashes to form a storm surrounding him. He'd traverse the city, pelting buildings until they crumbled and sucking up new blades into his storm as he wandered. He'd vow that Shogunate Ships would never reach Ithempeli coasts again; He must be strong enough to stop them.

>Diplomacy: The Ga'Ga'ul have had the time to witness the lessons of the Brothers Tale. Now they must prove that they have learned from them; The First visits the the Zlon, escorted by the mighty Arbiter to request an alliance and support from their brother nation.
>>
1 Action: And seeing as the people wanted a grand church, a grand church would be supplied. Grand marble pillars, a beautiful stair case and marvelous wooden doors crafted to depict the grand ships of the Elves sailing towards each other, the outlines of each given a bronze to it, lastly being split by the two doors to separate pieces is the circular emblem of the two beasts fighting eachother and an Elf standing in the center with a piece of parchment in one, and an axe that is commonly used to fell trees for ships.

1 action: Finish the branch of Instantaneous heat
>>
The High Council is cut off, so work continues on the last projects. The Iron Tribe works on the Wardart and the other tribes work on the Kite Shield. But Miho decides to pursue a different way of discrediting Blackblade, she shall prove without a shadow of a doubt that Yuuka's sacrifice was final.

Action 1: Invent derived technology: Kite Shield from Round Shield (2/2 progress).
With the shield's shape figured out, we shall work on a grip, but it shall be a special grip. Instead of a single wooden grip, it's a series of leather straps, which could be used as a wrist mounted shield, a centergrip shield and even a long strap for when you want to stow it away on your back.

Action 2: Invent derived technology: War Dart from War Javelin (2/2 progress).
With a variety of functional designs, we shall narrow down on one which is optimal for armor piercing, as creating big wounds is the task of the sabre. Besides, the insurgents are in for a nasty surprise when these things punch through shields with enough force to hurt them.

Action 3: Invent Spirit Magic > Soul (1/2 progress).
It is time to look properly into what makes a soul, and more accurately how one can affect it. How one can mold it, construct it and read it. To be able to identify specific souls and perhaps magical bodies for our unbodied souls. Maybe with this we can further extend our soul's stay.

War Post: Hunt down the Blackblade.
We should have gotten those new recruits by now, to bolster our army numbers, so it's time to put it to use.
Javelin army splits from Wolfkin army, who becomes Shield and Sabre army.
Javelin army will go north to recapture the Radiant Spire and also cut off any escape up north for Blackblade.
Shield and Sabre army will concentrate into a southern point to break through. With Blackblade being wounded, she may try to convince the Menzentians to canonize herself in our faith. So we shall go in and stop any escape attempt down south.
If Blackblade is not destroyed, then we will hijack ships and burn the port, so the Menzentians can't resupply. The army will then sail over to Arcadia's port, handing the ships over to them as payment for trespassing before going by foot over to New Eden and taking riverboats downriver to Yanagi Mori.
>>
>>4542772
> Action 1, 2, 3 & warpost
Kill the monster The Puyangi has brought death and destruction to our lands for long enough. With all preparations done and our allies in toe it is time to throw the beast into the canyon. Then we shall push giant boulders we prepared on the sides of the canyon on top of it to hurt and immobilize it. Possibly even weaken the sides of the canyon so the sides collapse burring it.

then comes the hard part finishing it off. The joint Meoswilan, Imparii and Lo-Hai forces will start stabbing, poisoning, burning and punching the creature with Ryllhae and He Theorgso taking the lead as our strongest warriors.If anyone can finish off the beast it's those two.

if the beast somehow frees itself and continues it's rampage the joint army will see itself forced to face is the Grand Holangi fort to not let it cross the mountain. With more boulders and logs prepared to trip the best and send it again rolling into the canyon.

We need to kill it for good now.

Actions:
1. Set up more traps near the canyon. Add boulders on side etc
2. Further make sure army is trained and equipped to deal with the beast
3. Raise mode undead to feed to it and make it sicker.
>>
>>4542780

Actions:
-The mindless nightmares, simply referred to as creeps, are quite the surprise to the order. Inexplicably, numerous fools across the sects attempted to seize for themselves a prize only the master may offer as it wills. For their hubris, an affliction was unleashed that came not only at a dire cost to themselves, but their communities as well. Excellent. It doesn't take long for the order to realize Abysians are ignored by their little, lame cousins and begin the work of rounding up as many of the creeps as they can. What they catch is immediately hauled off to the inner sea, where Abysians carry them to the shores of the other nations in great nets and release them there to enjoy new hunting grounds. The only place this is not followed is Tavlon, where the creeps are swiftly hunted and exterminated due to their lack of efficiency amongst a desert tribe.

-The recent outbreak has spurred a need amongst the sect of Reuvi to further their hold on the state of Borevia. Thus far their infiltrators have managed to explain off a lot of the queer happenings around the city, but an outbreak of mindless abominations isn't as easily swept under the rug. Yet fear will either break or reinforce minds, and the soft minds of the elites are the current proving grounds for this truth. the Cult offers those that struggle to cope with what they've seen explanations and safety... should they join the order. Those that refuse to accept the order meet an untimely demise, and are replaced by more receptive minds to take charge of their predecessors positions.
>>
>>4542775
1.
>Add 2 greenhouse farms
Using the small miniature suns we will create new farms in contained environments, this should help to solve agricultural problems of the region.
2.
>Project Mobile Sun
A problem with the project is the limited mobility control we have over the miniature suns. With a few adjustments we would be able to set movement trajectory's for the miniature suns.
>>
>War Actions

>The People's Army
The People's army takes up a defensive position, holding what they have now with their seismic sense and traps. Other than volunteers, worshippers, and idealogues, the only Ithempelians remaining are Yuuka and the catgirl division who are not welcome in the cult homeland for the possibility that they may distort their image and are now official citizens of the Yuukaist front. Yuuka retreats to an inner fortification where she delivers a speech similar to jesus at Gethsemane about the pain and hardship she endured for them in burning and how she so desperately wanted to give up but she didn't for her people. In her weak state this message is sent to leaders who then retell it to the crowds.

>Ithempeli Reinforcements
The majority of Ithempelian reinforcements retreat to their homeland in compliance with Shorino's request. Even if their long term plan is not surrender it's best to regroup while they still can. Libraries are robbed of their magic literature during this march.

>The Navy
Keep on rockin, Navy.

(This one is rushed as I have a family event, forgive any laziness and assume intelligence.
>>
>>4542775

>Action 1 & 2: Military Reform

With the wealth of Marca surpassing most, the ability to pay for our own soldiers' equipment is an idea that comes most naturally. The smiths will either be privately contracted out or given a cushy job to manufacture whatever the Kings require.

During training the soldiers will be made more hardened, and disciplined. Punishments for insubordination or laziness are harshened.

A new military group is created, the Sons of Melanie. They are clad with the finest mythril armor available, with training surpassing even the Hussars. They are warrior-priests who's purpose is to defeat the enemies of and spread the true faith. The creation of the Sons of Melanie has only just begun, and their completion is far from over.
>>
1.
Keep developing and improving the model of the Scorpio machine, hoping to overall increase its durability, speed and all around effectiveness.

2.
Improve the ports and expand the fishing industry. This will increase not only our food production, but our docks capacity as well.
>>
>>4543629
>YUUKA UPDATE:
I've been alerted that Yuuka is actually incapacitated. Yanagi (The Shogunate puppet) would instead make the speech on her behalf, arguing that we must show the same dedication to her that she once showed to us.
Yuuka meanwhile is shipped off to Menzentia by Navy to recover in safety.
>>
>>4543775
>UPDATE PART 2
Just found out the libraries got burned too. The Ithempeli would instead visit the Prisoners of War camp and run off with BFT mages. These ships would take an alternative path, going the long way around Tyrant Isles to avoid the possibility of Shorino searching their ships.
>>
>>4542778
Action 1: rebuild Ava’s landing
Action 2: the throne is reestablished and the borders are closed as the queen and king must deal with the nightmare infection threat, through the use of vampires at night and the army during the day, until a treatment can be made the infected are placed in Bio Stasis pods.

>national fluff
With the Government is gone, the capital in ruin, and a nightmare virus on the loss, the Fraternian state was close to completely fading, this was unacceptable to Softpaw. After a hard deliberation, she came to the conclusion that to save Fraternitas from disintegrating the old throne must be Reformed to restore order. with her mind made up, she presses her claim as the rightful queen. GC the faithful patriot has none of it arguing they fought for a free Fraternitas, and that at this moment, the nation needed them more than ever, the argument divides the whole family as lines are drawn. With it clear that if something isn't done war will break out so a simple family vote is held with both making speeches and stating their case monarchy or republic, order or freedom. The results are crushing for GC as monarchy carries the day by a narrow margin and the RRFU is born.

after a time and because he loves his wife, he heals and accepts what has happened, but being the old patriot he is he will never quite let go of the UFC and the ideals he fought forgo. The People scared directionless, and wanting to feel safe flock to the banner of the royal family like lambs they fall in line willingly only too happy to please. Thanks to GC the nations still recall the UFC with fondness and the ideas it held are still valued, but tempered with the truth that a queen/King is always needed.

The FBI in the BFT who for years at this point had been killing and fighting in the name of the UFC would not accept what had become of their home, how could they? going to ground and disappearing between the cracks the Fraternian Oath Keepers were born, swearing that one day the republic would rise from the ash and ruin. For the Volunteers that had fought so hard and lost so much the death of the UFC was the final straw some wanted to carry on the ideals of the UFC be a force for freedom unbound by a single state, but to many had become disillusioned and only wished to return home, even if it was no longer truly theirs
>>
File: 470AC.png (2.53 MB, 2048x2570)
2.53 MB
2.53 MB PNG
>>4542825
>Lo-Hai

Work on these strange circuits to try and transport magic is a curios task, and a difficult one. How best to actually transfer magic is actually tricky, as it seems moving the stuff around, at least with what we currently have available, is impossible to do without draining a good quarter or more of the energy being transferred. For the transfer of the magic in question utilizes magic to an extent to properly move it, and some other methods attempted just make the circuits merely more storage for the magic in question rather than something that can transfer it. In short layman's terms, it's quite inefficient in it's current stage. Even so, this is much more that what was had previously, and with some refinement, the process should be made much more efficient and not so cost prohibitive from the magic side of things. Further work would also be done on the Hydropodos spell, specifically in actually making locomotion with such a process that isn't completely disorientating, discombobulating, and nauseating. As expected, the maximum speed of such a process has been reduced, and visibility is now a bit blurry, but given the mobility boost, it will undoubtedly become quite useful.

In other news, those raiders of the north once again raided a few Sealand ships...This time to mixed success, and much less of it...

>>4542912
>Tavthalla

The Wartrance is not something that any old Taur can do. For reaching such clarity with all the mixes of emotions that battle gives is, obviously difficult. Yet, there are ways to make it easier. For with proper preparation of a few herbal tea's, mushrooms, and a kind of berry, such a trance can be entered more easily than normal. Even so, it is still difficult, and requires plenty of training of one's mind to not simply succumb to any emotion. Those who properly enter this state find tranquility alongside a tempered, determined, rage. Yet one subdued, and harnessed to further a Taur's power and not be blinded by it. A band of warriors who utilize such a technique would form under the Pureblood who is the only one who can enter the trance without any sort of aid, though some others come close, and in time more will find true mastery of their minds. Still the understanding of the technique and how best to aid one in drawing it forth have made it something proper that one could learn, rather than merely a new unique idea held by at most a handful.

Despite all this though, there is a slight issue in that a number of sinkholes have formed in the capital. It's nothing that cannot be fixed, but still something that will prove to be at best a mild annoyance that needs fixing.
>>
>>4543262
>Arcadia

While the Red Night causing so much damage, and the perpetrators dealt with, it was now time to repair. The harbor in the inner sea would slowly but surely be repaired to what it once was, and the copper mine that granted the nation much in the way of bronze likewise would have work done upon it to make sure that things could turn at back to at least some normalcy. Still, much in the way of damage was left, and there was a lot to do until the red night will be naught but a nightmare long in the past. Meanwhile, the few Aurons who try and get help are fairly compliant, and while they still have their...moments. They are, compared to the rest of their kind, surprisingly intelligent. Though, admittedly, that doesn't say much. Still, an attempt to keep them from withering away is a difficult and slow process. Though considering their cruel creator desired to do this to them, it's not unexpected that such would be a arduous task. Thankfully, due to the extremely extensive knowledge Arcadia had gained through trade and their experience in golomancy, a very technical and temporary solution is made that should keep a Auron alive for a four hours... Yes, four hours...Then it needs to be done again. On the bright side, considering the work done is on the right track, if pursued, a much more effective and permanent solution could be reached...

Also of important note, it turns out the Red Night damaged the Silver Lepper colony, how we know this is due to the fairly obvious re emergence of golems turning to Silver...
>>
>>4543390
>Ithempeli

The Mana cannon, as it is strangely called, is in essence a single object capable of channeling magic, one designed to be used by multiple Ithempeli. Naturally, this is something that needs to be coordinated, and done at the same time for the proper casting and subsequent boost from the others effort to work. It's especially useful in aiding those not as experienced with the use of higher power spells, and to an extent teaching them. Other than this, the Arbiter has...not exactly taken the destruction too well, lashing out quite literally upon the ruins in rage. Yet, anger can be a tool when tempered, and the Arbiter in his rage has gained two things, greater knowledge of their limits with magical ability, which is surprisingly high, and a fierce determination forged by that same rage.

Strangely enough, it seems that some other's have caught onto the little strange idea's those sent to the south had, that being changing their form to match the wolf folk there. And, a small portion of these would make themselves somewhat similar to them. While they wouldn't change their form to be akin to one of the wolfkin, they would make their appearance feminine. The reasons for this vary, with being able to better portray specific roles in plays and theater being the most common. Though a usual defensive argument for such is simply that the varying peoples of the world differ just as they do, and simply that it is no different from any other Ithempeli who change their form. This is thankfully a small group even when compared to those down south, so it shouldn't cause too many issues.

>>4543404
>Sealand

The renovation of the church is one that makes the structure look quite a bit more grand and ornate, much more fitting for a proper place of divine worship, with much in the way of care and dedication done to turn the once bland and somewhat sorrowful structure into a true work of art. Of course, this is still merely a renovation, and the church is still small and cozy. But, a major expansion isn't needed or necessary. Still, the people who attend the church are quite pleased with the new look. Work on heating has also finalized, and how to actually instill heat is now known. All that's needed now is to find more specific use for this groundwork, though there's likely not too much that needs to be done until we have all or most of what we desire.
>>
>>4543440
>BFT

There would be much that would be worked upon by the Council. Be it new shields which were long and pointed instead of round, war darts, or even trying to look into the inner workings of the very soul. And, for the first two, there would be little to report other than such work was finished. But for the latter, some revelations of key importance would be discovered. While how one could make a soul was still beyond that of the tribes ability, what it exactly was and how to identify specific ones was not. Souls, simply speaking, were the magic heart of any living individual. Yet, it persisted after death, and would be taken or find its way elsewhere after detached from its body. Further, identifying souls can be done through simply discovering just how powerful magically the person was, along with some more minor and subtle tells. Even so, there was many more mysteries about the soul to solve.

A strange sight and sign was seen by the people of the Conclave, just outside New Eden, a golden stage would be seen, simply watching and waiting, and it didn't take long for the people of New Eden to understand what the Stag was, or what it desired. Swiftly, much of New Eden would be left abandoned, as many of its people followed, further and further away from war, and away from this land. Soon, some from Shaanlin would join, along with a myriad of minor tribes, until eventually they arrived in Tatara. And then, the stag would calmly walk to the shore, and then walk upon the water before waiting once more. The people of Tatara were quick to understand much like that of the Conclave, and they would work to disassemble the many buildings in the one and only true town of the Black Forest tribes, with their constructs converted to many makeshift ships and boats. After some long weeks, they would set the ships to water and sail, following the stag. Some ships of the Ithempeli would see such a fleet, but, whenever they tried to get close, a storm would form and surround the fleet, akin to a hurricane, but with the eye always being over the many ships. And, eventually, after many more days and nights at sea, land would be sighted, and the Stag would walk to this new land and into it, finally leaving the sight of those who it had guided... Little did the people of the Conclave know that Vivek saved their lives... For something terrible would happen...
>>
>>4543499
>Meoswilum

All effort and focus was done on naught but bringing death to the Puyangi which had brought so much death to Meoswilum. And, for this, every single last thing would be done to defeat the creature. Much more would be done to trap the ravine in the mountains to make the creature fall and get pelted by much in the way of rocks and boulders, with even the sides of the valley itself made weak so that the creature might be buried completely. Even so, merely doing this was not enough, and the military forces of Meoswilum would be given much in the way of equipment and extra drilling so that they would be better prepared for the creatures arrival. And, yet more would be done, with much more in the way of undead raised with the sole purpose of feeding the beast and poisoning it. And with all of this under way, all the Meoswilum had to do now was wait...Though this was not something they'd need to do for long.

>>4543506
>Waking Order

With such failings of those who were so close to the right path, fruits, even is somewhat spoiled, will still be found. This is no different, and these 'creeps' as the order would come to call them would be captured to the best of the order's ability, and then shipped across the inner sea to land on many shores. Of course, some places were more difficult to land in than others, what with the war going on, though even so, all the seeds would be planted, with nothing to do to them but wait for the harvest. Yet these creeps pose a curios threat to the control of Borevia for but one reason. They simply aren't something that can be easily explained away as nothing important. But the order understands this, and knows to work ahead of time to make sure they don't get any wrong idea's, and those who refuse the truth who are of importance are dealt with...Perhaps at this rate, Borevia would be nothing but a puppet front for the order?
>>
>>4543543
>Durmaign

Work on the 'greenhouses' utilizing miniature suns and enclosed warm environments to be able to overcome the harsh indifference of winter would be swift to go underway and just as swiftly are completed. Needless to say, being that the Hegemony is all but surrounded by nothing but ice, this is actually extremely important for the Hegemony, as now food doesn't need to be such a problem anymore. In fact, perhaps if enough miniature suns were to exist the entire nation could become ironically enough the capital for all food based goods. On a related note to suns, there would be further work done upon the suns in order to make them more mobile and able to better move and change direction. And all of this would be fairly easy and simple to do, though even easy things can have a big effect at times.

>>4543657
>Marca

The major military reforms have continued with an extremely radical and strange idea having come to the mind of Marca. Paying for soldiers equipment. Though, while to other nations such an action would be considered ludicrous, Marca was one of if not the best economy on the entire continent, if not world. So, unlike many others, they had the funds and will to do such a thing. Needless to say this will be of extreme importance to Marca in the future...If they ever went to war anyway. Other than the change of having the government give handouts in the form off blades, shields and armor, there also would be stricter training, and of this training the Sons of Melanie would find their way into being. The best of the best that rule all the rest, devoted to their, and Marca's faith. Though for now such an order was just forming, and was still small. But, time would fix that, and likely quite soon...It was clear Marca was not planning on being a mere foot slog for any future enemies, if such existed anyway.

>>4543718
>Versani

The Scorpio would be worked upon further, and with it, general work would be done to simply improve it in all regards. And, slowly but surely through trial and error some minor adjustments and additions would make plenty of the Scorpio a bit better. It is still quite inaccurate, and loading time hasn't increased too much, but the new design is more durable than ever before, if only because those on the research team who were in favor of the thing having greater defense won out in the arguments.
>>
>>4544211
>UFC

As swiftly as everything came to an end, a new beginning would come to the RRFU. And, the more things change the more they stay the same, with the nation still keeping the ideals of democracy alive, yet all the while keeping a monarchy. A curios combination for all to see. Still, with the fall of Ava's landing, and the old government dead, it was time to rebuild, something that was a slow, and somewhat somber process, but one that didn't take too long. And, soon enough, once more the city would stand tall, even if some other repairs are still going on. Military wise, there has been much in the way of effort to dispatch this new threat upon the shores. A very curios and strange disease, and more curios the plan to find the infected and try and cure them. Even if such hopes for a cure are likely nothing more than wishful thinking, the army and vampires do a decent job dealing with the nightmare infected, though the vampires are naturally the better of the two and annoyingly, much to the confusion and annoyance of many in the military, more of the infected are found at the north east coast...
>>
>Enman

While the civil war in the Black Forest Tribes reigned. It festered and grew. And, this only escalated as more and more fled the war, some foolishly heading to Enman in an attempt to get anywhere but the lands of the Black Forest Tribes. Eventually, the radicals grew in number, and in the south, the lynching of any and all wolfkin and suspected druids would become common place. Yet, the leaders of Enman would not expect what happened next.

They reached a critical mass, and crossed the border. The first town they burned was New Eden, the druid city deserving to be made into nothing but a memory. And yet, they were frustrated by this, with only a handful of nearby wolfkin there, their anger only grew as their bloodlust was not sated. And so, they rampaged through the Black Forest country side, until reaching Shaanlin, where the sacred forest would swiftly be overrun by sheer numbers majority of the population would be ruthlessly executed. In fact, even the Ithmpeli who were trying to leave would get caught in the crossfire, a few of them being felled, but most able to survive and leave. However, when Menzentia forces headed north, they would see these ravagers and their work. And while initially believing it to be the councils doing, would swiftly have such proven wrong.

The few survivors from Shaanlin would either flee south or flee to the west. Though, oddly, a few Iron leaf smiths would be among those who fled west, who had tried to convince some of their friends in Shaanlin to join them.

>Miyagi-Sealand Union

A fairly stormy few weeks would come to the union, with much in the way of water giving life to crops. Yet, in the northern most area's, specifically near the Miyagi tribe, some flooding would occur. It's mostly minor, but it's a bit of a bother to the Dear folk living there...

(War posts will be later, when I wake up. Important parts of them however so you don't have to wait for me is as follows. For the BFT warpost, roughly half of BFT forces were destroyed in the attempt to take out Blackblade Yuuka, and said attempt was successful, though, most of BFT is now leaving, and Menzentia are making major gains as a result. On the Meoswilum side, the beast gets killed via Meoswilums taking that quote from Khrushchev a bit too literally with the only real heavy losses being undead fed to it, with all others being moderate to light.)
>>
>>4544452
The treatment of the Aurons and further rebuilding will be put on hold for the time being as the plagues will not be allowed to fester as rebuilding efforts are needed.
1. For these nightmare zombies they are yet more proof of the Nightmare Cult's evil and their evil shall be purged without mercy. To the ruined fortresses and the western shores Legion and Light Golems are sent to hunt these creatures whatever holes they hide in. Be sure to leave none alive.
2. As for the silver blight it is decided that it is a great time to do some experiments. It is already known that the ash from the ashfall could absorb the magic from golems and absorbing the magic of the blight reversed the process. As such research will be done to mimic this process and remove the magic and possibly use it to channel another spell to transfer the energy entirely if needed.
>>
>Actions 1: Military Reform
The Arbiter simmers from his rage after weeks of patrolling the coasts when the news of Ithempeli pulling out of the war reaches him. After some much needed rest he would awake to vast chambers of mages in rest being layered in paste and in some cases pieced back together. The damages are an embarrassment to a perfectionist like him. Noting how their lack of training and their heavy robes allowed them to suffer casualties the Arbiter would order the remodeling of these returning soldiers and future soldiers into his image, a form many already had but was not the factory standard yet.
Once awoken the statues would have been stripped of the identity they had once known, much like the buzz cuts and uniforms of the US Army. The soldiers would be disciplined and drilled like none other than the Arbiters straightforward, perfectionist self could.

>Action 2: Mage Interrogation
Tragedy had been spread which is sure to please Ithempeli but what rewards do the statues receive? While they may have been forced to flee and leave the battle for control over the land to the Menzentians, the Statues have made off with BFT Mages as prisoner. Furthermore, this is not the first time the Statues are interrogating a captured group for their magical secrets; The Cultists will learn their secrets no matter what it takes.
>>
1 action: Develop the first spell in the school of heat magic and the branch of instant heat. This spell being called ‘One below smelting’ which can instantaneously heat up a piece of metal to one below melting temperatures for three seconds. It works on only small amounts and for toons if metal, such as an arrowhead or the edge of a blade. The caster is able to delay the instant heating for a max of ten seconds, allowing things like arrows to travel far before heating up several hundred degrees.

1 action: Vance Terra Oak requests to expand his private library to both assist him and the prodigy working under him. He hopes to develop his research skills further, and possibly even be able to help advance the knowledge of the nation faster.
>>
>>4544450
Action 1 and 2: Exagorá Tavthalla, the cultural restoration.

The great cultural shift begins in Tavthalla, the cowardace of the Mezentia inspired Tavthalla and the lack of discipline from the Deeptaur being eradicated by the new status quo, at long last Tavthalla returning to mainline cultural principles.

One culture, one creed, one throne, one will.
Mezentia has taught us much, but redemption does not lie in their teachings, they turned us away and scorned us once more.

Above all other things, they taught us that we do not need them, and will not bow to them.
They cast us aside and let a cult of shadows foster, and punished us and the Arcadic for trying to stop it, then meddle in wars for needless reasons to sate their repressed desire for war.

We have outgrown these fools, we are true to ourselves and our nature, but we can overcome our nature. Pacifism as an ideal is foolish beyond measure, there will always be conflict, always need to fight, but conflict is the most sacred of ways.

Redemption lies in unity. We will not, cannot be divided along cultural lines for that is the path to disaster, and so Tavthalla must be restored to it’s bonds of brotherhood.

The rage and fury at being betrayed by Mezentia grows, Exagorá Tavthalla, the great tauric unity, we differ in faith but not in brotherhood.

Varied religions are tolerated but mass following in any one god other than ephial is frowned upon, Taurs with too zealous religious beliefs is a terrible mix.

We will not be alone, in this new order, the throne guides us all, and it can guide others to redemption too, many creatures across the world are sinful and can learn our redemption, our ways.

The Mezentia inspired Taur are rid of their most troublesome aspect, their partial loyalty to Mezentia and care for their opinion, and their unwavering pacifism atrophied by the reformation.
The throne cares not about prancing about as a deer or practicing medicine, and such things are left as they are.

With this is the reemergence of the Tavthallan council, but with the royal family being restored to many of its old powers, the crown prince obtaining many of the abilities the old king had though is still only on par with the other two sections of government.

But with more legal power under the command of the crown prince, Tavthalla can do something it has not done for a long time, war.

True war, not the sort these other petty nations pretend at, a genuine war, a righteous war, no pathetic raid or founding of puppet states, but an invasion.

War is declared on Cuvier Selund, to furore and applause.

For Uesugi-Melanie, for Solaria-Halistra, for Ephial below and the moons above, and for all Taurkind and other races to rejoice at the rising of a new tauric order.
>>
>>4544664
War Post:
The Tavthallan military departs from the port of Rahak to Diamond Island and Mainland Selund.
The forces involved are armed with large amounts of reaping spears, Tavthallan Greatbows and some hallowed soldiers wielding royal guards weapons or Taurbone Greatbows, to massive effect.

This is planned not as a slaughter, but an occupation and conquest.

As indicated by the map, we declare war and state our wargoals of occupying Upper Selund and adding the population to our nation, aided in this by our general reputation as trustworthy and honourable.

We plan for a rather short war, deeptaur, more regular aquatic taur and snaketaur capable of swimming being used in our conquest, and making a defensive line to prevent reinforcements reaching the island.
While land ships from the port make to the relatively undefended land of the island and march to take it, more vessels would make break to the city.

We intend to simply make the city surrender, they should not hold out against us.

After this presumably short conflict with the island taken forces will unite at the line and march through the port up to take the city, while aquatic taur take the farms.

As stated, it is unlikely for there to be true resistance to the death, and due to our overwhelming force a quick surrender from the megalodonate should be swiftly acquired, and due to their cultural similarities to our own a relatively smooth integration of the new province.
>>
>>4544665
I think this map may be better, green are the exclusively aquatic forces.
>>
The High Council is no more. With the abandoning of the Sacred Forests, one tribe took full control and became the leader. The Kingdom of the Iron Leaf has been born, with Tomoko Tetsu as Iron King. Of course, there were plenty of talent in the High Council, so they were taken into Tomoko's court. Furthermore, having escaped the Shogun's watchful eye, she decided to go public with her religion, and the people accept as long as it doesn't impede the Sisu cultivation, as long as it doesn't include submission.
But now comes the question of what to do. Tomoko grants Miho her project of magic, as we simply cannot best our enemies by physical means alone. Though that doesn't mean we should neglect our physical means, so Elder Mikære is given the go ahead for his training project. Then comes expansion, Moriko can handle that.

Action 1: Invent Spirit Magic > Soul (2/2 Progress).
If the soul lets us use magic, then perhaps we can grant spellcasting to the mundane, perhaps even Tomoko could wield magic with this, though she has little use for it in her current position. Either way, the study of Soul may let us find a way to transplant a soul into another body, like, perhaps, an ageless golem.

Action 2: Train Conclave Spearmen (1/2 Progress).
The humble spear can stop a raging bull, the Conclave Spearmen are setup to be a full on infantry unit, armed with our shields but wielding a spear ill suited for throwing, these soldiers are meant to stop the enemy so they are then vulnerable to flanking skirmishers.

Action 3: Explore the island.
We have landed in unknown lands, it's best to ensure there are no hidden evil lurking here, know the lay of the land so we know where we're going in future projects. Who knows, maybe there's something special on this island, maybe it's more than just a fresh start.
>>
> Action 1: A gift and apology to the Shogun.
To attempt to smooth things over and to apologize to the Shogun and to have him show mercy on Eden a gift is given to him. The most valuable thing we currently have... one of the Horns of the Pulgasari. The giant horn will be dragged by land to Edens garden as we lack a ship big enough to transport it it shall be a gift to the Shogun. We also will profoundly apologize for not keeping our subject in line.

> Action 2: Consolidate land
The beast wandering trough our land has created anarchy death and destruction. The control over our very own land has lessened. We shall send in the Army lead by Sheriffs to make the land once more properly ours hunt down criminals and restore order.

> Action 3: Preserve the Pulgasari
Our necromancy is currently insufficient to awaken and control the beast. Still, we shall pump it full of spores and have our nations best necromancers make sure it's hibernating so it may not wake up. The purpose is to put the beast in a state of hibernation and preserve it's corpse from rotting so later more research can be done and it can be turned into an asset for the nation.
>>
>>4544459
Actions:

>2 x The face of the Abyss.

Finally, the pinnacle of their work here has come into fruition. The miasma of dread that has been building up as a smothering blanket over the town has started to suffocate even the mighty giant. The decay of Borevia, Arcadia's invasion, abominations in the streets, the once presumably loyal Aurons wavering and fleeing to foreign lands. How could it come to this? How could Prius forsake them after their devotions? How could Prius forsake HIM!? Slowly, the colossus begins to abstain from its offerings, even refusing to sustain itself, after all, what's the point? It is in this moment that the order realizes its opportunity.

Through its confidants the whispers creeped in. Where it seemed to wane, they seemed to only rise in vigor. They begin offering him charms to ease is shaken mind, helping him harness meaning from the mess. Eventually they adorn him with rags covered in glyphs through which it could swear it feels as if something from just beyond the shadow is gently caressing it, and though it has no skin it experiences a sensation akin to goosebumps. It is all quite frightening, and yet it begins to find comfort in its embrace. For if one makes their home in fear, what could they ever possibly be afraid of?

Finally, Ix'thula presents himself to the Colossi and offers its what it sought most. Restoration. For itself, and its country, just as Xiguras restored the herald once before. In terrifying visions it was shown all they would come to do, all they'd come to achieve, and all he simply had to offer to begin the path. Abandoning the one that forsook it, and accepting the one that embraced its broken state.

One grand night, the sect gathered around a large pit made within the Colossi's inner sanctum. Giant pots of boiling, cursed gold were poured into it until it was filled completely. Chanting filled the night sky, along with the howling cries of Borevians loyal to Prius. Their blood was drawn, and used to paint the Giant's body with large abyglyphs. Finally, the captives were suspended over the pool as the giant stepped into, and submerged itself in the gold. Nightmares crept up and willingly through themselves into the boiling concoction and for a while nothing seemed to happen. Then, large golden tendrils burst from the pool, snatching the sacrifices and even a few cultists that got too close.

From the pool rose the giant once more, but nothing like before. Its body no longer of lead, but made of cursed gold, its surface a decoration of elegant yet alien patterns with glowing glyphs engraved into its shape. The most disturbing change was its face. It was gone, only an empty hole of pure void remained in its place that devoured all light. Should anyone gaze into it long enough, they would be able to see the faces of those offered, twisted and screaming in agony. With this, the colossi was no more. Huligurath, the face of the abyss, was born.
>>
>Actions 1 & 2

Deal with the [zombies] in the inner sea port. For the time being, cease all trade with the Fraternitans.
|
Our new soldiery equipped with steel and the magic-resistance mythril should be able to nip this plague in the bud before it becomes a real problem.
>>
>>4544462
Action one: Armored skin, using body magic Biomancers are able to make skin as hard as armor while still allowing it to be as flexible as skin should be, while active a person can take sword slashes, arrow attacks, and bites without any injury

Action two: expand and adapt the Army, with the warnings of how the plague can be spread new measures are taken, pages from the Meoswilan’s a kingdom-wide lockdown was enacted, settlements are quickly walled and orders to capture infected become orders to kill infected, Master Goliaths vampirization restriction is lowered back down to any black belts under his or his disciple's study, and all vampires of military service age are asked to help turn the tide against the infected hordes. Spread throughout the armed forces to normalize vampires and ensure they can help on all fronts.
The navy in the inner sea move into action, patrolling the coast for any infected and watching the waters
using javelins to kill any swimmers they find clearing the seas of the infected.

On the civilian front, the FBI within Fraternitas would be tasked with monitoring the public and ensuring no one hides infected hoping for a cure. Those that can be taken quickly will be placed in Bio pods for future study and use but those that are too far gone are to be killed.

with the warning about water becoming known, on days where it looks like rain will come the army forces are to attack at range only and fall back into walled encampments until it passes. Following the battle plan that the queen and king had made the nation begins to move as one, to wipe out the undead threat.

>national fluff, the people are scared but have faith in the government and the goddesses to see them through
>>
>>4544450
1.
>Finish School of Magical Circuitry.

While Un'kltn still has yet to finish his arcane codex to inscribe spells upon the circuit slabs, the potential of magic power is finally realized. Now those barren lands to the west, so rich in magic may serve a use in the tyrns to come.

2.
A party of Stone Lord's arrive in Shorino, groveling before the Divine Shogun, bearing an obsidian statue of the Shogun riding a Lo-hai, a memoir of the happier portion of the divine beings birthday, while also a symbol of the Lo-hai's deference to the Supreme power of the Shogun.

The Stone Lord send their leader forward to speak for them, bowing so low to the ground their legs are almost tucked intertwined beneath them.

"We Come Before You, O Godslayer, Divine Shogun of Shorino to beg for forgiveness for the actions of our vassal, and forgiveness for our incompetence in ruling them. We have nothing but admiration for the proud warriors of Shorino and their God Shogun, and come to inform you of the misdeeds of those that dwell in the land you awarded to the Meoswilans and Lo-hai in your eternal wisdom. We fear that with your might and rage, that the land we fought for so long ago will be ruined once more. Please O Divine Shogun, let us punish our vassals accordingly for such crimes as offending you and attacking your tributary. After punishment, the remaining souls will erect a monument in your honor as penance as well. Should you be displeased by our measure of punishment, we only humbly ask that you would do as though will.

> The Punishment

The tradition "9 Black Shells/ 1 White" is one from Lo-hai antiquity, before food was plentiful and the Stone Crabs felt the solid ground of the surface. 10 fellows would draw shells, and the 9 would beat 1 to death... starvation brings the worst out in the Lo-hai.

>The population of Enman is decimated, drawing lots, 1/10 of the population to be stoned by the others. When the bodies are counted, the Lo-hai overseeing the punishment did not want to miss the mark for a proper punishment, so the vassal is decimated once again.

For the unlucky Lo-hai selected, their fate is far more foul, subjected to the foul silver blight, and immobilized so the body is taken entirely. Soon the Shogun receives a handful of strikingly lifelike silver statues of Lo-hai.
>>
>>4544465

>BFT Warpost (For last turn, sorry for being so late. Started writing the turn and forgot to post this even though I was done.)

The Council Loyalist forces of the Black Forest Tribes would quietly prepare. Their undertaking being the most important yet. For while Blackblade was wounded in the last confrontation, the mockery was not dead. And, the Council Loyalists would see to it that this time their strike would be true. With more forces under the banner, a grand assault would take place to try and crack the fortifications and take out Blackblade, the defenders initially taken by surprise at what was essentially a sudden charge. While this would be quite costly, for hit and run was the common tactic rather than more direct combat, their efforts would crack the defenses before they could fully rally all their forces to battle, and enough of the Yuukaite forces would be driven from the field or felled to reach the fortification that contained their target. Yet more would be felled in the attempt to break through this final hurdle, but despite all the numbers they had gained for this battle having been lost and then some, they would manage to get to where the already damaged statue was. And in their state, they would be unable to fight back, as Yuuka of the Blackblade was made to be no more.

After this grand battle, the Loyalist forces would withdraw, as Menzentian forces and Yuukaites rallied and harassed the council forces as they left the field. After this, the Yuukaites and Menzentian forces had little issue in securing the eastern half of the lands the Black Forest once controlled. However, while after the battle these forces had an easier time, there was still a difficult enemy they would have to face in the north. Anti Druid Radicals from the Emancipated Kingdom. They naturally saw the dearfolk alongside the Wolfkin that were a part of the Yuukaite forces. And, any ally of a druid should be as dead as a druid in their mind. And while the combined forces are able to deal with the surprisingly skilled militia forces that made up the radicals, they would still do damage, and their mark and atrocities that were initially believed to have been done by the council in the north would be made clear as the radicals doing.

And, the Ithempeli would likewise suffer from these and the Javalin army. In their retreat, many of their captured prisoners of war would be freed by the Javalin army, or killed during raids by the Emancipated Kingdom Radicals. Still, some would make it to the ships, though taking the long way around the Tyrant Isles proves to be trouble, as a number of ships do not return from the icy waters, and in such cold weather further prisoners do not either. Even so, some prisoners are brought back, though far fewer than were originally desired.
>>
>>4545391

>Meoswilum/Puyangi warpost

With the monster finally drawn to the ravine, and the last preparations done, all that could be done for the majority of the forces was wait. For hours, they would quietly stare across the mountainous landscape and wait, as the beast grew ever more near from the reports of the Telrac Speculatores and Exploratores. But eventually, it was close enough, and it became time to act with the beast having so helpfully walked right into the trap set for it. Great boulders would be set forth, falling and crashing down the mountain side until it crashed into the creature, the sides of the ravine struggling to stand from the impacts and the weight of the beast. But this was enough, and with a great thud the beast would hit the bottom of the ravine. With this, there would be some cheering, and the force would start to head down to aid in felling the creature. The Meowswilum forces, being the most numerous, would lead the charge. However while wounded, sluggish, and sick, the beast was not going down so easily. Thrashing at the attacking forces, killing any who were unfortunate to get into it's path. Yet, as the battle raged, something would be noticed by the combined forces. In the beasts thrashing, the walls of the ravine were being hit, and the sides further giving way, close to collapse. With this, a withdrawal of most forces would be done. With only some of the Meowswilum forces, along side those with a deathwish from their allies remaining to distract the beast and seal it's fate. And, soon enough, the sides of the ravine would come crashing down. Killing all who remained as a part of the distraction force with the exception of a handful of Telrac who were flying, two twin brothers of the Meowswilum living peasant forces, and a squad of Lo-Hai who while injured, managed to survive the rocks falling on top of them. With this, the dust would settle, and while buried under many rocks, one thing was made clear.

The beast was finally dead.
>>
File: 480AC.png (2.52 MB, 2048x2570)
2.52 MB
2.52 MB PNG
>>4544478
>Arcadia

Swiftly Golems would get to work in clearing out the undead from the cult, and swiftly a number would be purged. The ruined fortresses which once were on the Borevian side of the border were where a good deal of the undead were. And, naturally, they would be dealt with by light golems, who's work would clear out one of the fortresses completely while on the other side of Arcadia they would prevent the undead from spreading too much. Still, this cult once more has caused a headache...Though, that likely is an understatement. Other than this work would be done to try and learn more about the silver blight, or rather learn more to prevent it. With further work, a sort of cure would be found in time, by draining the golem in question completely of magical energy, and expending it elsewhere. It doesn't undo the parts that already have turned to silver, but it does stop it from spreading further to other golems and along the golem infected in question, so, it works well enough as long as it is caught early enough.

>>4544527
>Ithempeli

With much anger, the Arbiter swiftly gets to work instilling discipline into the forces of the Ithempeli. They will all look alike, they will all be alike. They would be soldiers, not civilians. They would be made for war, and nothing else. Much to the Arbiter's frustration, they are not yet perfect, with many minor imperfections. But even so, they are significantly better than what they were before. More akin to proper soldiers than the mere militia they used to be, if the Arbiter would even call them that. Still, they are quite more coordinated and disciplined, able to better withstand attacks and respond in orderly fashion. However while this went on, the few BFT mages captured prisoner would be interrogated...Needless to say, this isn't an easy process. Some are simply extremely defiant, with every act of torment driving them to curse and grow ever more entrenched. Some are extremely stoic in the face of torture, resisting the pain better than most, or in one case not even reacting to it as if it wasn't even there. And, a few aren't even mages it turns out. Still, despite this slow, exhausting process, some knowledge would be gained, piece by piece. And, once all are together, the Ithempeli would have everything it wanted, but for now, what could arguably be called the foundational knowledge would come to be learned.
>>
>>4544636
>Sealand

Work on finally making great use of the new magics of heating metal would be utilized on bringing metal to the point where it would be just shy of melting the metal in question, and it would mainly be used upon arrows. However while the spell works just fine, a curios thing would be noticed. Upon any impact with plate, the arrow head seems to dent badly, and when the spell activates, the shaft of the arrow catches on fire. Further, with testing on that of some cattle, it would be found that the heating actually makes the wound more survivable, provided the one hit doesn't catch on fire from the heat. Regardless, it's quite clear that against wood and lightly armored targets, such will be quite effective, both in instilling fear and in actually hurting. Though likely won't do too much to those heavily armored. Other than this, Vance would work on teaching the prodigy everything he could in his study, which swiftly would be expanded into a grand private library, one that both contained a copy of almost every book made by sealanders, and looked quite nice. Regardless, it would be a great place to further teach and learn more.

>>4544664
>Tavthalla

The great Cultural Restoration is not perfect, but it is certainly effective. While many of the Mezentian inspired stay craven and pacifistic, their children grow to shy away from that, and a decent number of the deeptaur likewise turn back to the traditional ways. Though, said deeptaur become more akin to shoretaur, due to sticking by the shores rather than going into the depths. Still, it is a grand rallying cry for the great conquest that the Tavthalla will embark upon, and for those who already followed the traditional Tavthalla ways, it would harden their resolve, unite them, and instill confidence. For the time for action is now, and no longer will the Tavthalla be merely restrained upon the island with which their kingdom started upon. For it is only natural for the Taur to wage war, and win.
>>
>>4544693
>Iron Leaf

After fleeing their old home, the Kingdom of Iron Leaf has properly formed. A proper sedentary monarchy, like many others...Though, what remains of the Black Forest is still but a shadow of it's former glory. But, in time, that will change. The further study of soul has shown much. While there wasn't any way to make a soul directly, to the knowledge of the Iron Leaf, there was still much learned. Children borrow a small sliver of the spirit from their father and mother, and this grows and develops into a proper soul just like the child itself. The amount taken is negligible, and hardly noticeable even when directly looking for it. But it is there. Further, the strength of a soul seems to be increased to an extent by diet, with the old meat left over from the wildlands in the Black Forests being especially useful. The second most important thing however is that a soul is bound to the body it is currently residing in. Should another spirit somehow take control, the other soul will be there, but likely either unable to do anything other than watch in horror, or simply in a hibernating state. Most importantly however, was a number of theories to bind a soul to a body. The first, was simply to get a construct of sort that had the capability of locomotion, speech, fine control, sight, and hearing all of which were likely granted to some extent magically, and take a unbound spirit to that construct. The second was to bring a body back to life, and imbue the soul into that, which would make it more than just a mindless husk. The Third was simply to find a way to get the spirit to overpower and take control over the other body. Needless to say, some of these are easier than others.
>>
>Iron Leaf Cont

Other than this, properly trained and disciplined spearmen, utilizing those of the Conclave, would be worked upon. Currently, the techniques of actually using spearmen properly for a nation so used to skirmishing and javelins, along with the production of proper spears being something that hasn't exactly existed for some time, is something that will likely take some time to finish. Despite this, the initial work has gone well, at least as well as they possibly could be anyway. Additionally, the south would be explored, and nothing of note would be directly sighted. Though, some dearfolk have been seen. Yet, it is clear they are not from Menzentia. Despite the great progress in rebuilding and settling upon the island, an issue would arise, one of the sea. A number of ships would go missing, and eventually a damaged ship and it's reduced crew would speak tails of a strange, terrifying beast with a rotted spear lodged in its head that attacked their ship and consumed any crew that went overboard. It quite clearly is responsible for attacking and sinking the other ships, and after this, more reports would come in from the varying ships out at sea which are out long enough to sail during the night. The monster is fairly large. Not as large as most whales, but certainly larger than any killer variety. On the bright side, it only comes out at night, and usually stays a fair distance away from shore, but it's still very concerning, and a decent number of sailors don't want to go to sea unless they are well armed.


>>4544705
>Meoswilum

Preserving the Pulgasari is a somewhat difficult process at first, as many debris are needed to be removed before enough of the beast can be examined and worked upon. However, once this is done, it is but a slow and arduous process preserving as much of the beast as possible. Still, while undoubtedly not useful at the moment, such work is critical for future plans, and potentially the entire nation. Even so, there is much work to be done before it is possible to make the Pulgasari into a useful tool. Work would also be done to solidify control over the lands that were ravaged by the beast, and in doing so, a sheriff sent out would find Amber in a cave. Needless to say, one word got out and the rumor spread, a number of peasants and a small group of lesser nobles would settle the land and start mining, and swiftly, a new town would be formed next to this mine.
(Read Lo-Hai for Shogun response)
>>
>>4544864
>Waking Order

With the creation of Huligurath out of the colossis, along with the tendrils that the waking order already had in Borevia, there was barely anything left of the government which wasn't under the cults control. The nation was practically a puppet to the cult, and just as before, where the colossi controlling the government from the shadows was an open secret, the cult controlling Borevia has become the same, at least within Borevia anyway. Though, just one more little push, and every single function of state, at practically every level would be under the cults control. Though, at such a stage, is that even necessary? Regardless Borevia now truly is the heart of the Waking Order, the question is simply how best to leverage this to the cults advantage.

>>4544933
>Marca

Ceasing all trade between the RRFU has decently slowed the spread, and with the military, the cursed undead or whatever they really are have been pushed from the port and out of the Kingdom of Marca! At least, for a short while anyway. Nipping the problem in the bud before it spreads too much has done quite well for the health of the Kingdom, though forces are already marching to deal with the next incursion from the Menzentian and RRFU border. A bother, but at least such fields are sparsely populated and have little in the way of development other than the road. Ideally, we can stop them before they follow that very road to the capital. However, there is grave news. The King of Lower Marca, having grown old and frail, was reported to have been sitting in his throne room listening to a dispute between two nobles over a small portion of land when he seemed to shake quite a bit before going still. He would live for but a day longer, before he came to the arms of the goddesses. The King is dead! Long live the King!
>>
>>4544948
>RRFU

Work on creating armored skin is a bit of a challenging task. Though, with time combined with the extensive experience of the RRFU in matters of biomancy, the spell is formed. It takes a fair bit of energy to maintain, and can only be applied upon the caster, though during that time it is quite useful in making one able to shrug off strikes which normally would do quite a lot. It doesn't help much at all against blunt weapons, as found out when some prideful idiot assigned to the project decided to have someone hit him with a mace and was forced to go to an apothecary. Regardless, with good timing, and careful use, the spell should be able to save the lives of many biomancers. Other than this, much from what is basically the Meoswilan handbook on protecting a nation against the undead would be applied, with a good deal of efforts focused on ensuring that at least basic defenses for every settlement were constructed, and infected too far gone purged, even when in stasis. Further, the vampires would prove ironically extremely useful in dealing with the undead, provided it's actually night. Though, this is to be expected. On the cure front however, things seem to be...difficult, with few knowing were to start. Still, the infection is being delayed quite a bit, or rather, fought back against give it's nature.

>>4544968
>Lo-Hai

Work on the varying circuits would finally bear fruit, with some proper basics being set up in a way that doesn't cause more trouble than it is worth and just waste the energy poured into it. Still, it's in its infancy at the moment, and it struggles the longer the circuitry goes, but there is a decent number of fundamentals that make it work decently on the small scale. Of more important note however would be dealing with the southern issue...With the gifts from the Lo-hai, the punishment the Lo-hai gave to their subject nation, the Lo-hai bringing this incident to the Shoguns attention before the Shogun pointed it out to them, combined with the gift from Meowswilum and the Shogun being on decent terms with the Lo-hai already, he has decided to indeed be lenient, as while he desired the punishment carried out himself, it was perhaps more impactful for it to have been done by their overlords rather than his own forces. Regardless, due to all of this, their only demand is that his own forces may freely travel into the Emancipated kingdom, so that they can deal with any more minor incidents like this and send a message to any who remain to try and strike at his subjects.
>>
>Celestial Order

A small number of infected who have fled to the island from the RRFU, and had succumbed on the trip, along with the poor crew of the vessel arrived upon the shores of the island. However, upon taking a single step upon the holy land, even in the dark of night, their bodies started to burn, engulfed in holy flame...Once more, it seems that the holy island would be spared from plague and strife it seemed...

>Black Forest Tribes Warpost

With the death of Yuuka of the Blackblade, and what was essentially the evacuation of the Council loyalists, combined with the incident along the border, there was only one natural response. The shogun would get involved directly. And, naturally, considering the once Yuukaites forces were made up of a sizeable portion of Shogun worshipers, it was very swift for them to obey the orders of the Shogun. And, Menzentia getting involved in the war was naturally met with a punishment as their forces were soon surrounded by both those who were once their allies, and the Shogun's superior force, and all captured. Needless to say, with this, Menzentia was forced to pay hefty reparation's for their involvement in the form of food and Marble, seeing as both were the only things of any real value Menzentia had that could be given in any sizable amount to the Shogunate. And, the amount due was enough that it would take quite some time for Menzentia to fully pay it off. Though needless to say, Menzentia is not happy about it in the slightest...

>Swift TLDR for Cuvier-Taur war
1. Taur beat Cuvier on land easily, but at sea Cuvier have a major advantage.
2. Plague, while spreading, isn't yet at the severity and numbers to cause any significant issues for either side just yet.
3. Taur do get their landing, but take heavy losses from it, and supply is likewise slow.
4. The western most invasions suffer extremely bad losses at sea, but are able to set up a foothold on land and slowly link up with the north western landing as Taur trickle in.
5. The eastern most landing isn't linked up, and is at risk of being thrown into the sea.
6. Fort currently stands, seeing how it is guarded by some of the most experienced soldiers.
7. Considering all Cuvier are aquatic, travel to the other island isn't too difficult, especially when their port is just as close as the Taurs if not closer.
8. The deeptaur raid damages a number of fisheries and is otherwise successful.
9. At sea, while the Deeptaur are stronger than Cuvier, and better trained, the Cuvier tend to be more agile in the water, and their spells wreck havoc on Taur ships.
10. The Taur are attacking, and as such, don't have the luxury of being able to use existing infrastructure so easily.
>>
>Action 1: Create City (Brotherhood)
A city to escort their masterful theater and temple is created along the Zlon border to further facilitate intermingled and cooperative living.

>Improve Infrastructure (Golem Factory)
The Ithempelian Army has taken some hits due to their involvement in the civil war. To expedite the recovery proccess the Sculpting factory is further improved with fine obsidian and bronze tools and portraits of the Arbiter from all angles for easy recreation. Furthermore, the idea is toted among the military that the best way to show respect to fallen brethren is to sculpt a new statue to fill in for their inability to do so.
>>
>>4545753
1. A team will be set up with many golems and light golems to act as a swift response to any report of Nightmare Zombies. They will set up a cordon around infected areas and purge those that are too far gone while keeping an eye on those suspected of being infected.
2. With the infections under control for the most part work goes back to the trying to cure the Aurons of their dependence on their asshole god. While the current treatment lasts for four hours we require a more permanent solution. With the current treatment an idea is formed where we could take a piece of the soul and bond it to a lesser soul to allow for transfer of mana, communication, or even greater things. More work would be needed though and as such the Branch of Connection within the School of Spirit magic begins to take shape.
>>
>>4545760
1.
The Shogun of course is thanked for his generosity and mercy, and it is stated that if the Shogun wishes for a welcome prepare for one of his status, a notice would be appreciated, but he may do as he will.

A temple is built in Enman, an open top plaza with rippling streams and spouts between the masonry. A statue of the Shogun upon a base, and ten others shorter, 4 Lo-hai Stone Lords legs bowed, 4 Meoswilum Nobles, one with both, and one empty. Upon the Shogun's platform, a single inscription.

>"OBEY"
A tradition forms of writing one's name upon the 9 filled Statues, while the empty one stands blank, for the dead have no names.

A farm is built for the vassal, so they can start being more self sufficient and develop.

2.
>Character Action
Un'kltn continues to formulate an arcane codex, experimenting with what configurations, strange geometries, and structure deliver the results of magical power being transformed into spell.
>>
>>4545759
Actions:
- Despite a few untouched corners here and there, most of Borevia is firmly within the grasp of the Order, and so is its resources. With their new found administrative powers, the order send an exploration effort to moon island so that they may fully chart its splendor. Akiva's camp is expanded to accommodate and it grows from there into a small village which is named Nolvat after their neighbors.

-The Tavthallan siege upon the Cuvier lands brings with it chaos and opportunity, as war always does. Though the sect was heaviest affected after the raids upon their farms, the survivors would continue their out reach efforts. The creeps were ill omens of things to come, and now war has come for them. They spread this fearful cloud but decorate it with a silver lining. A new chance. A new hope. For those cuvier willing, though undoubtedly few, to embrace a new future, the order would welcome them to Nolvat. Free from war, plague and civil unrest, they could start anew within the family of Xiguras.

>Warpost: Tavthalla supply raids.
>>4544664
-Ah yes, conflict carries such a sweet satisfaction to the mad one for nowhere else will one find more fertile soil than that watered with blood. Xiguras demands chaos in the world, and the order shall provide. They gather most of their nightmares and arm them with creeps. Sent out into the depths, they strike at the Tavthallan Ships on their way to reinforce their troops on the frontline. Striking from the waves at night, any ship finding itself as unfortunate prey would first be showered with mindless creeps to sow confusion before the true terrors strike from the waves.
>>
File: BigDickNiggerFaggot.png (23 KB, 165x157)
23 KB
23 KB PNG
> Action 1&2: The Rusher
The Mizukinoko have for decades by now been an indispensable asset in Meoswilan medicine. The instant boost of healing and energy they provide helping people at the brink of death recover so they could return to their duties, but as with all things they lead back to the cortaceps. Hybridizing the Mizukinoko and Cortaceps a new type of undead is born, the Rusher. Rushers look like pale white undead with purple Mizukinoko Mushrooms covering their back. The Rusher usually looks merely like a fitter undead, but can instantly empty the mushrooms on his back giving them a gigantic boost in energy, strength, speed and agility for 40-120 seconds.

The Rushers need to consume large amounts of food to refill their bulbs and can only "boost" once or twice per food refill. They are developped to make up for the weakness our undead have shown during Sybaael's training, they are basically an anti-elite type of undead. Rushers unlike more minor undead require an intact digestive tract to live they also are smarter on their own due to the Mizukinoko's symbiotic nature making them as smart as a dog and possibly able to retain a few memories in their life. Meoswilum will specifically use the healthiest and strongest deceased for this type of undead to maximize their anti-elite role.

> Action 3: Who are those towers really for?
A tower each is constructed in said two provinces. There is 3 reasons for that:
1. Protect from BFT (or are they renamed now?) raids
2. Make sure the Edenians do not raid the BFT again. Stop them by force is needed.
3. To show the Shogun we take our promise to not let the Edenians unsubordination repeat seriously
>>
>>4545760
1/2

Military action x 2: Expand recruitment for all races, reform the military structure, create new military strategy and tactics, and practice military exercises
With it having been made painfully clear our neighbors are unable to get a handle on the undead threat, the RRUF has been forced to step up and answer the call to lead, the military is expanded recruiting volunteers from all races, the military is reformed and the structure altered to allow for faster more mobile responses, while the king and queen remain the highest authority in the military structure, the generals and officer staff are given more freedom to adapt and command on the ground in executing orders and carrying out plans.

color Force general template
The majority of the infantry is humans by being the largest in population fortified with magic and equipped with the best armor and weapons, they are a deadly force on their own

Lagomorph Folk tends to enlist in the Fraternian scout corps my virtue of their forms and nature they make great scouts able to move quickly and quietly, they also make great message runners allowing for relatively fast communication.

Canine and Feline folk range from berserker’s heavy infantry clad in thick armor with massive weapons to scrappy skirmishers that attack with speed and violence then fade into the surrounding without a trace.

Hybrids are all-rounders able to fit nearly anywhere depending on they species heritage

the various minor races of Fraternitas are in all branches of the military as well

The Military and all divisions of it have a healthy mix of all races with a majority leaning human purely because of population size
>>
>>4546194
2/3
Operation Fraternian Dawn

PHASE 1
the reform and change in strategy call for the creation of 4 armies, Pink, Red, Blue, Yellow. These armies will perform the largest coordinated military operation in Fraternian history. [see picture for details] pink force and red force will make joint pushes against the undead in phase one, Pink force will attack into mezentia’s western flank to push the undead into the waiting walls of the mezentain fire mages, dividing the Marcan horde and Mezentian hordes. While read force sweeps north and west to clear the remaining undead in the northwest in Fraternitas.

The blue force will attack into the northeastern horde surrounding it and attacking from all sides wiping it out.

The yellow force will have the most difficult and dangerous job, the MSU military and government has utterly failed to stem the tide and hold the line, we are sending our finest men, and most experienced leaders, with the support of Princess sybaael to turn the tide before they and Fraternitas can be over run. In phase one Yellow force will establish a front line once the nightmares are unable to push forced unopposed, they will push them back to the phase two line where they will hold and secure their position until the start of phase two.

while the Fraternian army is making it push the navy will be patrolling the coasts on both the inner and outer sea. The outer navy will be supplemented with volunteer civilian ships as they are still not back to full strength, while the inner navy will be supporting primarily Red force preventing the infected from escaping into the sea and more fraternian land while the primary force is supporting red force a detachment will support yellow force, to prevent the infected expanding further into the inner sea, trying to hold the line or slow the spread until the main force can be sent to support the effort.
>>
>>4546201
3/3
PHASE 2
Once all armies have completed phase one operations phase two will begin, Pink force will form a holding line against the Marcan border while they also push the remaining Mezenian horde into the walls of the mezentian safe zone. Red force having wiped out the hordes in northwestern Fraternitas will then swing westward to while out the Mezetian hordes in east mezentia.

Blue force having completed its mission will act as a patrol force for the northern coast of eastern Fraternitas, finding and killing and infected that might wash up on shore before a major outbreak can occur.

Yellow force having reached the phase one hold line will reorganize and push to the second hold line, wiping out and infected they find. The MSU military will act only as a supporting force garrisoning cleared land and preventing any surprise outbreak in the rear.

The navy on the outer sea continues to patrol and ward off infected in the water. On the inner sea, with red force having completed its phase one tasks the navy moves to support and push back the infected in that waters near the MSU and the northeastern Fraternian coast

Civvies are to be treated with kindness and care, we will win over the hearts and minds of the people we save and spread the ideals and culture of Fraternitas at the same time.
>>
>>4545756
Note, the UFC have traded me the Cog technology in full.

Action 1 and 2: Develop the War Carrack (Derived technology from Cog)

We need a means to transport our men safely, such a war transport being found as our military engineers put themselves forward to focus on a greater sort of vessel than the ones we have been granted knowledge of.

Raising the sides up higher, adding more sails, making the whole vessel more armoured will prevent the Cuvier from actually destroying our boats with their melee attacks before they can make landfall and deliver their cargo.

Designed as a fast, armoured troop transport, they will in time win this war for us.

WARPOST:
We are clearly being too reckless here, though the fight on land is going well our losses at sea are currently unacceptable.

Simplify our invasion strategy, pull back all of our deeptaur to guard the passage indicated in light blue, where our transports in white will be able to head on.

No further attacks are to occur on the Cuvier mainland until the island is taken.

We are to defend this single arm into Cuvier land with all we have, and we will slow deployment of land units unless we know they can be properly defended at sea by sufficient numbers of deeptaur.

We are aided in our transportation of men by the small amount of Cogs we have yet managed to build, being granted the technology from the RRFU. These vessels will be far more suited to the task of troop transport than our current ships, able to actually move faster than the Cuvier and so avoid harrying.

While this may stretch the campaign out, it will mean we do not take excessive casualties and will be able to continue the fight.

On land we will pull back to the position indicated by the 1, making use of our cavalry to do so with minor losses.

We will continue our land advance very slowly, and only attempt to advance up to surround the land around the city rather than immediately take it.

With these far simpler strategies we aim to slow our campaign to preserve our armies power, so that a real push to the mainland remains a possibility once the island is under control and we do not bleed ourselves dry.

Those Taurs capable of the wartrance will be split into two, some fighting off nightmares as the fearless wartrance Taurs prove exceptional at this task, while the rest work to secure the advance forward and cut down resistance until the enemy surrenders.
WARPOST 2: Sybaael joins the RRFU in purging nightmares.
It’s been a while since she fought something properly, and her time in Meoswilum training to kill zombies safely will aid the RRFU greatly.
>>
With the issue of dealing with lighter armors out of the way, another thing comes up considering the brief involvement in the Cuvier-Tavthalla war, and it is that they they don’t have a very strong land force. Although ships are good for reinforcements and stopping them from arriving, combat is mostly done on land. With this knowledge, some action is taken.

1 action: Begin deriving iron short swords from base weapons and iron smithing.

1 action: Claim the land on the rest of the part sticking out from the hidden northern landmass
>>
>>4546208
Addendum:

We may have a Telrac infestation mightn’t we, that’s entirely possible and not actually all that unlikely given recent events.

Deploy the city garrison to stand watch around sinkholes.
>>
>>4542772

It was strange, such a feeling... Ælfþryð, the youngest of the Heáhcásern's daughters and the most...eccentric to say the least. While most would seem to swiftly come to accept this as fact, the Heáhcásern herself would feel...strange. As if something wasn't exactly right with regards to this. She would keep an eye on Ælfþryð for some time, though, in time would come to accept her and let go of any sort of fear or suspicion... Though even so, the feeling of something being off didn't leave, as much as she tried to make it disappear. Regardless, she did have a number of new plans now for after the grand event, mainly related to colonizing and exploring the north. If only to placate her ne-...youngest daughter.

However, before construction on the great amphitheater could start, further understanding of the limits of just what the cement could actually do would be done, and with a few's idea's about ways to make grand instruments of music as a part of constructs, something curios would come to be made. A bell tower. One with a keyboard akin to a Hydraulis, but larger, and tied to the varying bells. In time, it would come to be played at morning, evening, and at the direct middle of the night when the moon was highest in the sky. The construct was naturally made of Imperii Caementicium, and many other grand structures that could be considered minor began to be made with the stuff, some which housed large musical contraptions. And thus, two branches of architecture in the Imperii began to form, one dedicated to the construction of buildings that served to be places of music, with instruments built into them, and buildings merely made to look nice utilizing the concrete and which were more practical. Still, with all of this, the construction of the amphitheater would truly be a grand work of art.
>>
>>4546941

However, there was still a decent number of things needed to be done as insurance for if Shorino tried anything, for the Imperii's military needed to be ready should such an event happen. As such, two new organized parts of the army would be formed. The first of these would be the Praetorianus. They were elite soldiers with the goal to be the body guards of military leaders of importance, including the the Heáhcásern. They were chosen for their loyalty and skill, and were the best of the best. When not in wartime, they would also provide some service to lower level people in government who were not of the military, which would provide some more stability in such levels, as their reputation for dealing with assassins as well as their prowess in battle would spread swiftly. The other military organization would be what was unofficially called the Lupus Legio, made up of the Wolf folk which were once Servus, specifically formed by the Heáhcásern herself given her experience in how skilled the wolf folk were at coordination and teamwork, combined with their aversion to the sun being akin to that of the Telrac. Those of the Lupus Legio would be Civilis instead of Servus, the only non Telrac to be considered such who lived in the Imperii, and those born of those in the Lupus Legio would be trained as soon as they were old enough for the art of war. Their specialty would be akin to that of their old tradition, however with a twist. In essence, they would be made as heavy skirmishers, made for ambush, removing targets of importance with a harry of javelins before charging and then withdrawing. In a sense, they were akin to the reverse of the Praetorianus, instead of guarding important people and places, they took out things and people important to the enemy.

>Action One, The architectural Revolution.

>Action Two, Form the Cohortes Praetoriae.

>Action Three, Form the Lupus Legio.
>>
File: 20201124_113742.png (201 KB, 530x466)
201 KB
201 KB PNG
>>4544450
>Raid Post
The eastern nation to our vassal, Arcadia, has long been known for their magical prowess and knowledge. Rumors spread by traders and court gossip tell that the wizards have run into a bad stretch of wars luck. A small band is prepared of readied Lo-hai in Enman, who cross the river and push over land with Hydropodos Tutamen at night. During the day, the crabs hide in dug holes filled with water to sleep. Setting a route for the wizards city, they are searching for any magical tomes or knowledge, as well as valuables and currency.

>Reaching the outskirts of the city, the Lo-hai will attempt to surround the first buildings they think are banks or libraries/golem factories.
>The civilians are told to surrender and they will not be harmed. Water Shades are to be used along with some creative freezing to restrain the hostages while the Lo-hai attempt to gather whatever they can grab.
>Should any golem guards be present or resistance attempted, living humans would be dried or speared, while the golrms would be tangled by cleave chains before being encased in ice.
>Should authorities arrive before the Lo-hai can retreat, a Hydroblast will be attempted to clear an escape, if unsuccessful, the water is used for a Hydro-Carnificina and Lo-hai fight their way out.

The Lo-hai are banking on the sheer surprise of the raid, Arcadia's already weakened state, and themselves leaving quickly once they've grabbed what they want.
>>
File: awdasdwa.png (111 KB, 784x533)
111 KB
111 KB PNG
>>4545759

>Actions 1 & 2: Deal with the Cursed Plague

With the inner sea port cleared out, it's time to close off the south. It would make the most sense if we helped out the Menzentian and Fraternians in clearing them out of Menzentia proper, as well.

We'll begin with clearing the blight from our own lands before moving in through Menzentia.
>>
>>4547046
Obviously I am contesting this.

The western army would be in the area dealing with the zombies and are active at night due to the nocturnal nature of the zombies. Light golems are in the area searching both the known and outside the known for the nightmare creatures; and compared to them the giant stone crabs would be much easier to spot. If the army is spotted the western army will be mobilized to strike them during the day and a messenger sent to inform Arcadia to mount a proper defense.

If the Lo-hai manage to avoid being spotted then they will find that the city of Arcadia is still one giant building and would either need to break through a wall, which would be quite noticeable, attack one of the defended city gates, or find a hole caused by the Nightmare cult, if it exists, and the repair crews will cause a commotion, or enter from the top without any knowledge of where they are trying to reach is. After any of these their raid would be quite noticeable and the military can be mobilized to block off streets and surround the intruders.
>>
File: Map Turn 37.png (3.67 MB, 2048x2570)
3.67 MB
3.67 MB PNG
Cult of Ithempeli:
>>4545864
The new city of Brotherhood is created, and Zlon come walking over the bridge to jo- "NO PROSELYTIZING." The Zlon go back over and days later the checkpoint on the opposite of the bridge becomes bigger, security stricter.
The Golem Factory's production is shifted and it's tooling improved, now producing golems mimicking the Arbiter's chiseled physique, ditching that obstructive robe.

--

Arcadia:
>>4546015
The Morning Sun team is setup to bring an end to the nightmare, they test their mettle on the outskirts before deciding to delve into the ruined fortress, clearing it's infestation.
Though the mages are still figuring out the full intricacies of the Wolfkin spirit magic, they do find an unfinished theory on a spirit bond. Souls have a tie to the afterlife that transcends magic, if we can replicate it, it should bypass the magic insulation of lead. So progress shows promise.

--

Lo-hai:
>>4546041
The temple sees people bow their head in submission to the Shogun, but it also annoys the ones who hate the druids, though the farm sees them placated for now. Why bite the hand that feeds?
A series of arcane symbols, sigils and runes adorn the slabs of Un'kltn's codex, though other Lo-hai have difficulty reading them, as they're written all by free-hand. He soars ahead of his peers though may have to take time later to explain how to read his work.

--

Waking Order:
>>4546096
The rest of the island is much of the same, no real discoveries, but the camp itself develops into a full on city. Though there are wandering zombies causing a ruckus every now and then.
With the zombie plague and the raided fisheries, a fair few Cuiver people decide to emigrate to your city, though a lot stay because you lack any fishery or farm of your own.

Event: Among the people of the dreamy isle, one night, lights dance in the night sky, like tendrils extending from the south, appearing then disappearing. It goes on to influence the dreams the people experience, and give some more restful sleeps.

--

Meow:
>>4546188
The Rusher is a fierce little thing, initially unassuming but capable of a sudden, overwhelming burst of speed and strength once the stim-shrooms flood their system.
While the Lo-hai cracking down on attitudes in the northern rurals, the towers work to crack down on the southern rurals. There were some incursions of Wolfkin, but on closer inspection was just some zombified remnants of the Wolfkin that were slaughtered. Ultimately they were put down, as it'd look real bad if you were to grow your zombie horde from this.
>>
RRFU:
>>4546194
Various posters are put up all over, town criers holler down the street and letters arrive at people's doors, saying:
"GC wants YOU for the Fraternian Army, go sign up at the nearest recruiting station."
Though a bit heavy handed it gets the job done, the army swells to great size, though a bit unskilled, though having more people means they can cover for each other, so each failure doesn't guarantee a new bite mark.

--

Tavthalla:
>>4546208
Development of the big Cog, or Carrack has made a vessel that is indeed large without sacrificing much in the way of speed, though it does require a larger crew to sail. It isn't easy to armor up the ship, but it's definitely more resilient, having more crewmen to seal breaches with as well as just being larger.

Event: The herds grow plentiful, but this makes them strain against the limits of their pastures, causing quite a few break-outs. The animals then disrupt city traffic and shit on the roads. But the guards swiftly move in to resolve the situation, and also eat their fill.

--

Sealand:
>>4546387
Development of the Iron Short Swords go swiftly, with Wolfkin swords to compare them to. Though ironsmithing a blade is still very different from bronzesmithing, you can't quite river on the blade, you need to have a tang. Still, promising progress.
The pioneers of Vance go forth to colonize the jungle, creating camps and villages where they settle down, hunting and gathering. Though a couple of them do note things going missing and hear things skulking around during night. But other than that, all clear.

--

Imperii:
>>4546941
The accoustic architecture sure is something, though they are impressive works, music already fills the streets, so things don't change too much, it's mainly just done by nobles to flex wealth and architectural skill on each other.
>>4546942
The Prætorian Cohorts and Lupus Legions are quite impressive forces, though one more than the other. The Prætorians wear fine armor and often talk, though mainly prefers lazing around in the city, gathering gossip. The Legionaries however dress plainly and talk among themselves, though they eschew public markets in favor of Wolfkin merchants.

Event: The Wolfkin start taking to the worship of Kyuu, though they go about it in a different way, Wolfkin brothels start dotting the cities, though they get quite talkative in bed. Indicentally, organized crime has been decreasing, and gang leaders often forbidding members from going to the brothels. Also a number of gang leaders turn up dead in the streets.
>>
Marca:
>>4547060
The army musters and heads out to deal with the nightmarish zombies. Pike formations are quite effective at holding them while swordsmen can come and slaughter them, but the cavalry sees good use on the southern spread, able to create an opening for infantry to properly encircle the infestation, making them able to push them all toward Menzentia. Any zombie not within the encirclement are easily trampled underhoof by cavalry patrols. Though your men encounter some soldiers of the RRFU, your forces are so overwhelming you don't even need their help.

--

MSU:

Event: Loads of mushrooms grow, a farm is made to take advantage of it, providing a further source of food in these nightmarish times.

--

BFC:

The Wolfkin craftsmen figure out how to create stronger iron, using bones of Yasei beasts to grant some of their power to the metal they forge. It becomes popular with beast hunters.

--

FBI:

The city of Tatara is rebuilt, being far away from the nearest Shogunist temple, it serves as a good refuge away from the Shogun's prying eyes in the Black Forest, or Kuroi Mori-shi lands.

--

The Tavthalla-Cuiver War:
>>4546096
>>4546208
The Tavthallans pull back two of their armies to focus entirely on one spot, the city of Fode Foraminis. This cuts down majorly on weaknesses as they have much more naval power to protect their convoys with. Though even with this, the Cuiver navy is a fearsome one indeed, able to ram through vessels, and their soldiers, though weaker than the SeaTaurs, are far better adapted to moving among the waves. Enough convoys do make it through to supply the troops on the ground.

The troops are able to surround Fode Foraminis, though the southern forces have to withdraw due to the Cuiver military deploying along the southern coast of the island, mustering into a force readying to break the siege. The Taurs take significant casualties, and then comes the Nightmares, throwing zombies at their naval forces. The Taurs manage to keep them from damaging the ships, but they don't manage to kill them all, so the waters start accumulating Taur zombies as well as Cuiver ones.
>>
The Lo-hai book borrowing (forever):
>>4547046
>>4547080
The Lo-hai, painted black and strafing shiftily, manage to make good headway during the night, until they get spotted during the twilight, as a minor force of zombie hunters were roaming the area. They aren't a threat but do leg it to the nearest town to warn people. The Lo-hai rush forth, but struggle a bit due to how warm and dry the savanna is. However, then they come across golems with silvery rash on them, the Lo-hai make sure to dismantle them, but find the rash starts growing on them too now.

Eventually the Lo-hai bookloaners make it to where the town should be, a worn sign telling that due to the Ash Fall, they've relocated to Arcadia's undercity, meaning they need to find a way into the city itself. But fret not, for the undercity has a major vulnerability, ventilation. The Lo-hai sneak through the airvents of the city, though their big and stony forms do mean they're clanking and scratching all over the cramped ventilation tunnels. Eventually they make their way to a library, where dozens of guards are already prepared, having heard them coming.

Then comes the Great Book Bash of Arcadia, as the library turns into a battlezone with rocks, ice and books fly whatever which way, lives are lost, books go soggy and wet, and Lo-hai are embedded into walls while Arcadians are stuck in blocks of ice. More teams of Lo-hai make it's way around to other libraries, which are similarly guarded and get similarly violent. The Lo-hai have secured many books, though the usefulness of said books are in question, as one 4 000 page tome was just a highly detailed description of the Shogun's body, inch by hundred-page inch, others were fiction novels though there are some proper magical tomes they find, but they are more heavily guarded than the fiction and erotica, there is a lot of erotica here, apparently it's because of the Ashen Time lockdowns.

The Lo-hai makes their way out of the city, though take heavy casualties as the Arcadian army manages to muster a proper response and the silver blight decimates the crabs. But still, each carries a crab-ton of books. Though Arcadia's book count is replenishing as scribes are quite eager to document what the hell just happened.

[END OF UPDATES]
[Turn 38 start]
>>
>>4548190
Actions:
- With the Island's splendor finally revealed in full to the Order, the location for their new home as been chosen. The camp of Nolvat disbands and relocates to the new site where they begin dig out a large put from the sand until they reach its stony surface. From here, a quarry takes shape just off the coast and around it a town built of stone begins to emerge. As they disembowel the earth, chambers are dug into the sides of the query so that Abysians may take shelter within the pit during the day. This fledgling center of the Order will be known as Atulantu, the bottomless city.

- With work on their new capital commencing, the Tavlonians are asked to aid the order in surveying the island believing they might offer insight. Ultimately their goal is to discover any resources or treasures that might be lie embedded or obscured within the earth.

>Warpost: Tavlon
-Construction of Atulantu takes priority, and as such most of the Abysians are involved in the quarry. However a small force is spared to the Cuvier's island where their goal is simply to lure and spread the creeping menace unto the Tavthallan occupation.
>>
Tomoko is chilling on her throne, watching a bout between Momiji and Sayaka. Sayaka was upset she kept losing fights and thus wanted to regain it by besting Momiji, though with Momiji using the new Kite Shield, Sayaka is beaten yet again. Though it does remind Tomoko of something: We have no iron mine, we have no mine at all, but sending a prospecting expedition in our limited lands is a poor decision. But Moriko should be ready to expand just about now, though it may be best to expand southeast so the grumpy Marca doesn't end up taking it before us. It's only a matter of time until they notice, so it'll also be good to finish that spearman project and Miho really needs that golem body soon, her health has been deteriorating since we left Shiroi Mori.

Action 1: Expand south-east.
To the southeast are temperate forests, they somehow feel more homely than even our homelands, with even more trees and without constantly getting bogged down in marshes, though we'll still wear our Geta. Still, we need to expand, to ensure Marca doesn't beat us to the punch again. People are still upset over the rumors of Marcan supermetal.

Action 2: Invent Spirit Magic > Soul > Soul Anchor.
An Undying Spirit is like a ship at sea, you can sail for long but eventually supplies will run dry or you hit a spot of bad luck. The Soul Anchor allows the metaphorical ship to make port, to rest and maybe pick out a new task to dedicate yourself towards.

Action 3: Train Conclave Spearmen (2/2 Progress)
Now that we have some basic discipline, it's time to work out their equipment. A standard for equipment is setup, requiring all recruits to have a spear of a certain length a kiteshield and a basic set of camping supplies.
>>
>>4548190
1. Branch of Relays started for School of Magical Circuitry. The term Relay pertains to a system of circuits that Un'kltn has inscribed to fulfill a function. The more complex and demanding the function, the larger and more power a relay must be. Un'kltn's current prototypes seem to be a manner of "battery harness" for a Lo-hai to have cemented on their shell, with circuits to trigger, and carry magical shock down through the connected cleave chains, and through the water. He's predicting atleast 4 more tyrns of needed development before it could hit mainstream Lo-hai war doctrine (1 more for branch, 1 for spell create relay, 1 to tweak battery pack, 1 to mass produce)

2.
To the far north, the long broken city of the Giants begins repairs. The Tall Two Legs are welcomed back into their ancestral homes, kissing the ground and teary eyed. The City is renamed Nœrd'hld, and a garrison of Lo-hai remain to protect against wargs. With the Giant's granted a City of their own, it is hoped the large men's numbers will begin to grow after their long age of collapse.
>>
Reminder: Arcadic mages can cure Silver Blight by removing the magic in the affected area.
1. Work on the branch of Bonding in spirit magic continues as the study the tether to the afterlife and the Aurons to their God is studied in an effort to replicate it. 1/2.
2. Rebuild the two farms.
>>
>>4548192
Action 1: Begin the long road to developing the repeating bolt thrower

First is developing the ballista, a project aided by my three actions of research into greatbows.

After this, developing the ballista into the Rahakan Bolt Caster, a far more refined design.

In total about six actions need, so here is the first action into developing the ballista.

Action 2: Deeptaur recruitment

Frankly we just need more deeptaur in our military, that’s all there is to it, with more deeptaur we can better defend our ships and slay Cuvier.


Warpost:

Our carracks are almost ready for deployment, but not yet.
Until we have them ready to sail our losses will only continue at their present rate, so we should reduce further our trips over to the island until the carracks can deploy our men to the island safely.

Once the carracks hit the waves in force we will be an even or superior match to the Cuvier vessels.

On the mainland, the Cuvier are gathering strength to try and push us off the island, so we will crush them and throw them back into the sea.

Leaving the purebloods and wartrancers to continue the siege the mobile centaurs area sent to continually harry the Cuvier and thin their numbers.

They are armed with tauric greatbows, and also the more impressive Taurbone greatbows, both items vastly outperforming regular bows and allowing our archer cavalry to stay out of range while they pummel their opponents.

With five actions of bow development and our archer cavalry harassing the gathering forces of the Cuvier, the men left behind continue the siege by preventing any resources getting into the city.


This is combined with the devastation of the Cuvier farms, the city is offered surrender terms and the civilians promised to be spared from harm should they allow the Tavthalla in and cease resistance.
>>
1 action: Finish developing the new style of iron swords

1 action: Upgrade the iron mine twice to properly deal with the increase of iron use
>>
File: Zombie war both fronts.png (206 KB, 1125x510)
206 KB
206 KB PNG
>>4548191
>Military action Train the military in tactics and discipline, with the army having grown greatly due to the efforts of the queen and king driving up volunteer numbers.

>FBI action Locate the source of the Nightmare outbreak, based on how the outbreak spread, we know it had to start in eastern Mezentia, but we need to know how any why it began. The BFI operatives have the support of military forces in the area that are clearing and purging the To far gone infected.

>war post against the Undead
western front
See pic of reference
Red Force finishes off the remaining infected in western Fraternitas and the infested in eastern Mezentia.

Pink Force will push into western Mezentia driving back the infected and cleansing the land.

[waiting on Marca to reply so the following might not happen]
while the Marcan navy holds a perimeter around the infected waters to prevent any from escaping.
[the above of the only response dependant thing]

Eastern Front
Despite being made up of the best the RRFU had to offer the eastern hordes proved too much and Yellow force was only able to slow the Infected's advance. Now, however, with Blue force being free to send troops and support, the tides of war will soon turn in favor of the RRFU see pic for plan

Yellow force will push into the undead driving them back north, using all the magic and weaponry the RRFU has to offer.

Blue force will sweep in from the west clearing out infected and driving them north as well.

The RRFU Inner sea Navy will form a blockade line on the cost of sealund, driving the infected back and preventing water-born spread
>>
>Action 1: Finish Interrogation
The Wolfkin were a pesky bunch to crack, but we've cracked them. They've already told us the baseline information we need to know but we've yet had the chance to truly understand or utilize the spells.

>Action 2: Hero Action (The Arbiter [4])
Having taken on a great deal of extra responsibility as defacto commander in chief the Arbiter who had once shunned needless displays now finds the need to repeatedly assert his position and his power to ensure his word is law for the proper disciplining of his disciples.
While typically displaying some offensive capability of something more traditionally in lines with their Earthen Branch, the Arbiter instead displays a mastery over his agility enhancement rune and perhaps even his own trained agility. The frightening mountain of magical potential was not only incredibly dangerous, but terrifyingly agile, dodging projectiles and closing gaps as if life around him moved in slow motion.

>Other Affairs: Ithempelian Enchanters would meet Zlon Armor smiths in Brotherhood where the who would exchange their services, the Ithempelian Army growing increasingly defended as shipments arrive and Ga'Ga'ul growing increasing connected and alert.
>>
>>4548192
>Forgotten Fluff:
The death of Austrocian I has left the south in mourning, with a large public funeral being held in the Lower Capital. His mausoleum is engraved with prayers to the Goddesses, along with a word from the Upper King, "A good King, and a greater friend." Words that surely resonate with all Marcans.

>Actions 1 & 2: Explore then Expand West
Rumors of a large landmass not far from the city of Maso itself have been circulating for a large number of years. Several merchant and even naval ships have reported finding an unfamiliar land after being knocked off course by inclement weather, though for quite some time it was never given much thought. Perhaps it's time to expand our faith to this new land.
>>
>>4548433
>War Post(?):
The undead must be dealt with, though since we have finally knocked it out of our own territory, we can deem it fit to receive less resources than previous. The military will act on it's own to finish this task.

The proposed plan from the RRFU will be followed to the best of our ability. Any naval forces we have in the inner sea will focus on surrounding the inflicted area outside of Menzentia, and work their way toward the city proper while killing any undead they pass.
Back on the land, we will attempt to move our forces towards the city from our position in the Menzentian countryside in the west.
>>
>>4548191

With the existence of so many different types of musical instruments in the Imperii's lands, and a strong musical culture existing in both the Imperii itself and it's armed forces, it was only natural that eventually it would branch out to become something more. Aeneator were once just those who utilized the Tubus, Cornu, and other horns for signaling, however now many different types of Aeneator would come to be, ranging from original roles skilled in utilizing the instruments mentioned previously, to those using older instruments that the Imperii has had for a long time, like Fidula or Tibia. They were still soldiers, but their purpose was purely to aid in morale of the forces under the Imperii, and play during important marches or events that involve the military. Regardless, they'd be an important part of the opening ceremony for the grand events that were planned by the Heáhcásern.

Other than this, the construction of the grand Amphitheater was to start...Was. Unfortunately for the Heáhcásern the church requested some aid, something they didn't have for quite some time, citing the importance of keeping the Zeal in the Servus strong, and also further keeping the Imperii unified. This wasn't too much of a delay, but it was still an annoying one to the Heáhcásern who would agree if only so they would leave her alone and so that any potential issues could be avoided. It also would be important for the integration of any and all future Servus a part of the Imperii, and also dealing with Tarnatos. Regardless, a good deal of effort would be given to get a proper, codified book on the creation of the world, Kyuu, what happens after death, and the nature of other, lesser gods, spirits, and Kyuu's chosen. For while all such information was available, it wasn't in a single, concise book which would be able to be used as a good start for keeping the faithful, well, faithful. Along side being useful for converting others as those trying to convert others didn't have to remember every little thing provided they could read. The book would come to be called Naturam mundi et Kyuu, and at least when the grand event took place, the faith might spread like the Culture of the Imperii.

>Action One. Military Musicians

>Action Two & Three. Naturam mundi et Kyuu.
>>
File: Turn 38.png (2.48 MB, 2048x2570)
2.48 MB
2.48 MB PNG
WAR POST (Zombie WAR)
The undead are pushed out and annihilated at Mezentia freeing the citystate… though the amount of damages done to the once proud city is massive. The south’s hegemon is not what it used to be, most of it’s Army first destroyed by the shogun and what remained basically halved in size trough this war. it will take a while for mezentia to recover as much of it’s infrastructure has been destroyed… but now Mezentia has a debt to it’s saviours. (Fraternitas +3 Mezentiai nfluence Marca +1 Mezentia influence, Mezentias army needs 4-5 turns to recover)

The Plan in the MCU also succeeds, you are driving the undead on mass north, to a large extent annoying the Megalonodate which if not weekened now would see it as an act of war. This behaviour make the crippled nation refuse all Fraternitan help thus having them be the vector spreading infection to the water.

On unrelated news the plague has spread to Shorino and Travalhalla and is exploding in the Theocracy of the Black Forrest. The once opposed to the Marcans wolfkin now under new rulership send requests for aid to their neighbour. Willing to pay them a hefty sum in exchange for the aid.

Developments in the disease: Some of the bitten seem to transform into sentient true nightmare Abyssals. Said abyssals on one hand seem able to make the creepers follow them. Most of said ascended Abyssals seem to use their abilities to help coordinate andm ore effectively use the undead… but a few retain their memories staying loyal to the Marcans and Fraternitans. They wish to help fight the undead, but so far have been locked up due to suspicions. Additionally ‘old’ creepers seem calmer. They do not attack mindlessly instead just wandering and hiding like animals… this lack of agression means they won’t come attack you making it possible they will hide in the wild for years after the plague propper.

Minor riots in Fraternitas and Marca. Many people are digruntled at having had to kill theirl oved ones and the agressive response of the state to the sick… the sick need to be cured not killed. “Cure don’t kill” becomes a poppular slogan. Why the ideas are obviously delussional, the protesters wish for a reduction in the army, more money being given to the Celestial Pantheon and for the two states to trust the church and faith more next time.
>>
>>4548697
Imperii
>>4548542
Military musicians soon become implemented and while useful in the battlefield they are there for grand displays of triumph and military parades. The Military marching band is born. Preparation to join bands as such becomes a common hobby among Telrac. As it is plainly fun.

The new book is of course met by controversy by cleargymen who hold opinions different to words contained in it, but trough military power heresy is quickly squashed. The Naturam mundi et Kyuu soon puts into question one thing though: The Wolfkin running borthels in the name of Kyuu. Not only are non Telrac doing something in the name of Kyuu, but it is a shameless thing such as a brothel, many Telrac see that as a mockery of their faith and wish the slaves to be put in their place.

Impetheli
>>4548415
The interrogations… still seem not to be yeilding, but soon the statues notice why. The Wolfkin while noti nterrogated send their Sisu to the one who is rotating their willpower to stay unbroken. Soon this issue is solved… bu torturing them all at once. Knowing they regrow limbs are milimeter by milimeter getting crushed into mincement with the wolfkin then being fed only that… I mean why would oglems have food stored either way? Salt being pured into the wounds the wolfkin slowly break bit by bit… it frankly seems they know not much of magic, but they start muttering osmething about an old Conclaven myth. Vivek the golden stag… apparently the old council is not dead instead having fled following some divine being vaguely south west. This would explain the weird storms the Ithempeli felt.

The Arbiters military and individual prowace keep growing. Soon other statues wonder if he even is one of them. Afterall he holds a name and lacking any appretiation for the arts and lack of humour… is he merely Zlon in Statue form? The rummor of course is baseless, but spreads arround nonetheless.
>>
Shell Land
>>4548270
The development of the branch goes all according to plan, one little problem is noticed though… water seems to have low magic conductivity. Or rather average, using earth would be a better medium for using raw magic energy shocks.

The ancient ruins are rebuilt and soon the Giants return to them… sadly many of them seem to be Druidists.(event). Still the giants are oblivious instead filled with love and admiration for their saviours… even loyalty.

EVENT: The people of the north… after you restore their colony… how vile. They move in and you learn who their chieftains were. Druids. They are vile nature worshippers practicing vile plant magic. Maybe the Wargs were the ones who were right all along? Further south in the northern Island-City a young Lo-Hai hatches some of the Northeners quickly present him along with all children born that day with a set of 6 toys… Krthgl’tltlkrgh is the Spiritwalker!

To explain, the Spirit walker is a rare individual capable of entering the spirit world physically. Goin there and comming out. He can directly talk to the spirits of the spisirt world and possibly retrieve things from there. He holds a great religious singifficance being the bridge between the spirit world and this world. He can also summon spirits they contracted in the spirit world to fight for them.

Marca
>>4548434
The funeral is a somber affair afterall with the plague going on few can attend. His sons as generals are off fighting in the war and his grandsons as soldiers. Queen Theora Masos of meoswilum would of course show up even if weeks late for the funeral due to poor distance. the King’s relatives wish to hold one more funeral to honour him once the crisis is dealt with to honour a great man properly.

An exanssion north is quickly planned and occurs. A mythical land only found by lost fishers is truly there and extremely close too. The only explanation why it was yet to be found is the eternal mist covering the shores. As exploration continues only familiar sights are found. To the North once again wolfkin, but now with Kitsune and Humans. A feudal nation very unlike the BFT. While to the south east Longolo… though very agressive tribal and armed to the teeth.
>>
>>4548699
Seland
>>4548351
The iron swords are created and soon more iron comes pouring out of the mines… now if only there was actually someone to also make all this iron piling up into swords. (you need a smithy)
Arcadia
>>4548310
After the raid having spread out your forces further along your border to safeguard from future raids your forces would see themselves stretched thin as hordes of undead from the former BFT and Borevia would start pourin in. Especially the push from Borevia seems really harsh… as if they were fleeing something.

The two farms are rebuilt.
Iron Leaf
>>4548261
A Southward expanssion happens and while the land is not fully explored what harm is there claiming it first? During the expanssion the wolfkin spot what seem to be Mezentians, knowing them as happy go lucky pacifists or at most lazy druggies the Wolfkin approach with no fear only to see the Longolo being large tribal warriors. A skirmish and ensues and both sides run off after suffering minor casualties.

Soul anchor is made, though one thing is discovered. Adding your ever growing Sisu to a soul which does not grow their own changes them. It starts slowly make them take on the features of those donating, eventually the self is lost… would it not be less cruel to let the souls move into the afterlife as themselves rather as to see them slowly loose themselves?

The Conclaveans would preffer to stick to stealth, but they reluctantly finish their training… they won’t be foolish enough to think they can get by without protecting their home after loosing it twice.

EVENT: Structural mistakes in the construction of the local church to the uesugi caused the place to collapse after a strong gust of wind… wind comming from north. Some of your people panick the wind was sent by the Shogun himself.
>>
Fraternitas
>>4548398
Everyone who wanted to join already has as such the new drive is negligent. if army numbers wish to be increased a draft might be needed, but that would be a sledgehammer to the economy. Moreso… as news spread of the zombiefication being curable less people are actually willing to kill the undead as PTSD sets in… many of the volounteers have killed their loved ones after infection the realisation they could have lived is hard to deal with.

To the FBI it would seem the infected were brought to Mezentia by boat, comming from straight north. It suspiciously so seems as if someone spread it on purpose. To many people to mind would come the Meoswilan documents saying how Druids tend to spread undead and perserve them in hiding to release them again.
Travalhalla
>>4548319
The development of the Balista proceeds at expected pace a triggering mechanism and other thingsl iek that need to be invented. many taurs wonder why bother making such thing if your bows are stronger either way. Balista 1/3.

More Deeptaur are recruited most of the native deeptaurs are already fighting, as such the recruitment mostly relies on transitioning land-taur to aquatic ones. it weakens your land armies slightly boosting your aquatic presence decently.

EVENT: South of the old coal mine a gold rush occurs as hordes of taurs and slaves rush to the land to dig out a new valuble material. The material is soft and turns to white dust when it touches water. Dubbing it Cthlithium the seemingly useless material spreads quickly… why? It’s a drug, doucking it and being near it is addictive, while being near it slowly induces insanity, bloodlust and self harming tendencies. An odd spiritual high can be achieved by breething in the mist it produces as it tocuhes water and turns to dust. What the hell did we just dig out? (medium drug problem in your nation + minor economy boost)
Waking Order
>>4548220
Atulantu the City with no bottom comes into existance. Looking merely like a hole it seems unimpressive, but as you look in you see no bottom only darkness and behind the darkness the voices of those living within it. Will you dare descend the staircase down to it’s core? Nolvat abbandoned has many of the Cuvier remain transforming it into a fishery mimicking that of their homeland. While the new city also doubbles as a mine of worhtless rocks of rubble… those sure pile up as you keep digging.

As you continue nervousness besets the Tavalon it seems they might be hiding something from you… still guiding you arround they lead you to a place and start diggin with their hands… gems so many gems everywhere. You find demosits of Emerald, Sapphire and Ruby… there is riches hidden in this barren wasteland. Though what could the Tavlon be hiding?
>>
Borevia

EVENT: The Borevians give birth to a great philosopher. He proposes crazy ideas like: maybe we’d do better if we were not an asshole to everyone else? Just because you hate someone does not mean you have to tell them. non-Aurons should have to pay for our honesty, otherwise we sweettalk them. Sweckel Shwollead would revolutionise Borevian society.

MSU

EVENT: As the Church of the celestial family gains power the MSU, rejects their ancestral faith, embracing the Celestial Pnatheon as their national religion. Followers of the old faith by all means still exist, they are just a minority now and many of them flee up north to the Megalonodate of Cuvier.

Celestial Pantheon

EVENT: By the divines… by the 2 suns and 10 moons… the plague has reached the holy island. A maiden o fraternitan descent who has lost her husband in the BFT civil war is bitten by a nightmare. Not even a recluse on the holy island could provide her solace? As the Fraternitan froces seemed to ready themselves to finish off the woman her body would transform not into a partial nightmare, but into a partial… Dream? Instead of maddening shadows an aurora giving solace to everyone arround them would emerge. Additionally it seems that as a nightmare can infect trough bit she can too with her bitemark being able to transform creeps into lesser verssion of whatever she is. A new saint would be born, Medelyn Hein. (Medelyn can cure infected trough bite, church influence grows in alll nations it is present in)
>>
1. The Arcadic army, save a small force in the west to prevent raids and hunt zombies, shall be sent to the east to deal with the massive zombie incursion from the south. Same tactics of using light golems in the night and in the day for in their holes that worked well before will be done again. We must push these things from our lands.
2. To help defeat these vermin a new type of weapon would be created. A sword meant to be held in two hands by the legion golems with a wavy, serpentine, patern meant to cut and saw through fleshy, unarmoured, enemies.
>>
>>4548703
1.
>Expansion
Land is claimed for our vassal, pushing for the river.

2.
A Fort is built upon the newly claimed river tile in Eden in response to these recent Arcadian sabre rattling. Across the rushing waters, a watch is kept for any golems.

To the north, a Temple/School is built. If it was not for the gratitude and other enjoyable sentiments among the Giants, their Druids would have been skinned, and dried, but seeing an opening to change the ways of an entire peoples; different methods are attempted. The local druid chiefs are gathered in the temple, and The Whiteshell puts his research to the side to champion the evangelicalism to the vassals.

The Giants are told of the crimes of druids of the past, the curse of undead, and the purpose of civilization to tame and refine nature into a pure form. The chiefs are called to tattoo themselves with blue ink stylizing waves, and learn the arts of Water Bending, and join with the Lo-hai for the glory of Pleocyemata.
>>
>>4548699

It seemed that solving one issue only created another, it seemed some work needed to be done to rectify this issue. While what they were doing was not exactly against the doctrines of the faith, it was certainly understandable and reasonable for many to see it as a shameless mockery, and Kyuu would likely feel the same. As such, it was clear that making sure they separate their worship from their hobby of what was fairly obviously to the Heáhcásern as getting information in an unorthodox way and acting upon it, was a high priority. Simply put, they would have a fair bit of talking to, to put it lightly. Though, this would be no where near as bad as if they were considered proper servus.

Still, the encouragement given to shift their method of worship away and onto other things worked to an extent, and the result of this would be a strange musical instrument. While somewhat simple in some area's and complex in others, along with being extremely well crafted, the instrument in question would be able to be used to make curios music. It was long, with a great and extremely detailed head, combined with a tongue of wood attached to a spring that gave it a percussion ability on top of the wind based song it could make. The range of sounds on the thing was, frankly, shocking, and apparently, some sounds it made were only audible to the wolf folk. While it could sound as decent as any other instrument to any Telrac, albeit a bit foreign and strange, if played in a more peaceful manner, the instrument was designed as more than just for some rituals which the wolf folk seemed to practice. For its other service was that of a war instrument, one to shout over the heads of soldiers in battle and give inspiration to the Lupus, yet...To Telrac and to their enemies, the songs and sounds it made in war were eerie, haunting, and frankly unnerving, just due to the way the wolf folk played the thing. Still, it certainly would be of some help in war for intimidation factor alone...

Other than this, the Heáhcásern's focus was on actually starting work on the grand project that she desired to see through. Naturally, the first stage of work was simply the foundation, specifically properly setting it up, and with how large the construct was to be, this would take some time, likewise much in the way of volcanic ash would be imported for use in making into Caementicium which would be made into the foundation, walls, floors, ceilings, and pillars of the building. Ideally, by the end of the work, it could theoretically hold every single person who lived in Rubrumetria and still have room for more. Of course, this wasn't realistically possible, but the idea of making it large enough that tens of thousands could attend was a key part, as was the aesthetics of the building. Still, for now this was just the initial stage of naught but the buildings foundation.

>Action One. Carnyx.

>Action Two & Three. Work on the Grand Amphitheater
>>
>>4548697
Actions:
- Atulantu is young, but it is the umbral beacon for all of Xigurat's children. Word spreads throughout the sects, their dreams filled with beckoning calls to the umbral island. They are to come home, to gather with the rest of their ill folk so that their fledgling realm may grow even stronger. Borevia is extracted for every resource it has to offer. Its wealth, materials, iron and people all shipped off to the new center of the Order, only the unfaithful remain, along with a reserve of Aurons to continue working in the mines. The follower in Amphibia are called to join as well, so that they may feed their true brethren instead, constructing another farm next to the first one. With their number swelling, the food will be much needed for the now rapidly expanding city.

>Expand on the crescent island.
-They have come a long way since the first whispers of Xiguras graced them so long ago within their hovels. First few, then many, then legion, they are now truly a family fit to serve their great master! And finally they have returned home, where they may live closer to their lord than ever before. As such their dominion over this land should be undisputed! With their numbers bolstered, the order sets to claim all of the island under their grim banner. Let not an inch escape their grasp, for every corner is to be the domain of the old one.
>>
> Action 1: Improve Necromancers directly possessing undead to control them.
The Pulgasari being held in a comatose state finally needs to be worked on. The first step in doing so is improving the control of undead. Many necromancers struggle in controlling undead of alternate body shapes like undead Lo-Hai or Rat Kings. The solution is the spores directly growing into the undeads brain. As such when possessing the undead the necromancer temporarily gains access to the reflexes and movement patters of the undead from when it was alive. With this controlling the Pulgasari once it's up should be possible.

> Work on the Pulgasari directly 2&3
It is time to slowly work in the specialized parts of the beast. The base of the Pulgasari shall be Rusher spores, the get maximum combat performance out of it even in short bursts. Though unlike a normal Rusher the boost is made weaker (utilizing less caps) so that it may be done 3-5 times per refilling.

Many of the damage done to the beast is fixed using transplantology techniques originally developed to make rat kings. And further augmentations are made adding more armor to the beast by grafting parts of undead aligators and Lo-Hai to it.

Lastly it's digestive tract is partly filled with blower spores, meaning that if such need arises the spores can be burst and be beast can shoot a giant cloud of spores out of it's mouth.
>>
>>4549372
ADDENDUM
because the plague is spreading rapidly in the South Meoswilum will cut all shipments and contact with southern nations including the kingdom of Eden.

As such diplo and trade with the south are halted to prevent the spread of the disease.
>>
>>4548703
>Actions 1 & 2: Explore and Expand on the Island
The first explorers of the island have already claimed the entire island for the crowns, though whether or not the kings accept the claims they have yet to see. However, as long as Marcans believe that there is new frontier for them to tame, they will tame it.
>>
1 Action: Going through the records of Sealand, Vance took note of an expedition party that mysteriously went missing some years ago. Something about exploring the land between Tarnatos and Sealand. What was so peculiar about the expedition is that nobody returned. He requests that a new set of people are sent, now more properly equipped with weapons, magic, and foxes to deal with potential dangers of the unexplored territory.

1 action: Upgrade the lowest level smithy and upgrade the rice farm by the City of Vance
>>
>>4548697
Actions 1&2: Anti-Zombie Warfare Tactics
Sybaael the hero has returned and is now able to aid us directly in battle, and as she returns from her purging of the RRFU zombies and armed with her knowledge from fighting the similar foes in Meoswilum she gets to shaping up the military and drilling them on slaughtering these creatures.

Preventing infection, patrols and fires, altered sharktaur pack sizes and traps, the right weapons and how to avoid being surrounded.

She begins with the Rahak garrison and has the lessons drilled throughout the nation, before heading off to Diamond island to get the armies there properly shaped to combatting zombies though due to the nature of war it will be a while before these tactics can be enacted on the proper body of diamond island.

Warpost: The carracks are ready to sail.

Break the waves and go out, hunt down the last of the beleaguered Cuvier ships so we can properly supply the island.

As before our ships will be accompanied by deeptaur packs, which will grow stronger and even more numerous in just a tyrn.

It will be a difficult battle, but the Selunders are already tired and unable to stop our convoys getting through, what hope do they have against warships?

As for the war on the ground, now that ships are sailing once more we will supply our armies and the city to keep it well fed, ensuring no nightmares manage to get inside and having all of our wartrancing purebloods defend it with bow or scythe.

Lastly, we will continue to keep the Selunders pinned while we begin expanding east to take the mine (Unless I have to take the fortress first before I can attack the mine, in which case I won’t expand east but instead will try and encircle the pinned Selunders to once again try and achieve victory by starving my enemy out)
>>
>Action 1: Spectral Research
The Ithempeli continue interrogating, experimenting, and even tormenting the spirits to better understand the magic. (They have the Soul School already)

>Action 2: Military Action
The Cult Soldiers have worked out a supply deal with the Zlon which awards them high quality armor. This armor will of course be little more than a detriment if the Statues aren't used to casting in it. Drilling and mobility exercises are run to prepare the army.
>>
>>4549528
Note, sybaael will join the front on attacking the pinned Selunders
>>
>>4548711
>Using only the most loyal and long-standing Fraternian mages in the nation and only fraternain born native who has been thoroughly vetted by the FBI will be allowed on the project as it is known that shogun spies have in the past tried to steal our secrets. Chrysalis is refined to allow for greater manipulation and a shorter transformation time.

As agreed, saint Hein is altered using chrysalis, fortifying her body and jaws allowing her to work hours on end without tiring or harming herself.

As part of the improvement of Chrysalis, the number of Bio pods in the nation is rapidly expanded to a huge number to support the containment of the infected

> the FBI now armed with the knowledge that the nightmare cult is active and responsible for Horrors they have seen actively search them out in eastern mezentia, as they know it is the origin point of the nightmare infection.

the military will support the FBI for the inevitable raid against the cult with agents station in the port to prevent the cult from running.

war post
The abyssal who wish to help are given permission to aid in the cause they will be trained and employed in the Military part dream soldier who has been saved by the saint will work with them. They will work to locate infected that have hidden in the countryside so that they can be podded and cured later. Pink force and red Force will take up this effort

on the front line were the Infected are still being fought in the MSU and on the border of the northern sealund state a similar procedure is done, blue and yellow force dig in along the border to protect the MSU from infected hordes to the north, while the remaining infected are captured and podded with the help of the abyssal to reduce risk of infection.

Once the land has been searched and cleared both pink and red force will surround the northern mountain province where they will evacuate civies and hold the line as the seaborn infected which the navy has been holding back will begin funneling them into the province for Pink and Red force to contain and podded.


GC would pin a letter to all the forces rallying them to save as many as we can, now that a means of treatment exist we owe it to the fallen and the sick to do no less.
>>
File: Map Turn 39.png (3.64 MB, 2048x2570)
3.64 MB
3.64 MB PNG
Arcadia:
>>4548791
The zombies are pushed back once more, more easily this time, due to the increased experience of the zombie hunters. Still, dislodging the infestation from the forts is ever a tricky task.
The new sword is certainly interesting, it's serpentine shape is compared to a wavy flame, earning it the nickname of flamesword, though the initial prototypes are very difficult to forge. More research is needed to streamline the process (1/2).

Lo-hai:
>>4548864
Land is explored to the west, even crossing the river, though Lo-hai are noticing a silvering of their shells, along with... Crystal Rash. The extended frontier also opens a new vector for the plague to travel into Enman through.
The new fort does however mitigate infection from the recent expansion. To the north, the druids are outraged at the accusations, saying that it goes wholly against the druidic ways to extend life through undeath. That necromancy is by people not accepting the natural limitations of their forms.

Imperii:
>>4548971
The Wolfkin claim that being a courtesan is an artform, just one with a... carnal, twist to it. They even offer the Heáhcásern to sample their finest ladies, some are even up for letting her nibble, excited by the peril of it.
The War Horns, or Carnyx are quite the instruments indeed, with a haunting incomplete tune being played. Unfortunately the current prototype is quite expensive, some nobles have decorated ones for vanity, but it's gonna need some streamlining to be viable for military use.
However, the base for the Great Colise- Amphitheater, is built near Rubrumetrica, not only does the sides go up far, but the arena itself is significantly dug into the ground. This should allow a great many spectators to watch, though not all of the floors are completed and the sunroof is yet to be installed, it's still quite an impressive arena.

Event: Some refugees from the BFC makes it to your shores, they would usually be turned away, but they presented a tribute of strange green crystals. The nobles were intruiged about it and went about studying them. However, it was later revealed these crystals grew in the flesh of the refugees, turning them into crystal ladened zombies who became feral and attacked. A fair few nobles were infected by directly handling the crystals, but note that it is crysallized mana, and thus can be used to boost magic, though a way of draining it without touching it is needed. Though putting in your own mana does make it float, going against gravity.
>>
Waking Order:
>>4549341
Borevia's wealth siphons so that a bank closes down and is rebuilt in Tlulantu, but the Cuiver dismantle two fisheries to make one farm over in Tlulantu. Though it results in just the same amount of total buildings than before, having centralized facilities around the capital does streamline the economy a fair bit.
The expansion does well, new lands claimed, though interspersed with the culling of the occasional nightmare zombie coming from the immigrants.

Event: It seems there's a new commercial culture forming, a mix of Borevian and Cuiver. Loan Sharks start appearing, offering loans with absurd interest rates, though they also have a brutal way of making sure you pay up, or else.

Meow:
>>4549372
The synaptic link has the zombie shake and twist for a full second, before full control has been asserted, drastically increasing the agility of the target zombie. This link could theoretically be used on bigger and bigger zombies, as long as it has a limb configuration akin to the necromancer. Thus controlling a rat king is very difficult.
The Pulgasari is worked upon, the beast is large so it does indeed take time to try and reanimate it, though some rudimentary movement is produced, it struggles to even get out of the chasm you trapped it in, and only managed to do it thanks to large amounts of synaptic link usage. But this does show it's possible to reanimate and control it, but there's still a long way to go.

Marca:
>>4549485
The exploration pushes deeper, but then runs into some of the local Longolo, a savage lot, this one, wielding a wide range of fire magic, which metal armor protects very little against. So exploration instead goes along the coast, finding a rather defensible little isle down there. Colonizing of these lands go swiftly, though the locals don't like what you're doing, but they don't make up much of a threat in their current capacity.

Sealand:
>>4549510
(Written by QM1) Going back into the Area antimagic prooves itself immenzely useful as the Sealanders enter what does not seem like not a highly not magical area. this non space is empty of nothing yet full of everything. Your people are lost and suddenly they meet someone... who the HELL IS THIS?! It's a Zlon floating, flying and levitating. They don't live in this not here in this realm between reality and unreality and eventually they lead the Elves outside as freinds, they ask them to not enter their land again as it my lead to it's destruction, but they are happy to trade with them at the border.
(Written by QM5 again) With the upgraded forge, you should not be able to fully support the iron production for navy and army. Meanwhile Vance (the city not the man) gets more food to feed their frontiersmen.

Event: The Lapis mine sees diminishing returns, the veins run dry. Attempts are made to try and find a nearby vein, though the rushed mining also causes a fair few cave ins. Ultimately... the mine is abandoned.
>>
Tavthalla:
>>4549528
The zombie tactics are easily impelemented, well, most of them. Avoiding infection and fighting off the dead is simple, and with the war scythe it's quite simple, though the Sharktaur have to live with spears and tridents for their weapons. But the part about hunting down hidden zombies hit a bit of a sore spot, having to quash the hopes of people wishing for a cure, so it isn't completely implementeed. The tactics are tested in your lands, clearing the capital and the nearby fort.

Event: Some locals have decided to form vigilante zombie hunters. They are more than happy to clear the zombies from our lands, even hunting down any who harbor zombies and ensuring no zombie escapes their gaze.

Ithempeli:
Previous Turn: The interrogation continues, but with more forceful means, they may be stubborn but flesh is still weak. But then, one of the prisoners is killed, but her soul remains, even lashing out against the statues. She manages to pass on before the statues can find a way to restrain her, but this opens up a different way to get this information. Further prisoners are put in rooms of various minerals and killed, salt is found to prevent them from passing on, and once that is done, the Statues get to study souls directly, and how magic affects them.
The School of Spirit Magic and 1/2 Branch of Determination is acquired.
>>4549541
The torment and experiments on the spirits has the Ithempeli find ways of destroying souls. Not make them pass on, but, as claimed with Yuuka Daikyo, destroying the souls entirely, denying them any sort of afterlife. This understanding is what made resistance to Blackblade so stiff, they knew without a shadow of doubt, that Yuuka was no more. The gains from this interrogation is lesser, as the prisoners dwindle in number, more just turning into a study session on the soul.
Branch of Determination and methods of soul extermination acquired.
The military say they did not acquire any armor from the Zlon, and instead they spent their time procuring it from the Zlon in Brotherhood. After various negotiations they got some backstreet plate-construction, though these are not nearly as uniform as the proper Zlon stuff, though it does provide substantial protection. But the Zlon flat out refuse entry to anyone wearing "Reject Carapace".
>>
RRFU:
>>4549705
The new Chryssalis is indeed faster and more in-depth, but it is also difficult to operate and even more expensive, though this makes it ideal for royalty and government, as it keeps close control over who operates and who is operated on with it. Though despite this, the attempt to modify Saint Hein ends in failutre, any new modification withers and the original regenerates to take it's place. Something or someone is sabotaging attempts to deviate from Hein's birthday setup.
Your operatives find a psychoactive drug being consumed by many members of the Skyblue Sun. It gives them a light in these dark times, but it's also incredibly addictive. The addicts are forced to go cold turkey, where many start ratting out fellow addicts and even who sold them the drug, in an attempt to be given some of the drug as reward. Though some straight up die from their withdrawals, their addiction ran too deep.

--

MSU:
The Miyagi Sealand Union, now being the eastern frontline against the zombie plague, manages to influence a change in the Skyblue Sun. With their clinics having been attacked by raiders, Wolfkin and now zombies, they have seen the need of a military arm to protect themselves. Thus, a Hospitaller Order of warriors are trained, loyal to the protection of patients and also preaching the virtue of charity. They're nice people.

BFC:
Blighted Zombie Zombie. As the nightmare zombies spread through the ravaged lands like flame through kindling, it happens across Shaanlín, where fungus zombies still linger. The two infections fight each other, threatening mutually assured destruction until they come across a silvered Lo-hai. The Lo-hai dismember them but the damage has been done, as the alchemic rash mixes the zombie fungus and the zombie nightmare into a single subversive infection.

The Crystal Rash has begun. Creature infected with this will find themselves eaten inside out by crystalline growths, turning you into a crystal-ladened zombie, seeking only to further spread, though the worst part is what happened to the wood-eating fungus, which now turns trees into strange mushroom things that spray crystal ladened spores into the nearby area. However, the crystals themselves are not silver, instead it's a multitude of different minerals transmuted from the flesh of their unfortunate victims.

[War Posts to Follow, but for now, you're free to post]
>>
>>4550279
>The Waking Order disbands, a new Nation emerges.
The order has finally gathered in full within Atulantu. There are still some out there no doubt, refusing the call for one reason or another but they are lost and of no consequence. They have given up on their birthright, and have no part in the newest creation of Xiguras. With their new home, land and purpose, the cult once known as the Waking Order is no more for the time of waking has passed. Now rises a new nation born of the believers. It will be named Al'qayu , the abyssal realms, for wherever it reaches will belong to the Deep one! Eternal will it reign!

Actions:
-Pavlom, the chief of Tavlon, has divulged to Akiva a great secret. They have hidden an ancient temple dedicated to one of the 4 heroes, Ivnis, where they revere his nightmarish ascendance. Even grander, they know where he is buried as well. Truly pleased that their native friends are not far different from themselves, Akiva convinced the chief to lead him to their sacred site. Assembling an exploration effort, they follow the chief, eagerly anticipating the secrets they might unearth.

- Their expansion on the island goes well, but it is yet to be completed. The realm continues to lay its claim to the last few inches of land left free of their grasp. While these efforts are in progress, the realm finds itself with the capacity to create as well. Where the order was meant to sow the seeds and tend to the crop of minds, Al'qaye is the reaping of that harvest and is now meant to enrich those it has gathered. For this purpose, a grand hall is carved within the upper levels of pit. This hall will be their atheneum, the house of all their knowledge and the center of their studies . Though it is humble in size and rather empty, in time it will come to possess a wealth of information as vast as the oceans themselves.
>>
The Iron King is in a foul mood. Marca is at our border again, and rubbing into it aggressively, but we cannot fight them, not in our current state, if ever. We are backed into an even smaller corner, hostility is inevitable so it is time to gather our strength. Miho gets the go-ahead for her golem project, Hiro is sent to talk with the local Longolo, while Moriko is sent to prospect for iron, copper, whatever metals we can use, Tomoko has her aided by Iron Leaf prospectors.

Action 1: Invent Animation > Golemancy > Phylactery Golem.
The Phylactery Golem is hollow and human-shaped, so as to contain a humanoid soul. It's form is also more slender to better mimick the humanoid form, which leaves them fragile. The most important part is the face, having far more articulation than the rest of the body, and then draped in the finest cloth, as the face is a window into the soul.

Action 2: Prospect for metal.
Seeing as we're put in a corner, we must look for resources which can help break out of this encirclement. If we could find iron, that would be grand. But failing that, we will go for any metal that can smelted into shape, even if it's lead.

Action 3: Diplomacy with the Longolo.
Hiro and an entourage of Wolfkin, humans and Kitsune move to greet the tribal Longolo, to have talks with them, to ease tensions and maybe teaming up against Marcan encroachment.
>>
2 actions: Not wanting reality to collapse in on itself Oak forbids any more expeditions into the area right after an exposition. Based on his own findings of course and as he’s the head researcher of a lot of things in Sealand Dulon takes his advisers it. Instead he puts efforts into making massive bows for the ships, large ones that could be mounted on the ships, several that could be filled with massive arrows and fired at other ships while out on sea to actually destroy an opposing ship. Hopefully, it would be enough to make their ships more effective, and with heating, hopefully wooden ships would burst into flames on the first strike.
>>
1. With the city now restored the people go back to their old tribal haunts. Laying claim to them once more as they are eager to experience the land now harmonized.

2. Despite learning of the secrets of astral magic. Only the prophet knew how to utilize its mysteries. If we are to rectify this then we must study how to perform them ourselves. To begin with we must expand our senses beyond the physical and see into the beyond. Much power flows through the earth and if one cannot sense it then they will surely drown in its current.
>>
>>4550301
>Warpost: Meoswilum
With their transference complete, there is only one thing left tying the Realm to its former identity: The Borevian ships in their possession. Seeking to rid themselves of this evidence, while offering a tribute to their master, they choose to put the last remaining vessels to good use. Making a final departure from Borevia, the realm fills the ships with as many creeps as it can carry. Steered by a crew of nightmares, they set sail North, aiming for their ruined colony bordering the Meoswilum kingdom, for the fruits of chaos are abundant in the South, and it is time for others to offer their suffering as well. The ships are unceremoniously rammed into the shores at night, creeps spewing forth unto these virgin lands while the Abyssian crew retreat into the waves and make their way home.
>>
>>4550440
> Warpost Response
Knowing about the plague from the South the Meoswilans (last turn) have closed down all diplomatic and trade relations with the South.

This would include the Borevian colony where "no immigration would be allowed". Borevian boats being seen approaching Meoswilan waters would first be attempted to be turned away. If no we'd use our superior navy (naval tech traded once from Elves) to sink any boats which infringed on our waters.

If the waters go purely for the Borevian colony we will let them trough, though will fortify borders and once any "creeps" are spotted we will sink any Borevian ships we suspect of harboring them.

If not my nation is one of experts with dealing with undead and we got further information from the RRUF about those specific undead. We shall not let this plague into our lands.
>>
>>4550276

Unsurprisingly, the Heáhcásern would decline, and be a bit annoyed at such an offer. Still, hopefully they would at least stop stating they were doing such in Kyuu's name at least. And in order to try and further this and draw at least some away from this hobby and to other things, further work to finish that little instrument so more than just a handful of the richest could. Of course, even so the design was far from standard, as the head could take on a number of different looks. Still, this was more of a minor thing that the Heáhcásern wanted to simply get out of the way so it ceased to bother her. Then she could go back to the continued creation of the grand Amphitheater, at least, that was what she wanted to do anyway.

But as all things, something would come up to interrupt that. Another plague, and one that afflicted much of the nobility. Naturally, given that the people infected were nobles, finding a way to cure this affliction was of importance. And it was clear such was magical in nature. Still, methods both magical and mundane would be worked upon, as once there was a way to make sure that the disease didn't kill the important people who got themselves infected or otherwise change them into monsters that would need to be put down. Regardless, while efforts to actually cure the thing were done, the military would be on standby in order to deal with any...problems...that arise from those infected too long. Ideally, the Military can make up for any area's the Medicus lack in...Still, it seemed like every time the Heáhcásern wanted to work on an important project something always came up to curse her and force the Imperii's attention away. Ideally this wouldn't last as long as the last plague...

>Action One. Finish the Carnyx.

>Action Two & Three. Work on finding a way to cure the disease, at least during early stages if not during later ones.
>>
Reminder I have the cure for the silver blight and can at least slow down the spread.
1. Push the zombies from the fort and finally out of our lands. Use light golems in the night and to flush out inside buildings and the ruined fort. Set up nightly patrols using light golems on the border to be sure they do not return.
2. The work on designing the Great Kriss to fix the small issues that remain. 1/2
>>
>>4550281
Actions 1 and 2: Finish development of the Ballista

Doubters will see their folly, for this is a tool that stores the power of a taur many times over, to unleash it later all at once.

With this design completed the first of the ballistae are forged in the metropolis of Rahak, its industrial quarter churning out the new weapons of war intended for use in our armies.

In time this design too will be modified and improved upon, but for now we are satisfied with this tool that can punch through walls with peerless accuracy.
Some even dare to suggest mounting them on our carracks to blast our enemies from afar.

Meanwhile the government sees about checking in on the effects of this worrying metal drug found in the wasteland

Specifically those that occur in people who overuse it, and those who use it rather responsibly.

It is also investigated its effects on those who have perfected the wartrance and achieved dominance over mind and body.
>>
Turn 38's Tavthalla-Cuiver Warpost (Written by Scruffy):
>>4548220
>>4548319
As the Cuvier amass their forces on the Southern shores, they realise the horrors carried in by the tides. The mainland has suffered under this menace for a great time, so they are aware of the nuisance they are facing. Noting as well that the Tavthallan are their superiors on land combat, they device a different strategy. The city will be lost, but this does not mean the island falls completely either.

They fortify their position, entrenching themselves in the beachead they have established. From this defensive position they suffer losses from the Tauren skirmishers, but they soon erect shield walls and dig trenches to shelter them from Tavthallen arrows. If the Taurs want to drive them from the island, they will have to engage in gruelling combat on their grounds.

For now, their greatest advantage comes at sea. Their naval and aquatic superiority is where their strengths lie, and thus they shall exploit it for all its worth. They will refocus their efforts to maintaining their beachead position, while sending ships to the Eastern side of the island and engage with any reinforcements or supplies the Tavthalla try to send to their forces. With any luck, the Taurs will be starved out or claimed by the creeping menace.

Turn 39's Tavthalla-Cuiver Warpost:
>>4549528
The battle rages at sea, hoping to starve out the Taurs, but as the Cuiver move in with superior numbers and water magic, to try and battle the Sharktaurs, arrows plunge through the water. It is not uncommon for ships to shoot arrows into the waters, but the sheer amound of them is what's unusual. As the Cuiver breach the surface they see the reason why: War Carracks. The War Carracks shift the battle at sea, able to house several times as many archers on it's deck, and with castles providing even better vantage points, they create zones of denial around themselves, and thus safezones where Sharktaurs can rest.

With this, the convoys break through handily, able to not only bring the supplies, but the increased cargo capacity makes them bring a surplus in addition to many more soldiers. The Taur army is replenished, though this leaves fewer warriors back home, sending the army piecemeal would risk far greater casualties.

Casualties still mount at the sea, but Cuiver are feeling most of the sting, though the waters do grow thick with zombies, they have a tougher time breaking through the thicker hull of the Carracks, and outpacing the more plentiful repair crew. Some try climbing up to the deck but warscythes make short work of them.
>>
(Previous post has wrong name, forgot to alter it.)

Turn 39's Fraternitas' War on Nightmares:
>>4549705
The scouring of the land has met great success, as the tale of a cure has people hopeful. Though there were a couple of times when they found some has inadquately restrained their infected beloved, but the army was more than able to put them down. They would meet up at the MSU border, though not all of the infected could be podded, so a lot were just put in cages. In the MSU lands, the zombies are pushed back, a perimeter is established, though they were also joined by the Hospitaller Order, seeing the destruction of zombies as a more proactive form of healthcare.

[End of War Updates for Turn 39]
>>
>Action 1: War Action (Public Drilling)
The army is drilled publicly frequently. Those who disappoint are publicly humiliated while those who excel take an immediate spotlight in society. Onlookers can praise the efforts of Ithempeli's Army and maybe pick up a few tricks of their own.

>Action 2: Magic Action (Interrogation)
We have their school, we have their branches. While we understand their magic to the core, we've yet to use any of it ourselves; We need spells. Eager to finally have something to show the people, Interrogation continues, praying on the desperate prisoners and feeding them lies of freedom and comfort.
>>
>>4550503
WARPOST:

We are winning the sea battle, and (This turn) our deeptaur numbers grow.

It is time to focus completely on the land assault.

Focus down the pressed Cuvier we have pinned down and surround them from land and from sea.
Pin them down into a single position and attack the Cuvier army unless and until they surrender, they stand no chance against us now though we may take losses.

With the Cuvier surrounded, before we begin culling them we would like to make contact with the Megalodon who we have been ignoring their peace requests for a while now
>>
>>4550276
1.
These recent impurities infections of shell, the Silver Blight and Crystal Rash are growing concerns. The foremost focus is to prevent the plagues from reaching Greater Pleocyemata, and limiting it to Enman. The infected are separated, corralled to the river border fort, and the shell growths are attempted to be removed by cutting the shell and prying it off.

2.
Begin Branch of Relays for School of Magical Circuitry. The art of channeling magic through earth, shell, or stone via circuits, continues to grow.

>Diplo
>Giant Vassal

Un'kltn addresses the druids claims.

"What Would Be The Will Of Nature Concerning The Threat Of Wargs? Your People Would Have Been Consumed By The Strongest Beast. It Has Been Only Through The Strength And Will Of Civilization, That Beast Of The Wild Has Been Driven Back Enough To Reclaim Your Home. If Your People Return To Your Ancestral Ways, You Will Follow Their Fall."

As a means to further entrench them to their leige crabs, the Giants are taught basic water bending for a warg hunt, and are to join with the hunter crabs in protecting their lands from the beasts.
>>
>>4550282
>Charcter Action
Georgeo cleanerson spends time acting as the emotional rock and shoulder to lean on for both his wife who is now adjusting to being a dream touched and Saint hein, who is struggling with her guilt over the two men she failed to save. He helps both to be at peace with themselves and recover with his help.

>using rejuvenation and Bio pods a new spell is created, Restoration which restores the body and energy of a person in a short time.

Army Patrol the land and aid the MSU in holding the line, Continue with plodding operations, the navy blockades all in coming ships and looks out for infected. any ship wishing to enter the RRFU will be forced to land in the mountain province for quarantine
>>
>>4550279
>Action 1: Explore West

>Action 2: Send Missionaries to the savage Longolo
We send peaceful men to make proper contact with this tribe, to both civilize and bring the light to these people. These missionaries will bring word of the miracles of the Goddesses, and will hopefully soon see the benevolence that is Marca.
>>
File: Turn 40.png (2.38 MB, 2048x2570)
2.38 MB
2.38 MB PNG
Imperii
>>4550471
The Carnyx is finished and it truly is a one-of-a-kind instrument even “non-telrac” in some way. It will greately help expand Imperii culture and music.

The cure for the novel disease is well nowwhere to be found. The only cure seems to be to chop off the crystal and store it safely, but no matter in what container you but it it very slowly starts eating away at it too. Still after a few weeks the crystal return in patients, more worryingly it seems to spread to trees making them Mushroom-like and spreading the mago-crystaline growths. Trying any magic on it merely makes the subjects float. Still some progress was made as:

1. The Imperii learn that there is a fungal component to the disease, meaning to meoswilans might be able to help.
2. The disease has a magical component, so maybe Elven Anti-Magic could help or lo-Hai controll of magic trough their circuttry.

More worryingly though those in early stages of infection seem to keep their sanity and have their magical power boosted manyfold, using it to win fights or take revenge… interestingly enough in them the disease seems to proceed more slowly, wonder why?


Impetheli
>>4550526
The training goes well… to make the Elite soldiers even more Elite, but less and less Statues wish to join the army and come to the demonstrations fearing embrassment. Suspicions of the Arbiter not being part of the divine whole of Ithempeli also keep mounting. Afterall the Ithempeli are one, the closer to the true united being they once were they are the better they are yet more new forms keep diverging and some of them claim supperiority over the true forms closest to the original? (more orthodox parts of ithempeli society are very unhappy with the Arbiter)

After the last interrogation most prisoners were dead and of those alive few were sane… and of course of those sane were the ones of the strongest will… but in time even they were broken. Bought wolfkin slaves were taught as actors and staged a fake escape in which one of them was killed to trick the Wolfkin to use their soul magic to keep the dead’s soul around. The plan succeeded and the Ithempeli learned the spell which let’s the wolfkin keep souls arround after death, though as the roose was found the rest of the captive wolfkin either had their mind completelly broken or commited suicide. No more captives to interrogate remain.

EVENT: From the East a great Migration of statues comes, the city quickly grows untill it can be considered a metropolis. Why? Many of the statues wished to no longer live in undevelopped wild land the great capital is where the show is at! (you loose 2 provinces, your capital becomes a Metropolis)
>>
>>4550770
Shell Land
>>4550541
Cutting off chunks of the shell works fine for Silver Blight, but much less so for Silver blight ast he disease just keeps reappearing no matter how much you cut. One idea which works perfectly for silver blight is hooking up an empty battery to it and having all the magic get sucked in stopping the diseases progress. This also seems to slightly slow Crystal Blight growth, but not by much.

Marca
>>4550703
The exploration would directly enter Kos’loh territory, as such no word from them would be heard off. (Exploration failed)
The next attempt at exploring the land and contacting the Ko’loh would be more sucessful, as the Kos’loh would allow the missionarries in.

HAPPENING: Colony unsuported
Without a city to act as a center of administration the new Marcan colony is quickly devolving into savagery and unrest, especially as very few people are inhabiting a large area. Additionally with no farm to produce food or port to import it the people are forced to sustain themselves of their own farms, hunt or trade with natives, making their lives very hard unlike the mainlanders. Meaning few mainlanders wish to go there.

Seland
>>4550392
The Sealundian plan is an odd one, to further improve travalhallan bows is a truly impressive task. For convenience they will be shot sideways and their size is increased so much so that only one fits on a ship. Up to 40 strong sailor men need to pull alon a bow string and let go the same instant to release the arrow. The new bow is created and it’s a raw power is… frankly ridiculous, but due to how it is fired it takes a long time to load, is very imprevise and prone to hurting the ones firing it.
>>
>>4550771
Arcadia
>>4550477
Thanks to Fraternitan volounteer warriors known as the Seramists undead are mostly pushed out of Arcadia. Said warriors are a heresy of the Celestial Pantheon with many Vampires among them. Many mages wonder if we should send help to our neighbours if just so more undead don’t pass into our nation again from theirs. The undead are gone from the land, but are pushing in from literally every border the nation has straining it’s military immensely afterall each undead lost is easily replaced… but a single mage lost means thousands of golems lost. The nation slowly sees itself forced to utilise non-mages with basic equipment to keep the border protected, but those get infected easier contributing to the horde.

On another note odd rare “crystal creepers” seem to be spotted at the border they seem happy to attack the other undead, but if they go for the mages are much harder to kill. many mages saw odd green crystal grow on their skin, they seem to boost their magical power without any additional consequences as such they keep fighting on on the battlefield. Knowing of silver blight they would be allowed to keep operating as long as they are kept away from other mages and poppulated areas.

EVENT: The undead hordes continuing their advancement would by surprise catch the ancient Mezentian palace-embassy. The destruction of such ancient historical building is a great loss, though some Arcadians are relieved nothing of value to their nation was lost.

Iron Leaf
>>4550382
The new type of Golem is developped sucesfully. The new golem is indeed fragile, but being abl to use foritfication magic is able to compensate for it. The Souls made to be expressive mimicking aurons are done using small amounts of lead traded in anciet times from the UFC.Though the lead sun runs out and expressionless metal faces have to do for most. (you need to find/trade lead for expressive faces)

Prospecting for metals goes well as soon a source of iron above the river and one source of jade right next to your capital are found. no traces or more expsinve metals like copper, gold, platinum or silver seem pressent in this land.
>>
Fraternitas
>>4550624
The new spell is created, but as direct rejuvenation of the body beyond speeding up natural processes is impossible the spell is modified to instead breaking down the subjects body and quickly regrowing it anew in the pod. This procedure while just as effective, is frankly weird to many people as they wonder if it’s even the same person getting out of the pod. The person undergoing it also sometimes suffers from confussion and a loss of sense of self.

Georgeo and the Saint quickly get closer though there clearly is a very big gap as if a casm between the two in worldview it is as if both of them looked at the same thing, but saw completelly different things, but precisely of this the Saint likes to keep him arround for he is very knowlegable in things she is not and she hopes she eventually can bring who she sees as a good but misguided man closer to the faith.

EVENT: The Seramist heresy. A retired army officer Herisher Sera and famous Priest has come out of retirement at the respectable age of 70 (unaugmented). Sera trough his for a human incredible physical strangth and knowlege of the Celestial Family has quickly ammassed a following being one of the best undead hunters during the war. He is the man who wrestled an Abyssal and then beat it todeath using a holy book. Heirsher seems greately upset about the Saint and the stance on the nightmares she forced onto the Celestial Pantheon. nailing 97 declarations on his churches wall he declared the Church illigitmaate starting what would be known as the Seramist Heresy of Remormation to it’s followers. The Seramists believe that all those carrying the plague need to be exterminated at all cost, with healing them being a silly endevour. They pride themselves in maximising their ocmabt power trough bioaugmentation and a readily embrace of Vampirism. Many Seramists have traveled abroad to the TBF, Megalodonate and Arcadia to hunt undead. The Seramists are very liked by the Skyblue Sun.
>>
>>4550774
Travalhalla
>>4550496
The Ballista is created and while the rebbels posess a few of their own they lack the ability to make more as such the question will now be answered: Which is stronger? A force many times stronger than a Taur or a Taur with an Unbrekable Shield. Many taur on the other hand seeing the streangth of this device frankly dislike it, it destroyst he need for physical fitness and seems like something the weakblood races should do to compensate for their weakness not proud Taur. Many more traditional army divissions do not wish to use this weapon seeing it as dishonourable.

EVENT: The Rahhus rebellion would be a major event, for a nation as small and poor in resources as Travalhalla. After a deposit of Mythrill would be found near Rahhus the Mayor of “Mezentia of the East” would choose to declare independance to keep the resource for themselves after preparing sufficiently to be able to deffend. The Rahhus Republic would be born a state in which the countless Tauric slaves would be freed and ready to fight alongside the Taurs. Their symbol would be a Mythrill shield. Their main form of war would be Mythrill shields with Cthulithium on the front, protecting the shieldbearer from it’s effects, but instilling the addiction andi nsanity in the attacker. The news of the new rebellious state and their Mythrill would soon spread to Mezentia (trough diplomat) as well as Fraternitas and Marca.

Waking Order
>>4550301
Huligurath once known as the Colossus, is an odd man. His quest for power only furthered by the Waking Order, few were surprised when he remained among the Waking cult instead of following the others to Al’qaya… afterall he is the leader of what remains of the waking cult. May rise the order of the Awake under the rule of Huligurath, may the Borevians make good use of subersive cult made subject.

The exploration goes well and you are intoduced to a grand temple. The story of Ivnis is the story of a Taur tribe of that name which wandered into an empty wasteland and while dying and starved was attacked by Nightmares. All died, but one who defeated all the nightmares, many became heroes because they were chosen by the Gods, Ivnis was chosen by the Gods because he crawled his way into the realm of heroes himself. The temple is truly impressive, and the sotory impresses many of the cult having about 20% turn to incorporating worship of the Hero into their prayers. His grave is located on the main continent, somehere on the shore of the Inland sea, the exact location is unknown but supposedly his grave is easy to find having a large stone circle above it. (something like stone henge)

The expanssion goes well and a grand hall is created. Deep within the hole hides a place of learning and Eldritch knowlege.
>>
>>4550775
Nemen Capiphate
>>4550438
The nemen race by apperance man, but by heart Lion, tryly is supperior to other humans in spire of their simmilar apperance. They are the ones who have tamed the Nemean Lions, lions brought them into the fold to pull their Chariots in War. Nemeans are in tune with music, magically absorbing it allowing music to easily bless or curse them, they harmonise with the land beneeth them. They also practice martial arts akin to a dance, melodic, but strong. (all you startting actions are fine, except you can only have 1 Mythrill mine)

Magic:
School: Astral
Branches: Astrology, Astral Body
Spells: Expanded Senses (Astral Body branch)

Colonising further the the Nemen for the first time leave the basin of their river, they find a land as barren as all other’s far away from the lifebringing river, they call their home. (river important, give name). To the north of the newly aquired lands a ruin of a small city stands centuries old.

Within the branch of the Astral Body the spell of enhanced senses is created, said spell allows one to have their astral body extend beyond their mortal shell with said body experiencing and sensing all things as if it was expanded itself.


EVENT: A character from your nation (not hero make someone up) and a group of their followers chooses to go on a journey of martial arts and self improvement. They mish to travel the world and improve themselves why they do so.


Enmancipated Kigdom of Eden

EVENT: In the Enmancipated Kingdom a rare migration and breeding season of Megalo Elephants would happen. The Docile giants would be welcome with open arms. Soon the animals are tamed and incorporated into the nation becomming it’s own interesting piece of culture. Megalo Elephants being used as Moutns, being big enough to be ridden by Lo-Hai and used to pull large loads.
>>
>>4550770
WARPOST: (Part 1)

After the war broke our Tavthallan ships would begin to blockade the rebels, preventing any further communication, while the very first ballistae are crudely slapped on the decks of carracks that secure the shored ready to terminate any rebellious Taurs, or daring Selunders.
>>
>>4550778
River Name: kephir- When Nemeus became man he skinned his old pelt for clothing, but left the meat for he found the thought of self cannibalization distasteful. Hungry still, he wandered around the city and found strange milk in a barrel. When he drank it he was disgusted for he was unused to human tastes. Abandoning it he returned to his old body and found that the carcass was filled with bees that left sweet honey inside. While there was not much honey he found that it tasted good so he took some and put it in the fermented milk. Making it taste good as well and for the first time his hunger was truly sated. He called this drink kephir and this is why the river gained its name. For it brings bounty to the land and makes it good.

Event: Exemplar Kinnor leads the order of the Five Corded String. like many martial orders they hold that through harsh and grueling training they can temper themselves like metal. In addition they have also taken to self flagellation as one of their purification rites which is where they get the name. They also equate the string as being their fist with the cord their fingers, each representing a mystery that once learned through pain will allow one to attain enlightenment.

1. Spirit Empowerment (Astral): There is much energy that flows in one's body. Echoing the strength of one's spirit yet not truly a part of it. Taking upon what was learned of the senses one can utilize these pathways by funneling their soul's power directly through them. Empowering oneself and allowing to touch the normally immaterial.

2. With the ancient city discovered the Nemeans are eager to explore. With the priests being more cautious as they go around blessing everything in sight to avert any potential curses that may have lingered in this dead city.
>>
1 action: With the first of the land near Sealand finally uncovered, another expedition is set to move out along the river, the expedition group being told to prepare for unreality. Those that were sent on the previous mission are asked to be guides, if there could be anything that is a semblance to a guide in these zones. They wish them luck and hope that the reality that they trek into does not collapse around them as the Void Zlon have warned of. Foxes are suggested to be the first to enter should it destabilize and collapse That no personnel is lost immediately.

1 action: Seeing as the Ballistas were still incredibly inefficient, more work is but in to getting them down to fewer men, and anchors are looked at for this as they don’t take over half the ships crew to pull up despite the size. A thing to wind back the bow string and lock it in place to be loaded and fired.
(1/2 actions)
>>
>>4550775
The temple is a sight to behold, and soon it becomes an common event where believers will travel there so that they may worship and deliver offerings to Xiguras. The tale of Ivnis is welcomed and the tale of the grand champion becomes an inspiring story for those of the realm to never cease in their pursuits be it for conquest, knowledge, or indulgences. For only those proven to be worthy are chosen for greatness.

Actions:
>The pursuit of knowledge

-The library is complete, but from from finished is its purpose. It will grow until all secrets both mundane and forbidden are revealed. But that journey is an everlasting one, so it is best to take the first steps now. Within its halls progress begins, and the realm's focus this day is on their Abyglyphs. They have proven to be an effective method to summon the power of Xiguras so that his influence may seep into the world. Each glyph acting as a doorway of sorts. The core component as they all know is blood, for there is power in it. Thus far they have learned to use that of mortal's, what would happen if they used something more connected? The Realm extracts blood from their Abyssians, exploring its uses in the art of abyglyps. The theory is that them being from the dream dimension and being in close connection with Xiguras, their blood is rich with the power and potential needed for their master to poor even more power into them.

-At the same time, the school of necromancy will be explored. Originally knowledge that was acquired from the infiltration of Arcadia, there was never any real use or application for it thus many, many of its secrets remain obscured to the Realm. But these secrets will not elude us for long. Their first steps into this art will be minor, first experimenting with the remains of fish mostly, along with other animal remains they can find. They incorporate into their necromancy the use of glyphs as well, to see if they could bind foreign entities to reanimate the remains.
>>
Tomoko watches a show put on by Phylactery Golems, they're showing off what agility they are able to muster from these bodies, though they are still quite clumsy, due to how recent of an invention these are, but there's also worry about what the peak of agility for these bodies are. Numerous joints get cracked due to flexing too much, some even lose limbs entirely as they push the body to it's limits. Still, the agility they can muster is still better than the average golem. But work will have to be done for better joints at some point.
But once the acrobatics show is over, comes the issues of the state. The Longolo wish to make a visit to our leader, but we're hardly presentable in our current state, we need an arena to show off in, we also need to get to ironworking that new deposit we found and... well Miho has been rather thirsty for that knowledge, so we'll oblige.

Action 1: Build Arena+ (Theatre+).
In prepation for a meeting, we shall make a big ol' arena, where fights and shows are done, a place for demonstration of skill and mastery. The main building is a simple 2 story affair, 1st story has the arena and side rooms while the 2nd story has the audience seating. But then comes the third story, not part of the main building, instead being various houses and platforms hanging from the trees around the arena.

Action 2: Build Iron Mine+.
The mine shall be setup to provide fresh iron. We have mainly been working on reforging iron, smelting down swords to make nails and wardarts, conserving and reusing our iron, but now we can get some new iron for new weapons and new tools. Besides, we can trade it with the Longolo, get them on our side, and get passage into their lands.

Action 3: Send Miho Yuki, the Court Wizard, to study with the Longolo.
These people are savage, yet they gave us a book. One would not make a written language and a system for making books for just one example. This means they likely have a library of knowledge, for which Miho has a bottomless thirst. So her project for eternal life is put on hold as she is to study with the Longolo, maybe learn some other way of continuing to live, or just a good way of writing down the information, so she can finally archive all of her knowledge for others to browse.
>>
1. With most of the mages on the borders preventing the zombies from returning those few that can be spared, along with apprentices, are sent to stop the spread of the silver blight to the control of the silver farm. We can not allow the destruction of our working and military golems at a time like this. Should also be good for the students studies.
2. A team of soul, earth, and biology magic experts is formed to study this new crystal blight. They wear heavy robes, gloves, masks, and hoods thats are to be burned after the study as well as air elementals in the lungs. Their goal is to find out the properties of these crystals, why they improve magic, how the blight spreads if possible, what other affects it may have on those infected, if it grows on golems too, and if removing the magic cures the crystal blight same as the silver blight.
>>
> Action 1: The Pulgasari Saga
The Pulgasari Saga is written, it is supposed to be a grand work of literature on par with the Southerlands Saga. In this work we tell the heroic tale of battling and defeating the Pulgasari. The story focuses on He Theorgso and He Ryllhae and greatly exaggerates their heroism and contribution in taking down the beast. On the other hand the contributions of the Lo-Hai and Telrac are stated with utter most care of precision to what really happened, and their good character heroic nature and selfless help in taking down the beast is emphacized.

We also will exaggerate the already impressive power of the Pulgasari, so once we revive it as our own our enemies fear it the more.

> Action 2&3
The Zombiefication of the Pulgasari is going well, before it fully reawakens we need to make sure we can feed it as it's hunger will be greater than when it was alive. We shall created 4 farms farming Water Hedgehogs and chicken to provide food for the walking siege engine and beast of war.
>>
>>4550771
>Action 1: Found a City
The new city of Austrocia will be the connection from the island to the mainland.

>Action 2: Build a Port & Farm in Austrocia
Sustain the inhabitants.
>>
>Actions 1 & 2: Military Actions (The Romance of War)
The First notices the growing distaste for his creations focus on the tragedy aspects of Ithempeli over the Fortune. Being a much more talented orator and organizer, the First pairs up with the Arbiter to help him in his ambitions to fuel the army but in a manner which won't destroy his prestige in the process. Plays and speeches are designed to honor the soldiers and make the profession into one of prestige comparable to an actor.
The drills are toned back in their humiliating aspects, instead using positive reinforcement such as jeweled medals and first claim to improved pieces of armor to encourage effort put forth in training. While the First does the work to ensure a positive outlook on the Arbiter and his army, the Arbiter continues to share his wisdom with the soldiers, training them in efficient use of the mana cannon and coordinating through hand signals observed through the Arbiter and other commander's eyes via share senses.
>>
>>4550774
Infostructure action: build a port on the inner coast in central northern Fraternitas and increase the production of Bio Pods within the RRFU

Religion action: gain Influence over the splinter sect of the Celestial Pantheon, having Theologians and well-placed donations help give us a guiding hand in the new sect.

War post
Navy
The joint Inner sea grand fleet would make take two actions, the first would to be push the undead back to a holding line while smaller detachments are sent to put down and clear other smaller pockets of infection behind the line. Then once the pockets have been clear then phase two begins, the Fleet will slowly push into the undead hordes in the water, podding as many as they can and mercy killing those that they can’t.

Army
Pink force acting quickly contains the undead threat on the coast podding them and killing those that they are unable to.

Red force, Blue force and, yellow force launch a full-scale invasion of northern sealund, they are ordered to break the military resistance they meet, but to be kind and humanitarian to the civilians they liberate. The Undead are to be podded or killed when podding is not an option.
>>
>>4551942
forgot the pic
>>
1.
Expand the mines and begin to streamline the process of extraction, to increase raw production and easy access to materiales when requested.

2.
Invest heavily on the construction of a capable navyy, as well as traning or hiring mercenaries to trai our captains in the art of seafaring.

3.
Develop the natural sciences to try and create better ways to cure, amputate and prevent illness, aiming for a semblance of standard medical practises.
>>
>>4550775
I can’t really do a proper post or a warpost because last turns warpost is delayed.

Action 1: Wartrance Mastery

Increase the number and skill of those who can achieve the wartrance, this tauric mental art is our most potent weapon in any war.

Action 2: Military Reformation

The ways of the old kings tribals blended with the ways of the new princes armies.
Efficiency and decorum, brutality and finesse.
>>
>>4550771
1.
A separate building is constructed on the South Eastern side of the river, dubbed the Crystal Asylum, seeing how it was deemed immediate concern to not have the two diseases of silver and Crystal to mingle and spread. The properties of the infesting Crystal is investigated for clues as to why it is so strong in its grasp upon the shell and flesh unlike the silver.

2.
> Baptize The Fucking Giants

>New Spell Of Water Evocation Branch - Oceanum Amplexus

A ritual is conducted, involving purified, magically infused water with the giants of the North. Shards of Lo-hai shell and flesh are thrown in, casting an orange tinge to the water. The water is channeled to unlock the aquatic potential of the giants, and while they may not exhibit any signs, their children will be Leagues better at water bending than they are currently. Hopefully as well as shifting their faiths to far more publicly acceptable view.

>"Don't think of it as being the tree, instead imagine thyself as an axe of water. Cutting discord and leaving a wake of orderly cabins and logs, warm hearths and rolling waves. Great ships sailing, and great glories to come. "

The previous deifying of the Lo-hai the Giants exhibited before is leaned on for this.
>>
>>4551942
>>4551944
With the Nothern megalodon having been vassalized under the RRFU the military will not attack surviving military assets of north sealund, instead, they will link up with them and have them garrison cleared land to make the cuviers feel better
>>
>>4552041

WARPOST:
The Tavthalla-Cuvier war has concluded with Tavthalla claiming the entirety of diamond island without damaging any infrastructure.

WARPOST: Now we can fully focus on the civil war, grand.

Some tauric army units refuse to use the new ballista, so Prince Xalteis will take the ballistas of all the units who refuse to make use of them.

With these weapons we can carve swathes through even mythril shielded opponents.
The Rahhnus make use of Cthlithium to try and make us go mad, so we will use what little Cthlithium we have and throw it repeatedly into their formations.
It will bounce off of their shields and wreak havoc on their lines, though we expect to completely run out of Cthlithium soon as we don’t possess a mine.

March our armies to Rawl and fortify it, place ballistas on the walls, while taur shall move from our blockade to try and make a push up from the south.
>>
File: 530AC.png (2.39 MB, 2048x2570)
2.39 MB
2.39 MB PNG
>>4550897
>Nemean

Empowering the spirit to try and affect that which is not physical in a physical manner is a strange spell indeed, yet one which is worked upon. And, with time, the faithful manage to discover how to do it. Though, finding out how exactly it worked was a bit difficult, mainly because of the fact there wasn't much Astral they could test it upon. But, with an old mans death, there would be a brief time where upon they would be able to prove such truly worked. With the searching of the ancient city, much in the way of curiosities are shown from the groups work. From what is found, there are a number of depictions of a strange people, some of skeletons of sorts dancing and others of what seemed to be strange looking women. From what is found, it is believed that these people suffered from some sort of disaster and knew their time was coming to an end, at least, that's the main theory. Yet, there was one thing of major importance to note during the expedition. There were a number of things clearly missing in a way that implies someone else might have come here first. Though, the question is who.

>>4551242
>Sealand

Another expedition would be sent across the river, once more heading into the unreality that existed in the strange uncharted land, with an attempt to not collapse the realm of non existence around them. Of course, there were certainly Zlon in these lands who were certainly able to guide them, but they mostly try and shoe them away, as if in warning...Yet, it was not one that was taken, and the non existence there would soon fall apart, along with any trace of the team sent in. Work on Ballistas meanwhile goes much more successfully, with a good deal of work dedicated to the system of drawing the thing. A wheel of sorts with handles meant to be pulled by two people would be devised, but the mechanism of holding the string in place is something that is much more difficult, as the release mechanism, setting mechanism, and simply accuracy with current designs leaves a fair bit to be desired. Even so, with the main issue being solved, the rest of the work should go much more smoothly and successfully surely.
>>
>>4551546
>Al'qaye

Glyphs and Necromancy would be the focus of the new island cult. One attached to their deity, the other merely a useful tool. In the case of the former, work on unlocking the secrets and power that are drawn from Xiguras, specifically the glyphs belonging to them is something that goes moderately well. Blood of course, was always a key component, and the Abyssians blood were much more potent in the creation of these Glyphs and their power, proving the theory that their close connection to Xiguras gave them much in the way with the power and potential that was needed to make Glyphs of equal strength, which could be used to further the power of the Abyssians. In the case of the Latter, things would go much more slowly. Yes, there was a good deal of knowledge from Arcadia, but the full extent of that knowledge was wasted with the red night, with naught but the glimmer of broken shards remaining in the cults grasps. But even so, the shards can be put back together, and with a lot of effort from the faithful, they are. And with this, a combined effort of sorts would arise. An attempt to combine Glyphs and Necromancy. And, in this attempt, a success would be found. The order would find a way to bind...something...to a corpse with the Glyphs...What it was exactly however, was unknown. And while it clearly was capable of movement, and seemed to have a glimmer of intellect, it seemed incapable of speech.
>>
>>4551599
>Iron Leaf (Event written by Viorp/QM1)

Work upon the arena would be work that honestly would be fairly simple, at least for the first portion of its construction. The addition of the varying houses and platforms from the trees around the arena were the hard part, but even so, all would be finished in time, and the end result would be a fairly nice arena, something good to show off one's skill and capability, along with better honing said abilities. In a similar vein, the Iron mine would go equally well, and with far more ease for those set to it's construction, or rather excavation, with a fair decent number of materials being extracted from the earth already, able to be turned to Iron tools and weapons of good use to both the Iron Leaf Kingdom and the Longolo, at least when trade properly is set up. Even so, something strange would happen. While hammering away at her forge Yuri would be happy to once again have iron to work with her. Her one eye would remember the vile assassination attempt of the Arcadian golem. Her home burning as the Statues destroyed her nation with a fake Yuuka, the Blackblade. She would hate and she would burn hammering away. For 10 nights and 11 days she would hammer away until she would exit the forge with a giant Warhammer which would seem to eternally burn. It would be dubbed Gōremusureiyā the golem slayer... and Yuri herself would be nearly twice in height as now a flaming heart of fire would burn in her chest. She would become the greatest warrior in the land dethroning Momiji quickly wielding her giant Warhammer big enough to only be wielded by her herself, a her is born.

(What Miho Yuki learns will wait till tomorrow, because I need Viorp for this I think)

>>4551605
>Arcadia

Fighting off the undead is one thing, fighting off the silver blight is another, much easier thing. With a bit of effort from the few we can spare, the only new cases are those around the old farm for the stuff. It wasn't too much of an issue to do so even for apprentices due to the fact that quite simply a really effective way of dealing with it had existed by now. Something that wasn't as easy, however, was that of the new crystal blight. With much in the way of protection and precaution, though some might argue too much, the crystals and their properties would be examined. Something very swiftly would be made clear however, when magic energy was put into these crystals, they seemed to float, and they seemed to be able to be drawn from as well. As for why they improve magic, there is an innate magical energy in them, potentially taken from the infected host it comes from. As for how it spread, such was a bit more difficult, but even so, it is found to at least be quite slow to spread, and with all the precautions, unless someone did something stupid, they'd likely be fine handling the stuff. On an unrelated note, oddly enough a comet was sighted, one with a very long, straight, tail, akin to an arrow.
>>
>>4551613
>Meoswilum

The Pulgasari Saga, as it is called, is a grand tale following the classic formula of a great beast being felled by heroics, most noteworthy of course being during the final battle, where some Lo-Hai, Telrac, and Meoswilum peasants fought to distract and delay the beast before the final blow from the walls of the ravine fell atop it and finished it off, along with the few lucky survivors, and a grand celebration of victory. Curiously, one of the works would come to be from this which mainly focused upon the few more important nobles and leaders of the Telrac and Lo-Hai soldiers, and even of some meoswilian nobles other than the king who were involved in the long saga. A bit more of a personal story, though it comes to be from Holangi playwrights. So it is only natural that those there would like to praise the efforts of all those who aided them who were of some importance. Other than this, much in the way of farms would be set up, mainly in the south, in order to better feed the beast once it wakes. Though, some worry that even with all the extra food, it would still be a strain on what we have available. In other news, He Theorgso had, for some time, has spent a good amount of time searching for something. Initially, he asked the priests of En for guidance, yet their answers never seemed to satisfy him. And so, he kept searching. Eventually turning to the faiths of others, he would spend much of his time in study when foreign priests weren't invited. Yet, eventually, he'd seem to find something that clicked with him...Haael.

>>4551882
>Marca

Efforts to better establish the island the new Marcan Colony is upon go fairly well in alleviating some of the issues that exist. While the frontiersmen seem hardened, and seem to actively remain in their isolated communities, those who haven't adapted to such a harsh life style that previously existed in these colonies are swift to be extremely thankful for the change in situation. With much more in the way of supplies from the mainland, food grown in the colonies, and a place to properly administrate everything, things go much more smoothly and many more are willing to head to the colonies than before. Though, the frontiersmen seem to, oddly enough, move away should their small villages grow large enough with those from the mainland, seemingly wishing for a more quiet life, and one where they don't constantly have to try and explain 'which end of the spear is the bit you stab with' as some have described it. Though, other than their desire to be in more small quiet communities, hardiness, and distaste for those who they view as unsuited or unhardened to life on the frontier, they are Marcans. Not much different from how some soldiers act.
>>
>>4551912
>Ithempeli

As it turns out, appealing to one's pride and granting out awards be they merely of prestige or of actual use is extremely effective at driving up the motivation of many of the Ithempeli soldiers that exist out there. In fact, very swiftly, intense competition exists between the varying soldiers for said rewards. Further, the idea of one becoming a soldier becomes much more attractive in the eye of the average Ithempeli, what with the shift in management and the gained importance of being a part of such a force. However, unrelated to this or not, much to our confusion at the time during the middle of one night not too long ago, a number of ships and soldiers would have vanished, and where they went would be found shortly. A number of Ithempeli soldiers, and some Zlon, would have sailed south and raided the port a ways away from Shorino. Needless to say, after the raid, these forces were swiftly dispatched by the Shoguns forces, which have come for a 'friendly' chat...As friendly and destructive as their visits usually were anyway. And that chat was a list of demands...a very, very, very long list of demands...They also speak of a incident where a smaller force of Ithempeli raided the lands of two of the Shoguns' tributaries, that being the Black Forest Tribes, or rather Theocracy as it is called now and the Durmaign Hegemony...Needless to say, this wasn't exactly an ideal time for this...It'd be much more kind of them to wait a few more years, now, wouldn't it?

>>4551942
>UFC (Event written by Viorp/QM1)

Construction of a port on the inner sea is easy, and swiftly, with the churches help, a city sprouts up, though, not one of the Splinter Sect, unfortunately. Additionally, the production of biopods is also done as best as possible, though there never seems to be enough for those making it, there are in fact, just enough to save quite a few people from succumbing to the disease. Efforts on influencing the splinter sect however, have at the very least gone quite well, in all honesty. Though the religion hasn't spread much, greater control over it will allow us to better guide them to beliefs we are more in line with, and more importantly deal with the influence that the Celestial Pantheon has over the nation. Further, efforts in the east to fight off the undead and cure the infected go fairly decently, at least as decently as they could. Though, there is still a long road ahead before they all finally are gone. In other news, Queen Softpaw would slowly come to terms with her new odd appearance, but as time passed she would notice that a specific cream made out of hazelnuts and sea salt would slowly start closing up her disfigurement and a few weeks later it would be gone. the RRUF would play around on other dremcast and find that salt seems to eradicate the dream corruption, sadly not working on the nightmarish variant though.
>>
>>4551996
>Vesanti

Work to expand the mines as well as make the process of actually getting the materials out of the ground more easily and effectively would be done, raising all our mines to an acceptable level of output and production, bringing yet more wealth into the city. Additionally, work would be done on making the navy powerful enough to protect the citystate and if we need forign skill to train our captains so be it. Luckily, a decent few elves from the north would be kind enough to teach the captains of our navy, for a price of course. Other than this, work would be done on better dealing with sickness and wounds. And, in this, a number of varying herbs found in the lands around the city prove to be of quite some use in just that, lessening fevers, and easing sickness in ones stomach. Yet despite this progress, some concerning news has arisen, the Shogun has sent a demand that the city and all surrounding lands becomes a vassal to their empire. The letter received has very simply stated that cooperation with Shogunate forces in this process would ensure the integrity of our citystate and our government...Resistance however, has been stated to be something that will be met with destruction.

>>4552041
>Tavthalla

With time and effort, any Taur of sound mind can master the wartrance. It is difficult to train all of them to such, but we do not need all, merely more. With effort and a strong focus on instilling such skill into more, the number of those capable of entering the trance without any sort of aid grows, as does those who can enter such a trance with aid. This is not the only aid given to the military however, for much in the way of effort would be given to reform the military into a brand new mix of the old and new ways, to maximize the raw power, fear, and unrelenting force that was combined with skilled, nimble movements and swift agile strikes. And to better allow the forces to be more effective in the sending of orders and tactics, along with appearance of course. For branding is everything after all, and appearing as a major force of extremely strong, powerful and nigh unbeatable soldiers is one that comes naturally to the Taurs. A useful tool to be sure, and one that would be needed after the number of setbacks with our last war...
>>
>>4552050
>Lo-Hai

The 'crystal Asylum' as it was called proves to be something of a curios building, made to separate the two corrupting diseases that seemed to be spreading. Work would be done as to further investigate the crystal disease, and work would find that the crystals themselves have some use with regards to magic, and more importantly, that they seem to work in a fungal sort of way, almost...Perhaps the Meoswilum's expertise could be of aid. Other than this, the ritual done to make the giants of the north stronger in the usage of magic, specifically that of water, would be done swiftly, and while the results soon are seen in their young when tested. Their beliefs do indeed change with time and effort as well, though, only slightly. In more important news however, while raids on Sealander ships had become common enough that the Sealanders often prepared for such when they traveled routs that brought them near the northern portion of the Lo-Hai's territory, things have gotten a bit out of hand as of late. A notorious pirate and stone lord as of late has been causing a major ruckus. Nicknamed Silverclaw, due to his claws appearing akin to silver, possibly due to the blight, he, his crew, and his ice ship have caused a number of issues for Sealander merchants, and his success has gained the attention of other stone lords who think its a good idea to try and jump in as well, though, with varying levels of success...Needless to say, a goo deal of traders have decided it better to go to the east and all the way around the continent to avoid them, but those who have the time or provisions for such a journey are few and far between and those who try are swift to find such ventures quite the opposite of profitable. Needless to say, there are a fair few elves who are none to pleased.

Also of concern, a minor raid by men of stone has been reported by the Emancipated Kingdom, coming from Black Forest lands and occurring near the border to said lands...The description doesn't match any of the golems from Arcadia, in fact, it matches those of the golems on that island to the west...But, what would they be doing all the way down there? Regardless, they were fought off with heavy Human losses from the Emancipated kingdom, though were dealt with before Lo-Hai or Meoswilum forces were involved in the battle, for better or worse...
>>
>Celestial Pantheon Event (written by Viorp)
The Church influence keeps growing and as their faith increases so does their influence and their power. The recent fraternitan heresy has opened the churches eyes though. This is not something that they could ignore. The church has decided that they need to have a foothold in each nation they are present in to act as a Bishopric and center of the faith in said land. No longer shall heresy slip between their hands.

>Megalonodate of Cuvier Event
A large storm from the east would do much to damage the remaining infrastructure of the Megalonodate, but it would at least do much to clear the infected as well, both on land and at sea. For, most too far gone couldn't get to any sort of reasonable shelter, and the waves and currents were not kind under such a storm. It seems that things were going to get worse before they got better.


>Warpost for Cuvier, both this and last turn. (Sorry its a bit short)
The Cuvier forces upon the island slowly but surely give way as more and more Taur reach the shores and more supplies come in. Yet, the Cuvier were stubborn, and fought with a growing ferocity as more and more land was taken from them. Even so, this was not enough, and soon, the rest of the western portion of the island with the only exception of the castle upon the island would be under the Taur's control. But even so, there was still the mainland and the eastern portion of the island. At least, there was. For, the war with some diplomacy from both the Taur and the UFC would finally come to an end with the island fully being ceded by the Megalonodate of Cuvier. It wasn't the glorious victory that was once desired, but it was still a victory, and gave the Taur time to focus inward, on a threat that came from inward...
>>
>Warpost for the Redemptor civil war.
With the focus now being upon the homefront, the Tavthalla would have a number of issues to contend with as things kicked off properly. Their rival, while defensive to a fault, were still Taurs. Further, their forces were still mainly in or around the Dimond island, and some would be forced to remain there as a garrison to make sure any Cuvier on the island don't get any bright idea's and try and rise up, meaning a number advantage wasn't something that Tavthalla would get in the initial stages, especially with some of the ex slaves chosing to fight alongside the Rahhus forces, even if they were relatively few. Lastly, Tavthalla never really had much in the way of materials for war, and their enemy had a grand mine of one of the best materials in the world on top of a stone that drove men and Taur insane. Even so, this conflict was one that arguably was more important than the last, and it was quite likely that most if not all Taurs knew this. Even so, many Tavthallan forces would clash against the Rahhus. And, swiftly, the Cthlithium would be depleted while causing some considerable issues in the early fights, though even so, this wouldn't be enough to break their shield walls, and sometimes they would be able to throw the things back, intentionally making sure that the stones would be in the locations most effective for them. On the bright side, the Ballista would prove to be of good use, but even so, this wouldn't be enough to properly break the wall that the Rahhus had. Even the attack to the south faced resistance and were pushed away...Then again, the Tavthalla were playing the game that the Rahhus wanted them to...Still, given enough time, the wall will crack...
>>
Tomoko marvels at Yuri, with her flaming heart and large size, she's almost as big as the Shogun himself. Miho says she is as large as Yuuka herself, but also noting how different she is from her, like an opposite, even. Meanwhile Moriko is cradling the newly brought iron, as this can get our arms manufacture back in gear. Mikære and Kenshin don't approve as much. Mikære is no longer the mightiest warrior and Kenshin worries over the non-Uesugi influence. But Tomoko states that a pantheon possesses more than one god. First Halistra brought food in a time of famine, then Uesugi brought us challenge in a time of uncertainty and now H*rtkor brought us strength in a time of weakness. Hiro however, worries if he can handle Yuri in bed.
But this isn't the time to worry of such things, for it's coming time to invite the Longolo to a grand festival, and with Yuri's burning passion, perhaps it's time to improve our metalworking, with magic. We shall not just present iron, but enchanted iron swords.

Action 1: Invent Spirit Magic > Determination > Infuse Spirit Energy.
While Boost spirit sends spirit energy to a soul, what if we put spirit energy into an object, like a sabre? To make a sabre permeted with spirit energy, able to cut and be wielded by ghosts without them needing to physically manifest. Though ultimately this is merely a sapling, a taste of what to come.

Action 2: Invent Spirit Magic > Soul > Create Weapon Soul.
By manipulating the energy inside an item, like spirit energy infused during forging, we hope to create an item with it's own soul, a sword that cuts ever deeper. But the greatest goal, is to have a weapon which improves, not deteriorates, with use. These are not to be throw-away things, but trusted companions, treated with respect.

Action 3: The Grand Festival, featuring the Longolo.
An envoy is sent to the Longolo, inviting them to a grand festival, telling them the Iron King wishes to meet them there, along with a Blacksmith blessed with a burning heart. An illustration of the burning heart is included.
The Grand Festival itself will be as grand as can be, considering our limited wealth, having three events. The first, a demonstration of productivity, with iron, sabres, ships and maybe even souled sabres. The second a demonstration of magic, with Super Fortification, Phylactery Golems and Radiant Soul. The third is the battle arena, with normal fights, spirit wrestling and then Yuri demonstrating her massive strength.
After that is done, a feast will be held, where they can wind down after the whole show and talk about what they just saw. Maybe the fire-wielding Longolo will be particularly curious about the flame-hearted Yuri, or want to speak with the Iron King herself.
>>
>>4552631
Actions:

>More research

-The eyes of the order were never perfected, but in the hands of the Realm the fowl agents of the air will finally be bent to the deep will. Where before they could perfectly tap into the senses of the birds, but only nudge them in certain directions, now would come the time these lesser creature's complete domination. Building off of their previous attempts, the scholars of the Realm attempt to master the connection between them and their target observer(bird) in order to fully force their will upon it and make it submit in full to the caster's command.

- The art of binding through use of the Necromantic arts has produced an interesting result. A silent, yet potentially intelligent servitor. Yet it would take noting less than a moron to advance this art without understanding what it is that was bound to the subject in question. By dissecting the nature of their successful subjects, the scholars aim to determine what manner of entity it is they have managed to summon up during their macabre research.
>>
>>4552632
RP: After some observation it is deemed that the comet is probably some kind of sign and probably pointing to somewhere. Debates are still raging about where it is pointing with references between maps and the direction in hot debate.
1. With the creation of the branch of bonding for spirit magic so long ago it is decided to finally put it to use by creating a spell. The first spell shall be one meant to connect one's soul to a lesser soul such as an animal or lesser golem. It will allow one to communicate with the lesser soul or dominate if need be and transfer mana between souls. This spell will be known as 'Bind Familiar' (Create Bind Familiar spell)
2. As well, the nation has been hit hard by multiple events and the dead are uncountable. If not for the golem workforce it is suspected that the nation would have collapsed. An idea begins to take root in the minds of the Arcadic mages. The life magic received from the UFC before their demise will be used as a basis but the understanding of relation between life and death are needed. A new branch of Life and Death magic will be created called True Vivimancy. The basis of this branch of magic will be the use of basin, such as a sarcophagus or great pool, of biological matter dissolved into a primordial ooze during the ritual. A created soul or revived ghost will be added and a body shaped to house the soul. If a body is already present then the pool can be used to create alterations. (Create Branch of True Vivimancy, action 1/2)
>>
>>4552917
RP summary, kind of delayed due to real life stuff. the RRFU sent the spells Armor Skin and Metabolic Alteration
>>
>>4552642
Action 1: Begin developing a mechanism to allow our ballista to fire multiple times in quick succession (1/3?)

Action 2: Military Reformation II

The state earns much from the new diamond mine, but from our long wars our veterans need repairs to their equipment, and new and ready soldiers need to afford weapons and armour.

The solution is a simple one, pay for the equipment of those who need it, from the coffers of the state.

WARPOST
As the old king marched his armies to conquer Rahhnus in ancient days so shall Xalteis march his to reconquer this ancient city.
The significance of the Rahhnus rebellion is lost on nobody, the crowning achievement of the old kings reign was the taking of this city after unifying the disparate tribes of Taurs and marching them across the sea to our new home.

That war from ancient history now repeats itself, and so shall a new king rise, if rumour is enough to go by.
The Tavthalla dedicate themselves utterly to this war effort, the armies of Fahbrias, Hallazael and Xalteis marching forth to deliver righteous judgement on the rebels.

We continue our current approach, their shield walls are difficult to break up but individually we can run our foes down.

Deploy shock cavalry and make a naval landing to seize the spider pit (Farm), they will be at a disadvantage if they want to try and take it back as that would require aggression on their part.

Once they split into fighting on two fronts their shield walls will thin, allowing us to make a proper push past the fortified city of Rawl.

Deploy every last pureblood wartrancer to the front lines and begin pushing through, centaurs with shields to ram their front lines and cause chaos while the purebloods move in after to strike with their scythes.

Xalteis precise artillery will continue to crash into the enemy lines during this, conquer them on two fronts.
>>
>>4552905
>Lore: Abyglyphs and you.
The art of glyphs has had a long standing and wide array of uses since it's creation by the Waking order. Originally developed from the mad language of Abura, which was learned and somewhat taught to them during their dark meditations, it has found its way into the many different aspects of Xingurian life. From trinkets and idols scrawled with words venerating their deep lord, to their weapons depicting ancient rites and traditions, even in the use of their very magic itself. It can be found practically everywhere, yet whether one would want to find these blasted marks is a different question entirely.

But one question we can ask ourselves without risking our minds is: Why? What is it about these strange symbols that makes those that follow the way of Xigurism apply it in nearly every aspect of their lives? Well, the answer to that question can be traced back to the very whispers that taught it to them in the first place. Those ancient voices had offered words to those who would listen which enticed them into the grasp of Xiguras to begin with, without those words the cult would never have been. It is through the influence those voices carried that reality itself and it's history was altered down a path that would never be explored otherwise.

Now, we can understand that the voices had an impact, but the vessels of their power were words that mortals could comprehend. That is the second half of the equation behind the power of Abyglyphs. Early on in the cult's life they sought a way to transfer their knowledge and use their powers, but realized that through mortal means it was near impossible for them to call upon the abysal powers. How then? What was preventing them? It was their very words and language that prevented them. Some words cannot be translated between languages. They're meanings, sure, but this is always a dilution of the original contents. This was the case of Abura and Abyglyphs.

When attempting to translate their knowledge they would always find mortal language lacking in both the breadth and depth needed to fully explain the concepts they were attempting to teach. This resulted in the power of said knowledge diminishing. Words are a container for power as we've learned, but not all containers are suitable for all sorts of power. Hence the use of Abyglyphs. Written with blood, a conductor for the powers they call upon, the glyphs act as vessels to store said power. When read in Abura, the glyphs allow for the nightmarish influences of the fantasea to bestow the captured information in full unto the reader. It could also act as a channel for those same influences to twist the waking world, making the otherwise impossible possible and command shadows obscuring truths to retreat.

This is why Abyglyphs are found everywhere in Xigurism. For there is knowledge and power that can only be used if it is spoken in the right tongue, contained in the right words written in the right ink.
>>
>Action 1: Military Action (Magic Olympics)
Just as the Statues had once dedicated themselves to the influencing of Ga'ga'ul, the one-track minds of the clone zealots would now be turned to perfecting the glory and efficiency of war. A sort of magical Olympics is started to display the greatest mages of each of the Cult's spells from their diverse spell list. The Arbiter whose might is unmatched is exempt from this competition, instead acting as a judge.

>Action 2: Improve Spell: Seismic Sense
The Seismic Sense ability of the Cultists has been a staple in their army since its inception. From preventing ambushes to improving the proximity awareness of the group as a whole, the cult now seeks to improve the spell such that it would extend much farther. Their thrice improved Projectile Metal spell is deadly, long-range, and swift. Now should the cultists unlock the ability to locate enemies at great distances they are sure to become ace snipers.

>Diplomacy: Shorino
The Statues are a fair and communal people who oppose such activities as raids without first speaking to the rest of the cult. For this reason they agree to pay back damage they have caused plus some extra to the Shorino for their troubles in alerting the Ithempeli. The Cult at this point is publicly aligned with the Lo-Hai and Sealand. Even if Shorino chooses to ignore the likelihood of Zlon intervention or the terribly weakened state of the BFT, they are already militarily outmatched and have been offered a prideful means of recovering their losses. The Statues do not appear open to any degree of extortion or being taken advantage of though, especially as the Shorino-Hating Arbiter would arrive to the scene, patiently waiting and hoping that the Shorino visitors would turn hostile so that his rage could be released. Shorino is assured that the dock will be more heavily regulated in the future, it has just been difficult since the city which watched over it was decimated.
>>
1 Action: Finish work on the Ballista.
1 actions:make a road between the temple of Zephyr and the city
>>
Rolled 1 (1d2)

>>4552644
1.
The material, dubbed Scintillack "Shell Taker" for the sad truth is realized, while the spread is controllable by washing off all Scintillack splinters and fragments after exposure, not sharing food or drink, and routine "harvests", the infested Lo-hai will live, but will likely never be cured. The ailment unlike silver, eats into the shell, lives in the blood, swallows eyes and maw. No such terror has there been as the Scintillack upon one's soul. The Crystal is stored and to be...

>submerged in water and boiled
>thrown into a fire
>added to forging bronze
>mixed with molten silver and lead
>fed to a captured slave
>added to the liquid stores of an electrum battery
>forged by itself

In an attempt to seek how to either destroy or safely use the material, the barrage of tests take place.

2.
>SEA GIANTS Diving Board
Upon the shore, two buildings are erected for the giants, a temple that is a great altar built upon craggy rocks, with waves battering the stoney staircase up. The Giants are beckoned up by the preaching Lo-hai, and invited into a leap of faith, should they do so, they fall down into a prepared warm welcoming deep, with Lo-hai lifeguards ensuring everyone is floating. Those that refuse are mocked for cowardice.

The second building is a workshop, it is time for the Giant's to build their ships, using the lumber of the land. The two legged vassals present two designs

> a Lo-hai inspired craft, a round disk cabin, with great oars, a large oval deck and 3 masts with the outrigging "pincers"
>A Warg inspired craft, the most horrible thing, meant to sprint upon the waves with its 3 triangular sails and long skinny giant ships "Canoes". Good thing they can swim now the Lo-hai think.
>>
File: murphies law.png (337 KB, 1078x866)
337 KB
337 KB PNG
>>4552638
>Action 1/2 Improve the aqueducts we have had the designs of the Tavthallans for some time now, but we have only just had the chance to sit and improve on them. Filter plants will be integrated into the construction of the aqueducts keeping the water pure no matter the distance from the source. The filter plants themselves are improved to provide water that is as clean as a mountain spring water.

Action FBI/CIA investigation of the nightmare cult in Northern Sealund, the goal is to locate the nightmare cult and individuals related to it, then pass off that intel to Yellow. a full dossier of names and locations that the nightmare cult operates out of. then Yellow force will hit them hard and fast.

War post
the fight against the undead continues with podding being the number one priority now. [see pic for place]

Pink force will patrol and aid local province forces within the RRFU to prevent outbreaks of the nightmare illness and infected are to be podded as quickly as possible.

FBI and Yellow force, The FBI would coordinate with the CIA relying on them to locate and mark people and locations that have cult markings or iconography, then pass it of acting on intel to the Fraternians so that Yellow force can attack the nightmare cult is in the area detaining the leadership and wiping out the rest that refuses to lay down their arms. this method will prevent civilians from being caught up in the strike.

Blue force and Red force would continue pushing north containing the infected in Bio pods and slaying the ones they can’t

The Navy continues to clear the inner sea. [pic related for all war post plans]
>>
>>4553148
alteration to Yellow force plans

Yellow force will patrol in north and south sealund, supporting local defense forces against the infected and helping with repairs.
>>
1.
Start developing the outer walls, make them higher, layered, reinforced and ripe with towers for easy war machine use.

2.
Under the new nothern threat, we must begin to bolster an army, puny as it may be. We will hire whatever mercenary we can get ahold of and make them train our new established Defense Force.
>>
> Sorry it's short have to work on the update...

> Action 1: Build 2 more farms
> Action 2&3: Finish the Pulgasari

With our work in creating this beast refined the Pulgasari once more rises as an asset on our side. Fed by 6 farms and armed with all our newest myconic magic this grand beast of war will surely greatly serve our army and state.
>>
>>4552630

1. Expand to claim the ruined city and the land around it. While we will refrain from truly inhabiting it for now. We will let our more scholarly orders study the city and land so that we may learn more of this strange doomed civilization.

2. Heavenly Attunement (Astrology Spell).There is power in the heavenly spheres. A physical embodiment of what is normally immaterial. By their song all of existence follows. Through the prophet's wisdom we know of their patterns and meanings allowing us to control and channel their power to enhance our actions with their aspect. Such a thing will be a great boon to our rituals and allow us to use our astral body magic in ways we could not do ourselves.
>>
File: Turn_42.png (2.39 MB, 2048x2570)
2.39 MB
2.39 MB PNG
Al’qaye
>>4552905
As expected the experiment succeeds, but rather than the will of the bird being dominated the cultists see it as way easier to merely devour it. The birds can that way be controlled with way more precission with senses as deep as feather tickling being conveyed. The only drawback of this “warging” would be that once the warg leaves the birds body it is dead. The Wargs would also over tiem become stronger as their soul growsd and would grow to appear more and more birdlike. (like hagravens from Skyrim).

The entity you have summoned is the nightmare of a newborn infant. The essence of pure instinctual fear without reason, but potential. With no real essence, only instrinct. Primal fear itself.

Arcadia
>>4552917
The spell of binding a fammiliar soon becomes poppular with many binding their favorite golem or a pet of their to themselves as a fammiliar has it’s lifespan magically enhanced to last as long as it’s masters and trough a bound soul can be easily revived. Still the master-familliar bond is one for life and is 1. One mage can have 1 familliar which will last them their entire life. On an odd note, mages who have huge souls seem to enjoy showing off by taking other sentient being as fammiliars, those retain their authonomy, but cannot deny their masters direct request as it feels as if their soul was beign torn appart.

The development of the branch of Vivimancy is held secret due to how terrifying and outlandish the idea of it is… but otherwise progress is steady.

EVENT: Your nations culture quickly grows reactionist and an irrational hatred of the Koroi Mori theocracy. Soon out of this mutual hatred all trade relations with the nation are closed and many of Arcadian values start shaping themselves up as an opposite to the theocracies. Culture: Hates Shogun, likes old council, hates japense looking stuff, hates white hair and albinos, mysoginy grows. (any postive relatiosn with the KMT will make your people revolt, any actions which hurt the KMT will make your people rejoice)
>>
>>4553929

Tavthalla
>>4552989
The development of the new weapon goes well, though as resources run dry only prototypes out of pure wood and taur bone can be worked on.

As the Diamond mine necessary for the reformation runns dry the whole process is an embarassment as none of the promised upgrades can be delivered, but then a trade deal with the elves is made. In exchange for some of the enemy shields and aqueduct technology large amounts of Elven cash flow into the nation allowing for the reform without forcing the already crippled taur economy to collapse.

Additionally while the taurs easily gain the love of the Pirates for letting them continue the way and the passivness of the locals by letting them continue keeping their love ofr the Megalodon the army presence of the island is currently insuffcient to keep it in check and needs to be increased.

EVENT: How unfortunate… and what misery. Out of the mine a Civier comes and declarest he mine is empty. Thinking this sabotage he is flogged, but only more miners come out. Enraged the mine overseer sends taurs in the most supperior of races to check themselves… and as they dig there truly is no diamonds. The mine has run dry… is this a punishment from Ephial?

Ithempeli
>>4553023
The Magic Olympics go well, surprisingly so though the best mages seem to be the Femaleform Ithempeli. The improved spell allows you to colate enemies from over a kilometer away, but what is gains in distance it looses in precission. You can shoot targets from further away, but making out distinct features to identify targets might be a problem.

EVENT: The Ithempeli culture is streangthened and as if in a song the 3 branches of ithempeli harmonize. The Warrior, the Female and the Cloaked Artist. these 3 all decided to all be separate entities, but all equally ithempeli. Seperate but once, peace is found among the divergent groups at last.

> Shorino
The Shogun by far does not think what you propose is enough. A raid on him is not merely a loss of material goods, but also a great show of direspect. The Ithempeli will have to be puhished for their disrespect of the Shogun. The Shogun depands you send the best among you to become his eternal servant, then he shall consider your recompese sufficient. (main Statue/Arbiter)

Sealand
>>4553104
The Balista is finished and with it’s new improvements it’s raw power is conserved, but it is easier to be loaded and aimed. The new weapon is dubbed the ship-piercer for it’s ability to plainly pierce trough most ships, to pierce on both sides.

The new road is created interconnecting the nation more.
>>
Lo-Hai
>>4553114
The experiments are about to begin let’s see what happens?
>submerged in water and boiled
Nothing happens it’s as if you boiled a rock.
>thrown into a fire
Nothing happens, as if you threaw a rock into a fire.
>added to forging bronze
The metal gets better magic conductivity, but that’s all. It also infects those you strike with the weapon.
>mixed with molten silver and lead
Silver works same as bronze, but adding lead, seems to makes the crystal make the lead seemingly boil untill you get an odd greenish sludge which seems somewhat non-metalic.
>fed to a captured slave
The Slaves get infected with Crystal Blight.
>added to the liquid stores of an electrum battery
Additing it to a full battery makes it start floating. Adding it to an empty battery has the crystal break and the battery gets refilled.
>forged by itself
It cannot be forged. It just breaks, it’s like a gemstone. Smithing it makes dust fly infecting a lot of the blacksmiths.

The giants slowly take more to the Lo-Hai way of life, though they refuse abbandoning their druidist practices. Those who show up to the temple always do the jump, but few frankly show up.


Fraternitas
>>4553148
The new aquaduct design works and with the addtion of bioengineered plants the water is purer than ever before. This has the drawback of being so pure it lack minerals and salts washing it out, your people soon figure out a way to counter that though and that is by eating minerals directly mined from minaral rich areas. As such water so clean it shimmers is born, now theory needs to be taken to practice and aquaducts be built.

The cult cell is finally located the fitst cult Cell ever. Renamed to Cult of the Awake it’s a small. The cutists worship nightmares and event have abyssals living among them as functional members of society. Some attempts are even made at infiltrating the cult, but those backfire greatly as the CIA operative goes insane and is inducted into the cult for real blowing the operation. (you need to spend and action destroying the cult cell next turn or it will reorganise and disappear again)

EVENT: major, good, divine, Vasen, hidden trove
Deep in the underground of your capital a cavern is found. And the cavern continues and continues it leads to an underground hall so large you can barely see the walls, while underground magically light shines trough and live thrives. Dryads wlecome you in as a friend and ally. Within the cave gold is found and it soon is claimed for the nation. (a rise in migration of Furries into the area, and spread of the Furry religion)
>>
Vasenti
>>4553171
If our army was only stronger? If our walls were only thicker? It was foolish to hope the Divine Shopgun would just respect our isolationism, overlook our wealth. We are his vassal now, but it is not too late to change.’

Our walls become thicker, and equipped in scorpions. Our armies are trained and bolstered so they may be a force to contend with in war. The militarisation of our state is a must.


Nemen
>>4553381
The expanssion happens, but it seems the City is a ruin abbendoned for near a millenium. It also is clear all what wa worth in it was pillaged centuries ago as places which clearly contained murals are cut out, corpses are burried, but at least the buildings remain.

As the stars aling it becomes easier for you to beneffit from their patters. if the stars signal war, you beneffit 10fold if they signal welth your coffers fill up. May the stars lead the way and we shall listen.

EVENT: To our shore arrives a ship full of Kitsune and Dryads the Dryads being the nobility and Kitsune their servants their ship and culture resembles Vietnam/Rome an acient prophecy has lead them to you and they bring you gifts of Iron and gems, hoping for freindly future relations.

Meoswilum (Written by QM5)
>>4553211
Within the lands recolonized, farms aplenty are being built, not growing rice but raising livestock, lots of livestock, chickens and water hedgehogs scour the wetlands for food, even sending over rice to feed them more.
But the livestock would be necessary to fuel this beast, the Pulgasari, feeding cartloads of meat into its gullet, for which it ever hungered for more. But soon enough, it would rise, rise higher and higher, the top of its back reaching higher than even our tallest spire. This would be a mighty warbeast indeed.
>>
ILK (Written by Viorp):
>>4552712
Infusing spirit energy into weapons is a possible process though it is less of a permanent solution and more like constantly pouring water into a bucket with holes, an OK solution for the alive which constantly produce more Sisu, but a death sentence for a ghost. The new weapons though would be slightly stiffer than other forms and being infused by the souls could cut souls of the dead and living. While soul cutting has no combat use, infusing a needle would allow for soul-acupuncture which would let someone instill specific feelings in the recipient by stabbing specific body parts with a think needle.

Creating a spirit in an object is currently not possible, but a way has been found to trap spirits in weapons to get the same desired effect. (action failed because previous spell worked in an incompatible way)

(3rd action handled in IC chat)


Celeste:
An earthquake shakes the land, dealing damage and even damaging the local fort. But it also reveals a coal seam, which people are quick to start digging out. Now the island is producing both iron and coal, one in Marca territory and one in Fraternitas territory.

Amelia:
Some entrepreneuring Amelians have made a coal mine to trade away, as dryads don't really do forge work all that much. It makes a decent profit and further diversifies their economy.

Rahhnus (Written by Viorp):
They appeared overnight. Yellow golden housecats uncommon otherwise among taurs. Everywhere literally everywhere. Every rooftop full of them. They just wander and look. When they look at Rahhnus'ans they Miau, after which the Rahhusan would have minor luck happen to them a small coin found, a falling rock doged or the love of their life found.

What truly would make the cats is just how everywhere they are. On the battlefields where Ballista bolts and Mythrill shields crash they would also stand Miauing at the Rahhnusans and Hissing at the enemy. The Republicans easily dodging bullets while the Royal army would stumble over their own feet slipping in mud constantly breaking formation unable to pull of a charge due to their own ineptitude. Even Sybaael got a twisted ankle from slipping on mud!
>>
WORLD EVENT
On a day like any other time would suddenly feel as if it went still. Saint Hein would get a splitting headake which would knock her out and the creeps inside the pods would awaken inside them. All creeps, abyssals, cultists and mute cultist undead would stand up stright wherever they stood invincible to any form of attack.

“All rejoice the Long night is nigh. The long night shall commeth. The Ungest Child shall once more rise.”

This message would be repeated many dozens of time for hours and days without end or rest, untill suddenly everything would go back to normal.”

(players have 4 turns monday-friday to prepare for a 2-turn long massive onslaught of Nightmares)
WARPOST (zombie hunting)
War post
The podding and capuring of undead goes well and the navy manages to push against the undead too, but as theu ndead are pushed into a corner a fgroup of abyssals rally them to cause a breaktrough breaking the naval blockade.
>>
1. Progress continues steadily on the branch of True Vivimancy and soon we shall become greater. (Action 2/2)
2. Long have we had the understanding of the element of light but now we must look to it again to guard against the coming dark. The branch of sunlight shall be created. (Action 1/2)
>>
>>4553929

There is a foreboding sense that hangs thick in the air. The astral bodies are drifting in a curious pattern, one that the world has seen before, and all too well remembers. As the moons crawl across the skies, those of Xiguras feel it in their very beings that a beautiful event is on the horizon. A day without sun, a night without end, a brief window into the eternal truth. They see it in their dreams, an eclipse that will deliver the world into chaos. The realm shakes with eager anticipation, the hour of madness draws near. They must prepare.

Actions:
-There is little time, all must be ready. In their dreams the great deep one reveals to his loyal denizens of a transcendent birth, the womb the pit, and the seed the people. They will not be spared the horrors that will overcome the earth, for chaos claims all without prejudice, yet they will not leave the long night the same. The first thing they must do is expand their Abyglyphs yet again. This effort however will be their greatest undertaking in the art. Using the blood of both nightmares and mortals, they design singular, massive glyphs that sprawl out across the ground of elaborate and complex design. These are meant for use in great rituals of immense power at dire cost.

- While the ritualists design their glyphs, there is something afar that must be reached before the long night dawns. Ivnis, the great hero's remains are still out there. Asking the Tavlonians as to their best estimates where his body rests, the watchers(wargs) dispatch their flock to scout the inner sea.
>>
>>4550770

The blight that made people grow Volantium as it was now called officially, or Lupanarium unofficially, would have a fair deal of attention given to it. For while further matters which were pressing had arisen, ways to make sure the disease stopped spreading was key. And as such, a trade with Meoswilum would take place, one for some of their magic in the mycelium. After all, from what was found the crystal plague spread in a similar manner to that of mushrooms. And if the spread could be stopped, then most issues would swiftly fade and some work could be done to treating the disease, and learning just what the crystals were capable of outside of just floating. Though in the case of the latter such research would likely wait until after the long night as the rumors went. On a related note, it was key for the Imperii to prepare...

And so, taking further advantage of the trade, the Imperii would expand the underground farms, so that when the night came, the food that needed no sun could be utilized. For if the Servus go hungry, it is quite likely that soon after the Civilis will as well. Still, the farms would be further mined out, and a few works using the knowledge gained from hydraulics would be utilized so that said farms could get water easier. Though, most of the work would be simply expanding out the rooms that the mushrooms were grown in. It also would be important in the long run, as more food means more Servus which means more Telrac and by extension more Civilis, and it being underground meant that it would be protected ideally from anything the Long and wonderful Night brings.

Even so, the Heáhcásern herself would need to be prepared, as it was quite likely that the military of the Imperii would need to do some work, as would the defenses of the varying settlements the Imperii had. So, Æðelþryð would do what was only natural, and work to drink a good deal of extra blood, for it was blood that made a Telrac stronger, not age as the lesser races likely believed. Of course, this increased diet would go on for some time and had only started now, but it would be important as it would give her an edge over whatever beasts will come of the night, for she was eager to fight and once more lead forces to battle. Even if it was from a foe from the dark. Still, it was very obvious what her focus in the coming months would be...

>Action One. Work on stopping the spread of the crystal blight.

>Action Two. Expand the underground farms.

>Action Three. Blood drinking
>>
With the prophecy from the south coming to be the king He Raflaed would see it as a blessing that the economy was uncoppled from the glowing Mushrooms in our recent switch to Imperii currency. Still a debate in court rages on whether or not the secret glowing mushrooms gifted to the royal family themselves should really be now given to everyone... with a heavy heart the King decides that they should. Maybe this is why the prophet gave them to us to begin with?

> Action 1&2: Glow-Mushroom to
(make Mushrooms give off sunlight + make them grow stronger)
Sunmushroom

Using volunteer Telrac our glowing mushrooms are altered to give off sunlight and grow more strongly. We shall distribute these to all farmers and families so that once the long night comes the nightmares have a harder time dealing with it.

Action 3: Sunlight Alloy
We have long figured out how to put our bioluminest dyes into glass. Now it is time to put it into iron. We shall make iron which glows with mushroom-produced sunlight so we may cut down the nightmares. The new alloy is to be known as Glyhiron.
(I have 3+ improved Iron smithing tech traded from Marca)
>>
>>4553930

Action 1: Infrastructure
We did say we were going to improve the infrastructure of diamond island and we are sticking by this commitment.
That, and frankly the new ports are a welcome addition to our economy and can help stave off our money woes.


Construct two ports on the red dots

Action 2: Bolt Caster (5/6)

Continue devising plans for a superior ballista, one capable of rapid firing and is more compact, but does not lose any of its battle potency.


WARPOST:

Begin the siege of Rahhnus, if possible.
If not, continue smashing against the traitors.
>>
File: close the pocket.png (290 KB, 941x717)
290 KB
290 KB PNG
>>4553932

Action military move against the nightmare cult in north sealund with the goal of capturing as many cultist leaders and mages as we can, having them will be key in understanding how to combat the nightmare threat

Action symbiotic Bio suits 1/2, [think venom from the MCU] these suits will make our soldiers stronger faster tougher and will protect against infection as the infected will be unable to bite through or force nightmare into the body. Depending on the personality and person the symbiote bonds with will alter its color and as time goes on how its intelligence develops.

war post
the navy moves its ships into position around the bulge, from north and south they will cut off the bulge crush it with ships shrinking the pocket on all sides. the bulk of the fleet is put into this effort

yellow force attacks the cultists in sealund

red force finishes clearing north sealund, while blue force patrols the lands to make sure any straggler infected are dealt with.

Pink force continues to patrol Fraternitas
>>
With news of this 'long night' the elves begin to take action to prepare for the absolute worse whatever it may be

1 action:Upgrade the umber mill. A lot of arrows are going to be needed between two cities

1 action:Considering that the land of nightmares are coming to them, they decide it's best to finally pry into those that saw the dream whale all that time ago and see what knowledge they have on it be it a weakness or repellent
>>
>Action 1: Build Infrastructure (Forts)
Fortifications are made in the cities as some areas are sunk, others are raised, and walls and spikes create chokepoints and cut off entrances.

>Action 2: Military Action ("The Arbiters Influence")
Might can solve anything; With the Arbiter working more closely to the first now his influence grows and with it the military and its competence. To clarify, the Arbiter makes them better mages; He is a mage who teaches magic. The Ithempeli military is exclusively war mages who do not subscribe to tradition mage + swordsmen military lines, rather specializations within fields are magic are made.
Frontline soldiers typically specialize in sinking the earth, controlling areas with their Attract Metal spell, or causing earthquakes which would prevent their enemies approach. Middle mages would specialize utilizing their seismic sense to keep the army vigilant or in raising the earth underneath their feet so that the soldiers may find themselves immune to swordsmen. Backline mages utilize their deadly projectile metal spell. With the invention of the Mana Cannon spell which allows them to amplify their power together these roles are often rapid and powerful, with their platforms shooting into the air at the earliest detection of an opposing armies vibration or laying down the suppressive fire of a bladestorm against opposing ranged armies.
Special divisions exist as well, such as the Rammers who create a thick triangular structure and utilize their mana cannons amplified power to give great speed to the object, riding it like a vehicle and slamming the raised earth into opponents like a heavily armored cavalry.
Their equipment is composed of a golden runed shield which absorbs magical attacks, their thick carapace armor, and sacks of Kunai-like blades made of metals acquired through trade with Ga'ga'ul. Their bodies are adorned in runes which provide them bursts of agility and a rune which grants them the ability to share the senses of nearby runed allies.

>Diplomacy: Shorino & Eden
As stated to Shorino, anyone who was affected by the Statues recklessness will be recompensed plus some for their efforts, though no absurd fee is tolerated. 120% is considered an acceptable number.
As time would stop and news of apocalypse would reach the island, the First would send word that they accept the Shorinos demands but only on the condition that the First stays with the Cult to assist them in weathering the storm. Otherwise Shorino would have to settle for the greatest playwright of the Island. To the Ithempeli the most creative is just as valuable as the most wise, one is simply more essential to weathering a crisis at the moment.
>>
1.
Due to the new menace, the Vassalization issue will be put aside for a while. It shall be a perfect excuse to rearm and squeeze the Shorinans for all they have.
Mantain the military development and ask for military aid, both men and equipment from the Shogun.

2.
Start stockpiling resources and prepare to fight with everyone we have. We must preserve our resources, whatever they are. Establish patrols and focus on absolute defense, reinforce the walls.
>>
>>4553932
1.
The Crystal Asylum finds most of its exports being the Scintillack harvests, which are used to recharge batteries quickly, or make Death-Bronze. Further experiments are are made with adding the Scintillack to molten electrum and it's levitation properties.

2.
Krthgl’tltlkrgh the Spirit Walker, is contacted for use of his abilities. A mission to barter with the spirits and recieve something of worth. Stone Lord's wish to make contact with a Sea Spirit of some renound, to make a show of faith for the Giants.
>>
>>4554075
WARPOST ADDENDUM:

If deeptaur did indeed also rebel, which I’m fairly sure they didn’t, then obviously not all deeptaur will be occupying diamond island.
Instead half will be preventing any deeptaur dealing with our naval blockade and guarding it against assault
>>
>>4553929
>Actions 1, 2, 3: Create Divine School(?)
The devoutness of our nation goes without question, and to accompany that, so does our righteousness and power. We have a responsibility to the world as it's arbiter of peace, and again, likewise, a responsibility to the Goddesses. These two responsibilities bestowed upon us can be upheld by channeling our piety to allow our Goddesses to smite our foes for us.
>>
The stars make their will known through their thralls. The Sphere of the nightmare is ascendant and we must prepare so that it shall not drown out the rest of the world. While we could learn of its antithesis to cancel out its performance that is not the true ideal in this case. For similar to one being chosen to take upon the primary act with the rest of the musicians taking to the background so too does the universe allow one's music to temporariiy dictate the flow. We must learn to utilize this ascendant nightmare not only for this event, but for any event that any other sphere may take temporary primacy so that we will remain ever adaptable yet perfectly pure.

1. Research Hellstone. There are many things obvious about the material we mine. It has a striking appearance, with shades of darkness that is unseen elsewhere. Power is kept dormant inside, but even then we can hear a song eminanting from within. Hinting at wonder, but desiring to be unleashed unchained. Its passion for this is so great that in its manic demands it lets slips its true danger and intentions. A more fitting parallel regarding the nature of corruption could never be found. Still corruption is a concept that only exists regarding it infecting what is pure. On its own it is ultimately part of a sphere like everything else and therefore it is our duty to bring it into harmony with everything else. We shall carefully experiment upon this hellstone and test it at varying purities. With mythrill containers we will be able to contain whatever energies are produced and can find ways to best dissipate or direct them. By mastering this substance we can use it as a stand in for other experiments such as the upcoming ascendant nightmare.

2. Continue exploration of the ruins. While the jellies are of interest there are more pressing concerns that take primacy. Something important may be below and with the upcoming trials it may be of something of a great threat if taken over by the nightmare or a great boon to be used against them. With that in mind they go down even deeper. Giving some explorers a sense of nostalgia for when they explored the eternal catacombs back at the capital.
>>
>>4555477
Forgot to mention that my hero Menachem will be a part of the exploration since that is what he does best.
>>
File: Map Turn 43.png (3.51 MB, 2048x2570)
3.51 MB
3.51 MB PNG
Enman:
A horde of beasts descend upon the lands of the Enmancipated Kingdom, they wreak havok upon one of the northern forts. The venerable fortress stands, but it's strength is diminished. In it's wake however, the lands have recovered from the great war, and trees start growing once more, the lands rich in wildlife. Though the anti-druids are outraged, as this is the work of Bo'has, seeking to undo Meoswilian progress in the region.

New Eden, now The Eden Exiles:
New Eden has gone the way of Eden's Garden, now arise the Eden Exiles, formed from refugees from all over the Kuroi Mori Theocracy, they are a radical druid group, dedicated to combatting all zombies that may afflict the lands. Their weapon, ironically enough, a product fo these zombies, the Crystal Rash. The Eden Exiles are all potent mages, using it's power to purge the lands one reanimated corpse at a time.

Amelia:
The Dryads of Amelia have theorized a way to traverse that which is not, but here is, so they need to find a way to where is not. A group of Amelian adventurers have traveled to Sealand to see the land which is not.

--

Arcadia:
>>4553966
The sarcophagus... creates something, though it cannot be called a man. People who wish for strength become mindless masses of muscle, wishes to cure sterility creates tentacle monsters seeking only to fornicate. Some call these creatures Humonculi, desire turned flesh, though mages try to find ways of making more humanoid bodies, but some fear even the best designed Humonculi will never truly be human. (True Vivimancy branch completed)
To the arrogant mage, the sun may seem simply a brighter light. But no, creating sunlight is not just making a brighter light, it's making a light that is alive. Though fleeting, sunlight flickers and flows like flame, creating sunlight is a complicated task, but there is another thing that flickers and flows, the soul. Minor reproductions of sunlight is done using spirit power. (Sunlight branch 1/2 progress)

Al'qaye:
>>4553971
Though fraught with bloody trial and bloody error, the Sigil of Sacrifice has been created. But it is a crude thing, snatching the lifeblood from the veins of the sacrifice, tearing open their veins, blood bursting forth. But it'd power speaks for itself.
The ravenseers speak, the Megalonodate holds your prize. Though the Waking Cult's presence has recently been ousted from that area, along with the nightmare plague.
>>
Imperii:
>>4554035
With mushrooms, magic and surgery, a... procedure is developed, a lengthy and painful one. It is a process that leeches strength from the crystal, though also leeches from the Telrac itself, being more dangerous the farther it progresses. But there is one drawback, it severs their magical connection. To terminate the infection, forever, means they will never use magic ever again.
The servus are ever skeptical of the mushroom harvest, but they figure out a way to fry them up, making grilled and stewed mushroom. The Wolfkin too, have a bite, though they still prefer the flesh of the drained.
The feast is on, though the mushroom eaters has an interesting taste compared to the regular plant eaters, they were still not as good as the meat eaters, especially the seasoned Wolfkin. Ultimately, the Heácásern's might waxes further and further.

Meow:
>>4550436
Surely emitting sunlight is easy, just increase the amount of light emitted. Though with the breeding of various mushrooms, people succumbed to sunburn, but it wasn't from the regular glowing mushrooms, there was a dim one, Embercap, which glows faintly. Yet this dim mushroom's light deals more damage than even the brightest torchlight. As the Embercap's light is bred to be brighter and brighter, protective gear needs to be invented, and simply opaque clothing will not do, as the sunlight can pierce further than light can. Still, these should be great in defensive use, though it is still dangerous for our men to be around.
The sunlight alloy, at first, seemed like a failure, barely glowing at all, but when swung, it flares up, even leaving a short lived trail of light in it's wake. Though it dims with extended use, requiring to be immersed in mycelium to regain it's glow, but these first iterations of the alloy are brittle and expensive. (Sunlight Allow 1/2 progress)

Tavthalla:
>>4554075
The new ports do what little they can to help the ailing economy, but it's not much. The waters around those parts are infested with zombies, though the production of warships will help in clearing out the infested waters.
The ballista, boldcaster, bolzenwerfer, whatever, it's coming up well. Already there are prototypes appearing on ships, with a firepower more suitable for Taur standards, able to penetrate solid stone. (Bolt Thrower 5/6 progress)
>>
RRFU:
>>4554128
Cultists are captured but... there are a lot of dead cultists as well. The city, the ruins that used to be the infrastructure, the locals have decided to lynch the cultists themselves, furious over all the death and destruction they've caused. Your forces have to work fast to capture as many as they can before the cultist cell is all wiped out. And the information... is nothing, they don't break, they don't care, it's all over, the eclipse is nigh.
The new Biosuits are a... peculiar idea. The protective qualities are... inisgnificant, but the physical enhancement sees immediate results, sure to improve with more time. However, extended use of the Biosuit sees dependencies form, where they can't bear the thought of being without it. (Biosuits 1/2 progress)

Sealand:
>>4554253
The lumbermill is improved and then some, arrows fletched in grand quantities with plenty of arrowheads straightened and reforged from damaged stock, as well as new ones being forged, for the part that breaks fastest is the shaft. Though the birds rue the day people wished for more fletchings.
A common dream, or a common nightmare. People sit at a sunny shore, when giggling is heard from the sky, up they look to see the suns, only for them both to be eclisped by a single moon. The halo around the eclipsing moon causes glowing tears to stretch to every star in the sky, and corpses start raining down, before rising up and rushing to the attack. The only who survive do so in shelter, atop mountains or those carrying torches of blinding radiance, as any at sea are beset by monsters of the depths.

Ithempeli:
>>4554265
The forts of Sanctuary and Bro- "No proze-" are built. Providing defenses for whatever is coming up, apparently it's worldwide as well, so it'd definitely going to be worth preparing for it.
The drill is surprisingly drill-less considering the amount of earthwork to be done, but it does give you a lot of time to refine your military tactics, especially dealing with different soil densities, because making walls in wetlands wasn't very easy.

Incident: The Shogun's forces have returned, and Sanctuary is yet again reduced to rubble. The Shogun's forces tore through the nearby fort, library and farm as well, even knocked down the bridge for good measure. Telling that this is the second warning, you better not try a third.

Event: A bunch of amphibious lizards appear on the island. They swarm the cities, crawling on the walls, eating what food they find. But they are no hindrance to the Ithempeli, just a pest, though some statues feel they are being watched by them, and there are murmurs of this being the work of an amphibious god.
>>
(Forgot to change my name for the update, pretend the updates had the "ILK/QM5" name on them.)

Vesanti:
>>4554268
Your Shogun sends some people to reorganize your military, turning them into levies called Ashigaru. They act to slow the enemy down while their Shrine maidens do the damage. This massively boosts your army power, but also makes you reliant on Shorino for most of your damage dealing capability.
The walls of your city and even the riverfort is reinforced, ensuring the safety of your riverway, a vital part of your nation, and of course defending against any land invasion as well.

Lo-hai:
>>4554269
Putting the crystal in molten electrum creates a blue variant, it spreads just like the regular stuff, but it's energy output fluctuates and the crystal violently releases it's energy when broken. It is more powerful but less controllable.
The Spirit Walker ventures forth and brings forth a bird spirit. Why would a sea spirit be a bird? Because this is the spirit of Shipwrecks, a Siren of sorts, luring ships to wreck themselves. The Spirit Walker can bring one of two boons from the spirit. Either your ships will be less likely to shipwreck, or your foes will become more likely to shipwreck.

Marca:
>>4555280
The school of Divine, reigning the domains of the gods, is invented. The power of the gods are at your beck and call, in preparation for your darkest hour. Doctrine and faith will guide wicked swords astray, while pious blades strike true. This is not magic, this is the will of the gods, you merely call attention to those who deserve it most.

Nemean:
>>4555477
Hellstone is a physically resilient material, but very susceptible to magic effects. Even diamond struggles to affect it, yet even the simplest of magic tools carves through it with ease. But when it is imbued with magic, it crystallizes, becoming nigh-impervious to physical attacks yet shattering like glass when hit with offensive magic.
The venture into the ruins find various trinkets of old, busty busts of a horny horned goddess, and... a mural, depicting monstrous insectoids that command the very earth itself itself. There are also some magical artifacts, but people feel a radiating evil coming from them, so people are reluctant to even touch them, let along bring them to their homes.

[War updates will be coming later, feel free to post, now]
>>
Need someone to post for me. Won't be on a computer for about 12 hours.
1. The mages continue their work on the branch of sun magic. They study the living light and learn to create it and utilize it. (Action 2/2)
2. The focus of desire alone will not work. Instead the mages seek a way to use true vivimancy to copy traits of other creatures for use in other spells. One idea is to use blood as a medium and to pour it into a specially prepared jug. Once the spell is cast the blood can be used to only add or affect the desired trait and shouldn't decay. This will be used in other spells to create a complete creature or further modify the trait. (Create spell isolate trait)
>>
>>4556292

Action 1: Wartrance Ascension (5/6)
A state of mind so perfect time seems to slow and one man could slay one hundred.
As if all of ones fears and limitations simply ceased to be, and in the void that was left they found wisdom in their rage, and only death came for their foes.

Those capable of a wartrance of this depth can hardly be considered people, but rather avatars of war and exactors of true death.

Action 2: Tavthallan Courtship

That our population has suffered recently is an understatement, let us put it like that.
We simply need more population.

A new cultural quirk is picked up, the already rather direct and hasty courting period new couples enter into accelerating even further, a certain mysticism and ritual forming to culturally standardise marriages and ensure that they happen as soon as Taurs come of age.

A secondary practice of matrimonial tattoos on a Taurs humanoid half develops, those with many children obtaining greater status over those without as many, displayed by such imagery that ranges from rather simple to overly elaborate tattoo work depending on wealth
>>
>>4556291

Action:

-Once the location of the grave was known, the realm assembled the right equipment and team for the job. A small crew of Cuvier along with a few watchers were tasked with investigating the sight for the remains of the great hero Ivris. They make way to the river that divides Borevia and Cuvier lands, making a small encampment. Here the party attempts to catch some wild birds to scout with, while assembling rafts to carry the seers down the river as they meditate.

- With the development of grand sigils, it is time to move on to the next stage: preparing the pit. Inside the pit, the walls are painted with various glyphs in the blood of abysians, their eldritch glow providing a pathetically dim glow in the in the dark. Meanwhile 3 tall, stone obelisks fashion in the shape tendrils are crafted. Into them are etched "channels", spiraling down from the top to its base which are then painted in mortal blood. In a single line on each a series of large glyphs are painted using the essence of an Abyssian. Lasty great stone door is created that consisted of 3 sections. On this door was a great sigil, its design truly a work of art produced from otherworldly insight. These will be of use when the mad hour consums the world.
>>
>>4556292

With further preparation needed, work on a number of forts and upgrades to the defenses of the cities of the Imperii is done. Naturally, the first of these would be the capital and it's sister city, with the colony and the city to the south planned to be worked upon later in the near future. While not ideal that there was so much that was needed to be done in this regard, it was necessary. Luckily, the Imperii had a number of plans for how to mitigate some of the issues that would undoubtedly arise from the issues that likely would plague it during the long night, at least with regards to travel. Still, the main focus would be on defense. And that defense could be worked upon further in due time. For the Imperii had plenty of time to prepare for this disaster, and it would undoubtedly stand tall by the end of it, even if likely a bit weakened temporarily due to the food losses. But, a stockpile could be made in advance.

Even with this, the results of the procedure to remove the crystal from people wasn't ideal, but it was necessary. Even so, some nobles unsurprisingly would rather live with the disease than lose all their ability for magic. As such, work on how to sustain someone with the disease long enough that they wouldn't die and also while making them incapable of spreading it was something that was needed. Additionally, it would allow the nation to get more Volantium, or Lupanarium depending on who you ask. Still, the mushroom magic granted should be able to deal with any issues of spreading...The real problem was finding a way to keep them going and going, able to live with it. After all, the current procedure takes some time as it is, so those who are fine with losing their capability of magic already have a long time to wait given how many seemed to have caught it.

Lastly, the Heácásern's diet would continue. She still didn't need so much blood. But, considering what was coming, she needed to be in good shape for the event. Besides, maybe having more now would allow her to go longer without blood later?...Probably something to have someone else experiment upon, but still something to think about. Even so, the Heácásern needed to be strong not just for what was coming, but other things as well. Though, she might need to focus upon some other things soon enough as well. For becoming stronger was all well and good, but a single soldier does not win a war, and while she was good at strategy, those under her needed to be as well...Something to work upon in the near future, surely. Perhaps as the last precautions.

>Action One. Construct Forts.

>Action Two. Work on a way to keep someone alive and sane with the disease.

>Action Three. Further blood drinking.
>>
>Action 1: Military Action (The Arbiters Influence)
The Arbiter will continue to drill the army and share his magical secrets for as long as he breathes.

>Action 2: Improve Infastructure (Forts)
The forts at Templetown and Underdwelling are improved. Underdwelling is an underground city that can only be accessed through earth magic to begin with, but structural integrity is improved and various external defenses are laid out.

>Diplo: The destruction of Sanctuary was enraging but not unexpected, as its ruins now rest aside its other ruins. If there was any good fortunate to be found from this it was the time bought for the creating and educating of a replica of the First to be created and shipped to Shorino. Their fascination with the First is not unfounded but he is far from a special figure aside from his fame. (The first has no hero actions).
>>
Seeing as how the rest of the nations with friendly relations to Sealand have been informed, they now focus once more on internal improvements to their own nation.

2 actions: Build a massive fort, Ballistas, spare weaponry, spare raw material, a large supply of food, a lot of space, to act as the line of defense and safe space for people to stay in and guard during the oncoming nightmare and to act as a safeguard for any possible future issues.
>>
>>4556294
action 1 continue work on improving the symbiotes working to improve their protection capabilities and look into ways of using their goo like nature to the host's advantage [think the symbiotes from Marvel, they are like black suit spiderman more than venom is appearance]

action 2 It has long been known that sunlight harms nightmares, but only recently has the nation had the time or breathing room to act on this knowledge, but the prophecy shared by sealand prompted them to act. A spell called Brilliant bioluminance is created, The effect causes the target to shine brightly with an intensity that is nearly painful to look at, mimicking the effects of direct sunline it burns the nightmares to ash with prolonged exposure, when applied to plants the effect never fades leaving the plants to shine brilliantly at night.

War post:
red force finishes clearing the undead from north sealund, then sets about patrolling it aiding against further nightmare attacks, holding the line in the north to prevent more infected from pouring in.

Yellow force is patroling and adding the MSU in preventing new outbreaks within the MSU

Blue force is patroling and protecting Fraternitas against new Infection cases

Pink force is sent to Mezentia to offer aid in patrolling and preventing more undead outbreaks


diplo
An envoy of the RRFU would meet with Mezentia, with the long night soon to be upon us, we must all pull together bolstering one another and covering the weaknesses of the other. The RRFU has an amazing level of biomancy, but lack the grand talent of Mezentia in fire magic. we have a plan to create plants that will glow with the power to burn nightmares as if the sun was shining on them. we will freely share this. What we as of mezentia is to do the same develop offensive fire magic and share it with us. We know that Mezentia is a nation of peace, but with the long night ahead, we must go above and beyond, we ask that if possible you make spell-like flame thrower hands, fireballs, fire bolt, heat metal things of that nature. use 1 Influence to start spreading Fraternian culture in Mezentia
>>
Turn 42's Tavthalla Civil War Update:
>>4552989
The rebels, seeing good initial gains, set toward Rawl, the local garrison struggle to keep them back, getting pushed into the city walls, seeing the rebels besiege it. The walls are damaged and supply lines cut, it's just a moment of time. But then, arrows hit the besieging forces, lots of arrows, a hailstorm of arrows skewer and throw Taurs to the ground. The army has arrived. Meanwhile, to the south, a grand invasion is begun, but rebel forces quickly rally to contest that landing, it is a hard fought battle, but soon, the beachhead is secure.

The landing on the south becomes a quagmire, as the rebels just heap more and more men at the problem, but they are holding on, fortifying their position. To the north, the rebels are pushed back to rebel-controlled territory by the sheer might of the army. But they find it harder and harder to use their full might, as the maddening phalanx turns each step into a struggle, casualties ramp up, but the Tavthallan casualties are mainly due to creeping madness.

Still, the war is shifting in Tavthalla's favor, it's just a question of how long and how costly this war will be.

Turn 43's Tavthalla Civil War Update:
>>4554075
>>4555246
The advance begins, while the rebel forces have a maddeningly effective defense, their attention is split and they lack the sheer manpower of Tavthalla. But the best aid comes in the form of the Ballista. Though unsuited against small targets, the comically oversized shields of the rebels provide perfect target practice. Thrown off balance and battered against ground and obstacles, the phalanx loses cohesion, the soldiers bruised and contused. Eventually they are forced inside the city walls of Rahhus, where the ballistae chip away at their battlements, stripping away their cover.

The southern invasion, lacking support, eventually crumbles and falls back, withdrawing back to sea, and freeing the rebels' southern army to prepare a breakout for the north. Though initial damage was high, the army hiding inside the city's indestructible shields prove quite potent when strapped to sturdy walls, but there's not enough mithril to cover all the walls, and so they are torn down, brick by brick.

Though, as this goes on, the peacekeeping forces in Tavthallan lands are getting strained. If the siege is to be broken, they may have to fight a war on two fronts, as rebels appear in the west as well.
>>
>>4556526
warpost adenum
Navy close the pocket then have the bulk of the fleet move to finish off the undead in the eastern inner sea.

in the northern inner sea the strange new crystal zombies are to be killed on sight

see pick for plan
>>
Turn 43's Fraternitas's United War on Nightmares Update:
>>4554218
The nightmares are pushed away, and kept at the Megalonodate-Borevia border, the zombies grow dense, before dispersing. No more the relentless assault, the mass of the zombies have been broken. There were never many people in Borevian lands, and with the slave revolts and disasters, it grew ever thinner. It's only a matter of time until the zombies wither and die. The sea has some more action, having managed to cut off and decimate a significant force of zombies. The waters between Borevia and Arcadia is growing thin with zombies, we are winning.

But on the western shores of the inner sea, troubling news as always. The lands of the Kutoi Mori Theocracy is a horrid hellscape, their new overlords don't care for it like the council of old, it's a wonder it even holds on with the rampant plague, but perhaps the nomadic Wolfkin are simply outrunning it. But more troubling still, are some of the beasts spotted within those lands, zombie bears that can cleave trees in a single swipe. Are we ready for such a battlefield?

The eastern front has some mopping up to do, but simply doesn't have the quantities necessary to threaten the nations anymore. But the western front is strengthening, Yasei zombies are not to be trifled with.
>>
>>4556459
Action 1 replacement:
Build two forts, one on Fodeforaminis, one in the easternmost edge of the island.

WARPOST:

Turn the war into hell, it needs to end now.

Unleash every pureblood berserker from the palace dungeons upon our enemy, send every wartrancer to the front lines, unleash Sybaael and her flaming heart to attack the rears of shield formations and hunt down enemy commanders personally.

Now that our foe is trapped in Rahhnus they will fall, and fall swiftly under stone-piercing ballista fire.

If required, we will burn this entire damn city to the ground.

Now the investments we made in reforming our military bear fruit truly, as the Rahhnus face an army fully equipped and armed rather than their makeshift force equipped with shoddily forged armaments, each of them having to obtain their own equipment.

We are renewed with purpose as the long night ticks in ever closer, and now the Rahhnus seek to send their second army in to relieve the siege.

They will not be allowed to their friends and will not relieve their trapped forces, they will be met with wartrancers of the highest caliber and pinned down with arrow fire.

Our archers will surround and pin them down while powerful bulltaur and purebloods wield clubs and shields to batter them back if they try and break encirclement, and Snaketaur dive into shield walls uncaring at all for a shield bash but easily able to destroy formations of shield bearers, these same tactics repeated also should Rahhnus city try and break encirclement.

For Rahhnus we will seize their aqueduct and run men atop it, cut off its water supply and rain arrows down from above, place ballista atop it to use it as a firing platform

We concentrate our fire in specific parts of the shield formations to make them crack faster than if we fire all over.

We will send cavalry charging into their lines, as they completely lack spears and have only shields they will collapse and be run down no matter if their shields are unbreakable.

A shield formation is slow, vulnerable to encirclement, while we are fast and easily able to encircle them.

Not all of our enemies can be armed with mythril shields of course, they simply lack such production capacity, and those without mythril shields will find their regular ones woefully unprepared for the sheer power of Tavthallan arrows and weapons that bring death to the unarmed forces of the rebels.

Wartrancers make their way through Cthlithium shields as if the effects did not even exist and press in seeming to not even tire, purebloods can run up and simply rip the shields away from their foes with their bare hands due to the fact that the Rahhnus are literally not wielding rebels, a detachment under Caedrel employing the tactic of just taking their enemies shields using their superior strength and then beating their opponents to death with them.

In fact, simply grabbing a weaker opponents shield and taking it becomes a more widely used tactic as the war progresses
>>
>>4556599
due to the fact that an ordinary taur really cannot stop this from happening should a pureblood desire their shield, purebloods possessing such superior speed, power and durability that they can do whatever they want.

The lack of enemy archers and long ranged weapons means we can constantly raid their supply lines and prevent their forces from moving by pinning them down.
Rahhnus will fall this Tyrn, whether is falls in rubble or it falls in surrender is up to the defenders.
>>
>>4556599
Line 19, the Rahhnus are literally not wielding WEAPONS
>>
1.
In order to properlyexpand our cities capacity to deal with defensive warfare, develop the theory of "Bigger is better"
Take our mounted wepaons and develop a bigger version, one that can accomodate massive bolts that can pierce the heavens. Or armor, that would be enough.

2.
Just in case, its never a bad idea to keep developing the cities capacity to buy our defenses. Improve the mines and the banks, let us bathe in our riches.
>>
>Action 1: Fighting the plague
These nightmarish creatures have returned, from the north this time! We must push them away from the capital
And back to the shogunate puppet. From the south we can stop at our borders, and in the north the river.

>Action 2: Build 2 Forts
One on Theora and one in Austrocia. We must prepare for the upcoming times of darkness.
>>
>>4556314
1.Spell Created of Branch of Relays
>Create Relay - This Spell functions via Un'kltn using his arcane codex to inscribe stone with a programmable function, limited completely by his own skill with his codex (currently at (2))

2.
The blue crystal, dubbed Scintelectrum, is developed as a separate tech, first searching for a safe storage method for the volatile material. It is hoped that it will serve as a devastating weapon against the long night.

>All sailors are ordered to shore, the Lo-hai in their grottos draw their gates shut and pile fuel on their fires as the shadows draw longer, and prayers are uttered, as the land of Shell and War prepares for the Long Night
>>
The news of the coming darkness is worrying to say the least. The Iron King, Tomoko, demands no entertainment these days, leaving her along with her thoughts. In the end, she comes up with a plan.
First, the process of a stronger metal is to be continued, second, we need to slay the beast within our waters, and third, aquire a wealth others may treasure. Kenshin's church rebuild, Yuri's library expedition and Mikære's military training will have to wait. They open their mouth to protest, but seeing Tomoko's eyes, they know this is not the time.

Action 1: Invent Cold Iron (1/2 progress).
We have had problems infusing spirit into our metal, though, perhaps it is because we are too rough, too fast. Instead of quenching it in a vat of liquid, making in cool as quickly as possible, maybe we shall cool it as slowly as possible, make the spirit form within like ice forms in cooling water. Also, copper is a weak metal, yet combined with weaker tin it makes stronger bronze. We shall seek a material to act as the tin for our Cold Iron.

Action 2: Construct Jade Mine+.
This soft green stone will make a pretty bauble, some good buttons or maybe even an ornamental scabbard. If we are to reopen trade, we best have something to trade first.

Action 3: Hunt down the monster at sea.
The great beast spoke of dark times to come, if he is the herald, then perhaps it is time to break a rule, and kill the messenger. We shall plunge our wardarts aplenty into the waters, and then plunge our spears into it's wicked heart. Finish the job of whoever plunged the first spear into it.
>>
1. Study the Hellstone artifacts found. Our people are right to be wary, for these artifacts are the ultimate manifestation of the nature of hellstone. However we are in luck, for we have a way of acquiring and even storing them without risking ourselves. With mithril containers we shall store them and bring them to a special room for study. Its baleful energies shall be contained and we can learn more about what strange magic empowers them. By understanding them we should be able to ward our souls against its corruptive influence and turn them against the nightmare.

2. Astral Projection Spell(Astral Body). With the upcoming threat we must prepare ourselves and gather knowledge, however this is a threat not of this world but of the other. As we have already expanded our senses outward through the soul and have brought touch to the spirit, now is the time we allow our consciousness to travel freely unimpeded. Through the understanding of the earlier two disciplines this will allow us to mimic a body able to perceive and interact just like any spirit would.
>>
File: Turn 44.png (2.41 MB, 2048x2570)
2.41 MB
2.41 MB PNG
Imperii
>>4556474
The two forests are constructed though it is doubtful there is a need if the elven prophecy is true after all both cities are built atop or in mountains far from the sea and in fact if one were to trust the prophecy Gigantapis could be considered the most endangered of our mainland cities. let alone the colony… should we have it militarily cooperate with the local Borevian Colony and Boreans during the Long Night, afterall we won’t be able to send anyone through the sea to help them there.

The work… progresses. The Meoswilan spell which helps mushrooms grow faster only speeds up disease progress, though the one which links your senses to the mycelium is better. As it allows one to see if someone is infected before crystals appear or find them inside the flesh. One method to delay the infection is found and that is good old, cutting out the crystals, all the time and regularly. Though many telrac die earlier from the constant surgeries than the disease itself, drinking more blood to heal injuries does not help either as that seems to boost crystal growth.

The Empress drinks and drinks and drinks blood until her black bat wings turn scarlet, yet as she drinks more blood her thirst for it only becomes greater rather than the opposite.

Impetheli
>>4556475
Diplo: The Shogun accepts your de-facto declaration of surrender. The fake first is dragged off and the arbiter and other important people of your nation are dragged along or rather “invited by the Shogun”. The Shogun then puts the first in the center of Shorino, a central plaza with a place for a statue prepared. After which kitsune craftsmen appear and insert metal bolts into every joint of the Fake including his jaw until he is immobilised in a ‘funny” position for all eternity as mere decoration while he is kept fully conscious.

Diplo Ga’ga’ul: You should have taken the 2nd deal. We had to work really hard to not be declared after the first one. Please make no more trouble for us.

The Arbiter… while not breathing, still chooses to continue his training. The statues are drilled and he even proposes plan Asseryut. Which is to put military fortifications at every river and coast to make a surprise attack like this impossible. The Shogun may then ‘raid’ a fort not a city. If our army actually has time to mobilise we should be able to stop his elite force with raw numbers.

The forts are Improved, safeguarding the two cities from a surprise attack.
>>
Lo-Hai
>>4556689
Programmable functions can now be put into stone and powered trough magic, and unlike runes they do not require a new spell for each function rather trough layering of simple commands more complex ones emerge currently 7 base commands exist:
> Move left/right/too/from/above/below relative to caster
> Move east/west/north/south/up/down absolute directions\
> Close magic channel/open magic channel
> Timer - set specific time intervals for function to turn in on while they go
> break - the inscribed instructions break
> Detect change of state of X (x a marked object, maybe rock changes temperature)
> Daylight Sensor

Scintelectrum seems hard to store why? because it infects not only organic matter, but also metal growing and feeding of it. This means it can only be stored in which is not alive nor metal, funnily enough good old Lo-Hai ice coming into play here. Storing the material in ice seems like the only safe way so far. Still numbers are small if you wish for more of it, you need to create a leper farm to farm the stuff.

Marca
>>4556689
With the plague once more appearing in our land it was time to make swift work of it. The Undead were hunted down, cut down and chased back into the BFT before any major damage could occur. As the times of dark draw near two fortresses are constructed to make sure our cities stay safeguarded… through the forest in Austrocia might come in handy protecting against another enemy.

Sealand
>>4556501
The Grand fort to protect the Capital is constructed. There is no way any danger will harm our capital. Now all there is left to stockpile food in it and have the people evacuate there. Only problem is vance, the off-shore colony is unprotected and thus vulnerable. Still the grand military fort is awe inspiring being thus far the worlds grandest.

EVENT: In Sealand a meteor shower goes through the sky. The beautiful display of lights once again inspires hope in your people. The display of natural beauty shows that there is still good in this world.
>>
Arcadia
>>4556387
Sun magic is created. The light shed through it has the unique quality of feeling ‘alive’. There is an innate metaphysical difference between the destructive light of the flame and life giving life to the suns.

Isolating traits by all means is no easy task, afterall all creatures have more than one and many are plain inseparable. As such at first a framework of ‘default’ is created with traits added on. So far 6 traits of major importance could be isolated:
> Sentience from Humans
> Drive to Improve from Humans
> Strength from Cave Bears
> High nature attunement from Dryads
> Longevity from the Wolfkin
> Liquidity from Aurons

EVENT: Maybe due to the hopelessness of the situation, influence from their neighbour or plainly to spite the hated wolfkin the worship of En the meoswilan God of Mushrooms, Civilisation, social stability and nobility emerges and rapidly spreads in Arcadia, soon becoming the 2nd most practiced faith after Soulism. With Eden Min Ki becoming not an object of hatred for an ancient raid, but rather a place of pilgrimage and reverence.

KIL
>>4556723
In fact the material you would find necessary is… well tin. Out of remaining tin samples Cold Iron is created the material seems initially weaker, but can actually hold a spirit and has it leak out very slowly allowing it to temporarily retain sentience. If the alloy is further improved and tin obtained weapons with sentient souls in them could be created.

The jade mine is constructed and jade-green soon becomes the nation's official colour as it well… plainly is pretty and the resource so far seems nique to your nation.

The KIL army is very much so useless against the grand best as it plows trough untrained soldiers with ease. Making Miho loose an arm as she tried casting a spell. Yuri would take on the best herself and while nearly loosing her last eye would hammer it senseless all the way to dry land where oddly enough the beast would start begging for it’s life as the sun rose and it started burning up. Temporarily it was locked in a dungeon trapped in 1000 chains, you can choose now what you do with it.

EVENT: Once again Wolfkin architecture would prove itself… lacking. The transition from nomadic to sedentary would not be as smooth as possible. The Iron Mine has collapsed , simple structural instability. It’s broken.

Versani
>>4556659
While this version of the scorpion would be completely immobile the Magna Scorpia as they would be known are mounted on the walls. These behemoths of size and power are the height of ‘raw power’ a weapon liek that could achieve. Enchanting the bots with ice magic for additional damage also does wonders in elevating it’d combat potency.

A mine and bank are improved, increasing the nation's wealth to higher heights than they already are.
>>
Travthalla
>>4556459
As the wartrance improves so do it’s specific requirements. Seeing time move in slow motion The bodies can’t really keep up, forcing said Taurs to train harder and harder than any others. Soon those who wield the Wartrance become the bastion of the idea that “The Ballista makes a Taur’s superior flesh not obsolete.”. High exertion of the mind so much tends to cause early onset Dementia and Alzheimers to happen in most retired Wartrancers, luckily that’s not a problem as in these turbulent times few make it to retirement.

The cultural revolution is an interesting one. Though due to current high poverty rates and constant war its effects won’t be seen until a more peaceful and prosperous time appears.

On an unrelated note, Taurs are starting to flee the nation. While not afraid of war, the ever increasing poverty, recent raid and constant war is becoming too much for them as well. Using small paddle boats or by transitioning to aquatic forms many try to flee mainly to the RRUF and some to the MSU. Most of the escapees are easily caught and deal with but some slip through the cracks.

EVENT: While the Diamond Pirates can be considered tamed by the Taurs, many Cuvier off-shoot groups were formed during their long exile. A grand coalition of Pirates has launched a Raid on the tauric mainland. Coming from the north they have sacked Rahak, the port and the Church to Ithempeli. The City still stands albeit many of the Civilians have been slaughtered, much of the infrastructure destroyed and for a brief period of time even the Prince’s Castle was embroiled in fighting the raiders. Oddly enough though in precisely that small siege the leader of the Black Diamonds was slain by the Snaketaur himself and the raid ended with the Cuvier retreating after having their leader cut down, searching his corpse many trinkets from the tree of life, a single black diamond and a book make out of leaves with words inscribed in flame was found. The book is one talking about the Goddess Uesugi, but in an oddly non religious sense. How she tends to put and be childish at times, how she is good friends with Mechii and even how in her diary she writes long rants about the god of Secrets… whoever he might be is a secret. Either way the book contains a ritual which would allow you to contact the Goddess herself so you may talk to her.

With the captain of the Black Diamonds dead the grand Pirate Armada would now fall under the “Raiders of Silverdiamond Shell” making one known as Silverclaw the captain. He would lead a rare Lo-Hai Pirate crew during the raid.
>>
Fraternitas
>>4556526
The abilities of the symbiotes increase allowing them to harden to deal with slashing attacks as well as inflate to deal with blunt ones. This kinetic response to attacks lets them be useful if in base form they are still merely as hard as leather. The Symbols also become able to shoot out sticky “strings” up to 5 meters to pull back a found object. Either way, the suits also started to display basic intelligence sometimes opposing a wearer’s actions as well as a highly addictive effect, with suit wearers often refusing to take said suits ever again making them like a 2nd skin.

The new spell is born, though it’s users often experience severe sunburn and at times blindness as their eyes glow. With plants such problems do not appear, though they also glow less brightly. The light is sunlight in nature though meaning it harms nightmares to some extent.

Al’quaed
>>4556470
In secret the expedition is sent and through use of birds soon the grave is found. Entering a cave near the Cuvier inner sea in a rural area a grand cavern is found and in the middle of it a temple as grand as the one on Crescent Moon Island. Exploring deeper records of Ivnis’s history is found in his great heroic deeds, his time with the Tarn and his death when he alone stood fending off an As’fraihim invassion of the world tree. This truly is the resting place of a great man. As the grave opened a great stench besets the room and the mummified corpse is sighted. It’s lower half is still a nightmare… seemingly alive. Either way the corpse is brought back to the temple on crescent moon island, all those present in opening the grave die within 3 weeks of coming back home.

The strange building is constructed may its use be revealed once it’s time what could such a mysterious obelisk mean? What could its purpose be? May it be to pull in and store the eclipses dark power? or as a bunker to hide in? Either way progress is made.
>>
Nemean
>>4556730
The Artifacts while seemingly made out of hellstone seem to be unique artifacts likely produced through dark magic, human sacrifice and possibly even be demonic in origin. The most common weapons are “Argent Blades” there are 200 of them and they are merely handles, but at the users through a physical blade appears which is paperthin, but not much weaker than mythrill. The blade can repeatedly be broken off and reaper though the broken off piece disappears after a while. Then there is the 20 staffs of Egna. these staffs possess a blood red crystal in them. They boost the power of any spell a caster casts, though it also twists it into a demonic version of it. These staffs bond to the user for life proof of ownership being a tiny fetus being found in the mages brain. The last weapon there is 2 of, the spikes of ugatha. Bonded to the flesh through meditation they twist the user into an effigy of evil and acolyte of fertility in exchange for immortality (and regeneration) and the ability to summon and control demons from hell in exchange for human sacrifices.

Through meditations means can become like ghosts. They when meditating randomly appear in the world as just the spirit. Perceivable only by mages said astral bodies can travel everywhere in the mortal world near unimpeded through watch out for salt! (you learn of all the nations of the world, mages can perceive and interact/kick out the spirits)

Golyemant
EVENT: As the golyemant move into their new nation which they would consider their promised homeland they are instantly greeted by the breeding season of a rare animal. This would be the Clayfaced Monkey. These odd tiny apes live in burrows in the ground. Their faces are like clay and can be shaped in childhood to resemble any other animal, usually the strongest present in the region this often being lions, lizards or humans. These Monkeys seem unusually talented in fixing all things technical seemingly by instinct, thus coming in handy for the golems as beloved pets. Soon they become the symbol of the nation itself.

MCU
EVENT: The Cuvier being lucky are sent gifts by the now recovered Mezentians. These gifts of weapons and food will hopefully help them survive the Long Night.
>>
Borevia
EVENT: In his cell he sat for centuries. The first sentient arcadian Golem merely used to see if they could prevent other golems from reaching sentience. At times forgotten for decades he persisted. He meditated and eventually he even learned of soulism. He learned magic, he learned fighting. One could say that after centuries of isolation and meditation he has reached enlightenment. During the Crimson night cracks in his cell walls appeared and in the decades that followed with his very own magic he made them into a tunnel. During the night of 10 joys when the Arcadians celebrated having driven the undead hordes completely away he would step out of his cell and touch every golem on his way and they would follow. A mere march of hundreds and thousands were not the army nor wizards would attempt to stop them due to their share numbers. The Golems would leave, not damaging any buildings not killing anyone not even fighting back when attacked they would just leave. Whether this passiveness came out of their reverence for their masters or knowing that any aggression they would show their non-sentient brethren will have to pay 10 times for.

As such under the leadership of Solomon the city of Hofysh meaning Freedom in Borevian would be established and alongside it the Dictatorship of Golyemant. Golyemant would be considered a Borevian protectorate. It follows a modified form of Soulism which believes that to grow your soul one needs to Overcome the 72 Demons of Solomon said demons being personifications of mental challenges he had to face during his centuries of imprisonment. The new nation does not possess all arcadian magic, but it does possess Golemancy for the sake of reproduction allowing it to create all types of golems arcadia currently does.
>>
>>4556769
Action tax turn, will wait for warpost and then write nine paragraphs for it

Action 1: Build a fortress in Fodeforaminis and build great walls around Rahak

Action 2: Repair port and aqueduct to their previous level
>>
1. Create the order of the Bloody Claw led by Exemplar Bhaal Al Jallad. These artifacts open up a dangerous gateway, but one that needs to be passed through. All spheres must be harmonized for reality to be made perfect and this is no different. The type of person able to walk this fine line without letting it consume them is small in number and those that are must often be coerced requiring drastic measures. Beyond the mad few who willingly attempt to join those that would be executed or banished now must face the damned trials. If they pass they will become a member of the order and hardened against the demonic while those that succumb will become a part of the sacrificial rites. They shall be in an eternal jihad as their condition demands of them. Waging war on those impure to take them upon the altar and bring balance to the world with force. The leader of such a group must be chosen carefully so the Caliph himself went out into the dangerous wilderness alone to find the one man who could do it. Eventually he tracked down the infamous lone warrior Bhaal who like the lion Nemeus had a thirst for blood and conflict that saw him wandering the earth. No one knows what was spoken between them (if at all), but when Bhaal bonded himself to the spikes of Ugatha it seemed that it had worked. Grimly taking to his new duties as he became the dreaded enforcer of the Caliph.

2. Astrally Project while dreaming with Menachem leading. The origin of the nightmare is obviously tied to that of dreams and it is there from which it will strike most readily in the hearts of lions. While we know that astrally projecting awake makes one explore this world. Perhaps if one casts such magic while they are dreaming they will be able to explore their minds in a way that would give some insight into the enemy we will be facing. Exemplar Menachem seems most eager to attempt this as he is interested to see what exploring the self in such a recursive way will entail and if he will manage some breakthrough that his adventures in the world proper could not.
>>
>>4556769
The leaving of Taurs from the nation is absolutely prohibited, and oceanic forces from diamond island are withdrawn to slaughter or imprison anyone who leaves without permission.
This isn’t so much a rule change as it is simply enforcing tavthallan law and cultural practice, all Taurs under one banner without exceptions, the only ones who would leave even in the worst circumstances are outcasts of even the most outcast Taurs.

Frankly if they go anywhere else they’ll just cause trouble anyway.

Black Diamond Pirates:
The pirates are fought off, at moderate cost, but we have victory this day.

Their captain lies slain in the palace quarter, General Hallazael lies injured on the palace floor with sixty pirates dead beside him, the captain of the black diamonds included in that count due to the efforts of Jaehk the frontierer, now nursing some tail wounds of his own.

The two of them are the only living creatures in these halls filled with the dead, there are sounds only of heavy breathing and the occasional drip of blood.

Eventually Jaehk stirs, slithering over to give the pirate captain cadaver another good stab for good measure, before rooting through his possessions; much to the generals displeasure at the dishonour of the whole looting.

Over the following day as things begin to be put back together the true nature of this book is discerned, only the upper echelons of the tavthallan army being informed and the number of people knowing the true nature of this next being able to be counted on a single hand.

Our suffering in these wars is a grand and glorious pain, we have fallen and crumbled and rose and crushed and bled all in the name of redemption.

Perhaps it is finally enough, as the Long Night closes in to deliver us our second death knell.

If not, the gods would not have ordained for us to have won this day.

Whether Uesugi truly is Ephial or Ephial is merely smoke and madness it hardly matters anymore, all that does is this chance.
>>
>>4556768
1. Finally with the branch of sun magic created a new spell is needed to protect the Arcadic people from the coming nightmares. A very simple spell it will combine the knowledge of creating sustained spells such as golems that draw from ambient mana to create a ritual to make a false sun. The sun is a point of woven magic that sheds sunlight with the size of said point being larger the more mana used to create it; but the more ambient mana it must use. It is suspected that the spell can be tied to an object instead of to a space to allow it to be moved around. A simple point will be made to allow the spell to be unraveled by anyone with knowledge of the spell; best not to have a bunch of miniature suns everywhere.
2. While the creation of a rogue state on Arcadic lands and beyond of golems is certainly an interesting development there are more pressing issues as the Aetherium has begun to spread from the Wolfkin lands. Most of the council believes that a simple action to limit it's growth is simply to harvest it to make use of it's special properties. As such the research teams suit up in heavy cloth covering everything but their eyes to be burned after, use air golems to protect their lungs, and do their best to not get infected as they seek to find a way to refine the Aetherium into a usable product that won't spread it's infection. Some ideas that come up are as listed below:
- Crushing it and mixing it with bronze, silver, or iron.
- Coating the crystal in bronze, silver, or iron.
- Crushing the crystal and mixing it with stone using earth magic.
- Covering the crystal with stone using earth magic.
- Crushed and added to the vivimantic biomass.
- Added to the core of a golem.
While those last two arn't strictly about refining the crystal for use the researchers say 'at least something interesting will happen'.

War post?: With the Nightmare zombies finally stopped and now the Aetherium blight spreading it is deemed necessary to at least curb it's spread. Thankfully the spread is slow and the worst is the zombies. The war mages will be set up in a similar manner to the researchers with few golems. They are simply to patrol around the infected areas to kill the zombies and destroy the fungal mutated trees using long range attacks. They are not expected to stop the spread or reverse it but to slow it down.
>>
2 Actions: And considering that the capital is defended, it is improper to leave those that they sent out to live on those new lands to be undefended as well. Construct another massive fort, similar to the one in the capital in all forms possible. They will be well defended and any that feel that they would be better off in the capital are free to return at a reduced cost to ensure their own safety.
>>
>Action 1: Improve Infrastructure (Forts)
Underdwelling and Templetown have their fortifications improved as per Sealand's recommendation. Brotherhood is atop a Mountain as they said was important and is guarded by its close proximity to Ga'Ga'ul.

>Action 2: Military Action (The Arbiters Influence)
The Arbiter capitalizes on the nations outrage towards Shorino to fuel impassioned training regiments.
>>
>>4556770
>Actions x 2: plant Sun Bulbs all around the nation starting with the most important places in the RRFU, then spread them out to the rural areas so that all of the RRFU are protected.

>national fluff the nation's braces for the long night preparing and mentally preparing for the dark days ahead. the Vampire population is apologized to and told once the long night ends adjustments to the Sun bulbs will be made for that comfort but until it passes that we all must make sacrifices.
>>
>>4556764

With the current situation of the Imperii, it was imperative to continue with the construction of defenses should the rumor be true. Honestly, the Heácásern hardly cared if the rumor was true or not, mainly due to the simple fact that she quite enjoyed the military and would undoubtedly take any excuse she could to build upon it. It also was a good excuse to work upon some other things which hadn't been for some time, but that was more seen only as important due to military reasons than real trade reasons. Still, the forts would at least make sure any of the raids that Sealand had been having are less likely to come to Imperii shores...Although, a way to completely negate such issues was coming to mind to some in the Imperii. Though, they weren't that numerous, they were a number who saw potential in a certain material, even if their work was currently on the backburner. Still, with the forts, the cities of the Imperii would be just that bit harder to take or raid, though they likely would be further improved in the near future.

Even so, there was something clear that needed to be done. For far too long, Gigantapis was only really connected by sea. As such, an underground road would be made to connect the city to the others. The reason it was underground was simple, not all members of the Imperii could use shadow magic, and as such, not needing to worry about such when traveling between the cities was key. Such a passage already existed between the capital city of Rubrumetria and Crepusculmantrum. And given how the situation with the long night, having one that reaches Gigantapis would be wise. The colony couldn't be connected after all.

Yet, with all of this, the Heácásern desired to work upon a bit of a plan they had previously. They were going to hone their tactical and strategic skills through playing of varying war games with the generals and officers of the Imperii. Of course, she had a good deal of experience, but even so, she desired further expertise. In essence, her plan was to try and be able to predict the moves of her enemies. And, doing so in the tactical sense could transition to that of actual fighting. Besides, she couldn't just feast on more blood to gain power, as that seemed to just make her more and more addicted to the stuff. Though, perhaps, that was simply a sign of her ancient age... Only a handful of the most powerful nobles in the Imperii and the Shogun were even close to her age after all...Still, furthering her skills in all aspects of war would be best. She'd likely need it in time.

>Action One. Fortresses in Gigantapis and Orcenis

>Action Two. Underground road to Gigantapis.

>Action Three. Heácásern's Tactics.
>>
File: 20201203_124823.png (92 KB, 1080x1920)
92 KB
92 KB PNG
>>4556766
1. The Crystal Asylum is expanded to the entire province, and the new infected from the BFT border are corrugated to the Asylum, and the Scintillack striken Lo-hai are fed and housed for the price of harvesting the life long ailment.

2. 2/3
Sealing the Scintillack /Scintelectrum into large orbs of ice, and cushioning their transport with straw and grasses will most definitely aid against accidents with transporting, but the Lo-hai are still not sure what to use the volatile material for. The navy of Sealand has long eclipsed the navy Pleocyemata, and the Lo-hai have decided it's time to boost the capacity of their naval power even moreso beyond their simple ice cannons. The Scintelectrum is kept in an ice sabot, with electrum wiring and anchors set into it, attached to a circuit plate and battery. It's purpose simple. When the plate registers the ice breaking, the batteries power is dumped into the Scintelectrum, intending for a great explosion of magical power and shrapnel. The shell is developed and tested with our water cannons as before.
>>
>>4556770

The Tavlonian hero is finally returned to his home, and for him a grand and dignifying chamber was built within the temple to house his resting remains. However it was kept under a strict guard of abyssians with only those permitted to enter. There they could pay their respects from a safe distance of the champion. The party's death was the reason for such measures, for it was a curious case to the Realm. They had no idea what could possibly have caused it, but each of the victims had an expression of sheer terror. Perhaps, this hero is not quite as dead as history would have us believe.

Actions:

-Tavlon is approached with a request from the realm. They wish to speak their great champion so that he may impart his wisdom. It is made clear that, though dead, his spirit may still be accessible and present. With their blessing, and aid from Tavlonian initiates, seers would attempt to contact him. They would be led to the hero's chamber, where a circle made of glyphs was painted on the floor. A taur would sit within the center, and offered a small piece of the hero's nightmare flesh to consume. After, seers would draw a small ammount of his blood to drink. They would then chant outside the circle, all of them meditating. They focused on the Taur's presence, while he focused on Ivnir, hoping to draw the champion using his mind as a beacon.

>The door to many things, and a key to the future
-With the work on the pit complete, it was time to prepare the people. With the day of the eclipse fast approaching, the people of the Realm shake with anticipation. Religious fevers run burning hot throughout the population, and they grow ever more intense in their convictions to Xiguras. This is not all, for a wave of passion sweeps the city as the people indulge unabashedly in the ecstasies of the flesh. The overseers would gather the people and encourage them to ever further their acts of dedication and pleasures as offerings to the great deep one.
>>
Turn 44's Tavthalla Civil War Update:
>>4556599
The defenders of Rahhus are valiantly holding on, but through trickery, the Tavthallans sneak some maddened soldiers in, and once inside, they have only enemies to attack, so they let loose their maddened rage inside the walls. These attackers deal damage but also among themselves, making them suffer great casualties, though the attack from within and without leads to a breakthrough, the outer city walls are breached, and then another section. Battles erupt in the streets and a great many civilians are caught in the crossfire, either going mad from the shields or being torn apart by maddened purebloods.

To the south, the rebels are held back, their defensive shieldwalls good at defense but not attack, any attempt at which results in them being pelted with ballistae. Though, psychological casualties keep rising, as the War Trance only delays the madness, never stopping it, once it breaches the treshold, the War Trance is no more, it's just rage.
>>
>>4556766
>Action 1: Military
Small garrisons are stationed across towns in the countryside to defend those during the long night that can't make it to a city.

>Action 2: Build 2 Forts
One in Jusinia and one in twosunaint
>>
> Action 1: Finish Glyhiriron
For it to work properly and be useful in the upcoming war we finish the Glyhiron. With the Elves helping us mass produce it we shall make swords for all swordsmen and as many knifes as possible to hand out to undead and civilians.

> Action 2&3: Fortify.

Build and improved fort in our capital and a normal fort in the other 2 cities. Let us copy the approach of the Sealnders and Imperii, there must be something to this method. hopefully this will safeguard our cities.
>>
>>4557575
WARPOST:
Take or raze the city this turn, whichever comes first.
It’s already collapsing after all, accelerate the pace of this war to get it finished before the long night.

As for the south army use all of the mythril shields scavenged from war and arm our own forces with them at once, and charge as a single great bloody column against their lines.

Deploy men to take shields, unleash ballista and arrow fire and then descend on their broken and pinned forces with unquestioned fury.

Rally our men with the knowledge that Uesugi herself, the goddess of war, appreciates our efforts in this conflict.
We fight for meaning, for the concept of a United Tavthalla, and all Taurkind will be united under this banner.

This Rahhnus revolt ends now.
>>
>>4557678
ADDENDUM 2:

Sybaael sets sail with 4th and Jaekh to diamond island, taking the book with her.
She is on a mighty quest to potter about and look for redemption under nearby rocks, as Uesugi dictates so shall it be.
>>
File: Map Turn 45.png (3.5 MB, 2048x2570)
3.5 MB
3.5 MB PNG
Celeste:
With local militarization and the access to both iron and coal, an order of knights have appeared, the Order of the Celestial Blade. They have siezed the coal and iron mine's output to arm themselves with steel weaponry. Even setup a forge near Tenmoon to smith themselves steel, according to Marcan technique.

Eden Exiles:
The crystals grow darker, providing even more power, but when it overtakes the exile, they turn into giant crystals which cause more crystals to grow around them, but they grow without infecting any life, the giant dark crystal nourishes them instead. The Dark Exiles consume whatever alcohol they can acquire, to relieve the pain of the crystals growing in their flesh.

Amelia:
The dryads surge with population, they then start spreading out, taking further territory. Amelia is growing to become quite the metropolis. Travelers from Amelia grace many a city in the area.

Borevia:
The people organize a grand show, featuring bumbling Aurons, evil Kitsune, Дpyг and the ever feisty humans. The show is just what the people needed after so much chaos and destruction that had happened recently. Also they made a pretty good theatre for it all.

MSU:
The Order of the Skyblue Sword sets up another fort in MSU lands, this time near Scivin. In fact, with the increased funding, the SS forts are improved.

KMT:
The Crystal Rash ravages the lands, hunters, bards and herbalists around Shiroi Mori get decimated, the tribes dissolving entirely. Only the warrior tribe remain, trying their darndest to protect themselves and the sacred forest.

Waking:
A sentiment of equality washes through the people, they wont follow the leader's word as much, but they are also most self sufficient, each infested building being a cell in and of itself.

--

Tavthalla:
>>4556807
Fode Foraminis' fortification attracts a number of people into it's walls, and with it, starves the few remaining zombies of food, they have to come out for you, and finally, every last one of them is taken down. In Rahak, the improved walls provide safety for the inhabitants, who had seen so much devastation in the surroundings.
Though, with that said, the repair crews work to fix up the damage, the waterworks aren't as good as they once were, but it provides a sense of normalcy, being better able to bathe and drink. The rebuilt port also allows trade to flow strongly once more.

Event (written by Viorp): Sybaael one day would wake up her flaming heart throbbing. She was still to be recovering from her broken anckle, but lead by a misterious force she lead to stare out of the window. In the flames of the burning battlefield she saw a vission the vission of the As'ftaihim Taur the great crussade yukiji lead against the Insectoid creatures and that the Dryads are still embroiled in an eternal war with the As'ftaihim. It is afterall a war to see if the world tree shall rot and fall or thrive anew. Could there be a more glorious war than that?
>>
Nemean:
>>4556898
Forged through bloodshed, the Bloody Claw Order becomes a force to be feared, dreaded enforcers of the bloody caliphate. Warning tales arise, warning children to be good, or the Bloody Claw will snatch them up for the bloody altar.
The projection in dream sees people appearing in the midst of pitchblack water, catching glimpses of great fish, some even gobbling the projections up, and then they appear... in a dream. They walk around in someone else's dream, though they have a really hard time trying to direct which dreamfish eats them, or telling which fish has which dream.

Event: In the hellstone mine, something strange is found, a vein of strange material, fused into the Hellstone, or rather, made of the Hellstone. Crimson Hellstone. The vein is small, but... what made this Hellstone turn crimson?

Arcadia:
>>4557024
The new miniature suns are successfully made, even able to be used for underground farms, but it has a problem of mana consumption. A too large sun will starve nearby golems, meaning you cannot simultaneously employ golems and suns in high strength. You have to strike a balance.
The experimental results are in: Mixing and coating results in no change, it merely lies inactive for quite some time. However, the Aetherium cored golem is incredibly powerful, boasting far greater strength, but also expending the crystal, requiring refills. The core's seal also requires some fixing. However, the Vivimancy biomass sees it become a glowing green sludge, it degrades any surface it's stuck on, corroding even stone. It keeps growing in amount, but it isn't really infectious, just useless.

Sealand:
>>4557392
Great quantities of earth are dug and transported, creating earthen terraces which are faced with stone so they don't get eroded. This creates impenetrable walls that instead has to be scaled, or, they'd have to assail the gates, which are specially designed killzones. Furthermore, there's more than one level of terrace, and the terraces are shooting galleries for anyone on a higher level.

Itempeli:
>>4557506
The improved forts give some much needed security, not just for the victims of the shogun, but also for the people worryign about another dark time. Though as such, a lot are fitted with roofs, in case it's yet another ashfall.
The statues fear the Shogun, but also know he will just further humiliate them, rob them, kidnap them. So a great many a statue wishes to do action against him, they just need to know how and in what manner they are to do actions against him.
>>
RRFU:
>>4557525
The new sunbulbs coat the city in light, much to the vampires' chagrin. Though some of the less outgoing citizens decide to use the sunbulbs to get themselves a tan. There's even a fad of tanned bodies being seen as better than pale ones. To have an untanned body makes you seem lazy, just like having an unmuscular one.

Event: Goliath was sighted chained to a rock at dawn, had the people of Fraternitas not acted quickly enough, he would've burned up in the sunlight. A series of mangled corpses were found at his dojo, but by the time they got to question him, he had turned into a feral beast wishing only to kill, kill, kill. Eventually a surviving student is found, who said Goliath let himself be chained to the rock, to prevent further death. But, this man could be useful, come the dark times, or be the bane to kill us all.

Imperii:
>>4557530
Though our cities are already fortified, having a dedicated military facility means we can have an army ready to sally, instead of acting as city guard, in addition to giving the enemy two fortifications to worry about, instead of just one.
Through cracks, caves and crevices, the road to Gigantapis is a shadowed one indeed. Servus and Civil non-Telrac both are wary of the hollowed path, but Telrac greatly enjoy the long stretch of hollowed out land.
Once more, the Heácásern Æthelthryth would delve into military training, but instead of fighting against her soldiers, she'd be fighting with them. The mighty Heácásern would be a bit clumsy at first, having fought the best for so long she did not know the strength of the rank and file. Still, with time she improved her tactics, even managing to best some of her more seasoned generals.

Lo-hai:
>>4557533
The gathering of the infected is hard work, and many Lo-hai become afflicted, but it does root out a great many infected, though, the sheer amount of infected is difficult to contain, and outbreaks happen on the island as a result, even the blue crystal gets a sizable infestation.
The Scintillack Explosive Shells are quite the volatile thing indeed, the hooking up of batteries risk it exploding then and there, and has happened on more than one occasion. Still, the thing may be expensive and dangerous, but the firepower on offer is absurd, able to not just break open walls, but afflict those behind them with the crystal rash. But, will you be able to contain the outbreaks these will cause?

Event: The dreaming Lo-hai see sigils written on the walls, nay, letters, Shorino letters, which although they do not understand Shorino script, they understand exactly what these letters say. "In the sands of dryads and men, where a battle over ownership of over body was fought, between the desire of freedom and the desire of thirst, the 9th await."
>>
Al'qaye:
>>4557561
In an attempt to speak to the dead, necromancy, the Taur chosen would succumb to a great many fits and seizures, babbling without structue and even turning the Taur into part nightmare themselves, but it just continues to spread, until they become naught more than a nightmare zombie. The mind has succumbed, this Taur wasn't strong enough.
The orgies are great for morale, the ecstacy and joy, dedication to Xiguras. But... on misty days, figures are glimpsed in the fog, when turning corners, it seems like the lands being revealed are moving on their own, at night, movement is seen in still darkness. The veil is weakening.

Event: On the southern part of moon island, a number of people, following legends of the Tavlonians, venture out and discovers a deposit of a maddening substance. It's soft and brittle, but just gazing at it causes halucinations and the vapors... oh this is glorious stuff indeed. A mine for Cthlitium has been made.

Marca:
>>4557578
Land patrols are established, touring the countryside and keeping an eye on any activity. They are a welcome sight in the north, where worry of beasts and Wolfkin has grown frequent.
The people of the Celestial Family Church claim that their faith will protect them in the coming dark, even assuring that there will be no dark times for them. But they will not reject such a kind offer, as while the CFC provides spiritual protection, they do not provide the same level of physical protection.

Meow:
>>4557605
The metal has reached a formidable strength and ease of manufacture. It is only slightly weaker than iron, but the light effects make a dazzling display from any bladedancer, and arrows flash with intense sunlight on any it hits. You can definitely tell where the arrows land.
The new forts provide some much needed safety, though these places also become home to professional soldiers, peasants who abandon the farmer life entirely, to dedicate themselves only to soldiering.

[War update will come later, but map should be correct. For now, you can start posting actions for Turn 46]
>>
(Posting for Arcadia)

1. As the time of the long night draws near we must prepare as soon as possible to prevent destruction. Mages are taught the spell to create a false sun in large numbers. For those villages where a mage is not reliably around false suns will be applied to metal poles in large numbers to allow crops to grow and protect from the nightmares.
2. With the knowledge that the Aetherium seems fairly easy to clean up but hard to keep without using it is decided to try to find a use for it. A very simple idea, yet useful for the mages, was to use it as a way to amplify their magic. Small earthware jars, made to be easily tied to a belt, with thick walls and the mouth sealed with earth magic will be made. The idea being to fill the jars with Aetherium so mages can draw power through the jars and empower their spells and rituals.
>>
>Actions 1 & 2: Military Actions (The Arbiters Game)
The Arbiter was once frowned upon for his focus on the harnessing of Ithempeli's might. Now the naysayers witness the end of times and the brutal realities of the world when you are the prey. Never an orator, the Arbiter organizes marches and contracts the leaders of the Yuuka project to help him in his goals of normalizing a military culture as the society standard.

>Diplo: Ga'ga'ul
The Arbiter reaches out to the Zlon leaders about organizing a defense against the impending dangers. A demonstration of his soul destroying capabilities is demonstrated on a local rodent to display a competency which may be essential to their survival.
>>
>>4558245

Actions:

- As the reckoning approaches the world, those of the realm slip ever further into their religious devotions. The thinning of the barriers between this world and their lord's is seen as a sign that he is with them, pleased with their efforts. There rises an almost fierce sense of zealotry among the populace, with followers practically competing with each other as to who can display the most dedication to Xiguras. No offering is sufficient, no act is grand enough, no sacrifice is worthy enough. The citizens engage in ever escalating acts of chauvinism towards their master, chastising those who they feel fail to live up to his name. The overseers by the direction of Ix'thula once again move between the crowds, egging them on in their fanaticism and to encourage their entire families to utterly dedicate themselves to the will of the deep one, so that they may be prepared to pay the price for his favor in the coming darkness.

- Failure is a teacher that will show is the right path in time. These brothers pay a price, but it will not be for naught. The Realm continues to explore this avenue of necromancy, and after various debates some of their greatest scholars device a plan. They theorize that two things lead to the previous failures: Strength of mind, and the time spent in the dive. They make adjustments to the current ritual, where a dedicated taur brother would be the beacon, but with multiple minds anchored to him to strengthen his own. The nightmarish nature of the abyssians would be of use as well, as one of bound to the taur so that he may act as his guide during the dive into the darkness of the mindscapes, hoping to find the champion before the vessel could be claimed by such a place.
>>
>>4558241
Action 1: Restore the Ephial faith

We are a society that recognises almost all gods, but we cannot allow foreign deities to steal us from the path we truly belong on.

It is in part due to this religious divide that the civil war grew enough momentum to kick off and weaken us, putting us in the unfortunate position of warring against Ephial followers (Though any true follower of Ephial would never try and secede from Tavthalla).

Reclaim the temples and restore Ephial worship to the land, only through him may we endure the long night.

May he have mercy on us all, may he bring upon us untold righteous destruction, on his eternally wayward children.

Glory to Ephial, death to Taurkind.
Death to Ephial, glory to Taurkind.

We await his judgement, but should a single taur be left standing he will have found us worthy.

2: Restore the port and aqueduct of Rahak to their former glory
>>
>>4558447
WARPOST:

Finish them off.
There will be no escaped permitted by the Rahhnus, our ships and deeptaur fully encircle them and rain fire down upon the beaches should they come close.

The Mezentians will be forced to suffer the penalty of breaking their oaths of nonviolence, and be sent to the monastery to produce silk with the others, but unlike the others their children will not be permitted to grow up with and be corrupted by them, taken in by the military to be trained to fight.

The Ephialates will be subjugated and properly inducted, highly chastised and scorned but not killed.

Anyone who tries to run for their lives to evade capture or abandons their allies will be executed with impunity.

We move in now from all sides, let this war be ended, Uesugi herself blesses it.
>>
>>4558244

With yet more time for the Imperii to work upon it's military, the Heácásern would dedicate a change in the training regime. While the soldiers from different units were always from the same location, the change in training would use this to an advantage and appeal to the pride of the soldiers and unit. For the soldiers now not only fought for the glory of the Imperii and themselves, but also the glory of their unit and by extension their homes. While this would undoubtedly cause more competition between the varying units, that wasn't a bad thing. As the training and discipline which would only be heightened by the pride instilled would make sure that they would know doing underhanded tactics and abandoning other units would be acts that would only shame the unit, instead of taking the opportunity to show that they were better. Naturally, this also meant that the varying maniples which came from the same cities or regions would naturally get along further through this training, and ideally, with such emphasis on pride and glory for not only themselves but their own unit and home region or city, soldiers of the Imperii would forever march forward to death and glory. And why wouldn't they? The Imperii's military was one of if not the best in the entire world, the only ones that could match it were the Taur's after all, and that was just due to their innate strength.

Even so, from earlier experience, the Heácásern was partially concerned with her own abilities. As, either her generals had become extremely skilled, her own skills had rusted significantly with her focus on more direct fighting, or a mix of the two...It was clear that she'd need to work upon her tactical skills a bit further. Luckily, the Meoswilum likely would prove to be decent opponents in mock battles with their little game of Ches-ki, and by extension even her firstborn daughter and heir Æðelflæd. Though, given how she had become much more reserved what with the death of her first husband, second husband, and two children...That might be a bit more difficult. Still, it was something to do in the future, for sure. Even if for now such wouldn't be so focused upon.

>Action One, Two, and Three. Spiritus legionis.
>>
>>4558245
>Action 1 & 2: Develop Divine School of Power
No flavor text needed.
>>
>>4558244
action Build the city of Softpaw’s Aurora in the Underglow caverns half the evacuating cuvier are taken here. The rest of the city is evacuated Fraternitan youth and those Fraternians unable to fight.
action build the city of Georgeo’s Mesa in the mountains same hex as the copper mine. The other half of the evacuated Cuvier are sent here along with more fraternian youth and Fraterians unable to fight.

>National fluff both cities are made as havens for those in Fraternitas and her vassal so that the unable and young will be protected for the long night.
>>
>>4558453
Sybaael is off on her grand journey, having found a trinket which she declared to be a sign of divine favour.

Jaehk thinks they’re lost and says this several times, to no avail.

The next (and last) stop is to visit Tenmoon, as that’s the only other island the Tavthalla really have on their maps that satisfies Uesugis directions
>>
>>4558244
1. 3/3
The Scintelectrum shells are ludicrously expensive considering the amount of manufacturing that must be put into each individual component, but a single shell turns the tides of battles, for better or worse. The defensive capacity of the shells are not ideal, due to the collateral damage of contamination that occurs, but it would be better than death.

2.
Preparing for the onslaught of nightmares soon to be upon them during the Long Night, the Lo-hai build 2 forts, one in Ok'dl to protect the investments there, and in Grsthld. The forts are equipped with hydrocannons much like ships, to aid in the defense of the cities. What little sunlight the Lo-hai could gather from Sunglows they do, clutching the lument fungus to shell like rosaries.

>>4556314
Events

>Spirit of Shipwrecks - Enemies are more likely to shipwreck in Pleocyemata

>Diplo
>Shorino

The Shorinese are sent an altered version of the transcript "In the sands of dryads and men, where a battle over ownership of over body was fought, between the desire of freedom and the desire of thirst." They are asked if they understand the meaning of this passage, and where it is referencing.
>>
1.
Seeing as impending doom is upon us all, we may as well try to go down with some dignity. We will build a fort to reinforce the center of the city, if the worst came to happen and the walls were breached. A second fort will also be rushed in the eastern side, protecting the river.

2.
Although little use has been given to the ice magic bestowed to us by the Shogun, it is perhaps a good idea to train and strenghten it in any way, shape or form our dominion over it, if only to have an edge over the nightmares.
>>
>>4558242
1. In our expedition we have learned much from the other nations and know more of the weaknesses of the nightmare. It is time we adapt them for our own use. (just an action to make stuff I get from all the diplo later more widespread)

2. With the weakness of the nightmare being flame and light. These alcohol jellies have even more use than one would expect. By cultivating them we can utilize them for their destructive power, but beyond that they have a great number of other uses. Being exceedingly efficient at recycling what is useless and providing refined alcohol to be used for many different fields.
>>
1 action: With Glyhiron finalized on the Meoswilium front, Sealand mass produces it as well make sure there’s enough for both cities.
1 action: Implement the new Iron working Techniques as well
>>
The Iron King is in a foul mood. Everything is wrong. The new iron requires tin, a resource we do not have access to, Marca is encroaching on our borders and now our buildings collapse because of our lacking architectural skill. And all while the time of darkness is soon upon us. We need trade. Marca is a major hindrance, if they decide to, they can stop all trade to the south and east, and those waters could feasibly be considered theirs, so they might be baiting us into another war, gaining the blessings for a war of revenge.
So, a plan is decided upon.

Action 1: Repair the mine and the temple.
We will not tolerate our structures to fall over like ill balanced stacks of stone, so we will rebuild our temple to Uesugi, besides, for the dark times, we need to keep strong. As for our iron mine, we require tools and weapons, iron tools and weapons.

Action 2: Explore the island's coastline, starting by going west.
There might me others who live here, that might have tin, or this island may be small enough for us to circle around and avoid the waters under heavy Marcan control.

Action 3: Military maneuvers with the Longolo tribe.
In preparation for the coming times of darkness, we will familiarize ourselves with the Longolo's military, we will also demonstrate the difference between firelight and sunlight. As our foes may be weak to sunlight only.
>>
File: Turn 46.png (2.16 MB, 2048x2570)
2.16 MB
2.16 MB PNG
Imperii
>>4558463
The Spiritus Legions rise the new reorganisation of the Army helps catch it up with its neighbours. The new advanced division of the army makes sure telrac and civilis alike fight for their honour and homeland inspiring them to fight with uttermost devotion and push themselves to excel. That causes three major problems though:
1. They do not shy away to push themselves beyond what is possible, causing larger losses.
2. The honour and competition makes them less likely to call for aid and reinforcements.
3. Due to the regiments staying homogenous from a region, many Legions might be more loyal to their home-region than the nation overall.

Impetheli
>>4558372
The slow transition of the Ithempeli into a military culture s bearing fruit as more and more ithempeli accept that they are actually a god of war. More and more statues lay down chizzles and paintbrushes and pick up sword and military magic. The Ithempeli culture is slowly changing, one centered around war under the leadership of the Arbiter who soon is revered as the de-facto leader of the nation.

Diplo: The Zlon are surprised at the request. They already planned to help you out in the long night after all. They will send some of their forces to assist you, they explain they don’t need your help though.

Lo-Hai
>>4558572
the Scinelectrum shell is put into use. Able to instantly sing a ship in one short or even blow up city walls, this will revolutionise warfare… now one fear remains. If the enemy figures out which ship stones the rare material they are the ones who can make use of it’s explosive potential.

The two new forts are prepared and equipped in the newest anti-nightmare hunting equipment the Lo-hai can muster, now all that’s left to do is wait and pray.

Diplo: The Shogun seeing the document can’t really tell he wishes to know for extra context. All he can guess is that it refers to somewhere in the Tarnatosi desert.

EVENT: Through the nation a minor non-deadly disease spreads. It's known as Sloth fever for making lo-hai constantly sneeze and jump when they do. Additionally the disease makes the stone crabs lazy and sleepy, usually the disease is just healed by resting for a few days in their nest, but can such luxury be afforded if the long night is coming?

Marca
>>4558490
The Branch of Divine power is created, allowing one to channel divine power. The ways said divine power is channeled is of course tied to the Church of the Celestial Family allowing for channeling of pure divine, solar and moon based power. in its most primitive form raw enhancement. Now said ideas just need solidifying trough spells. (yeah smite fits here)
>>
Sealand
>>4558708
the mass production and distribution of the Glyhiron on all fronts goes well. Soon ballistas are equipped with it, swords are forged and some more panicky generals even make armor out of it. Though it only glows faintly when they walk and some more when they run. The new iron working techniques are implemented, though with the current crisis the Glyiron is a priority. With the new iron being only used to strengthen walls of forts. ( implementing traded techs is 1 action so I’ll just take the 2nd one as improving forts)

Arcadia
>>4558261
The suns rays all around and the cities are safeguarded, though as expected problems arise and golems are unable to function as ambient magic is eaten up, forcing the lazy Arcadians to once more have to rely on their own human physical labor to get things done… well at least the non-mages have something to do now.

The idea sadly fails, only direct contact with the crystal allows for energy to be drawn out. Doing it through a rock plainly does not work. The best ways to draw out mana to strengthen spells is:
> being sick with it
> holding it and potentially getting sick

Though your mages have an idea, and that is to use electrum. Said material has very high magic conductivity. That should work… but first we’d need the Borevians to agree to selling it to us. With some electrum samples stolen during the war the theory was confirmed. Putting two electrum poles in the crystal the mage can then safely extract energy out of the crystal, making it eventually turn gray and break. Recharging the crystal is impossible.

EVENT: In the nation's capital an odd man appears. Dressed in purple and with ginger hair, wearing a black mask he’d walk around the city until he found a temple to En. Entering it the people would instantly recognize him as the personification of the deity. He’d stand there and would explain 2 new spells to them an even a new branch:
1. Branch: Myconic Golemancy
2. Spell: Mushroom Golem (allows for creation of mushroom golems, Mushroom Golems are short golems about as useful as your base golems, but they can reproduce naturally making them much cheaper, they also can subsist of food not just magic, making them ideal for areas poor in mana or where something is using all the ambient mana)
3. Spell: Mushroom Buildings - allows you to create permanent structures by slowly growing Mushrooms into them.
(The amount of En worshippers increases by % to 35%)
>>
KIL
>>4558723
The reconstruction goes well and while the buildings lack the grandeur and grace of their originals, they will do… they will do…

The circumnavigation of the island turns out to be a less impressive endeavour than expected. The Islands size is relatively small, but it is divided by a heavy jungle which means we are safe to set up colonies on the island’s far side safe from prying Marcan eyes.

The Longolo are by all means worried thatt their flames only produce firelight, but they also do not plan to agree to the gods sending the blight upon them… however weird this statement may sound to the Wolfkin. Either way the military exercises work out well, the Longolo specialise in psychological warfare where they seek to break enemy spirits with overwhelming cruelty.

Versani
>>4558692
As the promised day of nightmares descending on the earth draws near we need to protect ourselves. We have our bunker and our walls, but deep within the City one last fort is constructed. If all shall fail, it shall fail last!

Though with the Shoguns protection and our city as fortified as it is, what is the chance of us falling? It may be the nightmares who should fear us. As our new spell deep-freeze shalll allow us to trap our enemies in blocks of ice or at least engulf them partly to immobilise them.

Fraternitas
>>4558506
The cities are constructed and their walls stand tall. they are to act as safe havens for those unable to fight be they children or disabled. The nation readies for the long night as it is soon to arrive. The army stands ready to ensure the nightmares don’t storm these safe places prepared for the civilians.

The new cities named after the King and Queen shall also help decentralise the nation so a tragedy like before shall never happen. maybe it would be wise to even more our capital further inland?

Travthalla
>>4558447
Worship of Ephial is seen as an odd move, afterall it was the faith of the traitors and the Loyalists praise the Statues. Some Taurs take it as a form of reconciliation, others as returning to their roots… while some as an admission of defeat. Still Ephial worship starts to once again gain relevance. Likely soon being able to dethrone the statues if more effort is put in.

The port and aqueduct are restored to their former glory. Now the nation finally has achieved a symbolic return to former glory, though could only know how long this peace will last. For the Long night is comming.

EVENT: Out of nowhere hordes of Telrac appear; that night on Diamond Island Would be something to remember. From the Sky they descent upon Fode Foramis ravaging the city, nearby fort and port, leaving them as ruins. After All neither shark nor taur can fly. The joint Cuvier and tauric forces chase the raiders, but don’t catch up to the flying attackers before they descend into a cave outside of their reach. Few brave ones dare enter the cave and what do they find? Gold, piles and piles of gold.
>>
Al’quaed
>>4558400
Fanaticism grips the nation. The whole nation devolves into prayer, mothers sacrificing their newborn to their deity. Maybe offering their own limbs as sacrifices, even Borevians offering their wealth. As all halts prayer and fasting erupts, the nations prepare for the coming of the 2nd Long Night.

Experiments fail and fail again until it is decided to maybe try not a taur? One of the wargs volunteers. He is formulated into having his teeth all join into one his knees bend the other way and his body be covered in feathers. Ivnis takes control of him, but as his first decree the warg has himself been consumed by a Taur and the Taur inherits Ivnis’s will. “My body is rotten and my spirit rests trapped in it. How brave of you to bring me out in such an incomplete state?” (you can communicate further with him trough diplo)

Nemean
>>4558704
Preparations for the long night continue, maye the foreign nations will be as helpful as we expect. May the spheres harmonise and out joint song safeguard all spheres.

A farm of the alcohol slimes is created, only enough the Slimes most like consuming bones, whatever type of bone they are. While intended to fight the nightmares the slimes instead become popular as a recreational drink; traditionally drunk while alive. Such weird livestock. The alcochol could maybe be refined with hellstone? Hellfire should be able burn even nichtmares.

Borevia
EVENT: The teachings of Soulism are finally taking hold in Borevia, making an ancient forgotten culture reemerge. Based on the UFC muds the Borevian Newmuds are a cultural movement which values: meditation, humility and asceticism.

WARPOST (Tavthalla)
The war is over, the enemies routed. The native Rahhnusans sent to the spider pit and the Ephial worshippers inducted as the core of rebuilding the faith in Ephial… one good thing comes out of this war, barely anyone had run, but it is doubtful the locals will ever forgive what happened. The freed slaves are put back in shackles, a dream of peace and being left alone quenched in blood.
>>
>>4558784
1. To be sure the useful Aetherium is not totally lost during the long night or as others learn to control it's spread a leper farm is created to grow the crystals upon golems as they do the silver blight. As well the Sulphur mine is finally repaired; though no one is really sure if the mine will be useful at this time. More useful than the bank and the golem factory will be with all the ambient mana being used.
2. While the mages wish to seek a way to alter the silver blight to make a new gold blight strain it is decided to put on hold as the fears of Nightmare rampages still hold deep. As such a new spell is created to fire a concentrated beam of sunlight at an enemy. A simple spell really and such it gets the simple name of Sunbeam.
>>
Seeing as how the night is finally going to be upon them, they decide to give their radiant weapons the same quick as the things they're imitating

1 action: Instant Heat: Half heat. Instead of bringing it to near melting, bring it to half the heat to just have it be a searing attack. It may not be able to pierce quite as easily, but it will still burn, and being not as hot, it can stay hot longer. Instead for three seconds and on metal only, as long as focus is being kept on the object, it can remain at bare minimum half heat, and slow down the rate at which it cools from the melting point. Hopefully this will allow iron workers to quickly heat up tools and forges as well as act good for general combat use.

1 action: Molten metal: In contrast to the last spell, a spell that raises metal to triple its melting point. Primarily a design used for arrows and once again, ironworking. There is a max 5 second delay before the metal heats up dramatically, and at that point, it's out of the caster's hands. The objective with the spell being to hit any unarmored body parts, and to also cause any armored body parts to tick together near the joints locking movement as the metal cools.
>>
>>4559359
Erroneous wording for first action

Bringing near to Melting/Burning point
>>
The Iron King would've expected something to happen by now, but no matter, more time to prepare. Though when theorizing about the combat application of Soular Pyre, a problem comes up: It's designed for areas, not targets. Miho will have to figure out a spell for single targets. Meanwhile, we should get to work in the iron mine, so we have surplus to trade, and the temple... if we can make a radiant tower on it. It'll be no Radiant Spire, but it could be useful if the dark times do indeed come. Though for the Longolo, we can't really match their brutality, but we could work off said brutality.

Action 1: Invent spell Spirit/Fire Magic > Radiant Soul > Sunshine Palm.
Working in conjunction with what FMMA we got from the navy project with the UFC, we create a spell that wreathes our palms in sunlight. It will not have the range or area of effect of the soular pyre, but it's penetration will be absolute. Not even the mightiest whale monster will be able to endure our touch.

Action 2: Upgrade Iron Mine and Temple.
If we want to trade iron, we best extract more iron. The mine will be restored to it's previous level of output. The temple however, will be modified, a radiant tower shall be added, where we can use the Soular Pyre to provide sunlight for our lands when the long night finally comes.

Action 3: Train Kitsune Radiant Monks (1/2).
These will be Kitsune trained in Radiant Soul, they are to carry no armor, instead using radiance to blind their enemies, they are to carry no wapons, instead using their fists to batter and their Sunshine Palms to dazzle and sunburn their opponents, incapacitating but not killing them. These are to capture many and kill few, perhaps even none. The people they capture shall have minimal or even no wergeld, and be released back to their homes with some sunburn ointment. This is all to demoralize their foes, make them want to surrender to them, as it's so much better than any other occupation, especially one by the brutal Longolo.
>>
> Action 1&2
The core of our nation is undead, as such it was a great oversight to not include them in our preparation. Based on the Sunlight Shroom and our already invented undead we create the Glower.

Glowers usually glow with a dim light, but if fully triggered they unleash blinding and burning light in one giant burst. The light is so strong the glower usually burns himself as well as normal humans. This level of sunlight attacks should do perfect against nightmares and even find use in real combat later.

> Action 3: Equipment reform
trough trade with our neighbors we have acquired the knowledge to make Balistas, Electrum and Mana-Batteries. It is time to put all this to action, we shall make as many Electrum batteries as our humble nation can and will hand them out to our mages in order of importance so just in case they can have an extra burst of power in their magic if such need arises.

Balistas shall be mounted on rat Kings, rat kings will be ridden by standard undead directly controlled trough soul-spill-over so they can shoot the Balistas. The Balistas are to have Glyhiron tips.

We also put Balistas on the Pulgasari, to have some long range combat options on it.

With our army upgraded, we should be ready to face the Long Night, my En bless us in this fight.
>>
>>4558788
Note to QM: Upgrade my port and aqueduct from last turn

Action 1: A King of all Taurs

In ancient days the first king of the taurs marched to conquer the old city of Rahhnus, after finding his people a new island home.

Now history repeats itself, and on the eve of devastation a new king is crowned.
Xalteis has seen Tavthalla though division and war and chaos and doom.

But now only a king can grant Tavthalla salvation from the wailing dark that approaches, can show to Ephial that we can be united once again.

For the coronation three grand items are forged, out of three materials, representing the grand conquests Xalteis has lead Tavthalla through.

A grand war scythe, perhaps closer to a glaive, representing the Cuvier campaign.

A great spiked mythril shield, representing the reconquest of Rahhnus.

And lastly a grand crown, in it’s centre the black diamond taken from the leader of the black diamond pirates slain in single combat in the palace halls.

Each item is forged of mythril and gold, studded with the greatest of the Cuvier diamonds, so that they may last forever as eternal symbols of Tavthallan rule.

The dark is coming, and we must have unity or we will all fall.

Hail Xalteis, King of Kings

Action 2: Upgrade the walls of Rahak again, and repair the mythril mine.

More turrets on the walls of Rahak, more towers to emplace wildly firing ballista, higher walls to ward off foes and more space to emplace greatbowmen.

Wailing doom approaches while Tavthalla is already in ruin, but our foes are foolish to think they can take us, for despite all our faults and the laughing gods curse, we are Taurs.

Warpost: The Long Night

We are ready for them.
They are not ready for us.

Our armies have recovered, a little, and the money from our gold mine has reversed our economic decline.

Await the long night, armed with mythril shield and warscythe, greatbow and ballista, they come soon.

Xalteis and the entire council, the royal family, they all face the front lines now along with the common soldiery.

Let them come.
>>
>>4558782
1.
Krthgl’tltlkrgh the spirit walker is contacted once more for his skills, the avatar is begged by Stone Lord's all over Pleocyemata. "Please O Gifted One, barter on our behalf with a Spirit of Sunlight, on the Long Nights precipice, perhaps light will shine upon land of Shell and War.

2. This Sloth Fever is the last thing we could need, attempts to remedy the sneezing is done via medicinal liquors, burning fungal incensed, and hot spicy fish soup. While one would still be infected, perhaps they will be in more fighting shape and spirits.

>Diplo
>Tarnatos
Emissaries wait out the Long Night, waiting for it to be safe to travel to the far eastern city of the sands, clueless and hopeful of what may greet them and what they may find .
>>
>>4558790
Actions:
>The descent into darkness

With the long night finally upon the world, the Realm prepares itself for the path they have chosen. Food, luxeries, and various resources are funneled into the pit. A small, isolated chamber is carved into the pit to store the remains of Ivnis safely away from the rest of the inhabitants. The realm holds mass ceremonies and festivals in the leading hours, pious dedication on exorbitant display so that Xiguras may show favor on his people and preserve them during the coming days. During one of these moments, in meditation a final round of chosen are called upon to undergo the shedding ritual. Many were overseers themselves, but one name stood out above the rest. Akiva was summoned by the lord of the deep as well, his time of ascension had finally come. While his brethren would be sealed away in the earth, he would remain to bask in the light of the eclipse and watch over the land with their fellow Abysians. His time as Akiva has come to an end, and with in the sun's final hours it bears witness to the dawn of Aka'othar, the midnight king.

As the final moments draw near, and the moon makes ready to swallow the sun, the citizenry pack their precious belongings before making way to their haven. The streets are a mad chorus of chanting and singing in the tongues of all the nations that have gathered here mixed. However, before any enter, they must first offer up one thing: their children. The youth are gathered off to the side of the pit, led by a small handful of attendees. As they residents make their way down, the nightmares take refuge in the boarded up homes of Atulantu.

The last few souls make their way into the pit and Ix'thula makes his way down shortly after. As he does, the doors of the pit slowly shut until it is fully sealed from the outside world. Now, all that was left was for the key to do its part. The attendees fathered the children around the entrance, leading them in song, chant, and dance. In Abura they cheered at the glory of Xiguras, and pleaded for a better future: his future. As the moon covered the sky, the nightmares started to crawl out from their shelters and made way to the pit, surrounding the offerings gathered there. They too joined in on the singing and chanting, until the sun was no more and all the world was swallowed in darkness. It was then that the nightmares dove upon them, devouring every gathered mortal still remaining on the surface to the last. Their requests had been answered: Having offered up their old future, the people of Realm were to be spared the long night and inherit a brand new future.
>>
>Actions 1 & 2: Crusaders of Ascension (I don't know what type of actions these are)
The grimmest hours are approaching, finally their plan which included the Arbiters relentless discipling and the costly sacrifice which shocked the nation into obedience was at its climax. The Arbiter, in combination with the team of Statues who organized the BFT to turn against itself would capitalize on the worry and shock of the golems to bring about a new age of fanaticism to the fanatics. Having recently faked his death and been given the time to remodel himself, the First would take stage amount the massive Cult stage to address the nation, now chipped down in size and disguised as the Arbiter.
"We are a god among men; We are the arm and fist of Ithempeli; We are Fortune, and we are Tragedy."
"Our role is vital, but we are but aspects of the divine himself, while millions more live within the Immaterium, their spirits awaiting a vessel suitable to serve Ithempeli."
"In our mission to return Ithempeli to the earth, piece by piece, we have relied on these tributes of stone for as long as we can remember. With each heretical act by the heathen nations which seek to destroy us we find our efforts wasted as our deathless spirits are returned to the Immaterium and our mission is delayed."
"No longer must we -- a deathless god among the revolting masses -- irrationally fear death. As of today there will be no steps backwards; No longer do we bow to death, and no longer will the Immaterium hold us. Free from our bodies, we will continue to serve Ithempeli and forever will his legions grow as our bodies come and go, but our spirits live on forever."
"We are but ideas of the great Ithempeli -- the materialized ideas of an all knowing mind. I ask you now, can any among you kill an idea? It is only once you have embraced the notion of your individuality that you find yourself separated from the immortal mind of Ithempeli. Throw off the corrupting shackles of your individuality and embrace your destiny so that we may live eternally! We will live to see the day that Ithempeli rules the earth, and next we shall be delivered to the heavens!"
"All Hail Ithempeli!" He would chant as his Agents of the Yuuka project and their most deeply propagandized contacts would join in until the room was booming with the chant and silencing any dissentful thought. There was no time for such nonsense; The Apocalypse is coming and the people need hope.

The Undying Spirit learned from the Wolfkin is improved, adapted and taught en mass to the people, though not to maintained by their rage, rather their fanatic devotion to Ithempeli.
>>
>>4558788
action x 2 Military activate plans for the long night (one for Fraternitas and one for sealund)
those who can't fight have been evacuated from Fraternitas and sealund, now it is time for the men and women of Fraternitas to hold the line in both nations.
the focus of the military is to hold the safe zone and protect the smaller settlements in the nations, thanks to our efforts during the ashen tide our farms are still able to produce food. Allowing for the cities in Fraternitas to be supplied with produce. The military will also protect supply chains ensuring that the safe havens and rural settlements are not starved out. The same is done In sealund the military force sent there does the same thing fighting alongside the Cuviers to protect settlements Nothern sealund.

The full range of advancements in biomancy and fire magic is provided to the military and used liberally in protecting the land. The Sun Bulbs are used to help hold the line and keep nightmares at bay as well as funnel them into kill tunnels

The navy is pulled back to the ports and is used to protect them from Nightmares from the open sea. Remembering what the sealanders warned about, all navel assets are held close to the coast and out of the open ocean. A fleet is stationed at the island to ensure it is protected and that the port does not fall.

>national fluff the long night is here, but the crown will protect us, that is the general thought of the people. a small representative force is sent along with the CCF to the hut from the prophesy
>>
File: Glower.png (1.36 MB, 992x1436)
1.36 MB
1.36 MB PNG
>>4559426
How Glowers look.
>>
>>4558790
1. Research and utilize the crimson hellstone. The order of the bloodly claw is brought to handle the gathering and more personal study of this crimson hellstone. The manifestation of its attributes seems to have come into effect and we must be vigilant to protect ourselves from whatever corruption it may hold while still utilizing it to its highest form and perhaps find a way of recreating its formation.

2. Refine alcohol with hellstone. The potency of the simes can perhaps be enhanced further with the hellstone and especially that of the crimson variety. If we can create a new alchemical concocotion then our ability to bring devestation shall greatly increase.
>>
>Action 1: Create divine smite
Summoning the power of the divine Goddesses allows us to turn our goes to mere dust, as the radiance of the sun peirces through the sky focused on on the targeted adversary.

>Action 2: Upgrade fort in Arcatria and Masos.
Self explanatory.
>>
Name: Nothpuezkahn (Land of the Nothpuez, the Nothpuezi people)
Colour: Pale Green (c8d0ae)
Capital: Istoeil
Culture(s): (Celtic/Hittite based)
Coinage: Foreign Coinage, custom engraved precious metals (coins based on weight of precious metal not market value) (variation between clans)
Governament System:
Top Authority: Mykearn and his Harkfer
Mykearn, the Eternal Lord of the Nothpuezi rules the nation from a distance. Every region has its competing Clans and Alchemy Guilds however all default to the decision of Mykearn as spoken by his Harkfer - the message carriers of his will and representatives of him in many different matters.
Regional: Elected Lords
The most influential men of a region brought in through election by hereditary clan patriarchs, the process is overseen by a Harkfer. They are usually elders (most often heros or other man of note past their most prime years) brought out from among them to act as high administrator in matters of which Mykearn cannot be bothered with and which cannot be settled on lower levels. An Elected Lord is taken out of office when his Harkfer determines he is unfit to rule. They also represent their regions as a whole during important times when the Elected Lord of every region must unite to discuss matters of civilizational importance.
Local: Communal Sub-Clans
Local communities lack hierarchy within, besides loyalties to Clan and/or Guild and family structure. Each community has a Minor Harkfer to represent Mykearn, but families (even of different clans) are usually fine with sharing goods and work. As long as its with their Nothpuez kin of course.

Hero:
Mykearn - The Eternal Lord
The leader of all Nothpuez, he was apart of a large and long forgotten expedition of Sealanders who as far as the nation of Sealand knew had died somewhere deep inside of the misty jungle of the interior. Instead they found a developed culture of the dreaded Druids, being well armed (the jungle isn't very safe) they managed to conquer this relatively weak society. They massacred all the men, taking sizable harems of women. Due to the very low number of elven women among them they had to make due with the Druidic children, over time they developed new magics based on the unique domain of magic the Druids of the region had invented to survive the dark, misty jungle. It was the domain of poisons, the use of, control of and power of toxins, poisons and chemicals alongside similar substances. Essentially anything which taints the flesh... he never leaves his home in the great temple, as he has accumulated an immense amount of toxins, so much so that his very presence can release noxious fumes which can drop men dead and Nothpuez to their knees from internal damage. Only his Harkbea and high Harkfer are able to communicate with him in person. He is the most powerful Toximancer and he controls the mists of Nothpuez, having unlocked the secrets of the vile druids who themselves once commanded them.
>>
Religion:
Cult of Mykearn and worship of Elven and Old gods
Religion in Nothpuezkahn is complicated, most gods that are known are at least acknowledged however they are only recognized as lords over certain things, for instance magic or the sky. Zephyr and Leviathan are worshiped primarily (Zephyr moreso as the sea has not been seen in years) however their mythology has become mixed up with that of the old gods, as none of the old gods fit the description of a sky or sea deity as far as the Nothpuez are concerned. The deities and entities the Druids worship are scorned, unless they fall under the old pantheon. Many of the old gods are worshiped in different forms across the nation, owing to the corruption of time from isolation and even fusion with Druidic beliefs.
Mykearn is the primary deity worshiped by the Nothpuez, despite being (at least for now) only an extremely powerful man. It is believed he has completed the trio of Zephyr and Leviathan as the deity of the earth and of all of Nothpuezkahn, this is mostly due to the nature of Mykearn, as he may not even be able to leave his palace and has mastery over toxins and alchemy, along with the mists which creep throughout Nothpuez. Thus over his long life many began to worship him openly, and since he has never denied his divinity through his Harkfer or in the few times he's been met in person it has been assumed he must be one among them. Many Harkfer, especially those who have never directly met Harkfer can be seen saying openly that yes, he is indeed a god.

Race: Elves with Druid admixture (from druid females taken as parts of Harems)

Micenaneous Lore:
Many years ago, long after the great war between the old empires... a sizable expedition of the Elven Sealanders entered further into the central jungle than any before, inspired by the Borevian expeditions. So many were sent so that a small settlement could be established temporarily in order to allow for further expeditions. The goal? Rediscovering the legendary civilization of the World Tree Dryads, gaining their favor and establishing potentially ludicrous trade deals. They were sent in well armed as well, as there was believed to be a Druid presence in the region... dangerous things are Druids, the Captain of Sealand at the time approved for the extermination of that dangerous Druid population. However mists of many colors... unnatural things assailed the expedition, after a week of a lack of communication with the expedition they were declared lost. A fair bit of wealth was pumped into it, and due to its absolute failure despite the great investment no further expeditions of its kind were ever declared again. A great funeral was held for the many brave men who were lost...
But they did not die. No, they were too strong. The mists had been encountered before, by far flung Wolfkin hunters and Conclave explorers. It had strange effects, but the captain of the expedition knew how to thwart them all...
(part 1 of the origin)
>>
>>4560409
Major Clans:
Fienshae (fire-blood)
Karta (god-born)
Miwanzmor (ancient tribe)
Arashad (true-hunters)

Major Alchemical Guilds:
Ceorshas (root-fog) (best)
Ispairshas (night-snake)
Kutobashas (neck-forge)

Other terms:
Harkfer - A priest of Mykearn, but also a sort of messenger and legal authority. The greatest of them are trained by Mykearn himself while lesser ones undergo training by one higher up in the hierarchy through apprenticeship. Though not legally defined there can be as many as 5 superior ranks between one taught by Mykearn and one who attends to say, local religious worship.
Harkbea - Both holy women of Mykearn (who have devoted themselves to the art of healing as redemption for wrongs) or the women who are able to directly attend him and are apart of his Harem. They are able to maintain their beauty despite the immense levels of toxins which permeate throughout the home of Mykearn.

School: Poison
Branch: Toxomancy - The control of poisons, toxins, hazardous substances and diseases.
>All these things can be referred to in a spell as simply a "toxin", even though not everything the spell affects is technically a toxin. For a substance to be eligible it must be toxic to the species the caster or a subject involved (for instance, most infectious mosses cant affect elves, but an elf can control it if it is being transferred. to or from a golem).
>All spells under this School affect all of these substances unless specified otherwise, Toxomancy cannot directly destroy Toxins it is affecting.

2 actions: Jungle Tactics - Owing to the incredible pressure to survive which the Nothpuez faced when they first entered the jungle a large variety of hunting and communication systems have been developed in order to effectively hunt down animals, and more importantly the ever dangerous Druids. Every battle group develops their own means of tactical communication, while groups of them develop their own specific systems to communicate with eachother. Sometimes it even is that there will be over 4 different tactical "languages" a single warrior will know, not to mention the professionalism which comes with such a vibrant hunting culture.
>>
>>4560410
2 actions: Obtaining of the great temple (and its upgrades) (this also includes the library) - The savages of the region were not at all stupid, for they were the ones who mastered the art of not only walking the mists but also controlling them as well. The stone of the temple is cut using their toxic magics, carried using slaves pumped through with vile concoctions. The Nothpuez did not merely take it, but under the future Mykearn it was upgraded to be even more glorious. It now lies as his house, where his Prime Harkfer are trained and his Harkbea attend him.

The Scrollkeep of Mykearn (library) - The scrolls, written in the new elven toungue which is said to have developed in the throat of Mykearn himself are written primarily on a kind of tough, chemical and disease resistant paper made from the bark of a rare tree. Within them are kept the stories and diaries of many a alchemists and even of Mykearn himself. Of course the most important documents are for only the most trustworthy of eyes, and are said to be made on the cured skin of Druids.

1 action: (S:Poison, B:Toxomancy) Spell/Absorb Toxin - Via the use of magic, toxins can be transferred from a host or object to a living host that is an animal. Whether that be the caster or not, fully dead tissue can be used but is extremely hard to use and plants just as hard as the latter.

1 action: (S:Poison, B:Toxomancy) Spell/Infuse Toxin - From a living host a poison, toxin or disease can be temporarily infused into a distinct mass, for instance a gas, liquid or object. However if the poison is biological in nature it will be magically ejected from the mass if it is a solid. (this does not cause an explosion but instead an explosion of the disease coving the immediate area in a kind of barely noticeable mist)

3 actions: expansion

3 actions: The Three Staples - The most terrible Druids did well to survive in these lands, and they had developed two fine crops which grew well in the jungle, first their variety of Wild Swamprice, a food which grows well in the hazy swamps of the land and second the Grape-Beans, a crop which can effectively grow through covering trees in its vines. The hard shells of this kind of bean can be removed via boiling or a solution containing the poison of the deadly "Little Dragon" (the little dragon is a type of snake which ambushes its prey and escapes predation by gliding from tree to tree). Both have proven vital to the survival of the Nothpuez, however perhaps the most sought after crop is Elven Sweet rice, an import taken along in rations for the journey but which grows well enough in the soil. It is used primarily to produce Rice Wine, of which the hardy Swamprice is too bitter and hardy to effectively produce.

2 actions: Mines, sulphur/arsenic, copper (upgraded)
>>
File: Realm.png (53 KB, 175x239)
53 KB
53 KB PNG
>>4560414
2 actions: Battle Poems (culture) - In the years between the taking of the land of the druids and the reinstatement of order by Mykearn a tradition of warrior poetics started, using illustrious prose and rhyming schemes to illustrate the natural beauty of the world, or of other things such as the pain or rush of battle. Many of these poems were catalogued within the Scrollkeep of Mykearn. Poems can be sung or spoken in normal voice.

1 action: human sacrifice related to magic (magic)

1 action: the practice of toxin slavery (culture)

3 actions: The Ascendency of Mykearn - (character actions into Mykearn)

1 action: semi-formal guilds and clans, alongside chain of command (improved administration)

2 actions: development of the cult of Mykearn (religion)

3 actions: convert tiles to Noth Mist tiles

1 action: the fortress of skulls

1 action: blood of the expansion (military)

1 action: the paths of Mykearn (dirt roads)
>>
File: Turn 47.png (2.16 MB, 2048x2570)
2.16 MB
2.16 MB PNG
The Long Night has come, the 10th moon has hid the 1st sun, the 4th moon has eclipsed the 2nd. The Mother Cradles her once lost child as it’s nightmares once again pill onto the world. The world is gripped in darkness as superficial time stops, water stops flowing, wind stops blowing and the stars stop moving in the sky. The still ocean starts boiling in ink-black, then shadow black and finally pure black. The movement of the ocean resumes as the deepest depth of the Fantasea merges with the real world. Out of the depths nightmares climb, not as luxuriously consistent as the Abyssals, some as small housecats, some dwarfing megalo Elephants in size.

All ships which did not make it to shore yet are instantly obliterated. The Long night has begun, and the nightmares are climbing up on every shore.

>>4559152
Work would be done so that all our effort with the material would not be wasted. And to ensure that, making yet another place to harvest such a material and keep it safe from the horrors that were to come crashing against the world from the waves was a very important thing. What wasn't important however was fixing the sulphur mine, but that would be done as well regardless. It was a long term investment, provided it didn't get destroyed during the long night itself. Though, given its position a fair ways away from the coast, such shouldn't be an issue... Other than this, work on magic in the form of a concentrated beam of sunlight would be quite the simple and useful spell. It'd be useless for the most part if it weren't for the moons covering the sun, and the long night starting...

With the long night come nightmares. Even the inner sea would be plagued by such creatures and, swiftly, they'd cause damage and destruction where they could. Naturally, things near the water like the port o fishery were doomed from the start, yet the military and more importantly the mages that Arcadia had were instrumental in preventing much more damage, and most important of which were the spells of light. Any and all spells that produced sunlight in any capacity were of extreme effectiveness. And, while arguably the golem focused military of Arcadia wasn't of much help other than to delay and take losses as distractions, the mages would be key and instrumental to fending the nightmares off. Luckily, the only further damaged forced upon Arcadia due to this would be to the bank near the namesake city itself, and damage to the golem factories and farms would be prevented by a group led by Viker, who would delay the hoard long enough afer a brakthrough by the nightmares for the forces of Arcdia to be able to react. He'd survive the fight and make it to help after the nightmares were pushed back, but would be horribly maimed and mangled, passing a few hours later. But other than this, Arcadia was fine, and losses other than Golems in regards to plebs were fairly light. How things are going in other nations however is something that is hard to discern at this time.
>>
>>4559359
>Sealand

Work upon another spell simply for heating up metal would be done, two in fact, and both for different temperatures. For the half heat, or instant heat, the metal in question would simply be heated up to half the temperature required to get to melting point. While it was expected that the piercing for such would be reduced, it actually would seem to be roughly equal, and perhaps even slightly better. It staying hot for longer is also of use if the desire was to cause pain and panic, much like the previous of one below smelting. For the second spell, it'd basically be the reverse plus one. Instead of half, it was thrice the temperature needed to melt the metal. Desires for it to actually cause issues for armor through melting would actually prove to in fact have some merit, though the biggest issue is getting enough of it to cause major enough problems for the one wearing the armor, or accurate enough to make specific area's of the armor get stuck. Still, both were very useful for smiting, for varying reasons.

Even so, it'd not be long until the Long Night came. They would crash against the ports of Venaquitis, and cause major damage to the western portions, along with heavy damage to the temple and lighthouse. Some further west would even cause damage to the farms, but the majority of the fighting was in the capital, where the major fortifications would prove their worth and then some. For while the majority of the people of Sealand were a people made for sailing and fighting at sea rather than at land, their enemy didn't exactly allow the former unless one was suicidal, but even so, the battlements of a castle aren't that different from a ship to an archer, well with the major exception that there wasn't a sway of the ship that needed to be accounted for. Still, the major fortifications near the capital would work as a great rallying ground and its positioning would allow the eastern portions of the port to be saved from ruin and destruction. Still, a good number of people have been swept away under the tide of nightmares, one which seems to only be growing in intensity and ferocity. In order to combat this, from the lower portions of Sealand, two new mercenary companies would form, one which was from the south east, and one from the south west. One fought like the Imperii, and one fought like the Meoswilum, clearly influenced by the nations that influenced those portions of Sealand, even if it was likely that a good portion of them didn't know the fine details... They would be of some help with dealing with the nightmares, and for a brief moment, we and the soldiers have a break. Even if it will likely last a hour or two at most...
>>
>>4559408
>ILK

Final preparations would be done in order to prepare for the Long Night, and two things would be done to directly aid in this effort, with one thing that was to indirectly aid it, or at least partially indirectly aid it. Firstly, a new spell would be created to emanate sunlight from the palms of ones hand. It's unique in that the light specifically covers the hand, and needless to say, the light in question would be fairly short range in terms of effectiveness, but this was the point of such an effort. For the other direct effort done to fight off the dark would be that of Radiant monks, kitsune who utilize the spell and melee combat, true melee combat. Not using blades, hammers, bows or any other weapon with the exception of their hands. Their fighting style would be unique, and they'd be an fairly specialized form of light infantry, but they would be but novices at this moment in time. Though time for further training for them was not something we had the luxury of. A trial of fire they would be forced into, clearly. The last thing which was indirect, would be upon the Iron mine and the temple. The former more so than the latter aiding in actually fighting off the nightmares, mainly in providing the material that would be turned to weapons that we could use to fight the things...

With the beginning of the long night, the ILK would find itself swiftly beset upon by creatures which were akin to the whale like creature that Yuri was able to defeat. Yet, most would be weaker than it, with only a few equal or greater in strength. But even so, the biggest advantage the nightmares had was numbers. Lots, and lots, of numbers. Unlike most, they would attack more randomly, not really concentrating particularly on one point or another, though as would be expected, the port was something that fell to the nightmares and was ransacked, and likewise the farm and much to the annoyance of everyone, the iron mine would also fall. Despite these successes for the nightmare, it took a long time for them to get them once the long night started, with many of them being struck down by magic of light, which was what mainly saved the city and made sure the temple was basically untouched. Despite this, during the heavy fighting, a massive nightmare would arise in the east, and the forces there, including Yuu Tetsu, would clash. The nightmare would cause major damage to the ILK formations and many would be slain by it, but despite the beasts size, the iron clad fists of Yuu would strike,
>>
>>4560662
>>4559408
ILK Cont

and with the recent magic gained, they would be of extreme effect. And, swiftly the beast would find itself trying to deal with the single target when used to dealing with larger ones. Slowly, over time, while occasionally being distracted by more minor nightmares getting involved, she'd manage to horrifically weaken the beast in a long drawn out confrontation, the end of which would see it fall. Yet, while it seemed dead, it's last action before going permanently still was getting a single, hard strike that sent Yuu flying...Where she'd end up meeting her fate impaled upon the branches of a tree...

>>4559426
>Meoswilum

The effort to create a kind of zombie that utilizes the sunlight shroom to work as a nice bright light that will be ideally the bane of any nightmares would go fairly smoothly. Of course, it'd swiftly be found that burning them too much will very quickly kill the things, but with careful use that isn't completely flagrant and unnecessary they can last a fairly long time. The only real issue with them is that the light produced can hurt Meoswilum soldiers, both not infected and infected. Still, considering their entire point is to produce a lot of light equivalent to the sun, this is a good thing. Other than this, a major equipment reform would take place, utilizing all the things that our neighbors have and integrating what we can into the equipment of our soldiers, provided it was reasonable and useful. After all, any of the zombies wouldn't really need a mana battery. Still, this is quite helpful in improving the actual power our forces have and giving more punch to the undead. Something that, very obviously, will be needed, as the long night descends upon the world.

What would likely be the most major advantage that the Meoswilum had would be similar to that of the nightmares, numbers. And while the more basic kinds of zombies would be of little use in the conflict, the more advanced types would, the most obviously effective and useful being the recently created ones, made for this very moment. They would be key in driving many away. However, an avenue of attack that wasn't expected would prove to force the Meoswilum to divide their forces. The small sea or large lake...Thankfully, due to the Pulgasari, any attacks in this area were able to be fought off, but the Pulgasari couldn't fight alone, and as such, with forces divided, defenses would slowly crack. And, just south of Jabon, a temporary breakthrough would cause much in the way of devastation to the area, and the port naturally gives way too, but for the most part, the Meoswilum have held out, and the Pulgassari has been fed.
>>
>>4559441
>Tavthalla

In a time so close to darkness once more, it was only fitting for such symbolism of a new age for Tavthalla to come. The greatest king, above all others, crowned so that Tavthalla might rise from the ashes of the long night stronger then ever. An ornate and grandiose weapon, shield and crown made...If there was a greater way to signify this change of times other than a grand ceremony with such extravagant equipment granted to the monarch, Tavthalla certainly wouldn't know about what it was. Still, even with such celebration, more practical things need to be done as well, and as such, much work would be done on Rahak and the mytheral mine. For in the case of the former, the city must stand despite the horrors that await the coming night. And the mine needs to take as much mytheral out so that our arms and armor can be stronger than ever to better withstand the onslaught that was coming for us.

With the long night's arrival, it'd be swift to realize that all lands of Tavthalla were basically going to be overrun. For the civil war was long and costly, and almost all lands of Tavthalla were near the coast, only giving the Nightmares many different avenues to attack. Even so, holding the cities and surrounding lands was possible, though it wasn't something that would be easy. For even the Taurs would struggle to fight off the seemingly ceaseless hoards of Nightmares that just came one after another. There was one thing Tavthalla did have, however. Hero's. For the old warriors of Sybaaels journey would do well to fight off the forces of the night. However, even the best of the best still die like the rest. For the Bulltaur so famous from the journey would meet their end throwing themselves into the mouth of one of the largest nightmares and clawing their way out of it and succumbing to wounds and a hoard of nightmares after. And likewise the Pureblood would find a similar fate, charging into the hoards and killing hundreds singlehandedly, and continuing to fight even when their arm was half off. In fact, some reported seeing them fight on after being decapitated. Even with all of this, much of Tavthalla would be in ruins. And the night was long, and full of yet more terrors...
>>
>>4559585
>Lo-Hai
The spirit of sunlight, is an odd one. Or rather there is many tiny ones. They are worms each representing a strand of light. They make you an offer offen them a thousand of your kind as sacrifice and as they consume their flesh the spiruits shall bathe your cities in sunlight. For nothing is free and and it shall be not. Though the spirit seer himself now owner of minor spirits of the sea and sun can provide some sunlight on his own directly.

The liquors are helpfyul letting the sick recover quicker, though a drunk lo-Hai is not much better than a lazy one. Slowth feaver still spreads rapidly, but it being a mild disease is really nothing to be conzerned about.

Diplo: The Lo-Hai are welcomed to tarnatos, let trough is massive walls. The city as before is one of Dryads and kitsune, though much more elgalitarian as in times past. Wandering in the Lo-Hai eventually are granted a meeting with the Emress. You may state your issues (continue in IC chat)

As the long night comes and nightmares descend from the sea most hit is the nations eastern shore inprotected still inhabited mostly by tribal stonelords it is overrun and lost. Closer inland Lo-hai rush in wishing to fight only to be slaughtered, though their stone shells slowed the enemy down enough so all else stayed safe.

The nightmares are comming and hunting all those alive, even the prophet of En beloved by all lo Hai would succomb at the battle of Dundrkt as he alone stood against the nightmarish hordes… and alone he would perish and with him the city. May his sacrifice not be in vein and may the other parts of the nation be protected further.
>>
>>4559636
>Al'qaye

Aka'other awakens as the largest among the abyssals. With 6 eyes and 4 mouth's it's ever shifting form would heavily imply, that him being one to thrive in the gate of nightmares... he is the closest to being a true nightmare. The borevian slave once known as Akiva now was a being of great power. Retaining all his memories he'd prefer to live under water and the consumption of of dreams of captured outsides to normal food and land. Is he the pinnacle? The end goal of the cult? Or is there more...?

The people hide in the pyramid and as the long night starts they are consumed by an inhuman lust and rage. Be it taur, Borevian, human, kitsune or cuvier. The entire nation descends into a mad orgy of death and rebirth. As they all merge their flesh becomes as if liquid akin which mixes and matches. As the long night rages on a new being is born, a new life. The true face of the cult. The new race would be made out of liquid flesh, and be able to live both on land water and the air. It would be capable of absorbing memories of others trough consuming them while still alive. What those would be called? Who knows... but they now make up 60% of your nation.

Those who syatyed outside, the bunkers are slaughtered by nightmares or hide. They stayed by their own will, which they would soon regrett. The nation is ravaged and much infrastructure destroyed, but the important people stayed hidden away from harm.
>>
>>4559664
>Ithempeli
Now the dead may never rest, now the statues may be truly eternal in their divnity. It has come true no status after death departs, rather they stay as incorporeal ghosts, sustained by the sacrifice of willpower of those still alive at the cost of loosing their self… though by loosing their self they become the purest for of ithempeli. Closest to the divine original. This odd ritual and purity of the dead introduces an aspect of ‘ancestor worship’ to the Ithempeli.

A legion os Zlon marches into the Ithempeli nation their heat blades turned up to heat so high they glow bright. If one of flesh was near they would be certain to burn up. Leading the Zlon is one of the great ancients, first time seen by the statues, an Iron Zlon.

The lighthouse goes out, signaling the nightmares are here. The ithempeli pepper them with pebbles and metal, brush and earthquake them, but the nightmares just keep coming and mana is running dry. While at first seemingly less destructive the Zlon marching in formation methodically cut down the nightmares. Fighting with perfectly optimized movement their swords and glaives shred the nightmares.

Still, then nightmares push on and soon the Statues retreat behind the walls of their cities, magic and ranged weaponry being what keeps the beasts away. The Zlon specializing in melee the statues now can shine once more with the Arbiter himself using the ground itself as a meatgrinder, folding cutting bressing and crushing nightmares repeatedly. Soon the coalition pushes once again out of the cities, with the Statues figuring out how to keep up with the Zlon melee forces and preserve mana to optimize long term combat gains. The Nightmares are being slowly pushed back into the sea.
>>
>>4559674
>RRFU

With the long night nigh, much in the way of planning would be done in order to make sure that the RRFU was able to withstand the coming storm, and further that Sealund does as well. Much would be done to try and save both nations from the disaster that was looming over them. With much in the way of planning and effort, the RRFU would devise a number of plans, tactics, and strategies to minimize damage to both itself and Sealund as best as it could with the magics it had, finding good terrain to set up choke points, key area's that needed to be held, possible evacuation area's, and so forth. Luckily, there was a good deal of time to plan for all of this. The only issue is simply the scale of the disaster, no one knew just how bad this could be, and there was only so much one could prepare for, as the worst might just be a walk in the park compared to what one really has to face...

With the long night coming however, these plans would do well to spare much of the RRFU from the chaos and distruction many others suffered. While ports fell apart due to the attacks of the many Nightmares, the hoards seemed to be easily dealt with through a combination of magic and martial prowess, along with some aid by the vampires. Still, the fact there was so many of them was still a concern, and many soldiers would be wounded. On the bright side for every one of the RRFU soldiers to go down, ten or more Nightmares would be taken. Yet, this was only in the homeland. In sealund, things were much more difficult. For while supply lines were friendly, the lands weren't as familiar to the Fraternians, and the fact that a good portion of the Curver cities were under water only made holding cities that much harder. The north would be particularly hard hit by this, and would suffer despite the best efforts of both it's own forces and the forces of the RRFU. Tragically, in the defense of the RRFU, many of the children and relatives of GC would perish, and worse, Curreth would as well. Strangely, he walked into the hoards and simply fought, giving up any semblance of tactics to fight, yet his death wouldn't be completely needless, as it would give much needed time for the relocation of a number of Curver to a safer place. Still, while Sealund took a hit, the RRFU has very low losses outside of the army. And even then, relatively speaking, the losses are more on the light side.
>>
>>4560186
>Nemean

Research upon the hellstone would find that the crimson hellstone is in essence, hellstone but better and worse in every regard. It's yet more susceptible to magic, and more durable than normal hellstone. How it's actually created is something much harder to find out. A number of experiments would also prove that ingesting a small portion of the stone has an effect on the person physically for the better, as was found out after the first batch of alcohol using the crimson variety of stone was drunk. It was found those who had consumed a small portion of the stone seemed to become stronger and more resilient. The full extent of this however, is unknown. Likewise, what would happen if one had a larger amount of the stone in them is unknown, though it's expected that a lot of purification would be done after, just in case at least, and absolutely necessary at most...needless to say most think it'd be the latter...

As the nation braces for the nightmares to come crabs in the land form and a constant shrieking scream emanates from the crack. As the cracks slowly light up red the scream becomes more and more audible “Mine! Mine! Mine!” as demonic hands drag the nightmares into the cracks. This is the land of Malina and all suffering belongs to her, none shall take it from her.

An odd crunching can be heard as the nightmares are dragged into hell, but as the cracks widen and and the ground shakes some shacks collapse and many nemeans also start getting dragged into them… all in all though way less bad if the nightmares actually got trough.
>>
>>4560336
>Marca

Calling upon the divine power of the goddesses to completely destroy one's foe with light is something found to be quite difficult, with only a few able to do such, usually being extremely faithful, or priests. Even so, there are a decent number of very faithful holy knights capable of calling upon such abilities, and it is only befitting of their ability to be able to do such a thing, and such abilities are needless to say quite valuable considering what was to come. Meanwhile, work on the existing fortifications in Arcatria and Masos would be swift to get underway, with the latter case being fairly important upon completion, as the suns were covered, and the long night began...

It would not take long at all after the Long Night had begun for Nightmares to start their attacks. Many of them would strike against the city of Masos, and further would strike at the colony, with many more minor incursions hitting the varying coasts. Thankfully, due to divine blessings, luck, or simply good work from the warriors of Marca, the mainland would for the most part, hold out, with Masos taking the brunt of the damage, with the lighthouse and port reduced to ruin, but the city still standing tall despite many nightmares crashed against the walls. However, the city closest to Masos, just across the water and acting as the central hub for the colony would be devastated. With practically no reinforcements due to the waters being suicidal to cross, it would only be a matter of time before the defenders were overwhelmed. As for every nightmare they put down, ten more seemed to take it's place. Yet, despite this, the frontiersmen who had been on the colonies for a while would manage to keep fighting, even as all the main and major settlements on the island fell, with many managing to do well through traps. In fact, one of these men, Adorjan, would surprisingly make a name for himself with how well he dealt with the Nightmares. Devising a number of clever traps of timber, rope, and some use of his axe, even the largest seemed to be felled, and quite a few of the smaller beasts would go under his belt too. All to protect the small town he was a part of, which claim these nightmares are actually edible... He's become something of a folk hero to the frontiersmen, and due to the devastation to the non rural parts of the colonies, the culture of these frontiersmen has become quite prominent on the island, and have put a fairly high emphasis on survival skills and general hardiness along with being quite direct, blunt, and straight to the point. They still seem to be a bit adverse to city goers from the mainland and see them as helpless, much preferring farmers, hunters, and other rural folk who can deal with harsher conditions. But otherwise are still good Marcans. Even if a bit strange and uncouth...Still, there wasn't any time to rest, even now.
>>
>Imperii

As the Spiritus squadrons float over the pitch black ocean they scout more and more nightmares coming. Their attack seems to be aimless. Merely a wave of beasts coming from every direction to every place at once. Having warned the Armies forces would be concentrated in the key locations and as the waves of nightmares hit the ports, the Imperii stood ready. Cutting down nightmare after nightmare, they would slowly yet steadily loose ground and the largest problem would the giant Nightmares, lacking in siege equipment and large damage dealers the Empress and her 1st daughter, Æðelflæd, were the only ones able to face these beasts alone and while the Empress would continue fighting without pushback Æðelflæd would eventually be overwhelmed and torn to shreds by nightmares, but her sacrifice would not be in vein as for tonight she managed to keep both the capital’s port and fort unconquered.

In Oroeanis and further south the situation would look much more dire, in all three cities nightmares have destroyed the ports and overwhelmed the forts. Leaving the city walls as a last line of defense, though leading the charge the Empress managed to beat back the nightmares from Gigantapis and restore the fort to functionality before the next wave hits.

In the countryside things only look worse servus and civilis alike are overrun, hiding does not help for nightmare's are fear manifest and can track you down smelling your fear. The nightmares feast as villages and towns are overrun… at least they seem to not destroy infrastructure unless it is used as resistance. Though as luck has it the nightmares seem to suffer from Crystal Blight infection with the disease lessening their rampage, but helping it spread.

>Vesanti
As the doom encroaches from the sea the people of the Merchant republic are glad that their city has ben built along rivers no oceans. Nightmares flood the small island and it’s fort soon overwhelmed both it and the port, but before the nightmares can make it any further they are frozen in place unable to scratch the city walls. The nation is well defended and the Shogun offers it enough offensive power to deal with this threat.

As of now the onslaught ends with relatively small losses, let’s hope it stays like that.
>>
>>4560336
>>4559674

>Celestial Pantheon and the search

As the long night starts everyone prepares for defense, but a small group of Celestial Swords, priests and nuns instead prepare to set off to fulfill an ancient prophecy. That is to venture to the Secret Hut which leads to the 10th moon. Accompanies by a RRUF representative they set off with Father Temso Shatria a Lower Marcan leading the expedition.

Traveling trough North Marca and eventually sneaking into the Kuroi Morei Theocracy the party sneaks past many nightmares and defeats many more, by the time the party arrives at the hut 1 in 4 is dead. As the prophecy said, there it was a hut. Looking somewhat normal, like a normal inn clustered together out of wood. Entering it one would see people from all different time periods and the Fraternitans soon would be caught up in the jovial atmosphere with even many of the holy men lost. Those of the lost once they would return from the hut, would be great scholars, but devoid of their faith. Those of strong faith would feel this dread and would quickly escape the hut this unholy place getting out the same door, on the other side would be the moon.

Exiting the hut they would feel all floaty as if their body was much lighter. The Empty black sky and white surface would feel odd as if one eternally walked on soft clay with the dust smelling and tasting sour. Once again those of little faith in fear would run back into the hut now only Temso Shatria and a nun serving him would remain. Following the light they would meet a young girl, whose face looked as if her head had been cut in 3 pieces and then stitched together.

Temso would fall on the ground for who stood before him was the divine of this moon the moon spirit himself. Saying his prayers and praising it the glowing child would smile and say “You truly are a man of great faith. I shall bless you with my rewards, though remember your mission henceforth, find the God of the Expanding flame and slay him. This shall be the mission of the church henceforth.”

Temso would accept the spirits blessings:
The CCF gains:
> School of Divine (same as marca)
> Branch: Moon
> Spells
a: Moonlight - make objects and parts of your body shine with a desired internsity of moonlight (allows to precisely controll Werewolf transformations)
b: Sicklemoon Cutter: Shooting Crescent moon shaped projectiles which fly in unpredictable directions cutting the enemy.
> Lycantrophy - Temso Shatria becomes the first Lycantrope and the nun the 2nd

RRUF CHANGES
From the hut people who return seem to have lost their faith and memmory of ever going there. They preach the abbandonment of Gods, they seem to have developped great mathematical abilities.
>>
>>4560336
>>4559674
>>4560676
CCF CHANGES
1: Vampirism is banned as it directly opposes the suns, as well as the moons. As it is discovered that a Vampire can’t become a Lycantrope.
2: The 5 sacraments.
> To introduce a child into the faith they are bathed in moonlight and sunlight.
> To make them a full member oft he faith at 12-16 (region dependant) they are to be bitten by a bishop on their Shoulder. (reminder of Saint Hein)
> When becomming married the woman is declared the suns and man the moons. Divirce is now banned. Marriages can include a maximum of 2 women and 10 men. (still Monogmay stays the norm due to demographic reasons)
> Priesthood: to prevent secessions like by Bethelemow Sera, priests have to take a vow of celibacy and poverty. (they can’t have kids or own property)
> High Blessing: those of high achievement like palladins, higher rank priests, members of the Celestial Swords will be bestowed with the Blessing of Lycantrophy.

On other news Temso Shatria the primal werewolf is elevated to title of Saint with Saint Shatria and Saint Heim both being of equal importance. The CCF is also redying to move against the Seramites and might start gathering allies for doing so soon.

SERAMITE CHANGES
In the RRUF soon the Seramites become the faith of Vampires and martial artists as those are most affected by the CCF ban on Vampirism. This leads to even more tenssions between the two churches whose doctrines drastically differ. With Goliath having gone insane he no longer is the leader of vampires, rather the Seramites are.
>>
The issues of fighting style would be dealt with later, for now it was time to make sure everything held out.

2 actions: And to ensure this, Researcher Vance and Edward Oak got to work on those Ballistae in the middle of the dreaded nightmare, putting together a mechanism that would allow for an automatic reload with all that needed to be done by the operator was pull back the cord using the supplied mechanisms. Hopefully it would be fast enough to deal with the rapid charge of these beasts.
>>
File: Xigua.jpg (270 KB, 1024x990)
270 KB
270 KB JPG
>>4560669
Actions:

>Ascent into madness.

The newborns struggle and crawl on the floor, barely able to hold their forms together. Among them strides a familiar form, all too well accustomed to shapelessness. Ix'thula watches over the fledgling flock with a hint of glee, finally he was among kin. He nurtured the formless during their isolation, tending and caring to them. Steadily ones with promise began to make themselves known. Though pathetically meager, they would start expressing the ability to grow limbs and obtain a very vague sense of shape. These heaps would painstakingly scurry around using their newfound abilities in a battle royal for survival, cannibalizing their fellows in their desperate struggles. With each victory, they'd learn what little their prey had come to understand about their predicament, and so the apex "predators" of the pit would be the first to begin mastering their shapelessness.

These the herald would take pride in, slowly showing them how to use their new "bodies". They try over and over again to mold themselves, only to agonizingly collapse back into a mass of flesh. After what feels to be an eternity, few would become able to mold themselves into increasingly stable shapes for periods at a time until finally they could control themselves.

With this the first of Ix'thula's true kin had been born. Though their form was not nearly as shapeless as his, they were the children of Xiguras. None the less, they could still alter their shapes quite drastically as was evident in each individual's choice of form. Each of them took on a completely different and chaotic shape that they would only continue to alter and reshape as they felt, a representation of the madness within for the flesh was not all that was altered.

Their minds were long since no longer mortal, any sense of that obliterated during the melding. If the collision and melting of minds did not do away with their former attachments, then what little remained was lost to what felt like eons they took to regain themselves for while dormant there was only their nightmares and the whispers to keep them company. These traumatic experiences have utterly twisted their psyche into utterly inhuman states, molded by Xiguras' own influences.

Gradually the pit fills once more with the sound of movement and voices though this time of alien nature. Once the dark hour passes and that of the light retakes the world, the world will be greeted by a new terror. Once the pit bursts open, it will not be Borevian, Auron's, Cuvier, or Taurs that leave the shelter. These mortal shackles had been discarded. It will be the first born himself leading the children of the deeps into the world. Into the future, and the rise, of the Xigua.
>>
>>4560665
Action 1 and 2: Ephial preserve us

Your wayward children of ash, faltering before wailing dark.
Ephial preserve us, hear our prayers destroyer of Taur, slake your thirst on our fallen.

Chants ring out as the night continues, prayer and hope for deliverance from the doom of tavlon, the populace praying to Ephial that they might endure.

Other faiths atrophy as the Ithempeli temples crumble, only Ephial brings the way forward, only Ephial can grant us salvation.

We may fight like lightning, but the gods decide if we live or die.
>>
>>4560660
1. The long night continues and the war against the nightmares rages ever on. While our mages are doing good work against the hordes of beasts they seek ever more useful magics to fight them. A new spell is developed, one to be used as an area of affect attack, that condenses the power of sunlight to a great degree before loosing it on a single point and releasing all the energy at once. The spell will be called Sunburst.
2. With the loss of the fisheries and an old hero from the ashfall the Vivimancers decide it is time to push forward with an interesting project. Using a part of the body such as blood, hair or fur, skin, or anything truly a part of the body a spell is developed to recreate the body of the person or creature that the part came from. While it is expected that the body will be hollow and without a soul one can easily be inserted with other magics, or ignored entirely and the body butchered for the meat. This spell to clone a creature will simply be called Clone.
>>
>>4560410
addendum: convert 1 of the actions put towards jungle tactics to race improvement: high disease resilience
addendum: convert "paths of mykearn (dirt roads) action to race improvement: high toxin tolerance
addendum: convert 1 farm action to race improvement: high perception and dexterity
>>
>Actions 1 & 2: Toxomancy
The Ithempelians are in awe of the effectiveness of the Zlon and their combined efforts to run out the nightmares. This only furthers the Arbiters concern regarding Shorino though who is sure to emerge unscathed and opportunistic.
Both to stimulate the academic minds who haven't created new magic in some time, and to ward off post-apoc invasions, the academy begins work on a new branch of magic which has proven effective time and time again. The Golems seek to weaponize the plagues and famine which have haunted the Mainland.
>>
>>4560671

>Military Action Continue to defend Fraternitas, the nations must hold the people are counting on us to hold the line, as we continue to fight the nightmares and understand them more, anti-nightmare tactics are incorporated into our strategies

>military Action Continue to defend Northern sealund, as the nation’s defenses are battered and our forces dwindle the general in command orders that a stand is to be made in the capital itself, all Fraternian Defense efforts are to be put into evacuating as many remaining rural Cuvier as possible to the capital and holding the city.
>>
The Long Night is upon us, and the Iron King wastes no time on trivialities, we need solutions and we need them now. So, the situation. Our Soular Pyre and Radiant Monks are invaluable in this fight, beacons of hope in these everdark times, and so, we shall improve on that, immensely. First, Miho theorizes a new spell, good against groups of stronger nightmares, while Mikære sees a way to improve discipline and tactics among the Radiant Monks and Kenshin wishes to make lighthouses where we can banish the nightmares from our waters.

Action 1: Invent spell Spirit/Fire Magic > Radiant Soul > Nova Sphere.
By focusing energy between your hands, the Radiant Soul can create a miniature sun, which can be thrown, where it bursts in a nova of light. It's a sunlight bomb, well suited against groups, thus perfect against the vast numbers of nightmares.

Action 2: Train Kitsune Radiant Monks (2/2).
The Kitsune trained in Radiant Soul will have the doctrine changed a bit, they will wear light armor so as to improve survivability a little bit. Their training will focus less on incapacitation and more on nightmare banishing, as we must focus on surviving the night. Finally, they are no longer to be separate units, instead being specialists attached to units, so we can make best use of their limited numbers.

Action 3: Construct a Radiant Lighthouse at Uesugi no Mori.
This lighthouse will be first and foremost made to allow Soular Pyre to banish the nightmares from our waters. But it can also be quickly converted to a regular lighthouse once the Long Night is over.
>>
>>4560666
1.
The Spirits request is met with a deadpanned silence. Had it come before the Long Night had already struck the land, the sacrifice would have been considered; the lost of the beloved En in his sacrifice first prompts great mourning, but soon turns to a cold, black, crustacean rage. The Lo-hai will not throw their lives away in some sacrifice to spirits, desecrating the sacrifice En-hai made so they may live. The fall of Dund'krt is a mark of shame and a continuous ache in the Lo-hai's mantle. If the Lo-hai may not have their city, neither shall the Nightmares. The City is bombarded with Scintelectrum shells to soften up the feasting Nightmares, before the raging hordes from Krrg'styl cast Tidal Rage from the river, intending to wash the monsters back to the sea.

2.
The denizens of Ok'dl hold to their city, and to develop a new spell for their defense.
>New Spell of Water Bending Branch
>Isle of Rolling Waters
Lo-hai form a dedicated shift of water benders to create a rushing rolling riptide around an island (the smaller more effective) designed to keep swimming enemies from reaching the shores.
>>
>>4560675
1.
Rebuild the city. Whatever the nightaers have caused, its not much. However, its still unacceptable, so we much prepare and rebuild as much as possible.

2.
To prepare for any possible attack by unnatural forces or similar, we must develop magic. In this case, we already possess ice, so we must in order to establish armony, develop whatever fire magic we can get our hands on.
>>
File: USA.png (49 KB, 278x288)
49 KB
49 KB PNG
Seeing as our forces are thinly stretched we have our forces pull back from the southern front to protect the City. Whereas the Pulgasari is to march for Jabon to help in the defense in the capital.

The far south is left to fend for themselves. Let's hope the Soulists and Kyuuists get killed. There is also hope for the Borevian colony to be overrun.

> Action 1: Fix up the Pulgasari
The behemoth likely obtained damages in the last battles. We cannot let such valuable asset die, but also cannot let ourselves in these times refrain from using it. As such we shall cover the beast as much as we can with iron armor and coat it's claws and teeth in Glyiron. We shall especially cover up all it's wounds and patch them up with transplantology where we can.

Action 2&3: Litchdom (I'll define what I mean not D&D kind)

We have many times refined our ways to enter the necromancers Soul into an undead to control them directly. He Lich Pons body has reached the limit of how long a humans life can be expanded trough transplantology. As such he decided to a drastic solution... permanent residence in the body of one or multiple undead.

As such He Lich Pon has decided to try it first, becoming the first litch. He can currently control 4 undead 3 he uses for combat 1 hidden as back up. To maximise combat potency he uses Rushers... what is the most terrifying part of Litches? They can use magic. They are undead who can control undead, and as undead pretend to be unimpressive before said disposable undead starts using powerful water, life or shadow magic. Sadly a Litch can only inhabit 1-4 bodies as a hivemind for now and we need to work on a way to expand it.
>>
>>4560674
>Action 1: Repair both damaged forts

>Action 2: (Military) Increase all fort Garrisons
The forts in each city have proven invaluable to the protection of our local populations, so with extra drafts and/or merging of local militias we can station more men to hold off the nightmares.
>>
>>4560676
>The mists of Nothpuezkahn.
Every 50th of the year, one goes up to the grand altar on the Temple of Mykearn. And that one never returns, it is said virgins are the most effective at strengthening the mists as their purity is of greatest quality. But at the eclipse of the 10th moon many more are called. For greater power, to endure the night.
Nobody understands how the mists work exactly, the quotas of great root wood, the many varieties of poisons needed every day for Mykearn are believed to all contribute to the unknown rituals Mykearn preforms in order to both produce and control the mists.
The mists of Nothpuezkahn are different than that which shrouds what is believed to be the world tree, as it is controlled by Mykearn himself. This is because the mists must be controlled, as the old mists and mists outside of Nothpuezkahn proper do not differentiate from any the mists of Nothpuezkahn do. The Mykearni mists never doing harm to any Nothpuezkahn who wanders through them, they even occasionally aid them during such things as hunts and often do when they become lost within the vast jungle.
The mists have several capabilities, firstly they can use obscurement and even illusions to lead unwary victims wherever it pleases. Some are able to see past this through the use of maps, psychological tricks (for instance maybe the illusion wants me to go to x so go to y instead) and an understanding of the terrain. But this is not easy, the mists have a mind of their own, it has many of its own tricks. Some say it plays games, some say its mere randomness which confuses the victim into doing just what it wants. That is of course getting lost.
Its other primary ability is its carrying of poisons, smells and other gases. It is sometimes called the dump of Nothpuez, as often the easiest thing to do with poisons and metallurgic runoff is to blow them into its winds, where it will dispersed throughout the land safely or added to its most vile winds, which it can use to suffocate or poison its enemies. This is rarely used by it but it is fully capable of doing this, and it should not be underestimated in its abilities.
>>
>>4561316
However the capabilities of the mists are not infinite, the amount of things the mists can do at once are limited by how many resources and souls are sacrificed for its empowerment. The 50 per year rule is simply for maintenance, and it takes twice more than the previous doubling to increase its power by an additional factor. This means that 800 per year are required to be sacrificed in order to quintuple its power compared to the 50 per year for the base level. (for instance: 1P/50S, 2P/100S, 3P/200S, 4P/400S)
It can also not, at its origin point expand its mists further than the current extent of Nothpuezkahn, this is because it is time consuming to use and further increases in its power could drain supplies of druid captives more quickly than it can be replenished, not to mention the drain during potential wartime, it would also require more resource sync in other areas when it comes to the toxin tithe. The areas of Nothpuezkahn are also particularly good at retaining the mists due to high humidity and proximity to the temple.
The mists can also not be used directly to aid in obtaining strategic info on where armies or divisions are as the mind must become fractured in order to wield the mists, thus exact or even general locations cannot be conveyed by Mykearn as is the nature of the mists and the arcane magics involved in using them.
>action 1:
With the dawn of the nightmare moon swift action must be taken, first the mists are receded for a good few minutes to signal all raiding bands must return to secure settlements because only shitty stuff happens when the mists recede.
Then an additional three sacrifices are taken up to the alter from the pool of captives (the newly born empire has been rapidly expanding ever since the mists went up which is why new regions are not properly developed and its also why formal contact has not been made and anything close to that has been illegal under threat of death), this triples the power of the mists.
Now the plan is to command the mists to confuse the nightmares, making them wander into the forest by obscuring and altering where smells are coming from. Fleet footed messengers, aided by the mist are sent out to inform every corner of the empire about the situation in full. Some preparations were made but by the calculations of the Harkfer this wasn't supposed to happen for some time...
Curfews are enacted, and all are to be on high alert.
>action 2:
Since all the other planned projects will need to be postponed Mykearn and his Harkkind set to work attempting to create a spell of toxomancy which can harm the nightmares. They have never been faced in such numbers, but the alchemists and Harkfer must be capable of culling their evil tide... even if it is not a spell but rather a weakness something must be found.
>>
File: 590AC.png (2.16 MB, 2048x2570)
2.16 MB
2.16 MB PNG
"Then as the child wakes up the mother kisses it on it’s forehead gently and it smiles. Calm once more besetting it as it’s nightmare had passed."

As time restarts the moons and suns resume their dance and light. True sunlight once more bathes the world after a night which lasted an eternity. The water turns blue and the wind blows once more. The stars fade into the day's eternal blue. The night which lasted an eternity is over.

All have suffered, well all, but the Kos’loh for whom the eclipse truly was merely a few minutes. The remaining nightmares exposed to sunlight instantly burn… Yet the vile beasts will still lurk in the depths of the oceans, in the shadows in the mines and cellars… after all there are still many remaining from the first Long Night.

On an unrelated note dreams would now all be green. As the Crystal Rash has spread to the Fantasea. The disease spreads much more rapidly in the magical dimension.
>>
>>4560683
>Sealand

Work on Ballistae to try and create a mechanism that would allow it to fire much faster before being reloaded would be something that would result in a lot of plans, a lot of work, and little in the way of useable results for what we actually were working towards. The main hurdles for the project however are known. Those hurdles were finding a way to supply further shots to the weapon and to have those shots loaded automatically, and needless to say this was not an easy task. The main issue was simply how to make it actually get the mechanism to load itself and maintain accuracy or not load improperly and cause the bolt to put all the force of the Ballistae into the actual forward part of the siege weapon. On the bright side, work on a number of prototypes has given us some knowledge as to how to improve what we have and make the process of pulling it back into firing position faster. Further, our work wasn't all for naught, as we have a much better understanding as to how the inner workings and mechanisms behind it would need to work to get a successful Ballistae, along with what works and what doesn't.

With the long night continuing, much more would batter the shores of Venaquitis, yet each time they would crash against the fortifications and the many soldiers of Sealand. While their numbers were uncountable, they were still attacking a well defended position and well organized force. And with the initial shock and disorganization of the Long night, much in the way of damages to the eastern portion of the port would be able to be mitigated even with the major amounts being dealt with by the Sealandic elves. Further, the Ballistae are quite useful at dealing with the particularly large Nightmares that occasionally come to torment the shores. Even with the valiant defense of Venaquitis however, in the west, the further open fields come to see more ruined farmland, with the nightmares continuing south and eventually meeting the fortifications put in place near the mine there, only to soon after be driven back by the defenders there and the suns finally returning and blessing Sealand with it's light, banishing the many nightmares back to the depths and dark corners of the world once more.
>>
>>4560789
>Al'qaye

While the number of singular, separate beings would decrease drastically in the pit, with all those who were incapable of learning how to mold their form enough to do what was needed to survive, what remained was something truly deserving of being considered kin of Ix'thula. While certainly unable to match Ix'thula in versatility, knowledge, and so forth, their teachings to those who were best able to adapt would take hold and manifest slowly but surely, and eventually, the only things in the pit would come to be things which understood how to change their form to some extent. Yet, over much time, slowly, one by one, they would come to properly understand Ix'thula's teachings, bit by bit. And, eventually, there would be a few who could shift their form as if they had always known how to do such. Yet, even so, they were still ridged, at least compared to Ix'thula, but that was fine, for anything even close to Ix'thula's proficiency was more than well enough for deceiving any ordinary mortal, and most unordinary as well.

Yet even with such progress, on the surface, things were still rough. For the Long Night spared no one. The few remaining on the surface that survived this long would slowly trickle down to little. Yet, there still would be some. Very little in the way of resistance is given, and, with yet further damage, they eventually would be forced back by the light of the sun as the long night finally was over...Yet, this respite would only last for so long for the unfaithful...
>>
>>4560898
>Tavthalla (Mostly made by QM1)

As the Long night continued, it was clear that Ephial would take his toll on the many Taur who would find themselves being felled from the many many hoards of Nightmares that descended upon Tavthalla. Yet, this was fine. For while Ephial may despise the Taur for their past transgressions, and while they may look upon the Taur with hateful wrath they have still allowed us to go forward and try to seek redemption, and while we may suffer now, hopefully, we will find some redemption in our darkest hour. And if not, then may all Taur who die at least have glorious deaths, and ideally be redeemed through death.

Xalteis would stare at his shimmering blade day and night, swinging it. Thinking of what he could do to prevent his nation from fall into ruin, what could one man do with one blade? Here he would think of the Odyssay where the actions of one woman saved the world. A King once known as a having abandoned the martial ways would now come out to lead his people in war.

Following his lead all would come be it the army, or even civillian Taurs. The might of the Tavthallan army would push on and the battle of rahak would start. Not only would the nightmares not be albe to take the city, but they would be beaten back and a last-ditch military push would lead out of the capital smashing trough the hordes surrounding Rawl saving both cities. Xalteis was never a martial man, but at Rawl he’d die a hero with his shimmering blade inspiring everyone to move forward, swallowed by a giant nightmare he is believed to have killed it from inside before he succumbed to the beast. He would die a great king and become known as “The King who ruled one Night” for if time had flown normally that is how long the time before his coronation and death had been. This was not a title of mockery, but rather of acknowledgement of how much one man did in one night.

Meanwhile on the high seas Sybaael would have been on a boat while the first assault hit, Her ship swallowed by a nightmare the size of a whale. While trapped in infinite Darkness and having lost an arm Sybaael’s will would not falter instead her heart would burn brighter than ever… until it shone of sunlight. She alone would then float up on an endless ocean surrounded by playful fish full of all rainbow colors, slipping in and out of consciousness she’d remember kitsune dressed in tribal torn rags. A raft. A giant tree. When she would wake up she’d be in them middle of an infinity flat ocean (no horizon) on a continent sized root of a seemingly infinitely big tree whose leaves glow of sunlight. Sybaael would be in the fantasea. (your people think she ded tho, she can come back to the real world)
>>
>>4560988
>Arcadia

As the long night continued, more was needed to fight off the Nightmares that plagued our lands and the sea. And as such, we would turn once more to sunlight created in the form of magic. The spell in question, Sunburst as it was called, would actually be quite effective. The light caused would be a intense, bright burst that hurt the eyes to look at, and when tested upon the nightmares for the first time after much work upon it, would do much more than merely hurt the things. It was extremely effective against them, and was bound to be effective against even humans and other creatures as a disorienting strike. Meanwhile, work on a more curios spell would be worked upon utilizing Vivimancy. One made to clone things. While utilizing a part of the body in question, more is needed than just the part in question. The part of the body taken is merely there to act as a base for the rest of the body. However, the body itself cannot be made from thin air, and as such, other materials are needed to make a clone of, well, anything really. Though the amount needed is purely based on the size of the body or creature in question that is desired to be copied. Curiously, the bodies created would be asleep when first created, and would remain that way for a day or so. However, after this, they would seem to gain a soul, though in such a situation would have the intellect of a child.

With the Night still not over, we are forced to face yet more Nightmares. Yet, like before, they are able to be dealt with well enough through the sacrifice of many golems and the use of our mages. However, even so, some breakthroughs by the Nightmares do cause issues, as there's only so many Golems we have, and only so many we can make at a time, and our reliance upon numbers of more or less simple war golems against a force which has a tactic that is similar in the sense of 'throw more nightmares at it', well, there's a bit of a problem considering the Nightmares don't need to build another one of their kind and there's enough of them to damn most of the world. Still, even so, the new spell helps quite a bit in dealing with them, and the suns do even more so once the moons finally move once more and we are freed from this bother. Thankfully, we took only minor losses in all regards, though, some damage to our infrastructure has certainly been withstood...Ideally we will get a respite to rebuild now as well.
>>
>>4561098
>Ithempeli

Work upon a branch of magic to weaponize plagues and blights swiftly would be put underway. Of course this won't help us in the Long Night, but with the Zlon, we will ideally be fine and safe from further damages, at least that was the plan and idea behind working on such now. Still, the weaponization of plagues and blights through magic is a weapon that will be quite powerful against those that oppose us, seeing that they are all of flesh and bone rather than of stone, with the only exception being the slaves of the Arcadians, the Zlon and the...frankly insane lead golems. Even so, the former of these too is still run by those of flesh, and naturally this means that our little weapons we work upon will become something much more...Maybe something akin to that old disease that plagued the north and spread south could be made by our own hands, and made into something far, far worse...

While the Long night ever continues, the heroics of the joint forces of Ithempeli and Zlon would manage to push further and further back against the nightmares, even despite their ceaseless swarms of yet more of them. Wave after wave is cut down and pushed further and further back, inch by inch being retaken in strategic moves along side tactical ones, everything moving in a level of efficiency and calculated effort that had never been seen before by the Ithempeli, the Zlon's tactics and skill clearly shown. In essence, the Zlon had shown themselves to be almost exactly what the Arbiter wanted originally of the Ithempeli in combat, albeit with a focus on melee rather than magic. Fittingly, by the time the nightmares and their hoards were thrown into the sea, the Long Night would end, and the lands would be free from their scourge, safe once more. With this, the Zlon would calmly leave, barely bidding a proper fair well, as befitting of their fairly direct nature.
>>
>>4561111
>RRFU

Efforts during the Long Night would be primarily focused upon finding a way to best deal with Nightmares from the varying combat that had happened with them, and as the ever shifting forces of battle found that Sealund, especially in the north, was faltering, what could be done would be prioritized, with a planned stand in the capital being ordered along with aiding in evacuation. In regards to the former, the consistent combat against the nightmares ever since the start of the Long Night would do much to aid in the effort of devising the best tactics for dealing with the monsters, and further the continuing combat would allow the sergeants and generals to try out new strategies to better deal with them. And, in this effort, the best methods for actually culling them would be found, at least, the best known to us. A mix of common knowledge and tactics for dealing with the old undead menace, they would be quite effective at funneling the hoard into chokepoints and generally forcing them to go on offensive wherever possible and allowing us to be on the defensive in every engagement. As for the north, with our efforts, a large number of civilians are able to be evacuated from the rural areas and moved to safer places to the south.

But even so, the stand in the capital of the North would find itself to look like a last one as time went on. Slowly, the city would give way and more and more of it would crack and falter, the numbers of the Fraternian forces slowly dwindling more and more. Yet as this went on, in the mainland, a large push would be done in a fairly rural area, soon striking a number of farmsteads before swiftly being beaten back. Similar sudden attacks would happen occasionally, but never with as much force as most nightmares were focused on the varying urban centers and other places of high population. Yet, for the most part, the RRFU would stand tall and stronger than ever despite all of this, and in the capital of North Sealund, the capital city, while almost completely destroyed, would still stand, the center of the city managing to have held out until daybrake, saved by the goddesses and their light.
>>
>>4561120
>ILK

Work upon a mix of spirit and fire, creating a miniature sun of sorts would swiftly go underway in a attempt to better fight off the endless hoards and be able to take out many of the monsters at once or better deal with the larger ones. Needless to say, the idea of such a spell was something that would desperately be worked on as swiftly as possible by the magicians in order to be able to use it to better defend against the Long Night, especially considering how so many had fallen already, including the fairly distinguished fighter, Yuu. Even so. with all of this fighting, there would be some good news in the form of the monks, as with all the fighting, those that survived had become quite skilled, and getting them even some basic light armor has helped a fair bit in keeping them on the front line for longer, as has mixing them into other units so as to better be able to assist those units in surviving this whole ordeal and taking down many Nightmares in the process. Ironically, one could argue that these monks are a sort of proto shrine maiden akin to what the Shogun has...As a final major work, efforts would be taken to construct a lighthouse at Uesugi no Mori, specifically one able to banish Nightmares from the waters through the power of the varying sunlight producing magic that the Iron Leaf Kingdom had available. Of course, building so close to the water has its risks, and for the duration of its construction it'd consistently and constantly be attacked, but work still would progress.

Eventually however, the Lighthouse would find itself in working order, standing tall. However, it's construction was rushed, and while many nightmares would burn and suffer from the light made, they would still keep coming, desiring to not have this new building just prevent them from getting into the city and staying in the waters able to prey upon the many peoples of the iron leaf kingdom. Of course, this would be a mistake for many of them, who would find their end. However, eventually, with the help of some larger nightmares, they would manage to eventually overwhelm the defenders, and put out the light that kept them at bay...Yet, this would all be for naught for the nightmares. As just as the lighthouse was badly battered and damaged, chunks from it's sides missing, it still stood tall as the lights came down and burned the nightmares which remained on the surface, driving them off or killing them once and for all... Yet while the Lighthouse was the main point of battle, the lumber mill would also have seen some fighting before the end of the Long Night, and similarly would be in a condition worse for ware...Still, once more, the spirit of the Wolfkin remains unbroken.
>>
>>4561134
>Lo-Hai

With the great sacrifice of En, and the fact that accepting this sacrifice would be to make all he had done naught, we have gone on our own to fight against the hoards upon hoards of Nightmares, or at least, mostly alone. Despite the city once being of the Lo-Hai, further damage done to it were not something that was considered a issue, and as such, bombardment of it and the Nightmares would be put into action as a method of acting against them. On a related note, the people of Ok'dl, who were hanging on barely, would make a spell based on the currents. Ideally it would make much in the way of problems for not just the Nightmares but any navy in the future. Still, for now, against nightmares, it works well enough. How well however was not something that we would be made aware of until it was finalized and started to be used, and even then, we needed to wait to see it's usefulness, for it was mainly a act of delay or prevention.

And, the answer to that question would be found sooner rather than later. As the many nightmares would still assault the city, yet they would not do so in the massive numbers that once completely overwhelmed the defenders to the point of almost the entire island being ruined. Instead, it'd be much more manageable waves of their forces, and usually, they were made up of the more powerful and larger kinds of nightmares that existed, proving the spell was effective at keeping away the fodder from supporting their efforts. And with this, the island would hold. In the north however, the luxury of having a reduced number of nightmares to deal with would not exist, and there would be yet more major clashes. While the bombardment certainly did kill a good few of the things, as with most things with these creatures, it wasn't so much as a dent. But, it was enough to hold...And, with the rising of the sun, the Lo-Hai would be safe. Despite all the losses and heavy damage to two major settlements, it was certainly possible to rebuild.
>>
>>4561147
Vesanti (Written by QM5):

Only our river mouth fort was damaged in the nightmare attack, so we were able to bring it up to full working order in no time. The ballistae take some time to rebuild, but the Shogun's troops serve as a good substitute until they are replaced, at which point they make the defense even stronger.
There are no records of anyone agreeing to share their fire magic to you, so your men set about researching it on their own. They first work on conceptualizing the opposite of ice, how the fire contrasts the behavior, beyond just hot and cold, ice is static while fire is constantly moving. (School of Fire Magic 1/3 progress)

The nightmare onslaught is unceasing, whittling down the repaired river fort, battlements broken and even towers collapsing, creating holes in the wall, though the other side is quickly secured by infantry, holding the nightmares back long enough for Shrine Maidens to deal their damage. The fort stands operational, but doesn't quite hold the same glory it used to. But then, rays of light pierce the heavens, daytime has returned. The nightmares slink into sunless depths and the shade of trees, but they have lost most of their courage.
>>
>>4561169
>Meoswilum

While the Pulgasari hadn't taken that much in the way of damages, it would still be an imperative for the Meoswilum to make sure the beast was in the best condition it possibly could be. For it was a grand beast of war and was simply the greatest weapon that Meoswilum had, a force even greater than what it once posed, what with the increased durability and weapons we had added to it. So, much in the way of iron would be used to make as much armor for the thing as possible. Needless to say, with the size of the Pulgasari, and it being the middle of the Long Night, efforts to actually get even the majority of the beasts body clad in iron would fall through. Though, some small portions of the armor would still be made and completed. Even with this focus on the Pulgasari, there was a much more important event that had happened to Meoswilum, for He Lich Pon would in a last ditch effort try to gain immortality in a way most unconventional. Residing in the undead he controlled in their entirety, or well, at least four of them anyway. Once the news of this came to light however, many more martial focused necromancers seemed keen on the idea, as it meant that they wouldn't just get targeted and shot at instantly for the obvious control they had over the undead, and meant they'd be able to better take advantage of any situation with magic or skill due to surprise.

Yet with all this work, the Long Night would still continue and go on. And, Meoswilum would find that the Pulgasari was still a very valuable living war machine, easily defending the south from any sort of attack from Nightmares. Even so, the furthest parts of the south would be abandoned. And, it'd not take long for many of the people there to try and flee north, or hide. A sizeable portion of them would be killed, though there would be another part of the nation struck by the nightmares. For in the north, the Mine near Jabon just across the river would find itself overrun by the nightmares that plagued the world. And, a number would seem ready to start ransacking the farms north of Jabon as well, utilizing the rivers to better strike at what was a somewhat weakpoint of the nation. Yet, such would not come to pass with the rising of the sun.
>>
>>4561260
>Marca (Long night by QM1)

Work would be done swiftly and as best as it could to repair the damaged forts both in the colony and on land, and for the mainland fortress, the rebuilding of it would be moderately safe. As safe as any sort of construction work during this Long Night could be anyway, and with protection from the military, the fortification would be back in working order with ease. On the colony however, the workers from the city get...well...slaughtered completely when sent out, especially with what limited forces were there. Yet, due to the frontiersmen and their quick thinking, with a bit of cleaver disguises and careful, slow work, the fort would be in a good enough shape once more to work as a defensive position, if a bit unorthodox, much more reliant upon traps than walls. Though, luckily, for the colony anyway, the nightmares would seem to stop flooding in so much as trickle...As if they were moving to strike elsewhere...

While the reconstructions have gone well, the wave of nightmares is nowhere close to ending. The vast and seemingly endless hordes of darkness crash against shields of steel and Mythrill. The power of the divine smites the Heretical creatures. Steadily the line is advancing: shield bash, followed by smite. A tactic while slow perfect and adept at fighting mindless hordes, but here a weakness of the Mercan army shows… how do you fight something which dwarves you in size?

At Shay grand creatures of Shadow march out. 4 Megalo Elephants in size their eyes stand above the cities walls. The Marcans would be helpless to stop or even delay the creatures… Shay is destroyed and the beasts would only march further inland. This time as if with deliberation they head for Arcatrie, the nations capital. Stomping pushing nothing can stop them. The Capital is slowly being emptied as people flee, but among the defenders a boy would stand carrying arrows and other supplies up and down the wall, but as the beasts started forcing their ways trough the wall all he could do I pray as such he knelt down and prayed and his prayer would be answered with divine rage he would jump down and shred one of the beasts to pieces and following him the soldiers would take the other tree down, stabbing them to death as in his rage the boy tore off their legs toppling them.
(You get a special character “Saint Cian” who is loyal to you, he is blessed by the Divines, you obtain special unit “Zealot Berserker”)
>>
>>4560408
>>4560409
>>4560410
>>4560414
>>4560416
>>4561320
>Nothpuezkahn (Intro and long night written by QM1)

The Elven Poison mages of Nothpuezkahn in the mist mazes have easily conquered the local conclaveans and in the eternal war between Asftaihim and Dryad they have chosen their side, that side being their own. Reliant on poison they hide in their eternal mist practicing their esoteric ways.

The signal to all raiding bands would be a swift one with the mists receding, and many would come to their original settlements to defend them from whatever threat was coming, as it was quite clear whatever was going on was far from ordinary, and likely very, very bad. Further, swift action in the form of sacrifice would be done in order to power the mists further as a method of protection for Nothpuezkahn, and in order to confuse the beasts that might come to the lands and strike out against it. Additionally, work would be done on trying to find some sort of poison to the beasts. What exactly could actually harm the creatures would be a struggle, as it was hard to see the effect without capturing the things, something that, needless to say, isn't easy. However, something would be found which very much weakens the nightmares, something that would be learned with time.

It might have been the first time ones from the outside entered. As time stood still creatures of pure shadow entered, tracking all living trough the stench of their fear. mindless beasts after mindless beast would be taken down turning purple from the poisoned arrows. Maybe there is a need for us to once more contact the elusive outside world?

We thought we needed nothing after all we had our grand temple and our scrollkeep. Out toxomancy having no match to it found in the world. Our battle poems are the most beautiful in the world after all and it’s not like we could let our secret of human sacrifice leak it out easily… after all the old Sealanders shunned that, wouldn't the rest of the world as well?

With Mykearn’s guidance now that the sun once more shines and time once more flies rejoin the world and learn it anew.
>>
>Imperii (Written by QM 1)

Æðelþryð would weep at the lost of a daughter, but moreso she would rage. Going once more into battle the would fight nightmare after nightmare, she would not know that the hardest battle would be yet to come. At the coast of Crepusculmantrum the biggest nightmare yet would emerge, a 4th the size of the pulgasari it would be a grand behemoth, and it’s head would be akin to a hammer. With each step, the hammer would hit the eart chaking it and reaching the city it would rip it’s way and the behemoth would fall straight on top of the city and nightmares would start flooding it and the underground passages. Æðelþryð would barely arrive on time going straight down, like a whirlwind of rage and crimson dust she would keep cutting and hacking at the nightmares until her wings would break and her fingers would bleed. And suddenly of her bloodied fingers as if thunders of blood would emerge spreading from each of the freshly dead like a spider web and the blood would then enter her. Her eyes glowing in crimson out of the blood a crimson mist would form and out of the mist a hurricane which would mince and mince and mince the nightmares until it turned black stopping only once the sun was up once again.

The Empress would barely remember what actually happened, only glimpses, but in her hand she could form it tiny blood mists, and tiny tornadoes out of it as well as drink blood by sucking it out trough thunder-like blood bridges. (Æðelþryð has obtained a UNIQUE power, this is not something that can be taught or reduced currently, requires even more blood now though)

(Crepusculmantrum and the clinic near it are destroyed)
>>
With the long night finally over, Sealand finally lets its breath out, the fortifications holding strong enough to prevent destruction and desolation, and even giving a good set of information of where the defenses of the nation lay.

After the long night was when Edward Oak decided to set out on his own to the realm of the Void Zlon. A simple set of expedition material granted to him by his adoptive father. He was nearing an age where many Elves cease living, the ones that are so old only having managed through luxuries afforded to them in their positions whether it be herbalistic items or it be just having much better living conditions. His father was of course, a mystery though, seemingly not using these methods despite still being alive. Even he was taking advantage of his position to some degree with gaining the materials to head into the realm of the Void Zlon. Hopefully he would be accepted and be able to use a short time there, or at the very least a short time in the real world, to both learn and artificially extend his life by becoming significantly younger in some way. Hopefully to return younger and with knowledge of how the 'quantum' as he's dubbing it, realm works.


Outside of that, more of national efforts are undertaken to rebuild after the destruction of the long night. Thankfully the city of Vance seemed to have come out of the Long night mostly unharmed. The biggest loss being the western port, it would rebuilt in time, but as for now, the one would suffice.

1 action: Rebuild both farms to the west

1 action: Rebuild the temple to Leviathan and rebuilt the Lighthouse
>>
Need someone to post for me again.
1. As the day comes once more and the excessive amount of arcane suns are taken down people turn to rebuilding what was damaged. The fisheries and the market are rebuilt.
2. The last part has come and a new spell is created within the school of spirit magic. This one, meant to be used with a clone, will tether a willing soul back into a body and effectively revive an individual. As the naming conventions go it is simply called revive.
>>
The long night has left us battered and bruised, now people even dare speak of our Radiant Monks in the same breath as the Shrine Maidens. The Iron King wishes to correct this blasphemy, and thus calls upon her trusted court to rectify this. However, we are wounded, we lost infrastructure such as our port, lumber mill, hunter lodge and iron mine, even our lighthouse is naught but ruin. However, Miho points out there's a magic to be worked on as well, the School of Mind Magic has long been desired, for it will allow our people to harness and preserve the powers of their mind, even when devoid of body. They compare our magic to Shrine Maidens because we use elemental magic, so we must prove ourself distinct by completing our self magic, which the Shogun can only dream of.

Action 1: Invent Mind Magic (1/3 progress).
In the Order of Self, there is Mind, Body and Spirit, we have neglected Mind for too long, as seen by our Phylactery Golems losing their minds, becoming an avatar of people's idea of the person instead of the person themselves. But first, we must define what mind is.

Action 2: Rebuild Lumbermill.
Before we can rebuild our home, we must first acquire the material with which it is built. Besides, it could act as a good trade good for any who lack forests to exploit. It will also allow us to rebuild our navy, maybe build their hulls out of stronger wood, this time.

Action 3: Rebuild Port.
We need to restart trade, to make up for our lost wealth. While we have to work off our stockpile of iron, the wood to come from the Lumbermill should see us replacing what ships we lost, hopefully their hulls are strong enough to resist nightmares from the depths.
>>
>>4561865

With the death of Æðelflæd, and the curse put onto Æðelgyð, combined with the chaos that the beasts of the sea had caused, the Heáhcásern was absolutely furious at the gods of the sea, in fact, saying she was completely livid was an understatement, for her hatred of them was just as great if not more so than her hatred for the Shogun. Yet, this anger, while still inside, would have expended most of itself during the long night which brought such feelings. And, with a return to normalcy, she would similarly to her daughter, become a bit more reclusive for a while, time spent mostly grieving. Though, it was likely once the sorrow that had cut into her had dulled, her wrath would return. Related to this, technically, Æðelgifu would become the next heir. While not De jure, the Heáhcásern knew, regrettably, that the children of Æðelflæd would likely die from old age, no matter how much blood they drank...

As her mother dealt with the lose of Æðelflæd, Æðelgifu would work away at what she did best. While she was quite upset at the news, she wasn't taking it as badly. Then again, she never had any major connections with her three sisters. The one she arguably was closest too was Ælfþryð, though that didn't say too much. Still Æðelgifu would work upon a comprehensive plan to rebuild Crepusculmantrum. For the city was of cultural and historical significance to the Imperii and was a part of the heart of the Imperii. To simply leave it a ruin was just not realistic, though it's likely that for a long time it will not equal the glory it once held. Similar to this, all ports which where destroyed in the long night would slowly be repaired, with focus upon the capital and the colony. It would be best to rebuild.

Further, there would be an unspoken relief from Æðelgifu in the death of the apothecaries at Crepusculmantrum. They clearly were quite...lacking in intellect. If you have an issue with a disease that spreads by spores, and you have magic that can increase the growth of a mushroom and do minor things with spores, surely, you can work on a way to make it so the spread of such a plague is inert. That way people don't need painful surgery that removes their capability of magic, and efforts can be purely on making sure the sickness doesn't kill those already infected.

Even with all of this though, Æðelgifu did realize one thing. With her mother in morning, she had a lot more work than usual...Seems she'd not be able to enjoy any good books, plays, or poetry for a while...A shame, but at least she enjoyed her job. Even if some might consider enjoying her work almost unthinkable.

>Action One Rebuild Crepusculmantrum

>Action Two. Rebuild ports.

>Action Three. Find a way to stop the spread of this damned plague already.
>>
>>4561846
One day the sovereign disappeared, the regional lords of the nation tried to cover it up and rule by themselves but the absence was felt. With new generations of the Thermauger project there was increasing sentiment for a dual system which would put humans and wisps on an equal level. This sparked a rebellious faction calling themselves the Durmaign Co-operative Front, backed by some of the wisps, humans and a lot of new generation Thermaugers.

Without a ruler, the regional lords claim would be weakened and ordinary people would question their governance. The lords hastily revealed a fake sovereign who they claim was a reincarnation of the previous ruler to strengthen their authority, but it wouldn’t be long before the DCF produced a fake of their own. Their counter claim would put them at roughly an equal level, each party would need to destroy each other to assert their claim or eliminate the other side’s ruler.

New technique

A new branch of fire magic was conceived in the past, while the heat based, offensive and mini suns were powerful there were a few uses of fire magic that were beyond them. The Ignis Utilitas branch was created to add spells that wouldn’t fit in the previous branches, for they weren’t destructive or primarily heating focussed. Within this branch two spells have been researched. The first is Heatproof Barrier which emits a weak barrier which is very effective at neutralising long ranged fire based attacks. The second is Ignition Burst which uses thermal magic to launch the user forward at high speed.
>>
>>4561961
DCF operatives in Cherus

Jack - A young red haired boy with a sense of justice, he is not fond of killing but he has accepted its necessity to bring change. He is very strong and loyal, becoming a hero to those who believe in the co-operative front. He specialises in the Ignition Burst spell, being able to use it a lot more effectively than other operatives.

Henrietta - A blonde haired woman younger than Jack, has a lot of pride in her ability as a Thermauger and fights for her achievements to be recognised. Her thermal shields are strong making them capable of weakening ranged firepower considerably.

Heather II No.2 - A wisp that has been brought up to be named as the Queen. She is very young and naive so she has to be guarded at all times, but she has a vast amount of magical power that she can use if a situation turns sour.

Flare Flemhart - Henrietta’s wisp partner who has considerable magical power which helps with sustaining thermal barriers. She was trained for merging from birth and will continue to fight with her partner even if higher ups don’t wish so.

Oliver Luminos - Black haired and about a decade older than Jack. He belonged to a magician family, but the old order didn’t like humans utilising magic freely so his family was destroyed. He is a revenge seeker and using the DCF as his means to do so, however his hatred for the wisps makes him incompatible as a thermauger, so he must fight limited by his capability as a human mage.

>1-3 - Seek support in Cherus and move towards the capital

Turning Cherus to our side would be very useful to acquire the manpower to take on the capital. The lord of the city is weak and cowardly, if we were to show him that we can threaten him then we believe he would turn around quickly. The military force here isn’t as disciplined as the guard of the capital and shouldn’t prove difficult to overcome, but there are a few Thermaugers among them.
>>
>Note:
My nations name has changed

>Action 1: Magic Action (Finish Toxomancy School) (3/3)
Yuh, finish that john. We be sippin' lean n' gettin' STD's.

>Action 2: Improve Spell (Undying Faith)
The spell was originally brought to us by the Wolfkins we captured, though in another form. Given the resilience of the Wolfkin, it was the only spell we had and thus much effort went into its normalization.
Then, with only months left to the Apocalypse, great effort (2 actions) was spent to turn the spell into a mighty tool of Ithempeli. Our spirits are now forever conserved, but we are still reliant on the living to sustain Ithempeli on the plane. Further developments are pursued to perfect the art.
>>
>>4561857
With the Long Night over, the spell around Ok'dl is ceased, and life in Pleocyemata continues on.

1.
First order of business is the restoration of the nation's ports, the importance of which can not be understated. Lumber from Jörg'blg is used to repair the shattered piers and docks.

2.
The ruins of Dund'krt; the once small cozy hamlet, serving as the gate to the northernmost seas - now is a somber place, the cleaning of the Scintelectrum shards thankfully being added by the river washing it out to sea. Once where warspawn fought and played, and dark Lo-hai shell homes smelt of roast fish, steamed swamp rice, and fresh chopped mosses; now only the scent of ash, mud, and pain remain. The sight of something amethyst amidst the rubble, prompts a great frenzy.

>"En-hai Lives!" Cry out the searching crews, but the exhilaration quick as whip turns to bleak silence, as rubble is cleared as all is reveled is the great Elders hollow shell bereft of his legs, and empty of flesh. The Stone Lord's send their workers home for the day, the event casting a fouler shadow upon the work. Though the port remains purely for the sea access, Dund'krt is no longer a place the Lo-hai wish to live long term, black memories of defeat leaving a fell mood amidst them. Not until a open temple is constructed from the ruins, a shine to the fallen named Shellstack.

The practice of mourning the dead typically involved eating them for the Lo-hai, but the idea of eating the dry shell of the teacher, mentor, and friend to so many does not settle well with the Stone Lord's. Shellstack is a simple Stonehenge like structure, with En-hai's shell resting atop an altar in the center. Many pilgrims come to visit, bringing the core shell of a lost comrade or brother, and to see if they can still feel En-hai or their presence in the somber place. The shells are arranged in shifting rings and spiral, tended to by some of the albino scribe spawn of Un'kltn as part of their religious duty.

>Religious Tenet - The dead are gone, but they may still be with us, be it undeath, or the "presence" they leave behind. Lo-hai have begun piling their cleaned corpses in Shell Stack to honor and remember all those lost upon the way.
>>
>>4561850
The hour has come and gone, and light returns to the world. As the moon sluggishly scurries away to give way to the sun's scorching rays, the abominations of the world flee to the depths. Those unfortunate to be caught in the light are incinerated mercilessly. Yet for the Xigua, it brings rebirth. As the shadows retreat and the rays bake the door sealing the pits entrance, the powers that have fueled it fade away. No longer sustained, the door crumbles away exposing the world to the denizens inside.

Ix'thula steps out first with the Xigua trailing slowly behind. They hiss and scream at the sun in rage. Something so needlessly blinding and scorching truly is a wretched creation. They will see it dealt with, though for now there are more immediate things to be concerned with.

Actions:

>Retake the realms

-The city has suffered during this dark time, but arguably it could be worse. Some buildings are ruined, but many still remain. But far away is the day that the city will be as filled as it once was. The Xigua are low in number, and would take many years to repopulate the realm. When they first crawled out from the pit, they centralized around it, repairing what needed to be and inhabiting the shelters there. Steadily, life had returned to the surface of the bottomless city.

-The Xigua are not the only horrors skulking amongst the remains of Atulantu. There are feral nightmares born of the long night that have made these ruins their homes as well. Fortunately, merely 4 nights had passed when Aka'other returned to the pit with a handful of faithful nightmares from before the eclipse. With a boisterous welcome, they take up residence once more within the pit. Ix'thula and Aka spend some time discussing ways to reclaim the realm, and in their talks they birth the idea of the nightguard. The Abyssians would gather in packs, patrolling the city at night, hunting down feral nightmares and clearing out the squatting abominations to make way for Atulantu's true heirs.
>>
>>4561851
The long night recedes, the darkness gone once more, and once more have the Taurs lost a great king.

The purebloods have been almost annihilated through the course of this war, and those prior, their previously low numbers now dropping to the verge of the extinction of their kind. Though new pureblood houses could always be made from scratch, they cannot without royal decree, and we are bereft a king...

Marble Ithempeli statues, the few that still exist, claw their way out of the ground to see their temples in ruins and their flocks having been slain or converted.

The royal family itself suffered greatly, the entire house having thrown itself into the forefront of war and only a scarce few members remaining, of the main line fewer still.

Sybaael the hero vanished, and never returned, now presumed among the long night casualties, another hero fading with the passage of time.

Even the council lie dead, considered cowards for the longest time yet died in glorious battle despite their relative inability to fight.

Tavthalla remains however. No matter how bloodied or what chunks torn from it, Tavthalla endures.

Xalteis, second true king of Taurs, is revered as one may a saint or demigod, Ephials chosen, a flawless being who if one would dare to criticise they would be ostracised by all Tavthalla for the sin.

From the remains rises a new order.
The council is ground to ash, the pureblood houses shattered and broken, the royal family struck nearly dead and unable to place a new king on the cursed throne of Tavthalla, for none are worthy to succeed Xalteis.

What remains are the Relite, or the Wartrancers to the those outside of Tavthalla
A new leader rises from their hallowed ranks, a controversial figure by the name of Chimer who nonetheless is taken under the wing of Hallazael, as General Fahbrias fell during the long night.
Chimer began consolidating power and loyalty, seen as a worthy regent as a true new king could not be chosen, a man who distinguished himself during the long night and held true and new ideas for Tavthalla.

He becomes known for his stance opposing the pureblood houses, favouring the adaptive battle tactics of Hallazael and the doctrine that one should master many different bodies rather than just rely on the excessive power of one.

Cannibalism of Taurs outside of special permission, once legalised due to starvation is once again made a taboo and a punishable crime.

In time Chimera is recognised as the de facto leader of Tavthalla, taking on a new title of Tavthallor.

While the old kings line is paralysed, the country must still be lead, now effectively a militarist meritocracy.

Action 1:The rebuilding begins
Repair mythril mine, repair horse farm

Action 2: The rebuilding continues
Convert the ancient coal mine into a proper mausoleum, built connected to the even older mausoleum complex beneath.
We will put our greatest heroes to rest there.

Rebuild the port of Rahak.
>>
>>4561862

>Action 1: Repair Shay
The capital of the north is in shambles and the time for rebuilding has begun.

>Action 2: Repair Farm and Smithy
The Farm in Austrocia is paramount to keeping it's populace secure and in-tact. With the nightmares finally dealt with we can slowly return life to normal.
The smithy is the heart of our nation, we must bring it back, and greater than before.
>>
>>4561855
Action x 2: Infrastructure rebuild north sealund, ensure it is rebuilt with fraternian standards in mind and to spread our influence

>national fluff the people rejoice as the nation has survived the long night and the light of the sun as returned
>>
>>4561864
Mykearn is satisfied with the results of old night. He sets out to write the treatise all who attempt to communicate with the outside world. Along with the rules of engagement when it comes to commercial ventures partaken by the various guilds and clans of the nation.
Action 1:
(build 2 farms) The rapid expansion which occurred before long night has now ended, the farthest reach of the mists has been achieved, at least for now.
Infrastructure must be built up, that small bit which the druids have left in these territories must be built up, farms are build. Patches of forest cleared or secured.
Action 2: the paths of Mykearn
(roadbuilding)
As the nation becomes prepared for contact with the outside world it becomes important that roads which can be travelled on by beasts of burden (not seen in the lands save for mist stags which even then are still wild).
Thus a project of forest cleaing begins, the point that such a system could ruin the defensiveness the mists provide is acknowledged, so instead of true dirt roads the roads of Nothpuezkahn shall have overgrown portions, false forks, false dead ends, side paths and other such things so that only Nothpuez can properly travel them. Sadly this means that unless a central trade road is established carts will be unable to travel in Nothpuezkahn. It is fine anyhow, bulk goods have no need to enter the nation during this period anyhow. That may come once more wealth comes to us
note: the human sacrafice and captive taking which nothpuez partakes in, alongside slavery are openly known. however the nation does not brag about this, its simply something they do
>>
File: Turn 49.png (2.12 MB, 2048x2570)
2.12 MB
2.12 MB PNG
Sealand
>>4561879
The world has finally returned to it’s peaceful state, with all things returning to how they should be. The two Mercenary groups which helped save our nation the Bloodbats and the Sporepiercers have been awarded special military honours and a unique status of honour among our people.

Edward oak on the other hand? Having gone deep into unreality, he has met a young woman. Her name being 2nd. Seemingly kitsune, but also golem her form seems to have become partly that of a Void Zlon. With him she shared wisdom of the past and parallel. Seemingly reinvigorated though not looking any younger he would return talking about ancient myths as if they were real, the Woodland library, the Hero Yukiji and the evil Kos’loh tribe. Apparently he has met one of Yukijis daughters. He might not be any younger, but his vigour has returned, he’s not going anywhere any time soon…

In other news, more and more Meoswilan and Imperii culture is seeping in. A nobility system inspired by both nations has entrenches slowly challenging the nation's native system and calls for the nation becoming a monarchy increase by the day. Afterall if we keep following this outdated system we’ll end up like the UFC!


Arcadia
>>4561904
The Suns are slowly taken down, though some are left hanging around lighting up the insides of the grand arcadian domed megacities and bigger towns. The buildings are restored and normalcy is slowly returning to the nation. The decades long streak of bad luck and misfortune finally seems like it’s over.

The experiments with ‘revive’ turn out to be a failure. All souls after being brought back into the reconstructed bodies have completely changed personalities. While much of their knowledge remains they plainly are different people. At times they seem as if they were happier while dead, thus soon return to said state, while others seem to have gone completely insane with the last category merely becoming twisted versions of their original. The only dead successfully brought back are those which resided as ghosts in the corporeal world instead of moving to the next. Maybe we could talk to our long forgotten friend the Lynx, he may know something about life after death we don’t?
>>
>>4562333
ILK
>>4561914
Buildings are slowly being rebuilt and damages from the long night cleaned up. The Monks are hunting down the remaining nightmares while the workers are tidying up the mess the nightmares left behind. A grand funeral is held for Yuu, for she exceeded everyone’s expectations and saved many lives, even if it cost hers.

On Tomoko’s orders the mind is investigated. To understand it first one needs to start from the familiar… where is the mind in the body and in the soul? While once thought the heart was the answer dissections of both corpses and ghosts show it to be be in the head and that the mind and body are intertwined. With the mind being a bridge between soul and flesh. This 3rd entity is thus named ‘Ego’ a pure mind untainted by the soul or body, a theoretical construct which can be built upon to form this new magic around.

Imperii
>>4561940
Knowing about the Telrac Empress’s hatred for the sea a mage approaches the Empress with an idea. So to say kill 2 birds with one stone. If we stop pampering the sick and create lepper farms we can stop the spread and what we farm off them we can use to finally bid goodbye to the Sea. Knowing of the floaty properties of the Crystal he proposes making flying ships. What worse punishment for a God than having their domain completely ignored? We don’t need the Sea if we have the sky!

The City is Rebuilt, or rather a City is built where the ruins of the previous ones stood. As there is a hole where Crespusculum’s roof was as such a new city is constructed further down. As for the plague, the illegal ‘dopers’ using it to use the crystal to boost their battle power in the arena are arrested and locked up. Those sick are tracked down and chained in place so the ideas may not spread further, with travel bans in place spread should be stopped, but where the disease is it stays and is not going away from any time soon.
>>
File: Will-o-the-Wisp.jpg (207 KB, 431x601)
207 KB
207 KB JPG
>>4562335
Durmaign (DCF)
>>4561961
>>4561962
Having been closed off for decades now the cause is known. The nation’s ruler is dead and her advisors tried to form a council and hide the fact grabbing power for themselves. The brave warriors of the DCF would not let such happen, not spiteful of the Wisps they want equality of Wisp and man not out of selfishness, but as it is the best for the ation. Putting forward their own puppet they are waging and underground war for the soul of the nation.

The new branch of fire magic seems to be one controlling heat. The Ignis Utilitas branch thus being one practical offensively and defensively though lacks the self propagating property of pure fire magic or odd properties of Sunlight magic.

The first spell in the branch is Barrier and works as intended, being able to shield one inside from temperature changes. Even flame passing through the barrier becomes merely lukewarm. An unforseen utility of the spell would be protection against ice and float based magic.

Ignition Burst on the other hand would fail as a presence of the divine made any acceleration fail. As such based on barrier heatpull would be developped instead. A spell which let’s one selectively heat up and cool down air around them to propel yourself, (pushed away from expanding head, pulled towards contracting cold) allowing for a similar albeit less explosive result.

> Actions
The people of Cherus quickly take to your cause. The Mayor however cowardly he was also would be corrupt and for being able to keep his cozy job and not being under the wisps thumb he reveals ancient by now weapons staches of weapons formerly taken from various criminals roaming the cities. With this manpower is secured and so are weapons, now we just need to drill them and actually press our claim. Though it is to be seen how much power the shrewd mayor might want in the end for his generous help… (dunno if you wanted to attack capital or just prepare from your wording, if you want attack we can handle the battle for the capital in IC chat)
>>
>>4562337
Ithempeli
>>4561994
The vile school of Toxomancy is created the study of diseases and criggly things. While in theory it could be used to analyse and combat disease of various sorts… we know what it’s true intended use is. Let the soft fleshy ones understand the superiority of incorruptible stone. A deeper understanding of disease is found with the understanding of the existence of germs, rogue curses, prions as well as parasitic spirits being obtained. Now what to specialise in when it comes to our vile concoctions?

Still at least 10 living are needed to sustain one dead, 100 if said dead is very active. As such an improvement spirit hibernation arrives… if we reduce the spirits to being frozen in time in mind and astral form their consumption of Sisu would fall drastically allowing for 1 living to sustain one dead. Though said spirit then eternally rests holding onto the neck of the Sisu giver. The hibernating ones also can be woken up any time such need arises.

Lo-Hai
>>4562038
being the highest priority the ports near Ok'd and Grthstd are reconstructed first reconnecting the cut-off island with the mailand once more and allowing for basic access to our northern colony once more… though upon arrival it is easy to see that the Giants are still druidic if not even more than when we last saw them and what is worse? The Lo-Hai of this land seem to have grown apathetic to the Druidic practices.

Sadly upon visiting the ruins the reality is worse than thought the Scinelectrum is eating up all the corpses, metal and wildlife. many a heroic Lo-Hai get themselves blown up by stepping on the wrong blue rock. either way the search continues and En-Hai is found and his corpse is retrieved though Dund’krt is not something we can salvage anymore. it needs to be quarantined or transformed into a leper farm or the Scinelectrum may spread.

A lonely temple now stands among the corrupted sick ruins… it is a truly beautiful temple and work of art, one which will never see attendance or prayer.

The true altar to En where he resides thus had to be constructed outside the city. There pilgrims may gather to pay their respects, starting the Lo-Hai practice of ancestral worship.
>>
File: parth-recon.gif (61 KB, 350x240)
61 KB
61 KB GIF
>>4562339
Al Qaeda
>>4562065
The Xigua out of the cobbled together memories of whatever comprised them before would recognize the foreing place which is the outside world. Crawling, stomping, floating or slithering they would explore this foreing environment having left the Poison Jar and Womb which gave birth to them. They start devouring bug, bird and rodent alike, the taste of their memories being the most important sense to familiarise them with this world.

The nation slowly rebuilds itself. The feral nightmares squatting where they should not are chased out and rebuilding begins. Curiously enough though many of the nightmares hide among the abyssals or crawl in deeper depths of the pit than even the denizens of the pit City ever have either way… maybe those left behind by the Long Night can be more than a nuisance? Are they not somewhat akin to our kind?

Tavthalla
>>4562138
Rebuilding goes steadily even in mourning. The Myhtrill throne once more lies empty and the crown stands unworn. Chimera for all intents and purposes has gained control of the nation anew. Once again so soon the nation is transformed… The ithempeli churches while reduced and not holding power still exist the statues preaching from their ruined temples, even they cite Xalteis reminding many that when civil war came he stood on the side of the Statue worshippers while the Ephial worshippers rebelled against the crown. Against him the greatest among taurs while they stayed loyal. Either way though the faith in Ephial is once more the majority, even if by a slim margin.

The farm, port and mine were rebuilt and the ancient coal mine transformed into a proper mausoleum. Not just honouring the Colossi, but nearby also the hero Sybaael, the one who saved the world and sister to Xalteis. Expanding the Colossi’s tomb Xalteis is laid to rest, his broken Glyhiron sword buried with him and a symbolic grave of Sybaael right beside him.
>>
>>4562343
Marca
>>4562154
Shay while laying in stubble is slowly restored. The history which is lost is never coming back, but as a denter of administration rebuilding it is paramount as such work that is done. The City is reconstructed, still it is different to what was, thus most choose to refer to it as “New Shay”.

The farm and smithy are also being rebuilt. Question is what do we do about those frontiersmen of Jungle Island?
RRUF
>>4562188
As the people of Fraternitas rejoice… all the national funds are sent abroad. While said move makes the Megalonodate supremely happy, your people are near rioting. it was their blood which was shed and their taxes are now paying for the reconstruction of a foreing nation while our’s still lays in ruin.

Some even wonder if the Royal pair had simply gone mad after losing so many of their children in the war. Your people too do not wish to be overlooked when it comes to being granted aid.

Nothpuezkahn
>>4562219
With Mykearn happy the nation is too, and as he ordered they postpone their introduction to the outside. Instead they focus on internal growth as farms are constructed to rpvide food and an internal road network is constructed, ready to be connected to any roads which may lead to the outside in the future.
>>
>>4562333
1. Now that the years of suffering have come to an end and people don't have to worry about a random slaughter from man or monster the arts once again are allowed to flourish and true change can occur within the Arcadic society. Plays are made to the Odyssey during the ashfall, the war against Borevia, the battles against the nightmare zombies with the brave non-mages who stood bravely on their own will, and the second long night as men stood against horrors. Great statues will be made to the heroes Viker "Swordbreaker" for his stand against the Nightmares and late councilwoman Suli who passed in her old age after the ashfall but became a legend for defeating the pureblood taur princess. A statue will also be made dedicated to the legions of non-mages with the names of all members inscribed for future generations to remember. This tradition will be remade a few years later as monument will be made in dedication to those who died in military service with their names inlaid in silver into a soil-stone wall. Finally those non-mages who stood to fight the nightmares and zombies would be given voting rights for them and their direct descendants. (Pure culture action)
2. On the other side some mages move to create a new spell in the vivimantic arts. A way to create new species or mix chimeric hybrids of two or more creatures. A grand ritual it takes the blood of two or more beasts and reorders their traits until a stable creature is formed. If used in conjunction with the spell Isolate Trait it should allow the isolated traits to be locked for the new creature; though if more than one trait that are incompatible are locked the ritual will fail for obvious reasons. With fine enough control of both spells creating new, human designed, species may be possible. While the name Create Chimera is proposed the much simpler name of Crossbreed is decided when it is realized it could allow for creatures that normally couldn't breed to effectively have children.
>>
With Edward returning, he came with a few ideas that he wanted help implementing within the nation, his time and lack thereof in the realm of the void giving him a new perspective on things.

On the political stage was the leaders of the nation all realizing that unless something was done fast, they would likely have a monarchy, then again as of right now, other than being an elected official, there was still only one ruler of the nation and effectively just 5 incredibly high nobles. Despite this, efforts to try and sway the opinion of the people is undertaken.

1 action: With most of the area recovered from the horrid darkness, it's time to implement a more proper route to the rest of the world which of course would mean a large undertaking, but it would also provide a direct line to Jabon from the great ports of Venaquitis. River extensions, have the river closest to the port reach to the ocean. Have the river closest to the copper mine expand to the ocean. By the old Lapis mine, connect the two rivers. Unfortunately, no more needed to be changed, leaving an excess of money that was put aside for it to other government projects.

1 action: And from Edward's side, he asks that the long night be remembered the tales of the valiant Sealand elves that held back the night, the might hail of ballistae that struck down massive beasts, the flaming and shining blades that shined out in the dark hours. He wanted it to be a play. And on Vance's side of it, it was requested that the two mercenary groups be in it as well, but to only include them in the last act and to make the respectively seem like special divisions of the army which they essentially were. And once again, Vance put in a word for Edward once more to have a set of books about quantum theory and quantum mechanics, however due to the nature of things, it would be observations instead of mathematical calculations due to his time in the realm of the Void Zlon. Shorthand, upgrade the library once, and upgrade the theater once.
>>
>>4562337
The city is captured and the occupying forces do not attack civilians. The imposter queen confesses that the identity is fake, a similarity in essence can be found among powerful wisps but she was born under a different name. The imposter escapes the cell and vanishes before an official judgement can be made.

With the return of the normal daylight many of the miniature suns are unnecessary and allowed to turn back into a wisp. Excess energy is transferred to strategically important and economical miniature suns.

1 and 2.
>Construct miniature sun powered greenhouses(Special farms) in the snowy terrain
Ditches are carved out of the frosty ground to carry water for the plants, if the amount of water needed adjusting more snow can be easily carried in. Small suns provide enough warmth and sunlight for the indoors farms. The climate can be adjusted somewhat through changing solar output, but simulating perfect weather conditions is hard so crop yields are not optimal.
>>
>>4562339

1.
The ruins of Dund'krt are made to a leper farm, so now the Scintillack and Scintelectrum infected Lo-hai may use the temple, and fix the city as they dwell there.

2.
In the wake of the the Long Nights aftermath, it is decided that had there been more mages in Pleocyemata perhaps we would have weathered the storm better. The first Magi School is built near Fhl'hldr.
>>
ACTIONS FOR WHOLE WEEK

>action x 2: repair destroyed Infrastructure from the long night

Action: Improve the aqueducts design by increasing its durability with new building techniques for longevity

Action: Aid the Tavthallans in rebuilding
[send tavthalla the aquduct designs]

Action x 2: religion action, have Fraternian theologians places into the local churches and make donations to the local churches for increased control of the Fraternian based CCF and sermites
>>
>>4562948
> 2. Amended
>magi School Fhl'hldr
>repair buildings on Ok'dl.
>>
File: images.jpg (7 KB, 318x159)
7 KB
7 KB JPG
The Long night is over and it is time to rebuild... but also in other news He Ken Xan has traveled to the far off foreign land of the Nemean Caliphate to undergo studies.

Being not Nemean himself he of course is an outsides, but being granted a white lion pup he is happy with his situation. The religion of the nemeans is what fascinates him most, it has a comprehensive philosophy and wisdom behind it which is severely lacking in all other faiths he found. The Politheistic faiths of the world seem content with merely acknowledging and praising the Gods without searching for the true essence of all.

> Action 1 and a half
Returning ho his homeland He Ken Xan from his personal treasury would finance the construction of a Nemean temple in each of the nation's cities. They would teach the wisdom of the spheres to the locals and work on creating the Meoswilan Sphere which would be the foundation of his planned eventual transformation of the nation into fully Spherist.

> Half-Action: Rebuild Fort in Tavthalla
As promised aid is granted and said aid goes to the rebuilding of a military fort near the Tavthallan capital. Said fort if possible is granted or rebuilt in the name of the Tavthallan Royal house, hopefully letting them eventually regain their power and take back their rightful rule of the nation.

A nation with a grand king is grand, the Meoswilans are baffled at the Tavthallans abandoning monarchy once more after Xalteis's great sacrifice and rule.

> Action 3: Disaster relief
While the long night is gone, the damages it caused are not, to get ourselves back on our feet the two destroyed mines are to be restored as quickly as possible. regaining control in the south can wait after all... but we can't let it slip from out grasp fully.

> Fluff
The south being still unstable some soldiers are sent there. The gesture is mostly symbolic and to make sure no silly ideas of secession form.
>>
>>4562343
Actions:
- Sustenance has always been a key need for all life. The Xigua are no different in this regard for if the flesh is to thrive, then it is to feast. The recovered farms of the north are a great asset, but the unique physiology of these creatures will require far more than what these can provide. Further effort is invested in restoring the fisheries, so that they're precious bounties may aid the fledgling race to grow ever fruitful. In preparation for their expanding citizenry, they carve out large chambers near the surface of the pit to house their young. Large holds with a sizable pit dug out at its center, its appearance similar to that of colosseum of sorts. With this they would continue to work on the city, changing it to suite their grotesque existence.

- The hunts have cleared out most of the ghost town, all that remains now are the actual ghosts that haunt this place and the nightmares that have fled into its darker and more hidden corners. Yet not all of these proved to be as savage as anticipated. During their operations, the nightguard found a few that recognized their position and offered to join to join the realm. Though these cases were very rare, it opened the door for the Realm to reach out to these scattered horrors. Their might had been proven, and now an offer of acceptance would find the lost. Searching the pit, and other secret places, Aka and his guard would look to recruit these rogue nightmares.


>Lore: The Xiguan lifecycle.
The reproduce cycle of the Xigua. are quite different, taking place through the process of fragmentation. After reaching 20 years of age, every 2 years a Xiguan will suffer 3 months of incredible hunger. They will gorge themselves on all manner of food they can find, until they reach a point of almost immobilizing obesity. Once they've consumed enough, their body begins to divide, producing up to 3 smaller heaps of flesh.

After this division, the progenitor Xiguan is left in a very vulnerable and weak state. For an entire month they enter a state akin to hibernation, burning some of the extra mass they have left over after the ordeal. The process leaves them struggling to take shapes properly until they've recovered, thus many will simply fall asleep where they are remaining in their neutral state.

All this has lead their society to develop a tribal family structure. When one is ready to produce their offspring, they make way as best they can to a "hold", a chamber where multiple xiguans go to in order to undergo the process. Here, caretakers will carry away the new young to "cradles", pits of sort where they engage in a battle for survival much like original ancestors did. As the young feed on each other, and after roughly a year they rise in enough in their own understanding that they are extracted and introduced into the larger society, where they will spend 7 years being raised and educated by caretakers overseeing various "pods" before becoming independent citizens.
>>
>>4562344
>Action 1: Construct 2 ports
We must rebuild the ports in Masos and Austrocia to resume maritime trade as well as an avenue to reach the colony on the island.

>Action 2: Begin Taming the Flying Beasts of the North
Long since have the Marcans been living the untamed and ruthless wilds north of Shay, where massive creatures roam the land, and the massive eagles has shown to be of an intelligence greater than a savage beast.
Perhaps the tales of the symbiosis between the mountainmen giving them food in return for protection were enough to make more people attempt to make contact, but they would certainly make better companions than a horse, both in transportation and war.
>>
>>4562343
Action 1:
With mythril now being exported from the country, we need a bigger supply of the metal.
It’s value is beyond compare, and is financing the repair of the country through both domestic and foreign markets.

Repair the diamond island port, so that the island may once again be brought back to Tavthallan rule.

Action 2: Explore the mysterious area around Aka’s Tree
Long has the land beyond the tree confounded explorers, but no more. Armed with the wartrance to steel the mind, and mythril equipment to steel the body, they can push through and lift the veil.

Sybaael the Lost:

Sybaael wakes to foreign waves and colourful creatures, unknowing that her apparent death has been reported by her travelling companions.

Confused, injured, but unbroken, she continues doing exactly what she was doing before she awoke here, and blindly follows Uesugi’s directions.

She barters or trades with the locals for a crude boat and supplies, and sails west... and then south.
Perhaps it would be wiser to give up, but the fate of all Taurs magic lies with her journey now, and she will not fail.
>>
>Actions 1 & 2: Plaguecrafting Branch
The flesh is a weakness which has been exploited by Ithempeli to punish the sinful for eternity. Now his holy mind rewards us with his knowledge; Ithempeli nears the material world and with him travels Tragedy on a pale horse.
>>
File: ye.png (156 KB, 479x419)
156 KB
156 KB PNG
>>4562344
Contact shall soon occur, and since we seem a little surrounded at the moment we should have a look into areas to expand into. More druid blood for the altar and wives for our bravest warriors.
>action 1: explore pic related, initial scouting expeditions into surrounding nations are also partaken in, in order to figure out just who is around us, no true contact is to be made
>action 2: alchemy of nothpuezkahn, most toxins are catalogued from throughout Nothpuezkhan and series of new tomes enters the scrollkeep
Throughout the lands of Nothpuezkahn alchemy, alongside applied magic is primarily done by the many guilds, guilds work in a similar manner to clans however they do not own land (although someone can be apart of both classes). They are based on family alliances rather than overarching family name. Guilds are not regulated as clans are, thus some are ruled by elected heads, some by hereditary barons and some by consensus. The largest, at the very top are all ruled by elected representatives, who are kept in power by the fact they could be deposed at any moment. There is a tradition among them that the official in question gets elected on a plan, and if that plan goes roughly as predicted then that one will stay in office.
The guilds, through the expansion have been able to figure out many new chemical combinations, cataloging the many toxins which inhabit the vast jungle. Each one of them with magical ability takes one of these toxins and becomes immune to it over time through safe daily dosages, they then are able to act as living conduits of the substance preserving as much of it as possible. Every drop counts.
>>
>>4562335

With the city 'rebuilt' the ruined portions of the top would, ironically, not remain abandoned. It would mainly become a sort of slums area of the city, with a number of makeshift patches made of stone and what little wood the Imperii had access to designed to block out the sunlight, usually inhabited by criminals and the poorest of society, along with some wolfkin, who ironically usually were the most well to do in the area. Meanwhile the rebuilt city deeper underground would become the place where the majority of the population had lived, nice and comfortable safe from the suns underground.

With this, the infrastructure plans of Æðelgifu would continue. Gigantapis hasn't had a proper port since its founding, and the colony of Orcenis has had its own destroyed by the long night. As such, work would go on to fix this issue and make sure that all cities had at least basic port facilities to facilitate trade. Further, farms in the fertile south of the nation would be set up to grow varying cash crops that could be of use for the Imperii domestically and abroad, such as dates and the varying herbs that could be used to make nice tea's along with medicine. This also would further give prosperity to the region, with the south as the agricultural heart of the Imperii, and ideally the entire north in time.

The proposal by the mage would be a plan that a number of magicians and engineers had in mind for some time now, but never had the resources or access to the material needed to conduct their research and work. While this would be accepted, along with a number of other plans, efforts would be made to be able to not just extract the material more easily, but also have a centralized places to better deal with the harvesting of the disease until methods to prevent infected individuals from spreading it to others could be devised, likely through magical means. Along with this, any wildlife or plants infected would be culled and harvested, for obvious reasons. Ideally this will aid in reducing the number of infected outside these locations, and will allow them not to bother the rest of the Imperii, all while still being of use to it.

Other than this, mainly due to Ælfþryð's request, an offer to purchase the ruined city of Temnevi and its surrounding lands would be put forth to the Borevian government, in exchange for the one thing that they would be obsessed with. Wealth, specifically gold. The reason for this was simply so the colonial investment of the Imperii would be able to continue without issue. At least, once the second great expansion came to the Imperii, which would likely come after reconstruction and the Heáhcásern's plans.

>Action One. Rebuild the colony's port, and build a port in Gigantapis.

>Action Two. Build two more farms in the south.

>Action Three. Temporarily force those who refuse to get cured by surgery into leper colonies.

>Diplo. Offer to purchase the ruined city colony of Temnevi and the surrounding land
>>
File: Map Turn 50.png (3.05 MB, 2048x2570)
3.05 MB
3.05 MB PNG
Arcadia:
>>4562675
The grand celebration of Arcadian spirit is underway, honoring those who gave their lives for what they believed in, the few who protected the many, heroes each and every one of them. The national pride burns like a raging bonfire.
The new ritual shows promise, able to meld the traits of two otherwise incompatible races, though it's inherently unstable. This instability is counteracted by mages, but the more vats a mage is supervising, the less stable the resulting Chimera is, with the worst cases falling apart before your very eyes. Still, the resulting Chimera are powerful creatures indeed, a popular one being a lion-eagle Chimera, also called a Gryphon.

Sealand:
>>4562844
The river extension project is a massive undertaking, carving a canal wide enough for ships to not only fit down, but also be able to navigate down. The relocation of the dug out earth alone takes a large amount of people to carry out. You're half way on the first canal.
The play of night is quite the hit indeed, a hearty dose of nationalism after a calamitous event, and the theatre is much improved. The library is similarly improved, though even with the added scholars, understanding of quantum theory is... tricky.

Durmaign:
>>4562933
The new greenhouses actually provide quite decent yields. As while they lack some lifegiving factors, it lacks lifetaking factors as well. Though the current seeds are rugged enough to withstand most lifetaking factors. But more efficient crops can be cultivated.

Lo-hai:
>>4562948
The buildings around Ok'dl are rebuilt, particularly the temple and the farm, to keep the populace pacified and providing a local source of food, minimizing contact with uninfected. They pass the day like normal, working the farm, praying at the temple, hacking to pieces the infected who go mad. So quite a bit more peaceful than your average Lo-hai settlement.
The magical academy is made, the main purpose is cataloging the magic at our disposal, so anyone who wishes to try their claw at magic, can, and ensuring everyone has a basic level of understanding the sheer power they wield at their pincertips.

RRFU:
>>4562960
It takes some time even figuring out what was lost amid the chaos. Ultimately, it was found to be a farm and 3 ports. Ships once more travel upon the waves, but a few suffer damage from nightmares prowling the night sea.

Meow:
>>4563141
New temples to a foreign religion are made. The religion finds fertile soil in your previously temple-less lands. The religious mixing is messy for now, as nobody is sure what one way is the correct way.
The rebuilding of the foreign fort for a foreign lord is... peculiar, to say the least, but it is done.
Mines are cleared and extraction resumes, tin and coal flows into the nation's storehouses once more.
>>
Al'qaye:
>>4563147
The rebuilt fisheries make the nation resume the previous food surplus, plenty of fish to go around, though some of the more agriculturalist peoples complain that everything smells of fish. I mean, what did they expect?
The desperate nightmares, pushed into a corner, seem to show some level of intelligence, though many would try to bite the hand that feeds them. The higher end however, are able to convince people that they aren't the true danger, and that they are safer in the nightmare's embrace. Recruitment goes well, though people seem to be going missing randomly.

Marca:
>>4563178
With the construction of two new ports, trade flows once more, though the occasional nightmare still ascends from the depths once the sun goes down, but fret not, it's just target practice.
The giant eagles to the north have been nicknamed a Roc, the size and intellect you desire them for also makes them difficult to capture, but eventually, you get your hands on one, though having it follow orders is certainly a challenge. But, food is a big motivator, so you get a simple setup of "don't attack master" hammered into them. (1/2 progress)

Tavthalla:
>>4563191
With the mine improved, more of the earth's nectar is brought forth, and more of it can be used to arm and finance our nation. One of the things is starting to rebuild Diamond Island, beginning with the port, though the city there stands in ruin, with nightmares skulking in any shady crevice.
Delving deep into the jungles amid which Aka's Nest resides, you find a hilly forest, difficult to navigate and teeming with life. Though the expedition is wary of straying too close to Aka's Nest.

Ithempeli:
>>4563198
It is a fine art to balance severity and infectivity to get a plague that infects faster than it kills, yet still manages to deal damage before the body fights it off. Still, with understanding and even formulas regarding the ratios, we are ready to start developing our first plague.

Nothpuez:
>>4563391
Plunging deep into the southwestern jungle, you find it's ends, turning into savanna, though you also come across a large river, which is a right bother to cross, still, the savanna opposite that river is teeming with life compared to the savannas near your Arcadian neigbor.
The plethora of poisons in the area are catalogud, though it is a list far too long to be filled out in depth. Everything is poisonous in sufficient doses. But at least people know which are the worst poisons.
>>
Imperii:
>>4563849
Ships once more travel to and from the colony, with the rebuilding of the port, helping put the colony back on it's feet.
The new farms get some much needed food into the mouthes of the servus, and the clean open air is a good place to avoid getting infected, though the ones found to be infected are swiftly lynched, as they infect the very crops they till.
The crystal camp is setup, rounding up many infected from the cities, though clearing the infection from the lands is a bit tricky. The camp is put in the middle of a desert, to limit spread to nearby wildlife, as it's shown to have an affinity to infect farmland.

(Almost fit it all in just two posts.)
[End of update, turn 51 start]
>>
>>4564979

With the plague now a bit more isolated, and a good source for harvesting it having been founded, work would begin at further understanding the crystals themselves. Of course, the idea was simply finding a way to harness them so that they could be used to make a flying ship that could be used as a way to be able to ignore the sea entirely, along with act as extremely effective transport of goods and supply for the military on campaigns deep into enemy territory. However, as the crystals were researched more directly, there was a chance a better understanding of the disease itself would also come to light, and with that, a better way to cease it's spread and allow infected individuals to safely return back to society without causing harm to it. Though, the main focus was still simply understanding how best to utilize the lifting ability of Volantium/Lupanarium. On a somewhat unrelated note, some of those with branch like wings would start taking the crystals from their bodies that were harvested and not taken from them and use them like jewelry, adorning their wings with them. Those with metallic wings would soon join in doing this.

Meanwhile, with the nation having become more prosperous than ever before with the successful rebuilding projects having gone further than mere reconstruction, there would come to be a realization by the faithful from all settlements slowly that the disunified nature of the current faith was somewhat of a problem. And, as such, a more proper hierarchy would be established. Of course, many of the roles that once existed would still be there, and the lower and middling levels would remain unchanged, however, a grand assembly of the highest priests from the major towns would be formed, along with a council of four from the four cities, including the colony. And, they would discuss and deal with religious affairs and better be able to organize the direction of the church. In addition to this, they would hold an election, partially inspired by those old nobles who took to Liberdantoc ideals, that would pick one of the four to become the Princeps Sacerdotis, and whom would remain such until they perished. The Princeps Sacerdotis was mainly there to break ties between the four. Further, the highest priests from the major towns would be mainly there to discuss issues and express them to the four, bring attention to important area's, and to put fort courses of action to the four that, if a majority was reached by them, would go to the four who could vote for or against it. One might think that this would be a failure of a system due to assassination and similar, but there is one group that is immune to the 'only a sin if caught' rule that the Civilis version had, and that was the clergy. Regardless this will allow the clergy to better react to and deal with both domestic and foreign issues of faith.

>Action One. Research the crystals, and carefully.

>Action Two & Three. Proper organized Clergy.
>>
The Iron King is enjoying some lavish celebrations, the reopening of trade sees wealth flow into our coffers once more. Perhaps it is time to continue work on Cold Iron, but our mine is collapsed and we haven't secured a proper provider of tin. But, the pursuit of mind magic is of grand importance, the third magic of the Order of Self, which will truly set us apart from the Shrine Maidens of Shorino.

Action 1 + 2: Invent Mind Magic (3/3 progress).
One theory sets up a trinity of Superego, Id and Ego, where Superego is mind, running on pure logic, Id is body, running on pure instinct, and Ego is spirit, managing the two. We shall look into this theory, and what happens if one is missing, like with a disembodied spirit. Furthermore, avenues to affect it, either substituting for one that is missing or enforcing a disconnect on those who have all 3, to mess with their perception. Perhaps we could find a way to manifest the mind's power directly, like we can with soul.

Action 3: Rebuild Iron Mine.
Once more, we need iron, but we also have a project that requires iron, it also requires tin, but most important is iron. That, and iron is now a good trade resource. In addition to allowing us to further arm and armor our soldiers.
>>
Once again, Edward is moving to try and do something, this time to not have to go through his father to get stuff done. Of course the advice is valued, but if he was going to do stuff, he would do it through his own efforts. Joining the army himself under the Heat magic division he quickly began climbing ranks, his massive advantage of being one of the co-inventers of the school of magic and each of the spells in it. He was quickly climbing his way up and had made it to E-9, and is currently under review to become a captain for the division of Heat Magic.

With the success of the play it is suggested among the various actors and sponsors for it that it be expanded more, and on the other end of things is the necessity to fully rebuild the temple to Leviathan, so listening to the people Dulon puts aside the notion of connecting the port down the canal for now and instead shifts national focus onto the theater once more.

1 action: Finish rebuilding the temple to leviathan, making sure that the water flows properly. And on word from Vance, Oak, to expand the library once more, bringing in information from various scholars of the nation as well as all others that attend to say their word on quantum physics, and even other things that they know of the natural world. It would be a portion of the Library called "The Halls of the Unknown" to which any uncertainties about the world are filed until they are figured out. Hopefully allowing more information to exist allowing for a better set of rules to everything.

1 action: And turning to the stage once more, using marble to expand the venue and even allow the actor's voices to be carried, they improve the area. With this improvement, another play is scheduled, and along with it, a small invitation to some merchants to sell goods and food outside to hopefully bring in more revenue to the even. This one would be a reenactment of the deal forged between the Elves and the primordial gods. Titled "The King Hawk and the Lord Serpent"
>>
>>4564978
The grand rebuilding continues

Action 1: Repair gold mine fully

Action 2: Upgrade the mythril mine, then repair the aqueduct of Rahak with the spring water aqueduct tech acquired from Fraternitas

Action 3: Repair the horse farm (The one on the left near Rahak) and then the lumber
(The other repaired farm is the spider pit)
>>
>>4564976
1. After some decades of work the Arcadic engineers have finally made a breakthrough with the design of a vehicle using the levitating property of the Aetheric crystals while minimizing the risk to the ship and crew. Using thin pieces of stone and heavy protection, while being in their own room, mages can direct magic into the crystals and cause them to lift. From there ships with large sails on their tops and sides can catch the high wind currents and actually move. With this airships gain more attention and research.
2. Now that the long night is over and yet another disaster hasn't befallen the nation many women in the nation feel they need to find a way to be more womanly. Don't want to end up like the wolfkin. Many have begun to create gardens within the city using miniature suns, water golems, and air golems to control the temperature and humidity within the room. As more exotic gardens become a sign of status and prowess many begin to incorporate vivimantic created creatures or even creating small biomes with only vivimantic creature creatures. Predatory creatures that arn't familiars are quickly banned after a few incidents.
>>
>>4564976

>Actions: Mother moon and father deep

The Xigua were occupied with restoring Atulantu and securing their position since their return to the surface, but this did not distract them from their dark beliefs. As they toiled away at repairing their old home they still found the time to practice their arts, engaging in mass meditations, worship and the occasional bloody sacrifice. Yet it was not all quite as homogeneous as before. Within their ranks, some had started erecting small alters to the mad moon herself. Former songs of praise had been altered to include her, with some new ones occasionally ringing out in the city streets.

It wasn't long before this lunar cult had grown to a sizable degree, with many honoring the goddess in their practices and ceremonies alongside Xiguras. On the other hand, this left many more dismissive of them, as a larger group were dedicated to Xiguras and held to the old ways. This dismissiveness would grow into discomfort and into eventual disgust as the cult grew it size and prominence. First it was the songs and alterations, then came practices dedicated to solely honoring the moon. Slowly distrust and division was rising within their ranks.

Members of the cult eventually became so obsessed with their goddess that they decided to mold themselves in their perceived image of her. The more perfect one's imitation of her, the more pure and favored they were by the moon, and to divert from this image was a blasphemous act. Not only did this belief of theirs put the mat odds with their fellow Xigurists, but those of Xiguras perceived this seeming uniform existence heresy as well since. They couldn't accept conforming to a single design, as the deep lord himself is an evershifting being and they believed that various and more intense transformations was how they were meant to honor him with their bodies.

The inevitable tipping point was reached after the cult created a lunar temple at the northern tip of the island. This was seen as an act of desertion by many of the Xigua loyal to Xiguras, and at the same time the cultists were adamant and aggressively promoting their new ways. Conflict erupted in the streets one moonlit night between the two factions. The fighting went on for hours before Ix'thula and the nightguard were able to beat both sides into submission. A solution was needed to resolve these confliction beliefs and fast.

Seeking guidance, Ix'thula meditated for days. In a new development, Xiguras and the moon were there to greet him in his dream. They directed him to form a new organized faith around the elder pantheon. Xiguras, the deep father, the order in madness. Orinaja, the mother moon, the madness of order. And so he taught this new religion to his fellows, making them to understand that to honor the one was to honor the other. Though it took years before these teachings became widely accepted, there were still a small handful of zealots that believed their belief superior.
>>
>>4564976
1.
Finishing rebuilding, though the wounds have healed, scars remain. Forts are returned to full garrison.

2.
The properties of Scintelectrums levitation are still untouched, and the one realm the Lo-hai have yet to touch is the sky. For the first experiments, Un'kltn utilizes a large Scintelectrum crystal set into a ice bubble, within a stone sarcophagus. The mushroom suspension with the battery charging spell applied is gently poured through a funnel, flowing through the ice, and suffusing the crystal, electrum shavings are added through the same funnel, and the Crystal should begin yearning for the sky. Un'kltn is attempting to use his Circuitry upon the stone sarcophagus to control the Crystals levitation. Ie

>"when claw taps this left circuit, drift left, when claw taps right, drift right, when claw presses forward, rocket forward."
>>
>Action 1: Infrastructure Action (The Crusader Academy)
A Temple to Ithempeli and a Library of Ithempeli Magic is created in Hofysh. Technically the two are not a separate building, rather a larger church-academy hybrid which teaches the Cult's prized Metalbending magic but highly intertwined with Ithempelian religious dogma. As promised, their magic has returned and more benefits are sure to arrive to Hofysh, but only to those open to the Divine Truth of Ithempeli.

>Action 2: Create Spell (The Playwright's Spellplague)
The Ithempeli have a long history as playwrights and orchestrators. Now, as their culture has shifted to war and devotion, the opportunity and prestige of the arts which once dominated society have declined. With the invention of the Playwright's Plague, those of softer shapes or spirit forms can once again experience Glory in Ithempeli's eye. The Playwrights plague is a contagious bacteria that is not especially infectious or deadly yet, rather the potent minds of Ithempeli's mages devise the spell such that it is exceptionally durable. The spell is made of components both material and arcane, capable of sustaining itself off its host or by a manageable flow mana of which the talented and naturally gifted statues have plenty. This is a duty largely picked up by the Spirits who have an even greater magical potential and allows them to maintain a low maintenance by continuingly flowing their mana to the spellplague with little need for motion or excitement.
A strain of the plague with reliable mana flow can be expected to endure even without a host, invisibly waiting for its next victim to come in contact with the droplets or residue it spreads through.
>>
>>4564976
The basis of Durmaign’s combat is using solar and heat energy and turning it into a weapon, but it has produced good outside of the field battle as that energy can be used elsewhere. To further improve in the field of magic we must develop the lightning branch so we can use a new kind of energy in battle. While we do not yet know of applications for the technology in the economy it would help as an alternate form of combat for if our main form of combat being heat/solar magic is countered.

1 and 2.
>Develop new spells Spark and Chain Lightning
The Spark spell would build up lightning energy and the Chain Lightning would spread out the energy in a direction. While a potent spell Chain Lightning does require a lot of charge built up to be unleashed.
>>
>>4564978

>Action 1: Compete the taming of the Rocs
Beautiful, majestic creatures from afar, can be quite violent if wild and mistreated. With room to house and tame these beasts in the river fort near the old Black Forest as well as near Theora we can continue our work until they are essentially domesticated.

>Action 2: Upgrade Coal Mine & Forge
If we are going to continue to use steel on a large scale it's paramount we keep up with the demand. Our current bottleneck is our coal supply, so and expansion in that department is due, along with increasing the size of our smithy to accommodate.
>>
>>4564978
Action 1: Its a big world out there with lots of mining techniques
Using mining techniques borrowed from the Meoswilium the mines are improved
Action 2:
Using prospecting techniques alongside information known from Meoswilium we search our land for resources not previously known
>>
File: Turn 51.png (2.08 MB, 2048x2570)
2.08 MB
2.08 MB PNG
Imperii
>>4565008
While the researchers and magos carefully examin the crystals they learn that pooling in too much magic at once causes them to shatter into many hair-like splinters. Careful insertion of magic makes them float in a regulated matter, exerting an amount of antigravity proportional to the square root of imputted mana. Said antigravity is meassures by putting a scale upside down. This means that sufficiently many mages could lift up huge loads, though there is an uper limit to how big. Either way said careful researchers hearing about the new fashion trend would frankly start falling over from heart attacks… this needs to be reversed or we might see an explosive growth in cases soon… who wears infections zombifying crystals as a fashion accessory?!

The new religious doctrine goes over well with all representatives of the church having a seat at the table… here one problem shows up and that us the caste dependancy of the faith. Afterall we teach different doctrine to the slaves and Imperii…? Here also the problem of the Sealanders and meoswilans appears, while the amount of Kyuudaists down south is neglegible, among the Elves they would make up more than a City, should we let an Elven representative on the council? or should we keep to Telrac monopolies?

Ithempeli
>>4565159
The Accademy is constructed north outside of Hofysh, asking the Golyemant’s why reveals that it turns out their two southern provinces are claimed by the Arcadians and subject to a 7-turn renewable lease agreement. As such one out of fear of breaking the therms of the agreement and secondly out of plain pragmatism of building on their own land the Academy is constructed north. Metal beding soon spreads thoughout the nation as it not only is useful for construction, but for metal based golems it’s basically healing magic.

The faith of Ithempeli on the other hand, it does not take root at all. It seems the much deeper philosophy and development of Soulism as well as historical signiffance stop the new religion from catching on. Though some now suspect the Ithempeli might be the shattered soul of a true God, including it in local Soulist doctrine. (translation: Your religion stat is way lower than Arcadias)

The odd pseudomagical bacteria is being worked on and is soon released into the wild. Currently it stays contained in the nations two largest cities, though an outbreak in the Theater at the Zlon border occurs. The odd plague indeed lays dormant in the host possibly for their entire life, though those of weak flesh and lacking in magic are less fortunate, being a golemic disease this plague can spread to Golems only currently. It’s spread is slow and symtoms mild thus it stays undetected… but one question emerges… for what purpose was this pointless plague released? Some governament officials qestions, but don’t dare tell the civilians either way.
>>
>>4565504
Lo-Hai
>>4565159
The forts are restored and the deffenses of the nation start to slowly return to normal. Still there is a problem with no port and city in the North our Northern colony is gaining more and more authonomy, rectifying this or granting them more authonomy should help though.

the Scinelectrum experiments can be said to… succeed’ish. The unstable blue crystal shoots at repid speed into the sky. Addning more mana speeds up the process untill the colitile compound shatters. It is clear this can’t be used to levitate large weights as putting in more mana makes it break quickly, but using large quantities of the cristal on relatively small flyers, could produce extremely fast flying machines. For now the idea is for the flyer to have tailored wings so it gains forward momentum on going up and down, but prototypes show that it makes the ship’s movements precitable. How could we achieve more consistent forward momentum? Maybe with electrum? (Scinelectrum Flyers 1/3)

Durmaign
>>4565178
Chain lightning is a devastating spell, which for all intents and purposes makes metal armor obsolete. While requiring nearly 20 minutes of build up the spider web of electricity catches and shocks and boils all metal in a considerable radius dependant on the caster. The caster of course needs to also be protected for the duration of the casting, as such men are needed who are willing to give their lives to let the spell fire. Though maybe if we can find a way to protect one from lightining we could make the spell safer and more efficient to use?

Marca
>>4565391
The grand birds are domesticated and bread into mounts for war. Though it turn out the eagles need to be raised in the north (Yasei) for them to grow to full size. Now the Marcans have access to flying navy, now you just need a propper airforce.

The mines are upgraded allowing you to up your Steel output. Your Forges are working at full capacity.

Sloly spreading from the KMT the first cases of Crystal Blight have appeared in a temple in northern Marca. The disease spreads slowly, but it’s consequences are dissasterous for people and wildlife.
>>
Sealand
>>4565020
The Temple is reconstructed once again it acts as a grand reminder to the old faith of Sealund… even if it is fading. With the recent religious refforms among the Imperii, Kyuudaism is becomming more poppular among the Sealanders at a rapid pace. The nation being a democracy the Kyuudaists are having decent industrial power. A surge in Elves trying to ‘live entertaining lives’ is what follows. A surge of rechlessness, drama and drive to adventure. On the cultural front things look even worse, people want a King… though the contest between Imperii and Meoswilan culture at least means said front lacks uniffication. Either way the old elven way of life is lsowly fading away.

The Theater rises in grandure and a new play is played on it "The King Hawk and the Lord Serpent" finds moderate attendance. The historical piece is charming, but by many considered outdated in it’s teachings.

Arcadia
>>4565080
The basic design is there, but more work needs to be done to put it into practice (1/3). The First prototypes show that it is extremely hard to keep the Flying ships balanced and from flipping over and that putting the electrum on top of the hip rather than on the bottom is much safer. There is also the problem of coordinating many mages to output equal mana levels. Trough our hard work we will soon soar trough the skies getting closer to the gods one step at a time.

The new role of women in society catches on quick. Afterall the Arcadian women secluded in their gardens can escape the new found hatred that was developped against them. Their bioengineered Flufflebunnies and Blubblebees keep them company and don’t throw mud at them while waking the street afterall. The men too start accepting how things, finally the insolent females have learned their place in society “Get back into the garden woman.” and “Know your place.”, becomming the new much milder than before insults.

KIL
>>4565010
The new theory prooves itself correct and the new school of magic is up. Among many scholars now the idea of the “Divine trinity of Self” starts to become poppular. Aftertall I am one person, but 3 people! Thus the number three takes on a special meaning in Wolfkin culture… some people also start reffering to themselves as plural, but that’s just fringe weirdoes.

In other news the iron mine is rebuilt. Now with extra structural integrity, so it may never collapse again… hopefully.
>>
Fraternitas
>>4562960
the new aqueduct design is indeed adequate. Letting the giant stone monoliths last longer than they did before, now we’d just need to build some of these aqueducts. Afterall we had the technology for a while and never made any.

Tavthalla
>>4565074
All the repauirs go well, the Gold mine, Farm and lumbermill are repaired and the Aqueduct and Mythrill mine upgraded. May the nation soon return to it’s former glory.

Al’qaye
>>4565156
The new temple is ocnstrycted and the theological reform like a revolution sweeps the nation. While it takes years once the new faith is entrenched it’s stringer than ever before. One odd thing which comes with said Dark pentheon is the partial derdicalisation of the faith. It is still dark odd an eldritch, but this verssion of the faith with some trimming done might be introduced to the outer world and the more racey parts… well we can just tell them once their worthy of said knowlege right?

Nothpuezkahn
>>4565437
The Copper and Sulphur/Asbestos Mines are improved. The search for natural resources reveals Xocomecatlite. The mineral has an emeraldgreen colour and looks like a bunch of grapes stuck together. When resmelted it can be made into a perticcular type of green glass. It’s relatively hard to destroy, but has a lot of strings. You also find iron and obsydian.
>>
>>4565512
1. The ports of Jörg'blg are rebuilt, and the Stone Lord's of the northern colony and the native druid giants and sea giants are invited to a sit down. The terms are to be plainly set.

>The local Stone Lord's are granted "Arbiter" status. The recent loss of communication between Pleocyemata Greater and it's offshoots have highlighted a problem in the governing of the land of Shell and War. Perhaps those that rule the land know better how than the far away Lord's of Krrg'styl. The Jörg'blg Lord's are required to pay taxes as before, but may make their own laws and rulings. They are given the notice from Un'kltn the Prophet however. "Never forget what you are."

>The Druid Giants are told simply, if their local Lord's do not care, they may live as they will, however any practicing of their heresy outside of their island will not be tolerated-and any ships they sail leaving will be hunted with extreme prejudice. They also may not prevent any of their number that wish to convert from doing so.

>The Sea Giants are invited to inhabit Jörg'blg, away from their Druidists cousins. They are freely allowed travel in Pleocyemata and are granted the title "Brother's Without Shell".

The Religious Philosophy of Shellism is beginning. There are those of the Shell, Brother's Without Shell, Those Without Shell, and Enemies to the Shell. It is exactly what it sounds like

Action 2. Is gonna be working on airships, but I need to fluff it and draw prototype for understanding
>>
File: 20201210_200029.png (363 KB, 1080x1920)
363 KB
363 KB PNG
>>4565576
2.
The first piloted prototype is a great step forward from the simple rock sarcophagus rocket previously made. The pilot is harnessed to the craft with rope to keep them from being flung from the craft with the high speeds. The prototype Shell Screamer (despite not using any Shell in the construction, the ride is exhilarating, causing the Lo-hai pilot to release a piercing scream as they fly.) The craft is constructed as such.

>A.1 - The bronze nose cap, to cut the air like front of a ship
>A.2 - A Bronze heat sink, made to keep the electrum "channeling rods" from overheating.
>A.3 - Bronze "lifting flaps" set into the ice of D.1, used to catch more air when moving forward to gain height.

>B.1 - the stone sarcophagus seals the ice covered Scintelectrum "engine", electrum wiring penetrates the icy engine to give magic commands, a lidded funnel near the front of the craft allows the pilot to inspect the state of the crystal during flight.
>B.2 - A Lo-hai electrum battery, with many electrum wire ports
>B.3 - Stone circuit pads, much like tank controls, the Lo-hai pilot uses his legs to press on the plates which gives signals to the battery controlling the flow of magic to the engine.
>B.4 - The electrum "channeling rods", driven into the engine, and leading out the back of the vehicle. Is inside of the sarcophagus, under the battery, with a wire connecting it to supply power. Only the portion from the back is visible.

>C.1 - Wooden "wings"
>C.2 - Wooden pilot chassis.

>D.1 - The ice webbing, used to hold and control the Bronze "lifting flaps". The deep rod of bronze is inset in the ice, but the outer layer is made to water, frozen, or melted to shift the angle of the flaps, bending the metal to the pilots wishes. Non mage pilots could attempt to fly with just the circuit plates, but they would lack the safety and control the flaps provide.

The test is done in near the western edge of Pleocyemata, Gal'dr used to haul the craft once covered in a tarp. The pilot, the young and talented mage by the name of Sun'chrg is given a cleared "runway" free of trees, and is instructed to take off, fly over the magic rich lifeless lost eastern land to see what he can, and return. Should he crash, it is suppose the team will head towards the massive explosion.
>>
And the government of Sealand only seems to be getting dealt a worse and worse hand. Two of the captains are now buried, Lux and Ser, while Dir has fallen ill. On the other hand Edward has made his rise ot a position of captain although said position might not last much longer if things continue the way they are.

Seeing as how the older government officials have been failing to keep the unity of Sealand in check, Edward asks to take charge for the foreseeable future and with the current state of things, he is given leeway.

1 action: Seeing as how everything was fading away, it may as well come back in a way that is a lot harder to just scrub off. In the construction to which he would ask that is changed from the normal plain marble to something a bit more intricate. Things such as adding on a family crest to the front of the house, a wooden archway to an entrance, stained glass on windows in places of business to allow light to shine in and smear colors onto the ground past them.

1 action: The other thing that he does is propose the first annual boat race. Sealand being known for its masterful ship designs, it only makes sense that they would be able to travel across the glorious ocean and back quickly, but that goes to question who has the fastest ship? It would be a race to Ava's Landing where they would pick up an iron coin with a seal on it that would vary from year to year from an elven diplomat that was not partaking in the race. They would be asked to be obvious in who they were.
The winner of the competition would win a half pound of Mythrill as well as a substantial raise in pay for the next year. Combat and sabotage would not be allowed, it's all reliant on how well each ship captain can direct their crew to victory.

With that out of the way, Edward sets to planning some other changes, mainly to do with promotion of religion, and possibly even the clothes that they wore which could be improved upon dramatically. If there was going to be a king, he would do his damnedest to make sure he had that spot to fix Sealand.
>>
>>4565514
1. Work continues on the prototypes with careful testing and consideration of designs to prevent destruction and contamination. One idea presented is to use use magic conductive silver to allow mages to channel magic through instead of trying to coordinate people on different sides of the ship or even just pour mana into a central 'core'. (Action 2/3)
2. The people throwing around mud and insults are, of course, arrested. We arn't barbarians to assault people randomly; and the Hounds also suspect one of those people were eaten by something that looked like a mix of dog and lizard. Best to keep public order and not let things devolve into barbaric practices such as marriage or honor killings.

In other news the culture of the Eldritch Gardens continues to grow as women see it as a way to express their inner soul and let their creativity take hold. Another practice that comes from this is that when a women choses a man to commit to courtship she will invite the man into her garden (also used as a euphemism) for games, a meal, or tea. Some women will add a new plant or creature to their gardens to represent a man they are currently in a relation with. (+1 action Eldritch Garden culture)
>>
>>4565504

The researchers hearing about the fashion trend would soon be put to ease that they missed a part of the report. That being that the crystals in question were the ones that were harvested from their bodies. Meaning that those who actually used them as jewelry were already infected and were, by extension, already quarantined away where only other infected and few very careful researchers were. In fact, the only place it's caught on ironically enough was the main isolated colony of sorts that was set up, and mostly was done by the Nobilitatis and upper Civilis who were stuck there. Even so, further work on their research would be slow, partially due to not being given too much attention as the Heáhcásern's plan once more went into motion, work to construct the Amphitheater would slowly start up once more, with initial work mainly being to fix any damages and do general maintenance.

With this shift in focus, the Heáhcásern would work to prepare herself for the upcoming event. She was strong, yes. The blood she had drunk had most certainly made her that way. And, she was skilled, extremely so, with her experience both from before and after having fought the seemingly endless fight against the endless hoards of nightmares certainly had been shown to her many times. However, blood alone wouldn't make her strong enough, especially as it seemed only to need more of it than normal. As such, efforts by her would be done to train her body to be able to endure extensive and exhausting circumstances. Something that she would undoubtedly face should her plans come to fruition. For with her little sparring match with Sybaael had shown was that while certainly not quick to tire, she was certainly not capable of remaining without a hint of exhaustion for that long, and in a long enough fight, she would need to keep herself capable of moving and working at her best. With this, she'd do a fair bit of effort in enhancing her endurance. While she didn't knew that she'd not be able to block, dodge, strike, and feint for hours on hours, without some sort of rage or...whatever overcame her during the long night that was keeping her going, she did expect that with enough training, such would be possible. She was likely skilled enough to face almost anyone. But skill alone would not make up for a lack of endurance, strength, or perception. And, for now, she'd focus on fixing the former of the three.

Perhaps, in order to further push herself to the limits of her skills, she could take a little trip westward or southward in the near future? But, that was something to think about and consider later on in the near future.

>Action One, Two, and Three. Endurance training.
>>
>>4565517
Actions: Upgrade mythril mine twice
Repair port of Rahak further, repair horse farm further
>>
> Action 1: Improved Litchdom
litchdom is improved to be able to be delocalised within not maximally 4 bodies, but up to 20 and more easily switch between them.

> Action 2&3: Litchlord Rebellion and the Lindenburulleyan Accord

Leading other Litches He Lich Pon would launch a rebellion to at age 286 usurp the Meoswilan Throne. The rebellion would be short and bloody as not more than a few dozen litches invaded the royal castle. The King would be nearly killed, but He Theorgso would protect him and ultimately would defeat He Lich Pon by destroying all his vessels even if it would cost him his life.

All other Litches which participated would of course be locked up. Their fleshy vessels reduced to only one and stuffed in tiny mythrill boxes (made out traded Tavthall Mythrill) to suffer for all eternity.

All the remaining Litches shall henceforth be now only allowed to reside inside undead of the King's blood. Which allows the King to directly know what the litches think and if such need arises controll them directly. He Theorgso being too old has He Ken Xan handle this.

> what happens: He Theorgsos fighting character actions are transferred to He Ken Xan as religion focused ones
> He Lich Pon Stops being hero, He Ken Xan now is
> Jabon is renamed to Nalg Jabon and stops being the capital
> The Pulgasari is now the King's headquarters and effective capital.
> He Theorgso is still king but soon to die of old age

Fluff: With the Mosques built the Spherist faith is slowly spreading with it. Philosphers are thinking of ways to alter old murals to not depict people's face. (this is for next turns, actions)
>>
>>4566077
*correction not read mind, but know what the body is doing at all times trough shared senses.
>>
>>4565504
1.
>Learn spell Lightning Resistance
In order to properly utilize the power of lightning a spell is made to enhance the body by increasing its anti-lightning properties with additional durability against lightning and dispersal of lightning flowing through the user.
2.
>The terms of the Queen’s Vow are written up and the Queen promises to uphold them.
This vow recognizes the rights and worth of people of flesh working for and supporting the nation. Their lives shall be valued the same as spirits and mistreatment of biological life is off limits. This vow solidifies the alliance between spirit and man and is a step away from previous regimes which looked to abuse and exploit people of flesh. The vow is made to represent the duty of royalty to the people but it can be used by other spirits to show their sincerity.
>>
>Action 1: Improve Spell Playwright's Plague [PSP] ("The Boiling Rot")
The spell has been made durable and undying, much like ourselves. The disease targets humanoids and is spread through liquids, typically droplets from coughing, blood, or sexual contact. Now the disease is improved to create bubbles of dead flesh and puss beneath its victims skin which eventually burst into a pungent vapor, creating a mess and turning the room into a hotbed of infection if burst indoors. The disease is kind enough to eat away at the subjects nerves first, leaving the process mostly painless until the burst.

>Action 2: Create Spell: ("The Rot Guard's Mark")
A mossy disease much like that which attacked the Golems previously is created which technically targets metal golems but is more accurately produced to afflict all things metal, armor in specific. The moss by itself is mostly harmless aside from being annoying to manage due to its rapid spread of allergenic spores. It's true strength is in its quality as a gateway disease, one which can carry and feed plagues which typically affect humanoids and carry them with it when shooting off spores. The disease itself is a feisty one subsisting off of a combination of sunlight and ambient mana but thriving in the presence of blood.
Pieces of Statue Carapace begins to be purposefully coated in this disease and tended to like a household plant. Such armor is not worn publicly yet. This disease is purposefully contained as not to cause an inconvenience to the Zlon who live among them.

>Diplomacy: Menzentia
The statues make their way to Menzentia in the signature bronze narrowboats. Officially they are on duty to investigate the remains of Yuuka and hope to take her home with her and perhaps her spirit too, as they are guided by spirits of Ithempeli. More nefariously they bring with them the invisible Playwrights plague which through their touch is spread all along their paths as they purposefully stop in at common meeting areas discussing their mutual hatred of Shorino. Though the disease is not one which afflicts beastfolk, it will adequately set the stage for the disease to appear to have come from Menzentia once visitors arrive. Meanwhile the Ithempelians can continue to develop the disease as it festers beneath their noses.
>>
>>4566077
Correction

Not Theorgso is King ( cause dead) He Ra Flead is.
>>
>>4565517

Actions:

-The restoration of Atulantu has come a long way and is nearly complete. With a final push the Xigua work to restore it fully, bringing back its splendor that once graced these lands so long ago. But the banks few remaining ruined banks and fort were not the only prizes they aimed to retake. Before the eclipse their former selves dug up a mine to the south which held as of yet untapped treasures which exhibited unusual yet intriguing properties. This asset would be seized once again for the Realm, and its contents stores safely away from the public while its potential, and affects, were assessed.

- With their footing firmly restored within the world, the Realm once more reaches out to people of Tavlon. Aku returns to the home of his old friend, and much to his delight is greeted by Pavlom. But with his new form comes discomfort. Trust is only restored once he mentions that they've managed to contact Ivnis through a séance and informs them of his return. With their aid the scholars of the Realm begin to delve into the science that would lead to Ivnis' resurrection, starting with biology. The dreaded champion could not inhabit a normal mortal vessel for such a container would simply break under the pressure. A new, suitable form had to be constructed, akin to body Aku now has after his successful ascension that is made of both flesh and nightmare.
As such, they would first need to understand the body in order to build a new one. They gather cadavers offered by the taurs, as well as those of deceased nightmares, and begin to dissect them hoping to uncover some understanding in their workings.
>>
File: 1607639409630.png (343 KB, 527x815)
343 KB
343 KB PNG
1. Create city on the ruins called Malifas. Much like our city of Ur the ruins left behind by those strange people also seem to be the perfect foundation to build upon. Underneath there is an extensive network of tunnels that can be used and those that cannot due to infernal taint will serve as an excellent place where the bloody claw can settle themselves. Working towards containing it as the city above is made proper for other Nemeans

2. Create a road between Ur and Malifas. With this city so distant from the capital we must be able to expedite travel despite the journey being an excellent test of one's own skills. It will also serve as the foundation for harmonizing the land in the future for by establishing such a physical connection to the city of sin such a thing is reflected immaterially in the astral sea.

3/5. Claim Highlighted Provinces with explorer hero Menachem. With the Nightmare over our people are eager to explore again after being compelled to condense themselves in the capital during the crisis. Menachem himself leads the charge as he starts mastering lands largely unseen to other nemeans. It finally Culminates in expanding our borders to the foreign settlement that compelled him so long ago to form his order to work as a missionary group.

6/9. Upgrade the Mythril mine to level 12. The catacombs are an enigma unending. Ever shifting passageways and the ruins of forgotten civilizations still survive here. Ancient curses and wards constantly confounding exploration and mining with occassional glimps of an abyss that must reach to the center of the earth itself. Seeing the ground being broken apart by a malevolent force to drag down the nightmares and a few of their unfortunate kin only reinforces this obsession. This drive to bring order to such a chaotic place. Finally after devoting so long to it they manage to stabilize some of the levels bringing great bounty of mythril, but much of the deeper layers remain untamed.
>>
>>4565512
>Actions 1 & 2: Dealing with the crystal blight
The crystals are immediately removed by any means necessary short of the destruction of the temple itself. If the north will continue to spread it towards us we must set up a semi-permanent force of watchmen to observe the borders and spot any incoming blight to be destroyed before it can spread and further. The Roc would be immensely useful for this sort of patrol.
>>
>>4565517
Action 1:
The xocomecatlite should be acquired, many other nations have a precious gem of their own and it is quite nice looking
Action 2:
study materials imported from meoswilium, generally especially those from meoswilium proper found in high quantity. Raw ores will be studied as well. Let us be sure to experiment on meoswilium psuedo-necrotic fungus. We should see if our magics can transfer it from the infected to the non-infected and see its effects
>>
File: Map Turn 52.png (3.05 MB, 2048x2570)
3.05 MB
3.05 MB PNG
Lo-hai:
>>4565576
>>4565693
With Jörg'blg's port repaired and improved, trade flourishes once more. The giants also happily comply with the agreement.
The aircraft flits through the sky, though at high speeds the wings dangerously vibrate, at strong turns the engine's power output sharply increase and decrease and careless action can turn it into a fancy coffin. But still, the prototype works, bit expensive though. (2/3 progress)

Sealand:
>>4565701
The intricate and colorful fronts give a vibrant feel to the streetface of shops and homes. Everyone knows what family is where.
The Great Sealand Sailrace is on, people are chatting and betting on who will win, spectator spots are quite popular, particularly around ports and in lighthouses. People expected the Fjordland family to win, but a daring dash across treacherous shallows saw the Kysthus family take a winning lead. Though unexpected, the audience was only further exilirated.

Arcadia:
>>4565889
Through much trial and error, also some flipping over crafts because the controls were inverted, prototype flying ships are becoming all the rage, though their exorbitant price sees them unsuited for military deployment. (2/3 progress)
With the women secure, the crackdown on sexism sees people's attitude shift, though misogony is prevalent, it is not attractive.
The gardens become a safe haven for women and even a place to discuss recent tidings and new ideas. Also gossip, tons of gossip.

Imperii:
>>4565982
Dashing across the widest deserts, climbing the tallest peak, carrying the heaviest burden and doing this all for extended periods of time, the Heáhcásern becomes a common sight for the Telrac, always improving, she is an inspiration for all. The results speak for themselves, as her stamina is virtually endless.

Tavthalla:
>>4566061
The expansion of the mithril mine sees our supply of the mythical metal increase yet further, new mythic smiths arise by the day.
Food income and trade flourishes with the further improvement, and reinforced fences, of course. Can't have the horses escape again.

Meow:
>>4566077
>>4566094
>>4566213
Lichdom becomes mighty powerful when one is many, often referred to as one man armies.
Though it soon proves itself difficult to control as the rebellion is upon you. The rebels end up sealed in mythic prisons and all new liches are hence forth under supervision from the king himself. Still, the liches are mighty and bear privilege above regular nobles.

Durmaign:
>>4566142
The new spell sees the body surrounded in a non-conductive field, weakening lightning but also preventing casting of lightning.
While mischevious spirits grumble, the people rejoice, eagerly engaging in work, though some decide to take it further, refusing to work and are promptly punished.
>>
Ithempeli:
>>4566170
The plague becomes quite the terrifying thing indeed, the bubo malform the flesh before ushering forth it's horrid infection. The coming bubonic plague horrifies what few humanoids remain on the island, but a convenient outbreak silences them. Deadly indeed.
The mossy plague shows a great deal of promise, though some samples are destroyed by Zlon, who have zero tolerance for it.
The Blackblade rubble is gathered and the plague seed set, but with only minor actions, the spread will be limited and further actions are needed if more advanced iterations of the plague are to be spread.

Al'qaye:
>>4566283
The most recent reconstruction effort has rebuilt the local mine and fort, the material is a bane to most, but a boon to you.
People have oft wondered how living being work, people have prodded and cut, but this is insufficient, you must know what everything does. Thus many animals are captured, mangled, mutilated and bisected. Currently you just find the most effective ways of killing things. (1/3 progress)

Nemean:
>>4566332
[Something strange here, will discuss with other QMs what to do here and update accordingly later.]

Marca:
>>4566380
The Crystal Blight is purged with extreme prejudice, any desperate to cross the border are put to the sword. This turns out to be a wise choice, as life withers across the border, thunder is heard as the mountain patrol reports a tortured sky weeping lightning across the Wolfkin lands.

Nothpuez:
(You posted three and a half hours past the deadline, I am merciful on you because you are a new player, but be careful to post within the deadline next time.)
>>4566591
The mine brings forth the bounty of Xocomecatlite, though with it becoming widespread, more people fail to pronounce it's name.
The Meoswilian iron is certainly beyond your copper, but cannot match bronze, however, their glowing iron, while marginally weaker, flashes when swung, dazzling opponents. The fungus does not resonate with your magic, but can spread on it's own, and zombify on it's own.

[End of updates, except Nemean, feel free to post for Turn 53 now.]
>>
File: Map Turn 52-2.png (3.04 MB, 2048x2570)
3.04 MB
3.04 MB PNG
[Update for Nemean and Fraternitas.]

RRFU:
>>4562960
Thanks to your substantial donation, the Seramite and Celestial Family main temples have grown larger. Particular note is made of the CFC, who's temple is now a grand cathedral. The roof challenges the Shogun's greatest halls, it's twin towers rival the Radiant Spire, it's walls resemble Menzentia's, and the congregation is second to none. Your standing with the two churches have vastly improved.

Nemean:
>>4566332
The city of Malifas is established and the Bloody Claws soon set onto do further bloody rituals, the surrounding lands giving plenty of criminals and neerdowells to catch.
The very same distance that made the necessity for the road is the same distance that makes the roadbuilding take time. Work is about half done, considering the bridge.
Expansion goes fine, with a lot of land you can have a lot of people, the people in the frontier aren't quite as civilized, and take to degeneracy quite quickly, there's something... off, about these lands, cannibalism isn't all that rare, despite plentiful game.
You dig greedity and you dig deep, heaving forth enormous amounts of mithril from the depths below. Ironically enough, gold and silver are becoming more valuable, due to the inflation. It'll balance out eventually.

[This should be all for now. Again, feel free to post for Turn 53 now.]
>>
>>4567218
1.
>Learn spell Lightning Grid
The resistance is too strong to allow for casting so it works purely as a defensive measure, if we could make a safety measure that doesn’t dampen the users ability that would be very helpful. We thought of ways to draw the lightning away from the user and we came up with the idea of using a net like mesh which attracts the energy. The grid would allow multiple magicians to contribute and would be hard to detect while unpowered making for a good trap.
2.
>Create new class of Wisp: Harmonizer
With the gift of fire the Wisp were able to elevate the snow living people to new heights, but if you keep adding fire to a problem eventually it will get worse. To achieve true balance a new school of thought was born, where one would trade away fire to allow a resurgence of the other elements within oneself. There is stern opposition to the movement and it would only gain a small following, some would gain acceptance and aid in the farms while others would travel to search for other places to restore balance to.
>>
>>4567161
1.
>Religious Awakening
Un'kltn the Whiteshell, The Hero Elder Prophet of the Lo-hai addresses the gathered crowd in Krrg'styl. The albino stone crab has grow larger than he once was, long ago when he unveiled the first temple of Pleocyemata. His twenty legs and extended core shell a proud mark of the elder's ancient age. He has seen the Land of Shell and War emerge from a small crack in the ground beneath Krrg'styl, to a ocean's spanning empire, his children warm his mantle with pride with their achievements. A strange conical like shell totem sits on the center of his shell, with batteries also implanted upon his hardy armor.

>"MY BROTHERS, MY SONS, MY CHILDREN OVER ALL! WE HAVE GATHERED HERE TODAY TO SEEK THE FUTURE. FOR TOO LONG WE HAVE SOUGHT OUR WAY IN THE DARK, BEGGING LIKE BEATEN HOUNDS BEFORE THE GODS, WAITING FOR OUR DIVINE FATHER TO COME BEFORE US, AND EMBRACE US INTO HIS ARMS! NO LONGER WILL WE GROVEL BEFORE THE DIVINE, FOR WE SHALL REMAIN DEFIANT BEFORE THOSE THAT BROUGHT US INTO THIS WORLD PURELY BY UNTHOUGHT OVERSIGHT."

Thr mutterings of the crowd grow, the rocky chittering and clacking wondering what the hero is speaking of.

>"NO MORE FALSE IDOLS, NO MORE GODS UNWORTHY OF OUR PRAISE. THE ONLY GOD FIT FOR A LO-HAI'S PRAISE IS ONE OF LO-HAI DESIGN."

With a snap of a pincers, a carved shell stature of a proud Lo-hai stands, 2 of his 6 arms raised to the sky, unbent and unbowed.

"IN OUR DEFIANCE OF THE ETERNALLY APATHETIC IDOLS, MY CHILDREN ALL, WE SHALL WORSHIP OURSELVES. DETICATE OURSELVES TO BRING OUR RACE THE CLOSEST THING TO DIVINE AMONG ALL REALMS. BY PRIMAL STRENGTH AND CUNNING INGENUITY, WE STAND DEFIANT, TALL, AND PROUD - THE LO-HAI!"

The chant grows from a whisper to an earthshaking rumble.

>"lo-hai!"
>"Lo-hai!"
>"lo-Hai!"
>"Lo-Hai!"
>"LO-HAI!
>"LOOO-HAAII-LOOO-HAIII-LOOO-HAIII!"

The crowd becomes a rolling mosh pit of celebration and brawling, and Un'kltn retires after drafting the tenets of Shellism.

>Will post chart in a bit of tenets

2.
Light copper struts are added to the wings to add stability, but the celebrations are done before the pilot even hits the ground, the Lo-hai have reached the heavens! Now just to weaponize it.
>>
>>4567161
Action 1: Upgrade mythril mine, repair Rahhnus Aqueduct
Action 2: Resettle and Repair the city of Rahhnus

The economy has recovered from our mineral riches, and our population climbing back up with the return of our farms and hunting grounds, and new cultural customs regarding quicker marriages and encouraging childbirth.

Now we must commit ourselves to repairing the true and more difficult damages, those of our cities.
Resettle the Rahhnus ruins first, as the second oldest city in Tavthalla it certainly deserves the attention, for giving us such a good fight also.
>>
File: Shellism.png (100 KB, 452x991)
100 KB
100 KB PNG
>>4567373
>Many Lo-hai take to wearing a conical shell hat as a symbol of their faith now.

https://en.m.wikipedia.org/wiki/Cone_snail
>>
Action 1: The Long night saga - a comprehensive Saga is written detailing the heroic defense of Meoswilum during the Long night.

> Action 2: Litch War Saga
A saga is written (biastly) detailing the events of the litch uprising and heroic deeds of national heroes during it.

> Action 3: Assasins
Our nation needs to further improve it's spies. A spy organisation exclusively comprised of women and non-meoswiland (Conclavean humans, marcans, wolfkin, elves and teltrac). Said group is supposed to work as spies and once improved as assains for the state.
>>
The Iron King receives a report from a Namari no Men, a lead-face golem, they have performed admirably, even better than Hiro. These golems may be slowly losing their identity, but it also means they don't hang themselves up on past grievances. Though with Miho's development of Mind Magic, this may soon be unnessecary, as not only will they remain themselves, but they will also gain a greater mental fortitude and be able to take heavier and heavier hits to their psyche without buckling.
Therefore, Tomoko approves of the undertaking to develop the Fortification branch of Mind Magic, which is all about strengthening your mind against things like the degeneration borne of Sisu donation. Furthermore, we have made a deal with the Zlon, we give them iron for tin, and should we develop Cold Iron, that too will net us tin. Therefore we should work to finalize the development of Cold Iron.

Action 1 + 2: Invent Mind Magic > Fortification (2/2 progress).
With the School of Mind Magic done, we now need a branch within, the first one is the simplest one, the identification and reinforcement of already present qualities. We all have intelligence, so we should identify the parts which make up our intelligence so we can reinforce the parts we desire at a given time. It could also help stave off mental degradation caused by Sisu donation to an unbodied soul, extending our extended time.

Action 3: Invent Cold Iron (2/2 progress).
We know it works, we have the iron and we have the tin, thus it is time to finalize it, find the best combination of iron and tin, the best way of forging it, though we may have to later figure out the best way to cause iron to crystallize, becoming akin to meteoric iron. Still, we shall end up with an iron that can hold magical power in the form of spirit power, getting closer and closer to souled weapons, thus able to make a sword that can improve alongside it's wielder, or be passed on through generations.
>>
>>4567161
1. Those that see it as unsuited for military development are simply lacking creativity; but it will mostly be for trade and transportation as the ability to avoid harsh terrain that can delay goods is always a good thing. (Action 3/3)
2. Explorers are sent into the unexplored terrain to the north west. It's been bugging our map makers for centuries.
>>
>>4567218
>Action build two banks
>Action Culture, Normalize Biomancy magic and encourage its spread and acceptance with in the nation
>>
>>4567218
>Action 1: Improve Spell: PWP (Durability)
The Playwright's Plague is put through several trials to introduce it to herbal remedies such that it may build up a natural resilience to treatment

>Action 2: Improve Spell: PWP (Infectivity)
The disease is improved such that it numbs the mind of the infected and allows those magically sustaining it to whisper into the minds of the infected to influence the desperate minds, typically towards furthering the infection
>>
And although the lands gain some color, the government’s is fading as Captain Dir succumbs to eternal slumber as well, leaving only 3 captains, and an ill admiral. This of course, cannot be rectified at the time due to the demand for transition in power, so in times of dire circumstance, Edward Oak is promoted to acting Admiral until the time that Dulon can recover, and if not, well the Admiral instead of just acting..

1 action: And it would be time for Edward to try and help preserve the ‘sphere’ that is the Republic of Sealand. In doing so he would have the temple to Leviathan have the glass changed out to be a stained blue, using the last of the Lapis saved by the government to give the glass a light tint of blue to it, the only remaining solid pieces being those worn by the past captains and Dulon’s. On top of the glass, along the perimeter of the temple, a powerful sea serpent etched into the stone.
As for Zephyr’s temple, add green and yellow stained glass to it, and along with it wind chimes that can only be heard when the wind blows strong enough to open a hatch. A second backing piece to the song of the winds.

1 action: And using the silk bought from the Taurs as well as their own woven material, to have a different style of clothes be created. This of course designed to be high end clothing, designed to be that of evening wear.
>>
>>4567163
>posting for Kulpy/Marca
>Action 1: Attempt iron-mythril alloy
Too busy for fluff

>Action 2: Twice upgrade the fort in Austrocia
>>
>>4565517
Action 1:
(School Poison, Branch Toxomancy) Spell: Identify Toxin
Action 2:
(School Poison, Branch Toxomancy) Spell: Crystallise Toxin
>>
1. Finish the road between nemeus and malifas

2. Improve astral projection to control where one projects to instead of it being random. Our attempts to master the spirit have gone through expected difficulties. Without a body proper the spirit and mind are left to wander before they can rematerialize. We must correct this deficiency by studying closely the process that determines this and experiment with various methods to grant surity of arrival. Things like precise coordinates, visual aids like maps, exacting descriptions of locations, and even simple sight can all be possible methods to help the spirit reorinate itself.
>>
>>4568079
Puzzled at their inability to affect the powerful fungus involved in artificial zombies the Ceorshas guild doubles down on their already established abilities.
Many Toxins, specifically ones relating to ores can be found in a crystalline form in nature, even diseases can be found in a crystalline state. (as shown by stories and even samples of the strange crystal disease which ravaged the outside world not too long ago) Through the power of this spell any toxin, when isolated (in a solution of relative purity) can then be transmuted into a crystalline state. These crystals by default are water soluble, especially if they have no natural counterpart but can be far more safely handled or destroyed than if the substance had been in its natural state. Using this spell on a non-concentrated solution of the toxin (or on a substance such as flesh which holds the toxin) over a long enough period allows for the removal of that toxin through crystal formation. However such crystals must be carefully monitored and watched as they can easily turn back into their aqueous form (or simply to whatever state they were in previously) through contact with moisture and liquid. Thankfully even in humid environments latent humidity in the air is not an issue as with but a little upkeep every now and then the traces of liquid which form on the surface can be recrystallised.

Branch Toxomancy (general, generic physical toxins)
Spell: Crystallise Toxin
A spell preformed through ritual movements and incantations which can crystallise toxins, through attracting instances of a specific toxin from a local mass. (toxins in solids are harder to accumulate than those in liquids, toxins in say flesh where liquid is involved just need to be extracted through the flesh's liquid medium (aka blood)) Forming a water soluble crystal (unless the toxin has a crystalline state which is not water soluble, then its just a non-soluble crystal), the toxin is essentially frozen to do this, this process does not damage the affected toxin (so diseases turned into crystals do not die in this state), if the toxin is dissolved in water the affected toxin turns back into its default state. It is not as efficient as toxin absorb when it comes to removing a disease from a living host.

Due to the brute diversity of the toxins found outside his realm Mykearn utilises his arcane methods to produce a new magical technique.
(cont)
>>
>>4568713

Branch Toxomancy (general, generic physical toxins)
Spell: Diagnose Toxin
The caster enters a state of meditation and focus and then scans along an object and obtains the name and approximate level of the greatest proportion of toxin within the form being scanned (assuming it is known). This technique can also be used to identify other toxins present in the form being scanned as long as they are not in amounts which could be considered non-dangerous, although this requires more time and effort. If the caster does not know the name of one of the toxins the caster will still be able to recognise it as distinct, even being capable of differentiating between multiple different toxins that the caster is unaware of. The caster is also able to identify if two separate masses share the same toxin even if the caster does not know about the toxin.
>>
File: 640AC.png (2.06 MB, 2048x2570)
2.06 MB
2.06 MB PNG
>>4567353
>Durmaign

Work on the Lightning Grid trap is simple enough, provided that there's a mage watching the trap carefully and casting the spell at the right time, the trap is deadly effective. Of course, the larger versions of the trap require multiple mages putting forth their power into the trap, and as such is a bit easier to disrupt, but provided the mages remain quiet and hidden, and the enemy unaware of this little trick, there's likely no way that they'll ever notice it unless directly put in the center of a clear road without any semblance of an attempt to hide it. Regardless, depending on what the enemy is wearing, it'll be more or less effective most likely. But, for the average soldier in bronze, iron, or leather, it'll be extremely effective, especially in the latter two's case. Provided they have stepped on the trap anyway. While this went on, schools of thought based on harmony between the elements would come to be, and with it, a new sort of wisp. The majority live simple lives as travelers seeking to ensure that all places have balance and have varying ways to deal with problems that don't inevitably become self destructive. Those on such a path tend to be quite wise, and often when met are asked for advice.

>>4567373
>Lo-Hai

With the Religious Awakening, many of the Lo-Hai find themselves quite eager, and a good few who had questions about their place in the world would find it with these teachings and tenants. It was simple, yet effective. And, it brought order to many of the Lo-Hai. At least, as much order as they usually had. Work on the flying machines with further struts for better stability prove to be a bit useful, but overall the aircraft is still a bit difficult to control and fairly dangerous to the pilot if they don't know what they are doing or screw up in the heat of the moment. But, still, it works. And that is what is important. With regards to weaponizing it, that comes to be the hard part. Still, the flying machine flies, and it's now in working order so that it doesn't crash ninety percent of the time and able to get higher in the air. A number of idea's for how to weaponize it come about though. One idea is to use them as rams to destroy columns of enemy soldiers. Others suggest that adding something that it could drop would be better. Yet more suggest that some sort of ballista or cannon be added to it somehow. Some other idea's are about, but the big three idea's are the ones which gain the most traction.
>>
>>4567400
>Tavthalla

Tavthalla has had to sell much in the way of raw material in order to fix it's economy, and to call it back to normal in it's current state would be an injustice to the entirety of Tavthalla. Still, it is growing slowly and steadily, having escaped the bottomless pit that it had fallen into with the long night, and with that growth allows repairing that which was once lost. And so, with aqueducts being rebuilt along with the city itself, Rahhnus comes to be remade from the ruins, and with it, the Mythril mine which was near it had a good stopping off point for all the miners to unload their varying goods. The city being rebuilt was not just purely for economic reasons, but that of national pride. In fact, arguably, it was mainly due to national pride that it was remade, but even so, in time as the population recovers, the city might become as productive as it once was. A long term investment, and one of pride as well.

>>4567428
>Meoswilum

Much in the way of work is put into writing the glorious battles of both the Long Night, and the Litch War. Both are dramatic telling's of both events and are grand displays of clearly skilled Meoswilum playwrights. Though, the quality of such was never in question, for much of the high culture of Meoswilum is that of the art of the play. Naturally, while the former doesn't need embellishments or vilifying, the former most certainly does. Though, doing such is quite easy, and all of Meoswilum is loyal, so such won't cause any sort of fuss what so ever. Regardless, both plays are just as good as that of the old saga of the conquest of the southern druids. Other than this, a number of highly skilled assassins would be formed, out of only women. Their work is fairly obviously that of charm, skullduggery, and sculduddery, and getting members of non Meoswilian stock takes a short while of time, but there will always be those out there who seek wealth more than honor.
>>
>>4567434
>ILK

The work upon mind magic with the creation of 'fortification' is in fact accurate to call extending the extended time granted to those who have passed on. Yet, it is still an extension, and in time, it will still falter, even if longer now. Still, by holding ones self true, and focusing on fortifying this, it will ensure that those utilizing Sisu donations to remain in this realm will be able to hold onto the core essence of their being, and utilize mainly that which was donated. Even so, slowly but surely what was once there will be chipped away. It may take years, but what are a few mere years to something that has lived for hundreds, and stayed sort of alive for even longer? Work on cold Iron also goes through. And, the work on finding the best way of forging it would be a slow process of trial and error. Mostly error, considering how inefficient most attempts are, yet, some find parts that work, and over time, more and more things click in together until the best method of producing the material is found. And, with it, an iron that could hold magic like gold or silver.


>>4567483
>Arcadia

While no one said that utilizing the flying ships for military transportation was a bad idea, there were still issues for cost that made the ships much more expensive than more traditional crafts on the ground. Efforts were made to reduce these costs...The flying ships still cost more than traditional ships. Even so, they cost a lot cheaper then the many arms and legs they did before, mainly owing to more effective use of the method to actually make the thing fly and contain said thing from not infecting the crew. Still, it'll certainly aid in logistics, especially to far off places or ones where the ground is not exactly suited to traditional carts. Exploration to the north west however, goes decently...Though, there is a intense feeling of being watched as they go further into the dense and tall grass, and eventually, they were forced to leave as they swiftly confirm there are many many things watching them. They weren't attacked, but seeing as they were almost surrounded, they weren't taking the chances...Something, or someone is out there. And it's not the Emancipated Kingdom...Probably, anyway.
>>
>>4567568
>RRFU

Construction on two banks is a simple task that is done easily enough. There hasn't been any organized place for the exchange of loans or really any place for holding money. Naturally, these ventures are fairly small, and run by only a handful of those who are wise enough to manage them, but they do their job well, and it helps in the creation of new merchant ventures, some which fail, most which succeed, bettering the economy. Other than this, a program to spread the knowledge of Biomancy would come into being and it's acceptance. While some hardliners find themselves quite upset by this, viewing the magics as having gone too far, they have been and are still a small minority, and with the encouragement, the practice has become more than just something that was passively accepted but considered strange to something that was natural to the RRFU and the practitioners of magic relating to it.

>>4567651
>Ithempeli

Further work is done on the playwrights plague, done through usage of herbal remedies to actually fight the thing off and finding ways to make those less effective. Of course, actually getting the herbal remedies in question is a bit difficult considering that, being statues, such things have never really bothered the Ithempeli, and they haven't exactly got the best knowledge on what plants cures or aids an ailing mortal of flesh and blood. Still, some things can be imported and tested upon, furthering the resistance. Other than this, work would be done to try and get the plague to corrupt the mind so that it may cause the infected to further the infection willingly. Attempts to do this are met with good results after long hard work, though, it also seems to make the infected delusional and paranoid along side mad enough to actually try and infect others, and such a desire comes about only latter on in the infectivity stage. Luckily, as this work is done, the plague will become much more difficult to deal with, and we have just a bit more time until it starts spreading to hosts that won't merely carry the disease unknowingly, or so it seems at least.
>>
>>4567699
>Sealand

While the nation has been split into three, at least metaphorically, there are still things that can be done to protect the nation from these issues and, ideally, bring it closer together and fix this division caused by the influence of other powers. In this attempt, work would be done to the temples to Leviathan and Zephyr, making both constructs much more grandiose and outstanding than before, in other words, much more deserving of being called and considered true temples. Still, while this does aid in helping some of the division, it doesn't in other area's, with much of the nation looking more like its neighbors every day. In fact, one could argue with some of the philosophical shift that resulted from this religious work will only make it more similar to at least one of it's neighbors. Still, it's something. Other than this, new clothing of Tauric silk would be made, mainly worn later in the day. It is a quite comfortable, and it swiftly becomes something many of the moderately well to do merchants and upper class have. It at least gives a bit more things to Sealand which could be considered belonging to it, if not a decent trade good.

>>4567725
>Marca

Work on creating an Iron Mythril alloy would be slow, and it would be met with a fair bit of difficulty. Mostly due to the fact that Mythril once forged tends to be stuck that way permanently. Still, work is done, and while the forging techniques aren't down just yet, and realistically it will take a fair bit more work and invested effort for us to actually get a lot of the material we are looking for, it is most certainly possible. What we can tell though, our efforts will likely pay off and gain us something just as good as Mythril, or maybe even better. Other than this, work is done on repairing and upgrading the fort in Austrocia. While much of the Fronteersman trapwork is left inside the castle, it does become a bit bothersome reminding what corridors not to take, and where outside not to step. Still, with the fortification now a lot more proper and befitting a castle, it will be able to defend the colony a lot better than previously able.
>>
>>4568079
>Nothpuezkhan

Work upon Toxomancy goes quite well, as is befitting of our experience with such a practice. Firstly, diagnosing varying toxins is quite easy with the handy little spell and some meditation. It's extremely useful in being able to find out every little thing that ails someone, given enough time. But even then, it doesn't take that long even if every single type of toxin in someone is examined by one utilizing the spell. Simply put, the diagnose spell is a flawless success. Likewise, the crystallize toxin spell works quite well too, capable of turning said toxins to crystals. While it'd be quite nice to simply keep them in such a state forever, they don't react well to water, even if ironically best and easily formed from liquids. Regardless, the spell allows one to be cured of such plagues given enough time and effort, and more importantly, it means a nice solid chunk of the toxin in question is right there and able to be taken for examination. Or taken to poison the water supply of some river. The Crystallize spell however is fairly slow however, but this should be fine in the grand scheme of things.

>>4568192
>Nemean

Work on the road between the two cities is worked upon and concluded in short order, with the transport between the two cities becoming much swifter, safer and easier than ever before. Though the most important part being the bridge was finished a while ago, it is still a good formality, and it at minimum allows people not to get lost where in the original open lands there was a good probability of that. However the main work of effort that the people of Nemean would be put to would be that of refining Astral Projection. Specifically in making it so that the thing didn't send one using it to a random place rather than somewhere that they actually wish to seek. Experimentation to determine the process at which a location is chosen finds that...it's actually quite difficult to pin down what decides. Be it a sphere of fate or random chance that has yet to be found, or simply something driven by the person in question and their wants and desires. While we can't pinpoint the root cause, we can provide a solution. That being a intense concentration and focus on a few things in particular, which will send them to a place matching their mental description. If this can be refined further, we do not know. However, it at least shows that we can get into the same rough area, even if not pin point accurate.
>>
File: 1607771957037.png (148 KB, 545x775)
148 KB
148 KB PNG
>>4568921
1.
>Expansion
The western magic filled wastes are reclaimed as directed, and the flat open lifeless wastes are a perfect site for the new plans of the Lo-hai.

2.
The Shell Screamer are expensive, that's to be expected, for the heavens would not be cheap to reach. Thankfully the Lo-hai have wealth to spare. The idea of crashing the SS's to the ground is heinous considering the fragile nature of the ships. Why not go with what we already have? A Shell Screamer is fitted with a single Scintelectrum Shell, held in place with a simple lever action claw mechanism. The pilot pulls the lever and releases the payload. A test is conducted in the sea in between the northern colony and Pleocyemata, away from prying eyes. It is speculated that diving down at high speed and dropping the shell, before quickly pulling back up will help with accuracy, allowing the pilot to aim for his target. Previous usages of the shells is used to estimate the safe dropping range.
>>
The marginal success of the Mind Magic project annoys the Iron King, yet Miho insists this must be the way, that we just need to delve deeper, even just a single spell is enough to see massive results. So Tomoko grants her just that, enough funding for one spell, but if this doesn't work, she may shelve the project in favor of the Cold Iron project. And for the Cold Iron, she approves of the construction of both a road to the iron mine, and an expansion of said iron mine.

Action 1: Invent Mind Magic > Fortification > Fortify Wisdom.
To understand the present, you must first know the past. The actions prior inform the actions to come. This spell shall fortify your wisdom, you shall remember the steps that brought you here, and what actions you may be contradicting as the degeneration takes hold. Once you know that, you can work to counteract it.

Action 2: Create road to the Iron Mine.
Iron is heavy, and heavy things are difficult to carry through a forest, so we shall create a road more suited to transport large quantities of iron upon. Furthermore, it will aid in transporting goods for future exploration, maybe we'll pay Yukiji a visit.

Action 3: Upgrade Iron Mine.
To satisfy the Zlon, Kos'loh, Vesanti and our own needs, we need more iron, more, more more. Tear the bounty of the earth free from it's rocky clutches. The more iron we have, the more wealth we'll have. Perhaps we may return to our prior level of wealth.
>>
>>4568922
Note: Repair the Rahhnus aqueduct, you forgot to last turn
It should have a + next to it

Action 1: Repair the Rawl aqueduct
The repair signals the return of relative normalcy to the whole of the solitary road, the last of the damages in this most important area to be complete.

Action 2: Upgrade the mythril mine
With potential exporting to Ga’ga’ul now on the table as well as our own needs for war in the future, we expand the mythril mine further.
>>
And a sad day for the nation occurs... Dulon passes in his sleep, the nations leader for many years finally passed, his position now being held by Edward. He unfortunately had no family to speak of, largely engrossed in his work for much of his life. It is a sad time, but the nation must move on, and in the current state of things, his death cannot be lingered on for too long.

With Admiral Oak now in power, he promoted several people to be new captains seeing as new positions needed to be filled. A captain of Anti-mages, a Captain of International Relations, and a Captain of Events who's job was to oversee and help organize national events.

1 action: Declare a national holiday
With the passing of Dulon, it indeed a time to remember what he's done to help the nation grow to what it is today. The massive amount of technological improvements, the grand voyages leading to the mapping of a majority of the known world, and putting Sealand to be one of the world's major powers and traders.

1 action: Make stuff more interesting
And in memory of Dulon, begin works to try and make Sealand the nation it was meant to be. Try yo make it where anyone can come, feel welcome, escape the normal activities they have to do to just experience a city of beauty and diverse culture that can all mix to one. Have wines from Neman be sold at the theater as a drink to for patrons, new styles of cooking rice made and spread about that take advantage of mixing in beef slowly cooked over roasted garlic with sauces derived from the cooking of the leftovers, works of art to be created and built in public places be it fountains or abstract statues. Even adding some new books to the Library about grand adventures called tales of the unknown where it acts as an storybook version of Elven travels into the Void except more coherent and treating the Void Zlon as beings from the stars rather than inter-dimensional beings.(And if doing stuff like that isn't an option, upgrade the library and theater)
>>
>>4568921
1.
>Improve Lightning Grid - Ability to tap into the grid and draw out energy
While the grid is effective as a trap we want it to have another purpose as a means of transferring energy. It can still be used as a trap but it can also be used to combine the efforts of multiple lightning mages in spell casting.
2.
>Improve Harmonizer
The process is improved to increase stability and make it more appealing. There are still unsavory rumors but those with no faith do not deserve to bear the title of Harmonizer.
>>
>>4569060
>>4568922
Note 2: I need an update on Sybaael
>>
>>4568924
1. With the large amount of rebuilding and planned new construction the Arcadic architects have been using the old Conclave math to further develop their craft. The work of architecture improves.
2. An interesting use of the earthen magic comes about. Using the control of density to turn stone into sand and dirt water golems are used to sort the sand into different piles. The sand and dust from these piles are then mixed together in specific ratios, sometimes with powdered metals, and rehardened into different types of stones. Notably this is being used to create different colors of marble for statues and decoration. Many have begun to call this art Stone Alchemy.
>>
>Action 1: Improve Spell PRP: Magically Unstable Infections (Durability/Infectivity?)
Having been improved to withstand material treatments, the plague masters of Golem Island experiment with their new artform, wanting so dearly to ensure their playthings are not lost. They resolve that the simplest solution to prevent the magical tampering of their opponents is to design the plague such that its victims wish to avoid treatment to begin with. To this end, the plague is designed such that the plague reacts violently to its detection of magic. Infected cells violently explode, shooting out its infectious flesh and blood within the proximity. Given that the disease spread throughout much of the body and primarily the brain, it is highly challenging to both survive and be treated magically. This also makes the infected vulnerable to normal magic if the attacker doesn't mind an explosion of infectious material.
The whispers warn the host not to trust the mages; To them, a cure is your death...

>Action 2: Improve Spell PRP: The Terrifying Hunger (Infectivity/Chaos)
Infected Subjects begin to feel an insatiable hunger; At any moment that their gut is not completely full of food they experience a lust for raw meat, human flesh, and blood. This overstuffing can result in the uncontrolled puking or defecating of infectious material in well to do families or a cannibalistic lust in those who can not afford to stave off the hunger.
The whispers urge that flesh will make the hunger fade...

>The Plague Summary
- Magically Self-Sustaining (Durability)
- Resistant to Medicine (Durability)
- Causes Paranoia, Madness, & Hostility (Infectivity)
- Causes Infectious Vapors which infect well in indoor environments (Infectivity)

+ Targets Humanoids
>>
> Action 1&2: The Art of Fosfoferigrafi
As Spherism becomes the standard the national faith. We get to work on removing any and all depiction of faces, but many nobles do not wish their faces to be forgotten after death as such the Art of Fosfoferigrafi is created.

Fosfofeigrafi is the art of scientifically perfectly describing the face, while hiding it behind a layer of poetry and lyrical art. It combines, math, map making, poetry, color theory and many more.

Fosfoferigrafic texts seem like gibberish to the uninitiated, but for Meoswilan nobles who learn of it they can pictures someones face down to the hair follicles. The Fosfoferigrafs of Kings being as thick as books while lower nobles settle for a few pages.

> Action 3: Deisgnate the previously ravaged south of our nation a vassal. Only Tigerkin shall live there. This is so both us and them can perserve purity.

Their King shall be He Eanko. Son of He Thorso's younger brother and a Tigerkin tribal chieftess, to ensure loyalty.

The Faith of this new vassal shall be Spherism with Kyuu at the center of their sphere. The excuse used is that Kyuu fits better the adventurous free spirit of the Tigerkin, but in reality it is merely done to develop a form of spherism compatible with the Imperii.
>>
>>4567163

Actions:
>skipped turn action
-Repair city

-In their works, the Xigua acquire a new taste. While extracting both information and flesh from their unfortunate captives, they found a taste for an emotion they had not quite indulged in before: Sadism. Though this went deeper than simply from some baseless reveling in another's suffering, though admittedly having that power over another creature did bring some level of morbid satisfaction to them. In fact it was simply a matter of taste. They realized that a creature's suffering and fear of their predicament acted as a premium seasoning for the victim's brain. An animal that was simply killed had a rather bland taste to it, but when finely marinated in the broth of its own torment it would acquire a richer property. To the Xigua, this was the difference between drinking mere water as apposed to fine wine. This would spur them further in their biological pursuits, for it blended in perfectly with their newfound delight. Passed simple efficiency of slaughter, they would look into how to preserve and even repair the organs and structure of one's form. Thus they began to dabble in an incredibly primitive version of surgery, noting the internal connections of each organisms interior and speculating as to its purpose.

-The Cthilium had been reacquired for the realm, and as soon as the first yield was unearthed it exploded into The Realm's religious scene. Its radiation was an intoxicating miasma to the Xigua and the visions it produced convinced those that worshiped either Orijana or Xiguras that they had seen their very gods walk among them. Over time it would become increasingly common for it to be included within their iconography as well, with small pieces being used to decorate their idols, trinkets and within their ceremonial decorations as well. The worshipers of Orijana were especially fond of this new discovery, fully indulging in its power to further exasperate their emotions which they believed honored the mad mother for she herself is an overwhelming emotional entity.
>>
>>4568926
action Build two mines, one for the led deposit and one for the gold

action aid Tavthalla in rebuilding
>>
>>4569335
Just to clarify, it's not intended that they actually need more food, only that their body thinks they need more food. It's a gluttony thing, not a quickened metabolism thing.
>>
>>4568928
Action 1:
>experiments with mithril
access to the markets of meoswilium (including some of the shadier ones) an amount of mithril, even if its only a few pounds is obtained by Mykearn. Its a fascinating metal, unlike any other. Light and strong it has never before been identified... its a fairly recent discovery by the outside world as far as metals go. But what does it do when put to the test? Can we perhaps use it to produce some new powerful poison? Alchemy is a fine art, and any good alchemist will poke and prod at anything they come across. What can it be used for besides but a better form of weapons metal? Does it corrode? Lets crack this nut.
Action 2:
The nation lacks beasts of burden, we must look for something which can transport heavy goods throughout the rugged and uneven terrain. Preferably we can pick up some golemancy off the black market or a non-stately nation but if there is an animal which could better serve that purpose (wider appeal) from another nation we could adopt that and spread it about.
>>
>>4568927
> Action 1: Upgrade Ports
The ports in Masos and Austrocia must be expanded to keep up with the transportation demands that will be created with some of our future endeavors on the island.

>Action 2: Continue work on the Steel-Mythril Allow
This work is long and hard, but as Marcans our metalworking is rivaled by none. By using both of these metals into a singular substance greatly increases production potential and reduces the input cost.



Delete Post: [File Only] Style:
[Disable Mobile View / Use Desktop Site]

[Enable Mobile View / Use Mobile Site]

All trademarks and copyrights on this page are owned by their respective parties. Images uploaded are the responsibility of the Poster. Comments are owned by the Poster.